Loading...
AG 16-034RETURN TO: TI A) ptat' 4j + EXT: �70-1) ,�y 1ZCfi CITY OF FEDERAL WAY LAW DEPARTMENT ROUTING FORM 1. ORIGINATING DEPT/DIV: PUBLIC WORKS / STREETS 2. ORIGINATING STAFF PERSON: NAVEEN CHANDRA EXT: 2729 3. DATE REQ. Bv:ASAP (RUSH) 4. TYPE OF DOCUMENT (CHECK ONE): ❑ CONTRACTOR SELECTION DOCUMENT (E.G., RFB, RFP, RFQ) ❑ PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ❑ ❑ PROFESSIONAL SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ ❑ GOODS AND SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ REAL ESTATE DOCUMENT ❑ ORDINANCE ❑ CONTRACT AMENDMENT (AG #): 16 -034 ❑ OTHER CHANGE ORDER # 2 0 SMALL OR LIMITED PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT HUMAN SERVICES / CDBG SECURITY DOCUMENT (E.G. BOND RELATED DOCUMENTS) RESOLUTION INTERLOCAL 5. PROJECT NAME: CITYWIDE FLASHING YELLOW ARROW RETROFITS PROJECT 6. NAME OF CONTRACTOR: VALLEY ELECTRIC CO. OF MT VERNON ADDRESS: 1100 MERRILL CREEK PKWY, EVERETT, WA 98023 E -MAIL: ROBC@VELECTRIC.COM SIGNATURE NAME: ROB CARRITHERS TELEPHONE (425) 407 -0832 FAX: (425) 407 -0578 TITLE: CFO /SECRETARY /TREASURER 7. EXHIBITS AND ATTACHMENTS: ❑ SCOPE, WORK OR SERVICES ❑ COMPENSATION ❑ INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS /CERTIFICATE ❑ ALL OTHER REFERENCED EXHIBITS ❑ PROOF OF AUTHORITY TO SIGN ❑ REQUIRED LICENSES ❑ PRIOR CONTRACT /AMENDMENTS CFW LICENSE #00101679 BL, EXP. 12/31/16 UBI #600560647 , EXP. 12/31/17 8. TERM: COMMENCEMENT DATE: MARCH 21, 2016 COMPLETION DATE: UPON COMPLETION (60 WORKING DAYS) 9. TOTAL COMPENSATION: $469 082.02 (INCLUDES CHANGE ORDER # 1 COST OF $10,765.41) (INCLUDE EXPENSES AND SALES TAX, IF ANY) (IF CALCULATED ON HOURLY LABOR CHARGE - ATTACH SCHEDULES OF EMPLOYEES TITLES AND HOLIDAY RATES) REIMBURSABLE EXPENSE: ❑ YES ❑ NO IF YES, MAXIMUM DOLLAR AMOUNT: $ IS SALES TAX OWED: ❑ YES ❑ NO IF YES, $ PAID BY: ❑ CONTRACTOR ❑ CITY ❑ PURCHASING: PLEASE CHARGE TO: 306 - 4400 - 199 - 595 -64 -650 10. DOCUMENT / CONTRACT REVIEW PROJECT MANAGER 'DIVISION MANAGER (DEPUTY DIRECTOR eft ERECTOR ❑ RISK MANAGEMENT (IF APPLICABLE) y -LAW DEPT 11. COUNCIL APPROVAL (IF APPLICABLE) J�I 12. CONTRACT SIGNATURE ROUTING r / /)� SENT TO VENDOR/CONTRACTOR DATE SENT: DATE REC'D: `f � l l ❑ ATTACH: SIGNATURE AUTHORITY, INSURANCE CERTIFICATE, LICENSES, EXHIBITS INITIAL / DATE SIGNED INITIAL / DATE REVIEWED INITIAL / DATE APPROVED Nom/ COMMITTEE APPROVAL DATE: COUNCIL APPROVAL DATE: ❑ LAW DEPT ❑ CHIEF OF STAFF X SIGNATORY (MAYOR OR DIRECTOR) ❑ CITY CLERK ASSIGNED AG # X SIGNED COPY RETURNED ( 1)V11 ❑ RETURN ONE ORIGINAL SNAG t,nty COMMENTS: WSDOT APPROVAL VIA EMAIL IS ATTACHED. PLEASE EXECUTE TWO ORIGINALS. 1/15 CITY OF FEDERAL WAY CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER AGREEMENT AG #:16 -034 02 t‘ -i 1la PROJECT CHANGE ORDER NUMBER NUMBER Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Field Work conduit, remove for connection shall be is that between sign is that from and Sign Work. E FEC IVE DATE Valley Electric PROJECT TITLE SUMMARY OF PROPOSED CHANGES: This Change Order No. 02 covers the work directed by "A "), which directs the Contractor to clean out existing 2CS Wire (Two Conductor Shielded Wire) back through Approximate linear footage of the new wire is 650 LF. Additionally, existing mast -arm at S. 348th Street and SR 161. The sign The reason for this Change Order for the detection portion cannot be fully realized without separating the detection calling their respective phases. The reason for the new incomplete guidance by not indicating that a turn is necessary installed, nor which direction to turn to access SR 161. New Bid Item 2001 "Loop Work" is created. Payment for New Bid Item 2001 will be by Lump Sum. New Bid Item 2002 "Sign Work" is created. Payment for New Bid Item 2002 will be by Lump Sum. No working days will be added to the Contract for Loop CONTRACTOR Directive #005 (See attachment existing wire, and pull new to existing signal loops. a new sign shall be installed on the 4' -0" x 6' -6 ", white on green. the flashing yellow arrow phasing the through and left -turn lanes the recently installed sign provides the lane over which the sign is Changes to the Bid Schedule — Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits AG 16 -034 1.) Add New Bid Item No. 2001 "Loop Work." 2.) Add New Bid Item No. 2002 "Sign Work" The new unit cost for BI 2001 item is $9,265.41 per Lump Sum. The new cost for BI 2002 is $1,500.00 per Lump Sum. The total change amount for this Change Order #02 is an increase of $10,765.41. Net Changes to the Bid Schedule — Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits AG 16 -034 Bid Item Description Existing Quantity Change Quantity Unit Unit Cost Change Item Total 2001 Loop Work 0 1 LS $9,265.41 $9,265.41 2002 Sign Work 0 1 LS $1,500.00 $1,500.00 Total: $10,765.41 Change Order No. 2 continued The time provided for completion in the Contract is 2 of 3 Unchanged ❑ Increased by • Decreased Working Day. This Document shall become an Amendment to the Contract and all provisions of the Contract not amended herein will apply to this Change Order. Will this change affect expiration ❑ Yes or extent of Insurance coverage? iI No If "Yes" Will the Policies Be Extended? ❑ Yes ❑ No This change alters the Condition of Award DBE allocation as shown in the table below. The amount of the value of the Traffic Control Services performed by Advanced Government Services (See attachment "B ") is reduced, and is substituted by the Traffic Sign and Signal Work being performed by G&G Inc. The total COA dollar value remains unchanged. Revised COA Amount DBE Subcontractor Description of Work Original COA Amount including CCO 1 & 2 Difference True North Land Surveying, Inc Construction Surveying $1,000.00 $1,000.00 50.00 Advanced Government Services Traffic Control Services 550,000.00 $45,537.00 - $4,463.00 Mobile Electrical Distributors Wire Supply $2,400.00 $2,400.00 50.00 G &G Inc Traffic Sign and Signal Work $0.00 $4,463.00 $4,463.00 Total $53,400.00 $53,400.00 $0.00 STATEMENT: Payment for the above work will be in accordance with applicable portions of the standard specifications, and with the understanding that all materials, workmanship and measurements shall be in accordance with the provisions of the standard specifications, the contract plans, and the special provisions governing the types of construction. Change Order No. 2 continued 3 of 3 DEPARTMENT RECAP TO DATE: ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT PREVIOUS CHANGE ORDERS THIS CHANGE ORDER NEW CONTRACT AMOUNT $ 443,950.00 $ 14,366.61 $ 10,765.41 $ 469,082.02 ti/ti/Ra CO TRACTOR'S SIGNATURE DATE Ro. D. Carrithers, CFO Vall; lectric Coje#Mt. Vernon, Inc. 1Wsew 11111 1110 MAR AN SALLOUM P.E., SIGNATURE DATE DIRE TOR PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT RETURN TO I {) yY11 Y1 EXT: I ✓I 1* 2-95(p CITY OF FEDERAL WAY LAW DEPARTMENT ROUTING FORM 1. ORIGINATING DEPT/DIV: PUBLIC WORKS / STREETS 2. ORIGINATING STAFF PERSON: NAVEEN CHANDRA EXT: 2729 3. DATE REQ. BY:ASAP 4. TYPE OF DOCUMENT (CHECK ONE): ❑ CONTRACTOR SELECTION DOCUMENT (E.G., RFB, RFP, RFQ) ❑ PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ❑ PROFESSIONAL SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ GOODS AND SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ REAL ESTATE DOCUMENT ❑ ORDINANCE XCONTRACT AMENDMENT (AG #): 16 -034 ❑ OTHER CHANGE ORDER # 1 SMALL OR LIMITED PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT HUMAN SERVICES / CDBG SECURITY DOCUMENT (E.G. BOND RELATED DOCUMENTS) RESOLUTION INTERLOCAL 1 5. PROJECT NAME: CITYWIDE FLASHING YELLOW ARROW RETROFITS PROJECT 6. NAME OF CONTRACTOR: VALLEY ELECTRIC CO. OF MT VERNON ADDRESS: 1100 MERRILL CREEK PKWY, EVERETT, WA 98023 E -MAIL: ROBC@VELECTRIC.COM SIGNATURE NAME: ROB CARRITHERS TELEPHONE (425) 407 -0832 FAX: (425) 407 -0578 TITLE: CFO /SECRETARY /TREASURER 7. EXHIBITS AND ATTACHMENTS: ❑ SCOPE, WORK OR SERVICES ❑ COMPENSATION ❑ INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS /CERTIFICATE ❑ ALL OTHER REFERENCED EXHIBITS ❑ PROOF OF AUTHORITY TO SIGN ❑ REQUIRED LICENSES ❑ PRIOR CONTRACT /AMENDMENTS CFW LICENSE #00101679 BL, EXP. 12/31/16 urn #600560647 , EXP. 12/31/17 8. TERM: COMMENCEMENT DATE: MARCH 21, 2016 COMPLETION DATE: UPON COMPLETION (60 WORKING DAYS) 9. TOTAL COMPENSATION: $458,316.61 (INCLUDES CHANGE ORDER # 1 COST OF $14,366.61) (INCLUDE EXPENSES AND SALES TAX, IF ANY) (IF CALCULATED ON HOURLY LABOR CHARGE - ATTACH SCHEDULES OF EMPLOYEES TITLES AND HOLIDAY RATES) REIMBURSABLE EXPENSE: ❑ YES ❑ NO IF YES, MAXIMUM DOLLAR AMOUNT: $ IS SALES TAX OWED: ❑ YES ❑ NO IF YES, $ PAID BY: ❑ CONTRACTOR ❑ CITY ,PURCHASING: PLEASE CHARGE To: 306 - 4400 - 199 - 595 -64 -650 10. DOCUMENT / CONTRACT REVIEW -PROJECT MANAGER Erb MANAGER f71-DEPUTY DIRECTOR DIRECTOR ❑ RISK MANAGEMENT (IF APPLICABLE) de1.AW DEPT 461.4- 11. COUNCIL APPROVAL (IF APPLICABLE) COMMITTEE APPROVAL DATE: INITIAL / DATE REVIEWED INITIAL / DATE APPROVED 12. CONTRACT SIGNATURE ROUTING ❑ SENT TO VENDOR/CONTRACTOR COUNCIL APPROVAL DATE: DATE SENT: DATE REC'D: ❑ ATTACH: SIGNATURE AUTHORITY, INSURANCE CERTIFICATE, LICENSES, EXHIBITS INITIAL / DATE SIGNED ❑ LAW DEPT ❑ CHIEF OF STAFF 2-SIGNATORY (MAYOR OR !RECTOR) Li CrrY CLERIC A SSIGNED AG # SIGNED COPY RETURNED �} ❑ RETURN ONE ORIGINAL '1P PNTUol 141. b 01 fi 3 4 ; VP- J N wv PIµ — /" A '` Ca wl vi t p O vt .1,P 1 '4 r op Let 0 -( 4 ix, V liva 4 Ind ri re ce Need Up,",t �,- Va4cr e Qv acik,awled p�� �4 ( , a"c c) L �'sl`uyf� 160 sn� A . (lo -o3y f DATE SENT: DQ D t- IW 1/15 18640 Revised #3 CITY OF FEDERAL WAY CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER AGREEMENT AG # 16 -034 PROJECT NUMBER Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project PROJECT TITLE 1 CHANGE ORDER NUMBER SUMMARY OF PROPOSED CHANGES: This Change Order No. 1 covers the work changes summarized below: EFFECTIVE DATE Valley Electric CONTRACTOR 1. Oversized Foundation Removal Per Field Work Directive 1 the Contractor was directed to remove an existing oversize luminaire foundation, place a CMP foundation form, and backfill with a controlled- density fill material. The additional costs of this work beyond the effort normally required for removal and installation of typical foundations will be paid for under a new Change Order Bid Item. Item 2501 "Removal of Oversize Foundation" is created. Payment for this item will be made in accordance with section 1 -09.3 of the Standard Specifications. 2. Removal of Subsurface HMA On 5/24/2016 the Contractor discovered subsurface asphalt while excavating in median for a sign base. The additional effort required for excavation due to the unanticipated subsurface tracked in the field and will be paid under a new Change Order Bid Item. Item 2502 "Removal of Subsurface HMA" is created. Payment for this item will accordance with section 1 -09.3 of the Standard Specifications. Changes to the Bid Schedule — Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofit Project 1. Add New Bid Item No. 2501 (New Item) Removal of Oversize Foundation. The new Bid Item Quantity for Bid Item No. 2501 is 1 Lump Sum. 2. Add New Bid Item No. 2502 (New Item) Removal of Subsurface HMA. The new Bid Item Quantity for Bid Item No. 2502 is 1 Lump Sum. a planter asphalt was be made in Change Order No. 1 continued 2 of 3 Net Changes to the Bid Schedule — Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project Bid Item 2501 Description Removal of Oversized Foundation 2502 Removal of Subsurface HMA Existing Quantity 0 0 Total this Change Order Change Quantity 1 $14,366.61 Unit LS LS Unit Cost $13,786.82 $579.79 Change Item Total $13,786.82 $579.79 The time provided for completion in the Contract is ® Unchanged ❑ Increased by _ Working Day ❑ Decreased. This Document shall become an Amendment to the Contract and all provisions of the Contract not amended herein will apply to this Change Order. Will this change affect expiration or extent of Insurance coverage? f l Yes ® No If "Yes" Will the Policies Be Extended? ❑ Yes ❑ No STATEMENT: Payment for the above work will be in accordance with applicable portions of the standard specifications, and with the understanding that all materials, workmanship and measurements shall be in accordance with the provisions of the standard specifications, the contract plans, and the special provisions governing the types of construction. Change Order No. 1 continued 3 of 3 DEPARTMENT RECAP TO DATE: ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT PREVIOUS CHANGE ORDERS THIS CHANGE ORDER NEW CONTRACT AMOUNT NTRACTOR'S SIGNATURE Robed Carrithers, CFO $ 443,950.00 $ 0 $ 14,366.61 $ 458,316.61 5/S1/6 DATE 5/s- I (4, MARWAN SALLOUM P.E., SIGNATURE DATE DIRECTOR PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofit AG #16 -034 Change Order #1 Oversize Luminaire Foundation and Subsurface HMA Change of Condition Narrative Work to complete bid item 25 Overhead Lane Usage signs involves removal of an existing luminaire foundation. While excavating for the removal of this foundation on 5/23/2016 it was discovered that the foundation was oversized (6'W x 6'D x 7'H) and would require a different method for excavation and removal than a typical luminaire foundation per WSDOT standard plan J- 28.30 -03 (3' diameter x 4.5' tall). The oversized foundation could not have been anticipated by the Contractor at the time of bid based on the contract documents. As such, the Contractor was unable to perform the work on that day. Through discussion with the Contractor it was determined that the existing foundation could be removed with a crane and hauled with a heavy -duty truck and trailer. Because the removal of the existing foundation required a larger excavation pit, it was necessary to increase the depth of the new concrete footing and backfill with a controlled- density fill. The work to remove the existing oversized foundation and install a new foundation was significantly greater than the effort to remove a typical foundation, therefore the Contractor is entitled to the compensation for the additional effort. As negotiated with the City of Federal Way, the Contractor will be entitled to the difference in cost between how the work could have been performed for a typically sized foundation and how the work was actually performed for the oversized foundation. Through discussions with the Contractor it was determined that the work to remove a typical foundation would have taken 3 hours for the 4 -man Valley Electric crew plus 4 hours of traffic control by their subcontractor Advanced Government Services. The actual work performed for the oversized foundation required a crane and operator supplied by Magnum Crane and additional traffic control to take an additional lane of traffic for the work zone. Because an additional lane was taken for the work zone the crew was required to work outside of normal work hours to minimize impacts on local traffic, therefore overtime rates have been calculated for the crew. Additionally, Lloyd Enterprises was contracted for the haul and disposal of the oversized foundation. Controlled- density fill was brought on site for backfill of the enlarged excavation area, supplied by Holroyd. The enlarged excavation also required a larger CMP foundation form, supplied by Contech. Included in this Change Order will be a small amount of additional work unrelated to the oversized foundation. On 5/24/2016 the Contractor discovered subsurface asphalt while excavating in a planter median for a different sign base. The additional effort required for excavation due to the unanticipated subsurface asphalt was tracked in the field and has been added to this Change Order. Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits AG #16 -034 Change Order Calculations for Oversize Luminaire Foundation Subcontractors for Work Performed Ventilation Power Cleaning invoice # 49917 $2,621.50 Lloyd Enterprises invoice #195582 $690.00 Magnum Crane invoice #105638 $689.85 Advanced Government Services Invoice #9232 $2,195.40 Holroyd invoice #287733 $378.75 Subcontractor Subtotal $6,575.50 Subcontractor markup at 12% $789.06 Subcontractor Total $7,364.56 Materials for Work Performed Contech invoice # INV00249480 $741.00 Material markup at 21% $155.61 Materials Total $896.61 Valley Electric Work If Foundation Had Been Typically Sized Total Valley Electric work, see attached calculation sheet $1,662.77 Subcontracted Traffic Control, see attached calculations $659.84 Total Contractor Work Typical Foundation $2,322.61 Valley Electric Costs From Oversized Foundation Total Valley Electric Work 5/23/2016 $3,325.56 Total Valley Electric Work 5/26/2016 $4,522.70 Subcontracted work, see attached calculations $7,364.56 Materials, see attached calculations $896.61 Total Contractor Work for Oversized Foundations $16,109.43 Total Contractor Work for Removal of Typical Foundation (credit) - $2,322.61 Total Contactor Work for Removal of Oversized Foundation $16,109.43 Total Amount Owed Contractor Beyond Bid Item Price $13,786.82 FA No.: Change Order Cale DAILY REPORT OF FORCE ACCOUNT WORKED KPCr' SEATTLE • TACOMA Project Name: Item No.: Description of Work: Prime Contractor: Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project No: Date: luminaire Order Calculation AG #16 -034 5/23/2016 Calculation of contractor effort to remove oversized force account sheets. This estimation for Change foundation, see attached Valley Electric Work by Subcontractor ?: no (yes /no) Valley Electric CO Sub - Contractor: LABOR NAME OCCUPATION STRAIGHT TIME OVERTIME DOLLAR AMOUNT HOURS WWR HOURS WWR Mike Hendrickson Foreman 6 $ 86.05 $ 119.61 $ 516.30 Dave Ehnat Journeyman Inside Elec 6 $ 73.50 $ 100.77 $ 441.00 Nick Graves Journeyman Inside Elec 6 $ 73.50 $ 100.77 $ 441.00 Nathan Webster Apprentice Inside Elec 8 $ 51.38 $ 69.09 $ 308.28 SUBTOTAL - LABOR: LABOR OVERHEAD & PROFIT @ 29% LABOR TOTAL $ 1,706.58 $ 494.91 $ . 2,201.49 EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT OR ATTACHMENTS HOURS WORKING HOURS STANDBY ADJUSTED RATE STANDBY RATE DOLLAR AMOUNT #333 2007 Ford F350 SD XL 6 $31.13 $15.57 $ 186.78 #391 2006 Ford F350 6 $31.04 $15.52 $ 186.24 #319 2000 IHC 4700 Boom Truck 6 $73.31 $36.66 $ 439.86 #46 2014 1 -Axle Air Compressor 6 $19.35 $9.68 $ 116.10 SUBTOTAL - EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT OVERHEAD & PROFIT @ 21% EQUIPMENT TOTAL $ 928.98 $ 195.09 $ 1,124.07 MATERIALS MATERIALS QUANTITY UNIT PRICE DOLLAR AMOUNT Quantities as measured in the field SUBTOTAL - MATERIALS Price per invoice MATERIALS OVERHEAD & PROFIT @ 21% MATERIALS TOTAL $ - $ - $ - SUBCONTRACTOR TOTAL see subcontractor invoice for Ventilation Power Cleaning work this day SUBCONTRACTOR MARKUP @ 12% SUBCONTRACTOR TOTAL 0 $ - Verification of Hours Worked: SHEET TOTAL: $ 3,325.56 Contractor's Representative Date Owner's Representative Date Pay Estimate Entered: Date: By: IC IP G Field Work Directive FWD 001 Contract Name: Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow PW: AG#16-034 AG-t5 fl6- Contractor: Valley Electric KPG #: 16029 Subject: Removal of Luminaire Foundation Date: 5/25/2016 Scope: Scope of work shall meet specifications of 8 -20. During excavation for removal of the existing luminaire foundation on 16th Avenue S at approximately 500' North of the intersection with S. 348th St (SR- 18) it was discovered that the existing foundation was significantly larger than a standard luminaire foundation. Additionally, the foundation was discovered to be very close to an existing water main. Due to the size and location of the foundation the Contractor was unable to perform all of the anticipated contract work that day. The contractor shall remove the existing foundation and install a 48" CMP sonotube with rebar cage for the new mast -arm foundation per the contract plans. Any voids will be backfilled using controlled density fill (CDF) of at least 2500 PSF bearing. Measurement and Payment: The equipment and personnel originally mobilized on site will be reimbursed for the day during which the intended work could not be performed. Through discussions with the Contractor it was agreed that a large crane and a side -dump truck would be necessary to remove the existing foundation. The Contractor shall be reimbursed for the difference in cost between the crane and side -dump truck and the equipment originally mobilized to perform this work. Because the work with the crane will be performed outside of normal working hours, the subcontractor's and contractor's foremen and apprentices will be reimbursed for the additional cost of overtime pay rates. Payment for the standby time, the larger equipment, the CDF, and the overtime rates will be made by Change Order. Attachment(s): None Owner Appr•val: - /, s1 By: B K: , Inc. - Signature Ken Gunther, PE Resident Engineer City of Feder Sarady Long Project Manager Way- Signature D e 15-h4.11i. Date Contractor Acknowledgem By: Valley Electric - Signature Alan Guthmiller Project Manager Date THIS FIELD WORK DIRECTIVE DOES NOT PROVIDE FOR EITHER A TIME EXTENSION OR A CHANGE IN THE CONTRACT PRICE. LABOR, EQUIPMENT, AND /OR MATERIAL OUTLINED IN THIS FIELD WORK DIRECTIVE SHALL BE PAID BY BID ITEM(S) OR A CHANGE ORDER SHALL BE DEVELOPED FOR TIME EXTENSION OR CONTRACT PRICE INCREASES. ANY PROTEST TO THE FIELD WORK DIRECTIVE SHALL FOLLOW 1 -04.5 OF THE WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. VALLEY 1100 Merrill ▪ Creek Parkway, Everett, WA 98203 425/407 -0832 • 425/407 -0578 fax WORK RECORD 12-tra Work ❑ T & M Allowance Tracking ❑ Other: Project Name: ('I !"r R /! Std. Hrs. Job Number: /R6-.09 Customer Name: ..13.,,.,ty/G t (,114 e ., ,C ,t LP Billing Address: 2.3 f%mw•G ---D 1-o i ht) p.--t WR Number: G a / CO #: Other Reference #'s: Description of Work:-7,-s>ytLi?a4s ,,,.. — _0!/G`7,'.= ,,..- i4" 4.,,,,,i'2-',„_ Work Authorized By: signature please print date Date Employee Name Std. Hrs. O.T. Hours D.T. Hours ..13.,,.,ty/G t (,114 e ., ,C ,t LP 3.3.E 2.3 f%mw•G ---D 1-o i ht) p.--t Co 23may /G /31( lt ;rzo-to c.---<_. � 6I-c. rz Co Gv t3 01 ,4444‘ 1 rHsi 4 .:� _ p k Q 9:" Co Date Materials Used Quantity Unit / Price Extension .,,...q �rok�+J /�- r �. Ie u , r.A;,, 711C�{- ,.,! 3.3.E lf1/ /4.t4 ,C o!✓ ! A'ft' f!' !✓Y't t. t k= i.. t.f1 /14i,"' - ,.n-s 1 rHsi 4 .:� _ p k Q 9:" Co Date Equipment Used Model Number Hours Used Rate /Hr .,,...q �rok�+J /�- r �. Ie u , r.A;,, 711C�{- ,.,! 3.3.E �e 1 rHsi 4 .:� _ p k Q 9:" Co Signing this Work R d form acknowledges that the work described is being performed by Valley Electric. Signature constitutes approval of payment per agreement. o V tic Electric Co • of Mt Vernon, Inc. da 0 1100 Merrill Creek Parkway, Everett, WA 98203 425/407 -0832 • 425/407 -0578 fax ❑ 98 East 9th Street, Wenatchee, WA 98801 509/662 -1778 • 509/662 -6835 fax FA No.: Change Order Calc DAILY REPORT OF FORCE ACCOUNT WORKED KPG SEATTLE - TACOMA Project Name: Item No.: Description of Work: Prime Contractor: Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project No: Date: sheets. This AG #16 -034 5/26/2016 form, see attached Valley Electric force account Calculation estimation for Change Order Work by Subcontractor ?: no (yes /no) Valley Electric CO Sub - Contractor: LABOR NAME OCCUPATION STRAIGHT TIME OVERTIME DOLLAR AMOUNT HOURS WWR HOURS WWR Mike Hendrickson Foreman $ 86.05 9 $ 119.61 $ 1,076.49 Dave Ehnat Journeyman Inside Elec $ 73.50 9 $ 100.77 $ 906.93 Nick Graves Journeyman Inside Elec $ 73.50 9 $ 100.77 $ 906.93 SUBTOTAL - LABOR: LABOR OVERHEAD & PROFIT @ 29% LABOR TOTAL $ 2,890.35 $ 838.20 $ 3,728.55 EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT OR ATTACHMENTS HOURS WORKING HOURS STANDBY ADJUSTED RATE STANDBY RATE DOLLAR AMOUNT #333 2007 Ford F350 SD XL 9 $31.13 $15.57 $ 280.17 #391 2006 Ford F350 9 $31.04 $15.52 $ 279.36 #46 2014 1 -Axle Air Compressor 1 8 $19.35 $9.68 $ 96.79 SUBTOTAL - EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT OVERHEAD & PROFIT @ 21% EQUIPMENT TOTAL $ 656.32 $ 137.83 $ 794.15 MATERIALS MATERIALS QUANTITY UNIT PRICE DOLLAR AMOUNT Quantities as measured in the field SUBTOTAL - MATERIALS Price per invoice MATERIALS OVERHEAD & PROFIT @ 21% MATERIALS TOTAL $ - $ - $ SUBCONTRACTOR TOTAL see subcontractor invoices and calculations on separate sheet I SUBCONTRACTOR MARKUP @ 12% SUBCONTRACTOR TOTAL 0 $ - Verification of Hours Worked: SHEET TOTAL: $ 4,522.70 Contractor's Representative Date Owner's Representative Date Pay Estimate Entered: Date: By: - v 0 U lL GALLEY' "The Electrical Solution ". 1100 Merrill Creek Parkway, Everett, WA 98203 425/407 -0832 • 425/407 -0578 fax WORK RECORD xtra Work O T & M Allowance Tracking ❑ Other Project Name: - Std. Hrs. O.T. Hours Job Number: g/ Customer Name: ' , Wig Gas "jAti .✓„I Jy� ,4L.- d e /j .is 7-4Y &. .6- Billing Address: 9 Z.4/4f u.kt P. r-e, , Asp WR Number: evr.3 9 9 CO #: o z / Other Reference #'s: Description of Work: $, !- •1z- NFU _ u - Work Authorized By: please print signature date ate Employee Name Std. Hrs. O.T. Hours D.T. Hours Extension ' , Wig Gas "jAti .✓„I Jy� ,4L.- d e /j .is 7-4Y &. .6- 9 9 Z.4/4f u.kt P. r-e, , Asp _ K 9 9 --=iauc o z / 5724/,5 .. te=a i7 9 ../ / ....L A.42/__ ,5,60-.4 eC 9' 5 d 1 .%: . - -5 Date Materials Used Equipment Used Quantity Unit / Price Extension S / Jy� ,4L.- d e /j .is 7-4Y &. .6- 9 le,//¢ 5/4/4 u.kt P. r-e, , Asp _ K --=iauc 5724/,5 .. te=a i7 9 ../ Date Equipment Used Model Number Hours Used Rate /Hr 57, /i 5.s.,f.4- /c.,__ —Ze .6- 9 S. r`���cXe. 333 9 5724/,5 -472.x. /4/ te=a i7 9 Signing this Work Record form acknowledges that the work described Is being performed by Valley Electric. Signature constitutes approval of payment per agreement. To Order: 425 - 789 -16 Authorized Signature date Valley Electric Co of Mt Vernon, Inc. ❑ 1100 Merrill Creek Parkway, Everett, WA 98203 425/407 - 0832.425/407 -0578 fax 5/7 ❑ 98 East 9th Street, Wenatchee, WA 98801 509/662 -1778 • 509/662 -6835 fax Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits AG #16 -034 Change Order Calculations for Oversize Luminaire Foundation This worksheet to calculate work if foundation had been typically- sized. Rates based on Advanced Government Services invoice. Invoice Rate Quantity Extended TCS per hour $52.00 4 $208.00 Flagger per hour $50.00 4 $200.00 Signs /Etc per hour $11.56 4 $46.24 Arrowboard per hour $2.47 4 $9.88 Traffic Control Vehicle per hour $15.63 4 $62.52 Add'I TCV per day $125.00 0.5 $62.50 Total for half day $589.14 GC mark -up at 12% $70.70 Total Traffic Control $659.84 This Is your Invoice - No statement will be sent V"Z CO Ventilation Power Cleaning, Inc. 3914 Leary Way Northwest Seattle, Washington 98107 -5042 206 - 634-2750 • Fax 206 -634 -2753 Cont. Reg. #VENTIPC243PA 1a Leo -c3 Invoice Nbr: 49917 Invoice Date: Jun 7, 2016 BILL TO: SERVICE FOR: VALLEY ELECTRIC 1100 MERRILL CREEK PKWY EVERETT, WA 98203 Purchase Order # 18640 -C3 Quantity Salesperson Ron Christensen CITYWIDE FLASHING YELLOW ARROW RETROFIT SR18AT SR161 FEDERAL WAY, WA Completion Dote Terms Maly 26.2016 1 Net 30 Days Notes /Item Description POTHOLE AS DIRECTED. 6.50 COMBO VAC TRK W /OPER & HELPER (PER HOUR) 6.5 HOURS 5/21, 4.25 HOURS 5/26 6.50 COMBO VAC TRK W /OPERATOR (PER HOUR) 5/23 3.00 LOAD OF WATER FOR POTHOLING 2314 DISPOSAL FEE AT LOCAL RECYCLING FACILITY (PER TON) 12.91 TONS 5/21, 6.13 TONS 5/23, 4.1 TONS 5/26 1.00 STATE PAPERWORK ADMINISTRATIVE FEE 4.25 hours a $2=40 hr = $1020.00 5/ a 5 hours Vin.. $2021hr = $1010.00 57%3 2 loads (one for each day) .a; $40 1load = S80.00 5`2.,fr 10.23 tons (ii.; $50 %tan = S511.50 TOTAL = $2.621.50 6� !6 .l �v1`! 1,x,4 - Job Number 505-137 Unit Price 240.00 202.00 40.00 50.00 125:00 Item Total 1,560.00 1313.00 120.00 1,157.00 125.00 T Y % per month charged on all post dve accounts Subtotal Tax Total Due 4,275.00 4,275.00 "Li D ENTERPRISES, INC. dba LL.09502 INVOICE FEDERAL WAY SAND & GRAVEL Q/ P.O. BOX 3889 t %14 -aS NO. 7 9 5 6 8 ,E FEDERAL WAY, WA 98063 (253) 874 -6692 (253) 927 -0416 VALLEY ELECTRIC 1100 MERRILL CREEK PKWY E.VERETT WA 98203 0 INVOICE DATE 3b /'/.5/15 BTD: -0- GROSS: $690.00 RET: -0- N ET: $690.00 JW 06/08/16 INVOICE NO. CUSIOMER NO. 195582 V80 ?4 O 13 N 0 PAGE 1 6118 :I.6) CITYWIDE FLASHING YELLOW ARROW RETROFITS PROJECT FEDERAL WAY, WA PAYMENT TIE MIS 181H OF MO FDT CONTRACT NO 16•-0' +4 QUANTITY OE S C R I P T I 0 N UNIT PRICE F.XrENDE1) PRICE SR 10 -- SR 1.61 ?.[�0 HR TRUCK RENTAL — 1 9T 1.00 FA DUMP FEE 1.00 EA FEE FOR INTENT AEF)0AV11' IOTA!. TH/S INVOICE I?FF 437220 JIi790.CO, 155.0100 300.0000 80.0000 ]6.(10 300.00 88.80 690.00 R ! A+.N ACI .30 1Ay t!E I riMf:itiNl c 5 690 -00 Thursday 4 500 PM Sold To: 11.:LEY ELECTRIC Ordered By:, 'nail Delivered To: 5"R 16- 5R.1 Address: 16Th Facing Soutl-, Iime-Out Inn .,.... :„...„ REC'D JUN 0 2 2016 LLOYD ENTERPRISEUIMii,a, 2 PIT RUN - CRUSHED ROW-c. PO Box 3889 ' - L 21 I k7 Federal Way, WA 98063 tAgraf,1 (253) 874-6692- (253) 927-0416 Date: 5126/2.016 PhOMN ( 425 ) f7-3662 Description Quantity 11-11) Ti3l4 IL TRUCK RENTOL. - TRUCK PqMP Ie it'E .r I fig/ I, 4'. Fue 1 Surcharge 4.372 20 Unit Price Amount 3 () . 0 300. 00. 4- ' 4.4164 Customer Signature: Subtotal, Et Tax, Total Vpraiti 04:07 PM C44.E. Customs/ relonbes am/ WPM, to hair hapeat e Lloyd Entrepn,es, int for nny Chinvore to hlabat reel or personal pruperfr caused by delivery el niohnlays naiad nbove. AJI mutant* haying Wen dumped pI o1 nvek3 re cenerderwd o4 end Is not warrreneurl to meet any partlemtn, epecibcellons, When nutlet lel Is no larger ateeptable 1 lo solo reebonsiblely al the buyer to nail), seller la atop delivery, The wine; re the wenn described promises le Itir day reivsed that a lien moy be blannea try Lloyd Ening-sines, Inc It IN leg reissue of Ibis Irvine is not pied within 30 days RECD JUN 13 2016 VIVIAGNUM r CRANE SERVICE: 1910 South 344th Street Federal Way, WA 98003 Valley Electric 1100 MERRILL CREEK PKWY EVERETT, WA 98203 -0832 Invoice Invoice Date: Customer: Job No : Salesperson: Ordered Sy: Job Site : Citywide Flashing HWY18 & 16th Av Way, WA www.magnumcrane.net info @magnumcrane.net Office: 253.630.6244 Fax: 253.630.2646 I.SLD 105638 Thursday, May 26, 2016 VAL001 30706 David Thornton Guthmiller, Alan Yellow Arrow Signal Retrofits ve. Terms: Net 30 Customer P.O. No: 18640 -C4 Work Performed : Ufting foundation Date 5/26/2016 Description Unit No 045 TM Travel (Portal to TM45 -01 portal) 045 TM On Site minimum charge T= Taxable Taxable Amount: $630.00 Rate Unit Meas $210.00 T Per Hour $210,00 T Per Hour Thank you for doing business with Magnum Crane! Qty Extension 0.50 $105.00 2.50 $525.00 Subtotal: Federal Way (1732): Total Invoice: $630.00 $59.85 $689.85 O, P� RECD JUN 0 9 2015 Advanced Government Services, Inc 8644 Pacific Avenue Tacoma, WA 98444 -6471 (253) 531 -9782 Office Bill To Valley Electric 1100 Merrill Creek Parkway Everett, Wa 98203 1&9U0 - C2 Invoice Date Invoice # 6/10/2016 9232 .1O1U. 1 . qyz_ Vr.:42__ VV(Jle -fL ON P P.O. No. T Terms P Project WHITEADVANCED COPY CANARY - ADVANCED COPY PINK - EMPLOYEE COPY GOLDENROD - CLIENT COPY N 'T rn m 0 C O O 0 Z -<< -< 0 co X m m 0 0 o 0 0. 0 z ✓ 3 • Cn 0 o� 0) m' PRESS FIRMLY -- YOU ARE MAKING 4 COPIES o 0 0 z ?f' L D 0 D cn Z I� n -0 wE =o CO >IC Tt N Z m 0 Boa , u vn to < z 0 z� 5; r; m 1 0 m .tea. 0 0 Q? 04 4 n WHITE- ADVANCED COPY CANARY - ADVANCED COPY m PINK-EMPLOYEE COPY GOLDENROD- CLIENT COPY 0 z - j• �X m m 0 0 0 gb m. X X X 33 --I 0 r 0 z z PRESS FIRMLY - YOU ARE MAKING 4 COPIES gkg-o- a fn C - � y A /D Iwa am •<0 5 3 pi in o. J _ mro C 5 -gi fig 0 0 --4 0 z z D 0 4)A Ov 0 ° mnm '- z ^ °m o Z s.4 z 0 a3d0 31h11133A01dtN3 WHITE- ADVANCED COPY PINK- EMPLOYEE COPY CANARY- ADVANCED COPY GOLDENROD- CLIENT COPY D -I '-° 11 c a m Z x. a D U: '"^- -- V a Id m 9 mxi v 3 -:1()--i) •n =1z m(1) Z � z: m0 x } •` zm a cn l•' • ■ rr zm o ;; m PRESS tii�,�rw11 FIRAALY -- . . HOURS OT YOU ARE MAKING 4 CC WHITE ADVANCED COPY PINK - EMPLOYEE COPY CANARY - ADVANCED COPY GOLDENROD - CLIENT COPY A 11 c m< a m c z D -< 1» mxi -:1()--i) •n l zr C> � z: m0 x . l•' • ■ rr zm o tii�,�rw11 [TOTAL HOURS PRESS FIRMLY - YOU ARE MAKING-4-6( 0 a r m m n 0 v 0 a z CD cD Cn X X X P E `T' ;<1 GEIVO 31411 3A01d1■113 0 m z -4 b m b r m iD M cxi 1zU L,[9 _-I LC: 081/0 gINI1 aEAOldiA13 "- W1-11TE- ADVANCED COPY PINK - EMPLOYEE COPY CANARY- ADVANCED COPY GOLDENROD - CLIENT COPY - WHITE•ADVANCED COPY PINK - EMPLOYEE COPY CANARY - ADVANCED COPY GOLDENROD -CLIENT COPY A —I �t * X C , '' c m 0 z c Z D. -c rn 1 N M --I n9 1)- � , r Z 0 33 corn co 0 r x, x N; (J\ 0 m rn 8 0 0 z m 0 3 0 i 1 `I cti } 0 FIRMLY —YOU ARE MAKING 4 CUPiI S X.„ R.F. p ro C o S R,v o r r.. 0 Uc ao A 0\ gpql 74 CI 1 Rq 00 00 `, a -tejUI r,.1 z s `• C ( \\1\M 1 : :gall; d ri g- - c ,...:1 piP.I1 : SI-c„.. 0 C 3oSt R A »o � _ 4ti 6 3q- -°74,. o �p a py7� O q' l i ani�i' a N Q mA 6 0 r' m z m F1 r- 4li110 3W1133A01a13 WHITE ADVANfeD COPY PINK - EMPLOYEE COPY CANARY-ADVANCED COPY GOLDENROD- CLIENT COPY 0 --I rn m m 0 0 0 [• 0 a 0 z a M PRESS FIRMLY YOU ARE MAKING 4 COPT 5,gitW Qua q hq m m a a 3.n m Ln m im m m . m o 2 < m' ^ co a g m Q� r. �d o ma m o °o O y GG S n -1 :ao� 3 A m mm `X gcc a•co4 O O.� y p m m r. y 3 m 5 aa, a WHITE•ADVANCED COPY PINK - EMPLOYEE COPY CANARY - ADVANCED COPY GOLDENROD - CLIENT COPY _ g fir' >� m g m O z c z b ,.‹ 0 M c rn y) u3 y -vi m23 en D m7) -i m— ry t1 c- m 2 Zp Oft J� i 0 TOTAL HOURS HOURS OT 0 0 --I rn m m 0 0 0 [• 0 a 0 z a M PRESS FIRMLY YOU ARE MAKING 4 COPT 5,gitW Qua q hq m m a a 3.n m Ln m im m m . m o 2 < m' ^ co a g m Q� r. �d o ma m o °o O y GG S n -1 :ao� 3 A m mm `X gcc a•co4 O O.� y p m m r. y 3 m 5 aa, a WHITE•ADVANCED COPY PINK - EMPLOYEE COPY CANARY - ADVANCED COPY GOLDENROD - CLIENT COPY z ni m PRESS FIRMLY — ARE MAKING 4 COPIES ail3v X 61 o�t7 C z oNri i ° KR. can _q: a 5. srbd 4. pp K y �p 7 P � u yy+ k " r„. 1� a� o''g 0 2 XL 0 z tEm E. 0 Wn< M N g X$m �3 z wnrn rn 0 331 N z n C> e c rn u3 y en D m7) -i m— t1 cr zm im Oft J� I HOURS OT z ni m PRESS FIRMLY — ARE MAKING 4 COPIES ail3v X 61 o�t7 C z oNri i ° KR. can _q: a 5. srbd 4. pp K y �p 7 P � u yy+ k " r„. 1� a� o''g 0 2 XL 0 z tEm E. 0 Wn< M N g X$m �3 z wnrn rn 0 331 N z n C> Washington State Department of Transportation Contractor's Daily Report of Traffic Control - Summary Page One Contract Number SR Number Day 1Y) or? c %r: Date .ST- Z-3 - it, Photos / Videos taken today for record? ❑ Yes ❑ No If Yes, note locations: Let:, 16212 I 1 4-4 La. r F14 tr t4, •s 4,.1rs ummary of TCS Activities =( ) n m to •.5; V Comments 1�- .. {1 ,�i `for ,� 1 ©, • ' . _�-I --1. kr' A <<'trn n -1 –,S {. �,1 elu t lrs ,ir_tti._ � d 3 7 3 9t t � .'oc'0,Y q= �t "1�, rI 4rkii•Y,- �nr Pc, it__ (e r— r`rc..1 -? 1 t 7 ') n/ t-i]/ (J s'r 1 c,Liik r-'..- r [ ? :2. , , ( ? J ,. ontractor Contra is Traffic Controi Supervisor's Signature 1 ,s clo • DDT Form 421-040A EF Revised 412004 To be Completed by Contractor's Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) Distribution! Wh to - Contractor; Canary- Project Engineer Comments DDT Form 421-040A EF Revised 412004 To be Completed by Contractor's Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) Distribution! Wh to - Contractor; Canary- Project Engineer Washington State �® Department of Transportation Contractor's Daily Report of Traffic Control - Traffic Control Log Use separate sheets for each setup. (May be altered to record Class A signs.) Contract Number SR Number Day 1 /�) 01,90 dab( r Sta A i3 ; `„ Setup Station -- Time Station — Time Sta B < zip t- -4 v '2,5b _ 9 3411 ,.54 v Work Area Sta C T One Way Traffic (one or more lanes) Two Way Traffic T (two or more lanes) Sta D Other Traffic Control Labor Name Start End Hours an, u k -,e 4'i rt.;t i .5 1s Page 2., Date Legend (List of Signs Used) 11 )toel f4LC.. tl- ,' jr' L -.L Ofore.ir ( 0 0 0 v Cones ir Yes ❑No Per Approved Plan Yes ❑ No Piloted ❑ Yes J No Plan Title Flagger /Spotter Sta Start End Hours Station A 1,o can, 1 .t3 of n.. i- Station 8 Station C Station 0 Un 110/ Contractor Contractor's Traffic Control Supervisor's Signature Type of Traffic Control Time Set Up Time(s) Checked Time Removed DOT Form 421 -040B EF Revised 03/2008 To be Completed by Contractor's Traffic Control Supervisor (TGS) Distribution: White - Contractor; Canary - Project Engineer Washington State Departegnent of Transportation Contractor's Daily Report of Traffic Control - Summary Page One Contract Number SR Number Day IttL.t -5 day Date Photos /Videos taken today for record? ❑ YeS ❑ No If Yes, note locations: g riivl Z.'�SP,r, 615) A_r .0 \e rcl A TCS Activities Contractor ci 1 I e L- tr e_ Contract° {s Traffic Co rpta sor's Signature '. 74 '''' y a.,.ti � - '�. �� . �`.. - a e:+ Comments 1 ).� . ` v amide d X* ° °•a l r t Q nn 1C ._) .. ;V e c)ria rs rat ar>d /z3 14 v A01t5 Li ct 1 I /11.v.°; (r .,, . 6 ;`;..0....esVL G. , LJ. Q fr•I t A \, r..1 ec, r t,. l - 1 r i, , r k. Contractor ci 1 I e L- tr e_ Contract° {s Traffic Co rpta sor's Signature '. 74 '''' y a.,.ti � - '�. �� . �`.. - a e:+ Comments DOT Form 421.040A EF Revised 4/2004 To be Completed by Contractor's Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) Distribution: White - Contractor; Canary - Project Engineer . WWashington State Contractor's Daily Report of Traffic W Nik Department of Transportation Control - Traffic Control Log Use separate sheets for each setup. (May be altered to record Class A signs.) Page Z. Contract Number SR Number 1 R 62 t/D Sta A Lt)e,.396 Setup wt 3 /s' Station — Time 20 i+ ge& 4 S'• dz C- l (, A u+ -5L1( _ u,'s de- fb,sw CL Station — Time Sta B 0 &1' 2' 8 �+ 434- g 2167. C!- t. to A '- v O 0 1 Work Area 0 n v 0 1©0.0- _ 1oo4 _ l r?a..k .. £316 5J roves E6 Q1 I p cts', %,'e. live- 0 O Sta C T One Way Traffic T (one or more lanes) Two Way Traffic T (two or more lanes) Sta D Other Traffic Control Labor Name Start End Hours nct n„ \K eyd Eir, t, i Day IDy Date ZV- (6 Legend (List of Signs Used) <1> Lo 4 L I--f 1 O Crewe) boCtf-4 4 )0 3 T 0 O Cones Piloted 1Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes xi No Per Approved Plan 'Yes ❑ No Plan Title Flagger /Spotter Sta Start End Hours Station A .$A}' an-z 230 4',. SV Station B Station C Station 0 1 tio(Iy LI C91111.41;tor ittractor's TratfYo Cunr6;1 Superrvtsot"s'Signature Type of Traffic Control Time Set Up Time(s) Checked Time Removed L Z,`3D f OOT Form 421 -0408 EF Revised 0312008 To be Completed by Contractor's Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) Distribution: White- Contractor; Canary - Project Engineer � Vitashington State walr Department of Transportation Contractor's Daily Report of Traffic Control - Summary Page One Contract Number SR Number Day d Date �s /zs t, Photos / Videos taken today for record? ❑ Yes 0 No If Yes, note locations: 3-i c9( T« 11: v)0„ 4-0 / !pa e, 3.5 Arr o4-) Inc,. - ,--c! A Z? r t v��t — i 1�G,r. ,3,5 TJ 6,�._•k 7 Contracto Contractor s Traffric o `, upaMsor's Signature •- .it{ -4 .R V i siiys 7.v prK .Nly , (. YP Comments L/ `4f . . 6:A- L.Lrt_er-i Ii(�c' \ t_ 1c_ Ale_ 9? t:t,,c ,1-14....."/- 1 6 Ar:'e. -3`t cc-V f p,c,k-es 1, .-1U.-,cl 04`r-or.,d / z_0?) or-1 cats tl c?c} . VCIt rt(__ 1,4t1 2 4') Cr) -e cL J—iw1 For. ,�i't'1 001 < G -0 * — + r P-r Contracto Contractor s Traffric o `, upaMsor's Signature •- .it{ -4 .R V i siiys 7.v prK .Nly , (. YP Comments DOT Form 421 -040A EF Revised 412004 To be Completed by Contractor's Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) Distribution: White - Contractor: Canary - Project Engineer 411111k lNasPofington State Fig Contractor's Daily Report of Traffic Department of Transportation Control - Traffic Control Log Use separate sheets for each setup. (May be altered to record Class A signs.) Contract Number SR Number k lib Sta A€.8 3yS54'Setup $ StaB f t� Station — Time Station — Time 171 - „�;\ 4),44 _ ! i .. 1004 4 _ Station B 0 A.v s i ttt- -Pn &...+ ut. Cl 8 f,' • <C. aae <> - <> 004- ! 0C A Frt— t t�O 3./S _s +S 0 ,<, itsv .g.4 _ j5-61-1 c.3.,k- ir4c. de.- - U Work Area 0 0 ol 0 P 0 0 Sta C T One Way Traffic '1` Sta D (one or more lanes) Two Way Traffic (two or more lanes) Other Traffi ; Control Labor Name Start En d Hours MIco.i1A 17ii f3or .3.k A- Day tJ e_ Page Z Date Legend (List of Signs Used) et,} O Cones Yes ❑ No Per Approved Plan prYes ❑ No Piloted ❑ YesfNo Plan Title Flagger /SpotterSta Start End Hours StationA !I .1-3U . ?L U 4' 3,5 v Station B Station C Station D 1.1 ,4 Vey 4: J4..tr Contractor C tractors Traffic Control Supervisor's Signature Type of Traffic Control l, Time Set Up Time(s) Checked Time Removed �.r- 4- I a, i, (' /0 St .,, t_ l l ' 30 QHr 3 pmt DOT Form 421 -0405 EF Revised 03/2008 To be Completed by Contractor's Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) Distribution: White - Contractor; Canary- Project Engineer � Washington State `d'; Department of Transportation Contractor's Daily Report of Traffic Controls Summary Page One Contract Number SR Number t & '10 Day Date Photos / Videos taken today for record? ❑ Yes 0 No If Yes, note locations: ���'.11rit •ice t') �'. / 33C) 40 t'fT.. c'1(.< set a,5hv, q. S _ 4r-ctf 11 fcry.? toroc,ty- r{ 1' 7 v ma ry of TCS Activities Contractor ay /Jt/ C/e c Contractor's 1 ratiic Control Supervisor's Si9oattirt� f 1 • jj:f r•T p 'T+ - ryy�,•,��� P ! • a . d A . (: ".14le I ? 11'1' ,L)i .4•C f ` .. ... ..J 10. - 4 -,i -C; LI - t 1 r t i / < 1c tt kV 4.�?Q_l�J 3 / l a�'l(-- .3 ai-1. -3 4/8. -5 .J {C_r- , (' 4- Gavle-, oeN ty (c- -t--t- 1C n! c Lo:;'.d k�0-d4...�. ..1 ,. Yltro., it> 3Y ?O� c- d a l.t- ,a. ^,/ , c o r14 ,-- la rle c l c, e rl 4-c,-,ear, 3r70.3 ?O3 Comments _' .r,r fa / rs�7_►� � a.--> -0 G1,/--. i'11;jc a .4SJ ('..(. -1 's- 1an�F_ k' lit s IQ: r1 / Z,' Y 1` ..-, r-1 �.-) €d rrx� S L '? /f /t z .a f /,'?,O` c)// C'_lcz�r' 1, l I -", - J ' Jr '" L./ id . Contractor ay /Jt/ C/e c Contractor's 1 ratiic Control Supervisor's Si9oattirt� f 1 • jj:f r•T p 'T+ - ryy�,•,��� - .t,T�.'r` ,:'�4 1. ^.'��zM Y.rr<i,.. .. f-YF;YJ, ...-:'I .Y-�r- F��. _• . �./�1}j±��j&j .VT!i^.= R. 1 t:S`Yt , f. y.�z y'1•- i ;.: 'r i•�S�%1 *�,� - i'i1t�."r l i1 Y x'', � i'I Comments DOT Form 421-040A EF Revised 4/2004 To be Completed by Contractor's Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) Oistribution: White - Contractor; Canary - Project Enolneer Washington State 1W Department of Transportation Contractor's Daily Report of Traffic Control - Traffic Control Log Use separate sheets for each setup. (May be altered to record Class A signs.) Page G Contract Number SR Number R, L/Q Sta A $ e, 141 A Setups` I & P Station — Time Station — Time 2_0 _3' (1°, j 0( 1 _ Sta B O O Work Area l 0 3 ge-/ n 0 O j (p ,A- LAC. n 0 0 O Sta C TOne Way Traffic (one or more lanes) Two Way Traffic (two or more lanes) T T Sta D Other Traffic Control Labor Name Start End Hours rrnea A /nt,(s A Day 117 ar-.5 Date -5/2 6/i‘ Legend (List of Signs Used) O gIA)A- orN.t .16 L .k Ac-rc,t.dr >Card A 10.!!, o ( 1 1 � ���tr I <<o 5 ec�j 0 0 n Cones EYes ❑ No Per Approved Plan [Yes ❑ No Piloted El Yes 7"° No Plan Title Flagger /Spotter Sta Start End Hours Station A 33O . / :C j~" t,' Station B Station C Station D Ala a actor's Traffic �y vlsor'sSignature Type of Traffic Control Time Set Up Time(s) Checked 4- Cc rt P t' 10-S I.A,/^e 3 3 O n ri To be Completed by Contractor's Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) Distribution: White - Contractor; Canary - Project Engineer DOT Form 421 -0408 EF Revised 03/2008 Time Removed 1. 0 p_p_m_ Zuni T a g ,fin o �mm O G4 0 m co N e Z T O� �� �z z ryy 0m m�' co n v v m I1 z y 1' 0 0 cY 0 suuat ,(q pt ?d 3.z Cil i! CD I'"I G9 f_q CA i.11 pi ON m to m 0 0 zz 0 z z R n. v 0 c SS32JUCVA .Bull r_ r 0 ;0. w `c rn a b O n z ro m 0 m 0 z 1 {,n PLEASE REC �E REMIT TO:� GENA INGLE CONTECH ENGINEERED SOLUTIONS LLC 18445 COLLECTIONS CENTER DR CHICAGO, IL 60693 SSEALE No., REV. NO FACES 0ATE 715- 06HOW3 0 05/2412016 SOLD TO: VALLEY ELECTRIC CO. 1100 MERRILL CREEK PKWY BUYER'S NUMi3E_R EVERETT, WA 88203 CONTACT: THIERRY SANDERS -ORILLAULT 425407.0632 IhternrobaNOlsetrie.corn 18540-0053 C%i NTECH" INVOICE ORIGINAL ENGINEERED SOLUTIONS �p�31 015° INVOICE DATE 05/24/2018 FINAL INVOICE NO. W00249480 L PAGE tu5. j �TeTti bATEl'r SNWFR01u"— �r OAfi WANTE° 1 I o�T[, W If so.NuwlP ! 11 Arlington 7 052442016 00624/205S�16 09.005458400 SHIP TO: VALLEY ELECTRIC CO. CPU ARUNGTON, WA 98223 CONTACT: THIERRY SANDERS- BRILLAULT 425.407 -0832 thiMryob@veledrns.cocn =4??= /L. 10nCePE. area'"7.u�sl6W1/10.1C8T0+.fi]L!r ? 1LWEST2Cwun.,Mnm 4354 0711 W 1 5492615 6317028 WILL CALUCPU °Po MC PC TERMS 1/2%10, NET 30 r ,' KIT. o44PPOAii In Pulnorl silo: J 05/2412016 OR00347061 1 - - -_ Jbnnio - -1 :MUM OlVRtmW Chinn! *NOM Al tft RRAYAR•...I. IYAK Rn4 n Ta111$ OWL P.w t.,.1. 211R+wCMITAt 00 ULM PA w00000LoC:t000mpoceJtA { _ THIS'ARTERIALIS MAIWFACTU Eb- SPECNCPORTHiSPARTICUAROADER- ONCETNOSOROER -1 1 HAS 66618 ENTEAEO FOR FABRICATION, IT IS NOT 6USIECT TO CANCELLATION OR CHANGE FOR ANY REASON WITHOUT APPROVAL°, THE REGION 64E8 OFFICE ANO THE DETERMINA710N OF ._..._ CANCELLATION CHARGES.ONG£ SNIPPEO.ILCANNOTBE.RETURNED FOR CREOR ...J REM J DESCRIPTION 1PIEGESI�WEI(iHT CUANTITY J•iri•. PRICE I AMOUNT 621 010 H!C PIPE 2 2!3x1/2 AL T2 LS 16GA 48" 10FT - 1 320 10.00 74.100 741.00 2 REROLLED ENDS Total Weight 320 lbs. Sub -Total 741.00 Soles Tell Amount 0.00 741.00 Total Amount 741.00 Truck Loads: 0.0 SO 9 Mileage: 0 # of comm: 0.00 fLl II ATTENTION!! Remit to Address may have changed Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits AG #16 -034 Change Order Calculations for Subsurface HMA Removal Subcontractors for Work Performed Advanced Government Services Invoice #9232 $102.00 Subcontractor Subtotal $102.00 Subcontractor markup at 12% $12.24 Subcontractor Total $114.24 Valley Electric Costs From Removal of Subsurface HMA Total Valley Electric Work 5/24/2016 $465.55 Subcontracted work, see attached calculations $114.24 Total Contractor Work for Subsurface HMA removal $579.79 FA No.: Change Order Calc DAILY REPORT OF FORCE ACCOUNT WORKED KPG SEATTLE I Lt - TACOMA Project Name: Item No.: Description of Work: Prime Contractor: Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project No: Date: HMA in Order Calculation AG #16 -034 5/24/2016 Calculation of contractor effort to remove subsurface force account sheets. This estimation for Change median, see attached Valley Electric Work by Subcontractor ?: no (yes /no) Valley Electric CO Sub - Contractor: LABOR NAME OCCUPATION STRAIGHT TIME OVERTIME DOLLAR AMOUNT HOURS WWR HOURS WWR Mike Hendrickson Foreman 1 $ 86.05 $ 119.61 $ 86.05 Dave Ehnat Journeyman Inside Elec 1 $ 73.50 $ 100.77 $ 73.50 Nick Graves Journeyman Inside Elec 1 $ 73.50 $ 100.77 $ 73.50 Nathan Webster Apprentice Inside Elec 1 $ 51.38 $ 69.09 $ 51.38 SUBTOTAL - LABOR: LABOR OVERHEAD & PROFIT @ 29% LABOR TOTAL $ 284.43 $ 82.48 $ 366.91 EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT OR ATTACHMENTS HOURS WORKING HOURS STANDBY ADJUSTED RATE STANDBY RATE DOLLAR AMOUNT #333 2007 Ford F350 SD XL 1 $31.13 $15.57 $ 31.13 #391 2006 Ford F350 1 $31.04 $15.52 $ 31.04 #46 2014 1 -Axle Air Compressor 1 $19.35 $9.68 $ 19.35 SUBTOTAL - EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT OVERHEAD & PROFIT @ 21% EQUIPMENT TOTAL $ 81.52 $ 17.12 $ 98.64 MATERIALS MATERIALS QUANTITY UNIT PRICE DOLLAR AMOUNT Quantities as measured in the field SUBTOTAL - MATERIALS Price per invoice MATERIALS OVERHEAD & PROFIT @ 21% MATERIALS TOTAL $ $ $ - SUBCONTRACTOR TOTAL see separate AGS traffic control invoice and calculations 1 SUBCONTRACTOR MARKUP @ 12% SUBCONTRACTOR TOTAL 0 $ - Verification of Hours Worked: SHEET TOTAL: $ 465.55 Contractor's Representative Dale Owner's Representative Date Pay Estimate Entered: Date: By: To Order: 425- 789 -1642 Fat Cat Design House VALLEY �- 1100 Merrill Creek Parkway, Everett, WA 98203 425/407 -0832 • 425/407 -0578 fax WORK RECORD extra Work ❑ T & M Allowance Tracking ❑ Other: Job Number: �/ f0 Customer Name: G� Billing Address: WR Number: 4,:.)z CO #: Other Reference #'s: Description of Work: 9ifclG�ivh,.,r,,��c- <— �8_d.7% �GP.�fGJ.a�i cS,a.u.!/�.v�� Work Authorized By: please print signature date Date E Employee Name S Std. Hrs. O O.T. Hours D D.T. Hours 4507 // . .�CQ�e1( &Scam _ /1.4. Work Authorized By: please print signature date Date E Employee Name S Std. Hrs. O O.T. Hours D D.T. Hours 4507 // . .�CQ�e1( &Scam _ /1.4. cJL 0 02 ( _i / 4ij I,y/G & (x,1.1 ' 4V/ D DAVE ( Date Materials Used 2.1{ig.{1p. �ntttbs X Z Pncor_d ¥- 7_ Quantity 71/ Unit / Price Extension Date Equipment Used Model Number Hours Used Rate /Hr VIK \ Sen.1.2c.2.4_ 2s2 u.t k _ _53'3 / i4 & 2 y >-x., Le _ -- ts1 c e> , :-W / .,44z__ At( 10 l l le il c__.g Boa , £ n ._l r:i_ -f Signing this Work Record form acknowledges that the work described is being performed by Valley Electric. Signature constitutes approval of payment per agreement. Authorized Signature ❑ 1100 Merrill Creek Parkway, Everett, WA 98203 425/407 -0832 • 425/407 -0578 fax //lige,.40/ Valley Electric Co of Mt Vernon, Inc. d to ❑ 98 East 9th Street, Wenatchee, WA 98801 509/662 -1778 • 509/662 -6835 fax Signing this Work Record form acknowledges that the work described is being performed by Valley Electric. Signature constitutes approval of payment per agreement. Authorized Signature ❑ 1100 Merrill Creek Parkway, Everett, WA 98203 425/407 -0832 • 425/407 -0578 fax //lige,.40/ Valley Electric Co of Mt Vernon, Inc. d to ❑ 98 East 9th Street, Wenatchee, WA 98801 509/662 -1778 • 509/662 -6835 fax REC'D JUN 0 9 2016 Advanced Government Services, Inc 8644 Pacific Avenue Tacoma, WA 98444 -6471 (253) 531 -9782 Office Bill To Valley Electric 1100 Merrill Creek Parkway Everett, Wa 98203 �N Igup - C2 Invoice Date Invoice # 6/10/2016 9232 LifrW • ,I,..- !7V - %vr — v.. Liis --ate ^ ' Fglre.„ CP r 71 C 1'•�1 _ `/y P.O. No. Terms Project 05/22 -05/28 Net 30 Citywide Flashing Yellow A... Quantity Description U/M Rate Amount 2 * * ** ** *Deleted Invoice 9162 * * * * * ** HR 52.00 104.00 Traffic Control Supervisors at Prevailing Rate per hour Required Pre-Construction meeting 26.5 Traffic Control Supervisor at Prevailing Rate per hour - (up to 10 hours per day or 40 hrs a week) ITEM 6 HR 52.00 1,378.00 26 Flagging at Prevailing Rate (Up to 10 /Day - or 40 /Week) ITEM 11R 50.00 1.,30‘). DO 6 I A11 Class B Project TC Signs /Cones/Stands/Sand bags on 1,850.00 1,850.00 approved traffic control plans usage per month ITEM 6 (05/23/16 - 06/22/16) I Monthly Usage of 1 Arrow Board ITEM 6 395.00 395.00 (05/23/16 - 06/22/16) I TCS Traffic Control Vehicle with Flashing Beacon usage rate per month ITEM 6 2,000.00 2,000.00 (0523/I6 - 06/22/16) 1 Traffic Control Vehicle with Flashing Beacon usage rate per day 125.00 125.00 (EA) * Additional truck needed on 05/23/16* 0.5 Mobilization /Admin LS (Federal Way to 40 working days) 6,000.00 3,000.00 ITEM 5 Subtotal 10.152.00 Amount deducted for retention -5.00% - 507.60 I 0 5z TCS: 111.5 trri -i. $52/hi = -$(] nagger: 50 • furs ray S50/hr = $1825.((% , ._ 190.74 * .. .i ours ,ca, . �. uour = ;. .76 TOTAL: .$43.2431.( fir (fa2. -,, 0 0 Thank you i'or your business. L)Le: Work Lroni /2` not included in Force Account Total $9,644.40 WHITE- ADVANCED COPY PINK - EMPLOYEE COPY CANARY - ADVANCED COPY GOLDENROD - CLIENT COPY co •n, T -.1 O C 0 m o. tie' m as, 0, -a, D H m m 0 0 0 0 0 z 04m p.- C' 5. C: N PRESS FIRMLY -- YOU ARE MAKING COPIES o D In •�.J a O C o.Z og3 »Z- De-o-5 n - a m MD Elf 12 -ir m 8--F,',2-* 2- o 'D.p f,U. m Sp o m Da a 3 GJ p�fig, m o'a>;'i� m e4gN•i > 355.9_4, ° .3a n c c - * -R-2'3 8 (I 6 8.'t g m a- 0.E. E. _. r k2 r .4., y a mkm2 9.o<<_� F, o ° a li = v g_1.---....3, o ;,,*R1 aara r,Rgs.cv C' - A 0 mz F;pm �0 n L) O f1 < a D rri Nm 2 8m W• 0 m < W 0 0 z 1 _+ WHITE-ADVANCED COPY PINK - EMPLOYEE COPY CANARY- ADVANCED COPY GOLOENROD- CLIENT COPY -aI C m;i Q ._ O Z.. C' Z', •x. ,� ■ : :3 g:yl IR nrn ° c, 0 \ 7 V , :'t. V ' :: PRESS FIRMLY - OU ARE MAKING 4 CI m 33 m 0 0 0 O a O Z m a 3 5 z 0 mz n W Am 0 ,:40 4Dm N • <— Z F-3 rn N3 -4 Dm < WV 9) 0 PIES 0 0 0 z m 'O -4 r 0 m m m 0 V 1 CO N) CO 03 RETURN TO: MeA 0 >C,'t6i . EXT: p i 23 S CITY OF FEDERAL WAY LAW DEPARTMENT ROUTING FORM 1. ORIGINATING DEPT/DIV: PUBLIC WORKS / 1J . 2. ORIGINATING STAFF PERSON: r;"-->Q.,I jG.- V*4-- EXT: LJ� � 3. DATE REQ. BY: 4. TYPE OF DOCUMENT (CHECK ONE): ` ❑ CONTRACTOR SELECTION DOCUMENT (E.G., RFB, RFP, RFQ) PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ❑ PROFESSIONAL SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ GOODS AND SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ REAL ESTATE DOCUMENT ❑ ORDINANCE ❑ CONTRACT AMENDMENT (AG #): ❑ OTHER ❑ SMALL OR LIMITED PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ❑ MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT ❑ HUMAN SERVICES / CDBG ❑ SECURITY DOCUMENT (E.G. BOND RELATED DOCUMENTS) ❑ RESOLUTION ❑ INTERLOCAL 5. PROJECT NAME: C • W; St. CA 4 cS \A"l %A% 'fit Ilc,.) Arto•�,� Ct�T(Ci�t ?Tt.t -mot 6. NAME OF CONTRACTOR: {� 1►tC_ C-A • O w - Y iax Vb O" ADDRESS: •ter y i _ 1 • v TELEPHONE: E -MAIL: ,. - FAx: SIGNATURE NAME: TITLE: • .•. 010 -A 7. EXHIBITS AND ATTACHMENTS: ❑ SCOPE, WORK OR SERVICES ❑ COMPENSATION ❑ INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS/CERTIFICATE ❑ ALL OTHER REFERENCED EXHIBITS ❑ PROOF OF AUTHORITY TO SIGN ❑ REQUIRED LICENSES ❑ PRIOR CONTRACT /AMENDMENTS CFW LICENSE #ootoicrt { BL, EXP. 12/31/ UBI # �C€/��, ,EXP. ' /� 3i2.1114) 8. TERM: COMMENCEMENT DATE: COMPLETION DATE: (::110 \140 \Nt1 1J�S 9. TOTAL COMPENSATION: $ I e{ ' V��� (INCLUDE EXPENSES AND SALES TAX, IF ANY) (IF CALCULATED ON HOURLY LABOR CHARGE - ATTACH SCHEDULES OF EMPLOYEES TITLES AND HOLIDAY RATES) REIMBURSABLE EXPENSE: ❑ YES ❑ NO IF YES, MAXIMUM DOLLAR AMOUNT: $ IS SALES TAX OWED: ❑ YES ❑ NO IF YES, $ PAID BY: ❑ CONTRACTOR ❑ CITY '<PURCHASING: PLEASE CHARGE TO: 0 44-0o- 5q5- 6¢4- 45-0 10. DOCUMENT / CONTRACT REVIEW INIT L / DATE REVIEWED INITIAL / DATE APPROVED PROJECT MANAGER - )1‘1, IVISION MANAGER o DEPUTY DIRECTOR k DIRECTOR ❑ RISK MANAGEMENT (IF APPLICABLE) LAW DEPT Wf /I6- 3/(7/I6* 11. COUNCIL APPROVAL (IF APPLICABLE) 12. CONTRACT SIGNATURE ROUTING SENT TO VENDOR/CONTRACTOR ,- DATE i,ATTACH: SIGNATURE AUTHORITY, INSURANCE CERTIFICATE, LICENSES, EXHIBITS 1I �� IN I / DATE SIGNED _ 7 r/iiffiSPZ A t CIO o3�1 COMMITTEE APPROVAL DATE: 7% 11.O LAW DEPT CHIEF OF STAFF X SIGNATORY MAYOR •R DIRECTOR) CITY CLERK ASSIGNED AG # %RETURN; ORIGINAL$ COMMENTS: TWA EXECUTE " ORIGINALS DATE SENT: 3 23 -1b COUNCIL APPROVAL DATE: 24 1+40 1-6 DATE REC'D: 3/tl u l - u«r14115 Gfrta j e S Vitae, 9 - () A_ big - e r r kta trcryt Cant' .0 No rtatk-f ,, rua btceies �')r1T 50e,*-s►�. ' �� RETURN TO: EXT: ,97 ( R3*- CITY OF FEDERAL WAY LAW DEPARTMENT ROUTING FORM 1. ORIGINATING DEPT/DIV: PUBLIC WORKS / 1-1—few-W It$10. 2. ORIGINATING STAFF PERSON: fAln LoKL^ 4. TYPE OF DOCUMENT (CHECK ONE): CONTRACTOR SELECTION DOCUMENT ❑ PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ❑ PROFESSIONAL SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ GOODS AND SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ REAL ESTATE DOCUMENT ❑ ORDINANCE EXT: 14 3 3. DATE REQ. BY: W (E.G RF FP, RFQ) ❑ SMALL OR LIMITED PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ❑ MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT ❑ HUMAN SERVICES / CDBG ❑ SECURITY DOCUMENT (E.G. BOND RELATED DOCUMENTS) ❑ RESOLUTION ❑ CONTRACT AMENDMENT (AG #): VIII. ❑i INTERLOCAL `- XOTHER ►I. 4104- COV��(mt!b AMPASI S OIAA SettlIC StO%l� • *▪ 140.4 Pyrro.+J 2.eliztts 5. PROJECT NAME: W ■1.4t. SAouN% 6. NAME OF CONTRACTOR: Nitia' ADDRESS: E -MAIL: SIGNATURE NAME: TELEPHONE: FAX: TITLE: 7. EXHIBITS AND ATTACHMENTS: ❑ SCOPE, WORK OR SERVICES ❑ COMPENSATION ❑ INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS /CERTIFICATE ❑ ALL OTHER REFERENCED EXHIBITS ❑ PROOF OF AUTHORITY TO SIGN ❑ REQUIRED LICENSES ❑ PRIOR CONTRACT /AMENDMENTS CFW LICENSE # BL, EXP. 12/31/ UBI # , EXP. / / 8. TERM: COMMENCEMENT DATE: COMPLETION DATE: 9. TOTAL COMPENSATION: $ (INCLUDE EXPENSES AND SALES TAX, IF ANY) (IF CALCULATED ON HOURLY LABOR CHARGE - ATTACH SCHEDULES OF EMPLOYEES TITLES AND HOLIDAY RATES) REIMBURSABLE EXPENSE: ❑ YES ❑ NO IF YES, MAXIMUM DOLLAR AMOUNT: $ IS SALES TAX OWED: ❑ YES ❑ NO IF YES, $ PAID BY: ❑ CONTRACTOR ❑ CITY ❑ PURCHASING: PLEASE CHARGE TO: 10. DOCUMENT / CONTRACT REVIEW PROJECT MANAGER 'DIVISION MANAGER DEPUTY DIRECTOR DIRECTOR ❑ RISK MANAGEMENT (IF APPLICABLE) 1,1 a i LAW DEPT 11. COUNCIL APPROVAL (IF APPLICABLE) 12. CONTRACT SIGNATURE ROUTING ❑ SENT TO VENDOR/CONTRACTOR INITIAL / DAT REVIEWED INITIAL / DATE APPROVED 2 C / (II 14 I (s- S Nye COMMITTEE APPROVAL DATE: COUNCIL APPROVAL DATE: DATE SENT: DATE REC'D: ❑ ATTACH: SIGNATURE AUTHORITY, INSURANCE CERTIFICATE, LICENSES, EXHIBITS INITIAL / DATE SIGNED ❑ LAW DEPT ❑ CHIEF OF STAFF ❑ SIGNATORY (MAYOR OR DIRECTOR) ❑ CITY CLERK ❑ ASSIGNED AG # ❑ SIGNED COPY RETURNED ❑ RETURN ONE ORIGINAL COMMENTS: EXECUTE " ORIGINALS AG# DATE SENT: K(44- : Y't Z _ ‘54.- ci.e■Mwr.1 wZk■ v.nal.cs.e,Z. d.L h.si . �k v\i\ 1/15 IgpL10 OF Federal Way BID AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ORIGINAL CONTRACT #1 CITY OF FEDERAL WAY CITYWIDE FLASHING YELLOW ARROW RETROFITS PROJECT RFB # 15 -014 HSIP- 000S(409) City of Federal Way Public Works Department 33325 Eighth Avenue South Federal Way, WA 98003 Mai ling Address: City of Federal Way Public Works Department Federal Way, WA 98003 -6325 BID AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR CITY OF FEDERAL WAY CITYWIDE FLASHING YELLOW ARROW RETROFITS PROJECT RFB # 15 -014 HSIP- 000S(409) Bids Accepted Until 10:00 a.m., January 12th, 2016 Bids Opened 10:30 a.m., January 12th, 2016 AT: City of Federal Way City Council Chambers 33325 Eighth Avenue South Federal Way, WA 98003 Prepared By: DKS ASSOCIATES 719 2ND AVENUE, SUITE 1250 SEATTLE, WA 98104 City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 2 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE PUBLIC NOTICE — REQUEST FOR BIDS 5 BIDDER'S CHECKLIST 7 SECTION 1: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 10 SECTION 2: GENERAL CONTRACTUAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS 17 NO BID RESPONSE FORM (Attachment A) 23 BID FORM (Attachment B) 24 BID SCHEDULE (Attachment C) 26 BID SIGNATURE PAGE (Attachment D) 28 BID BOND FORM (Attachment E) 29 SUBCONTRACTOR LIST (Attachment F) 30 COMBINED AFFIDAVIT AND CERTIFICATION FORM (Attachment G) 31 CONTRACTOR'S COMPLIANCE STATEMENT (Attachment H) 33 DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE UTILIZATION CERTIFICATION (Attachment I) 34 LOCAL AGENCY DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (DBE) WRITTEN CONFIRMATION DOCUMENT (Attachment 3) 35 PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT (Attachment K) 36 (with Exhibits A -F and Appendixes as attached) Exhibit A Exhibit B Exhibit C Exhibit D Exhibit E Exhibit F Notice of Completion Contract Change Order Agreement Notice to Labor Unions of Other Employment Organizations Nondiscrimination in Employment Certificate(s) of Insurance Performance /Payment Bond Title VI Assurances AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS GREEN PAGES SPECIAL PROVISIONS BLUE PAGES FHWA 1273 (Appendix A) YELLOW PAGES City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 3 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 STANDARD PLANS AND DETAILS (Appendix B) WHITE PAGES PREVAILING WAGES AND BENEFIT CODE KEY (Appendix C) PINK PAGES TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS (Appendix D) WHITE PAGES GEOTECHNICAL BORING LOGS (Appendix E) YELLOW PAGES City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 4 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 CITY OF FEDERAL WAY REQUEST FOR BIDS CITYWIDE FLASHING YELLOW ARROW RETROFITS PROJECT RFB # 15 -014 SUBMITTAL OF SEALED BIDS: Notice is hereby given that the City of Federal Way, Washington, will receive sealed bids through January 12th, 2016 at 10 :00 a.m., at the City Hall Purchasing Office or by US Mail at City of Federal Way, Purchasing Office, 33325 8th Avenue South, Federal Way, Washington 98003. Proposals received after 10:00 a.m. on said date will not be considered. BID OPENING:All bids will be opened and read publicly aloud at 10:30 a.m. on Wednesday, January 12, 2016, at City Council Chambers, 33325 8th Avenue South, Federal Way, Washington, for this RFB. All bid proposals shall be accompanied by a bid deposit by a cashier's or certified check, or Bid Bond in an amount equal to five percent (5 %) of the amount of such bid proposal. Should the successful bidder fail to enter into a contract and furnish satisfactory Performance Bond within the time stated in the specifications, the bid deposit or bond shall be forfeited to the City of Federal Way. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This project shall consist of: The installation of advanced overhead lane usage signage, including pole, mastarm, foundations, flashing yellow arrow signal heads, and corresponding signal equipment upgrades at 18 different intersections throughout the City. The Contractor shall complete all work within 60 working days The bidder is urged to check the plans and contract provisions carefully. All bid proposals shall be in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders and all other contract documents now on file in the Purchasing Office of the City of Federal Way. Bid documents may be obtained from the Purchasing Department at (253) 835 -2526. Any questions concerning the description of the work contained in the contract documents must be directed to Sarady Long, Senior Transportation Planning Engineer, by facsimile at (253) 835 -2709, or by letter addressed to Sarady Long, Senior Transportation Planning Engineer prior to bid opening date. PURCHASE OF BID DOCUMENTS: Bidders may purchase copies of the Bidding Documents (half -size plans) in person, or by mailing a Twenty-Five and No /100 Dollars ($25.00) (non - refundable) check or cashier's check payable to the City of Federal Way, 33325 8th Avenue South, Federal Way, WA 98003 -6325, phone (253) 835- 2526. If purchasing by mail, please indicate your request for Bidding Documents for RFB #15 -014, (Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project). Informational copies of maps, plans, and specifications are available for review at the Public Works Department, Federal Way City Hall, 33325 8th Avenue South, Federal Way, Washington. Bidding Documents are also available for review at the following Plan Centers: City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 5 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Seattle, WA 98104 Daily Journal of Commerce Project Center, 921 SW Washington St, Suite 210, Portland, OR 97205 McGraw Hill Construction Dodge, 3315 Central Ave., Hot Springs, AR 71913 Cora Inc. — Plan Center, 10002 Aurora Avenue North, #36, PMB 334, Seattle, WA 98133 Reed Construction Data, 30 Technology Parkway South, Suite 100, Norcross, GA 30092 Builders Exchange of Washington, 2607 Wetmore Avenue, Everett, WA 98201 Contractor Plan Center, 5468 SE International Way, Milwaukie, OR 97222 iSqFt Planroom, c/o Cascade A &E 235 9th Ave North, Seattle, WA 98109 — oregon- washingtonftisgft.com The City, in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. 2000d to 2000d -4 and Title 49 C.F.R., Department of Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally- assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively ensure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises as defined at 49 CFR Part 26 will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, national origin, or sex in consideration for an award. The City encourages minority and women -owned firms to submit bids consistent with the City's policy to insure that such firms are afforded the maximum practicable opportunity to compete for and obtain public contracts. The Contractor will be required to comply with all local, State, and Federal laws and regulations pertaining to equal employment opportunities. The City anticipates awarding this project to the successful bidder and intends to give Notice to Proceed as soon as the Contract and all required associated documents are executed in full. RESERVATION OF RIGHTS: The City of Federal Way reserves the right to reject any and all bids, waive any informalities or minor irregularities in the bidding, and determine which bid or bidder meets the criteria set forth in the bid documents. No bidder may withdraw his or her bid after the hour set for the opening thereof unless the award is delayed for a period exceeding thirty (30) days. Dated the 17th day of December, 2015. Dates of Publication: Daily Journal of Commerce: December 19, 2015 December 26, 2015 Federal Way Mirror: December 25, 2015 January 1, 2016 City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 6 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BIDDER'S CHECKLIST The bidder's attention is especially called to the following forms, which must be executed in full as required and submitted as part of the bid. Failure to comply shall result in rejection of any bid not so complying. ❑ Bid Form (Attachment B) The Bid Form shall be completed and fully executed, including filling in the total bid amount. ❑ Bid Schedule (Attachment C) The unit prices shall be set forth in the space provided. ❑ Bid Signature Page (Attachment D) The Bid Signature Page shall be filled in and fully executed by the bidder. ❑ Bid Bond Form (Attachment E) This form is to be executed by the bidder and the surety company unless a certified check is submitted with the bid. The amount of this bond or certified check shall not be less than five percent (5 %) of the total bid amount and shall be shown in both words and figures. ❑ Subcontractor List (Attachment F) The Subcontractor List shall be filled in by the bidder. (This section may /may not apply) ❑ Combined Affidavit and Certification Form (Attachment G) This form must be subscribed to and sworn before a Notary Public and notarized. (l Contractor's Compliance Statement (Attachment H) The Contractor's Compliance Statement shall be filled in and fully executed by the bidder. ❑ Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification (Attachment I) This form must be filled in by the bidder. ❑ Local Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Written Confirmation Document (Attachment 3) This form must be filled in by the bidder and DBE Subcontractor for each DBE Subcontractor listed in the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification (Attachment I). ❑ Contractor's Certificate of Registration City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 7 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 The bidder shall provide a copy of Contractor's current registration with the State of Washington. ❑ Contractor's State Identification Numbers The bidder shall provide a copy of Contractor's current state unified business identifier number and, as applicable, an employment security department number and state excise tax registration number. City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 8 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 SUCCESSFUL BIDDER'S CHECKLIST The following documents are to be executed and delivered to the City within ten (10) calendar days after the Bid is awarded: ❑ Public Works Contract (Attachment K) The successful bidder will fully execute and deliver to the City the Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Public Works Contract ( "Contract') from these Bid Documents. ❑ Notice to Labor Unions or Other Employment Organizations Nondiscrimination in Employment (Exhibit C) If this applies, the successful bidder will sign and post copies of this Notice in conspicuous places available to employees or applicant for employment. ❑ Certificate of Insurance (Exhibit D) The successful bidder will provide a Certificate of Insurance evidencing the insurance requirement set forth in the Contract. ❑ Performance /Payment Bond (Exhibit E) The successful bidder will provide a fully executed Performance /Payment Bond as appropriate. ❑ Business License The successful bidder will provide a copy of a current Business License with the City of Federal Way. City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 9 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 SECTION 1: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ' 1 -1 Time and Place for Submission and Opening of Bids Sealed bids must be submitted by 10:00 a.m. local time on January 12, 2016, to the ' Purchasing Office of the City of Federal Way (the "City "), located on the second floor of City Hall, or received by US Mail at City of Federal Way, Purchasing Office, 33325 Eighth Avenue S, Federal Way, Washington, 98003 -6325, and will be publicly opened and read aloud in City ' Hall City Council Chambers on January 12, 2016, at 10: 30 a.m. local time. The City's Purchasing Coordinator must receive the sealed bid before the time and date ' specified in order to be considered. Telex or facsimile bids will not be accepted. The bidder accepts all risks of late delivery of mailed bids or of misdelivery regardless of fault. Late bids will be returned unopened. 1 If, after reviewing this document the bidder chooses not to submit a bid, the bidder may complete and return the "No Bid Response Form" provided as Attachment "A" by the date 1 and time indicated above. 1 -2 Bid Form 1 Bids shall be made on the "Bid Form" (Attachment "B ") issued by the City as part of these contract documents, without reservation or amendment. Bids must be typewritten or printed ' in ink. Upon completion, the Bid Form and the bid bond or certified check and any requested information shall be placed in a sealed envelope. On the outside of the envelope, place the bid name, bid number and the time bids are due. 1 -3 Bid Signature ' All bids shall give the total bid price and shall be signed in ink by the bidder or their authorized representative, with the address. If the bid is made by an individual, the name, signature, and address must be shown. If the bid is made by a firm or partnership, the name and address ' of the firm or partnership and the signature of at least one of the general partners must be shown. If the bid is made by a corporation, the bid shall show the title of the person authorized to sign on behalf of the corporation, his or her title and the address. The City reserves the ' right to request documentation showing the authority of the individual signing the bid to execute contracts on behalf of anyone, or any entity, other than himself /herself. Refusal to provide such information upon request may cause the bid to be rejected as nonresponsive. 1 -4 Bid Withdrawal Due to Error Bids may not be withdrawn due to a claim of error in a bid unless written notice of such claim 1 and supporting evidence for such claim including cost breakdown sheets are delivered to the City within forty-eight (48) hours prior to the opening of bids. 1 1 1 -5 Modification of Bid City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -014 Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Page 10 December 2015 RFB ver. 4 -15 A modification of a bid already received will be considered only if the modification is received prior to the time announced for bid opening. All modifications shall be made in writing, executed, and submitted in the same form and manner as the original bid. 1 -6 Examination of Bid and Contract Documents — Bidder Responsibilities The submission of a bid shall constitute an acknowledgment upon which the City may rely that the bidder has thoroughly examined and is familiar with the bid and contract documents and has reviewed and inspected all applicable federal, state and local statutes, regulations, ordinances and resolutions dealing with or related to the equipment and /or services to be provided herein. The failure or neglect of a bidder to examine such documents, statutes, regulations, ordinances or resolutions shall in no way relieve the bidder from any obligations with respect to the bidder's bid or the contract documents. No claim for additional compensation will be allowed which is based upon a lack of knowledge of any contract documents, statutes, regulations, ordinances or resolutions. Bidders shall visit delivery and service locations(s) as required. Bidders shall become familiar with and verify any environmental factors, which may impact current or future prices for this requirement. 1 -7 Interpretation of Bid and Contract Documents No oral interpretations will be made to any bidder as to the meaning of the bid or contract documents and no oral communications will be binding upon the City. Requests for an interpretation shall be made by facsimile, or by mail, and delivered to the Purchasing Coordinator of the City at the address indicated in Section 1 -1, at least ten (10) days before the date announced for opening the bids. Any interpretation deemed necessary by the City will be in the form of an addendum to the bid documents and when issued will be sent as promptly as is practical to all parties to whom the bid documents have been issued. All such addenda shall become part of the bid. 1 -8 Addenda Each bid shall include acknowledgment of receipt and review of all addenda issued during the bidding period on the Bid Form. 1 -9 Bid Price The bid price shall include everything necessary for the completion of the contract including, but not limited to, furnishing all materials, equipment, tools, freight charges, facilities and all management, superintendence, labor and service, except as may be provided otherwise in the contract documents. All Washington State sales tax and all other government taxes, assessments and charges shall be included in the various Bid item prices as required by law. The offer shall remain in effect ninety (90) days after the bid opening. In the event of a discrepancy between a unit price and an extended amount and /or the total price, the unit price will govern and the extended amount and /or total price will be corrected accordingly; however, downward correction of a bid, which would displace the apparent low bidder, will only be permitted if the error made and the intended bid price can be determined solely from the bid documents. 1 -10 Postponement of Bid Opening City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 11 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 The City reserves the right to postpone the date and time for the opening of bids by announcing such postponement at any time prior to the date and time announced in these documents. 1 -11 Rejection of Bids A. The City reserves the right to reject any bid for any reason including, but not limited to, the following: any bid which is incomplete, obscure, irregular or lacking necessary detail and specificity; any bid which omits a price on any one or more items on the Bid Form and Bid Schedule; any bid in which prices are unbalanced in the opinion of the City; any bid accompanied by insufficient or irregular bid bond; any bid from bidders who (in the sole judgment of the City) lack the qualifications and /or responsibility necessary to perform the work after considering the elements in Section 1 -14.B; any bid for which a bidder fails or neglects to complete and submit any qualifications information within the time specified by the City and as may be otherwise required herein; and, any bid submitted by a bidder who is not registered or licensed as may be required by the laws of the State of Washington. B. The city further reserves the right to reject any portion of any bid and /or to reject all bids. In consideration for the City's review and evaluation of its bid, the bidder waives and releases any claims against the City arising from any rejection of any or all bids. 1 -12 Alterations to Documents Prohibited Any addition, limitation or provision attached to the bid may render it informal or nonresponsive and cause its rejection. Alteration by erasure or interlineations must be explained or noted in the bid form over the signature of the bidder. No oral, telegraphic or telephonic bids or modifications will be considered. 1 -13 Disqualification of Bidder If, in the opinion of the City, there is reason to believe that collusion exists among bidders, none of the bids of the participants in such collusion will be considered. All bidders are required to submit the Affidavit of Non - Collusion (Attachment G) with their bids. 1 -14 Evaluation of Bids It is the intent of City to award a contract to the lowest responsive bid by a responsible bidder as evaluated by the City. The bidder may be required by the City to submit documentation demonstrating compliance with the criteria. A. Responsiveness — The bidder must complete all required forms and bid documents and provide all required and requested information. Refusal to provide such information may cause the bid to be rejected. The City will consider all the material submitted by the bidder to determine whether the bid is in compliance with the bid terms and documents and responsive to the requested work. B. Responsibility — The City will consider all the material submitted by the bidder, and other evidence it may obtain including information from previous project owners, to determine whether the bidder is responsible. The bidder must meet the following bidder City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 12 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 responsibility criteria and supplemental bidder responsibility criteria to be considered a responsible bidder: 1. Mandatory Bidder Responsibility Criteria a. Have a current certificate of registration as a contractor in compliance with Chapter 18.27 RCW, which must have been in effect at the time of bid submittal; b. Have a current Washington Unified Business Identifier (UBI) number; c. If applicable: i. Have Industrial Insurance (workers' compensation) coverage for the bidder's employees working in Washington, as required in Title 51 RCW; ii. Have a Washington Employment Security Department number, as required in Title 50 RCW; iii. Have a Washington Department of Revenue state excise tax registration number, as required in Title 82 RCW; d. Not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3). 2. Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria a. The bidder shall not have a record of excessive claims filed against the retainage, payment, or performance bonds for public works projects during the previous three years, that demonstrate a lack of effective management by the bidder of making timely and appropriate payments to its subcontractors, suppliers, and workers, unless there are extenuating circumstances acceptable to the City. b. The bidder shall have a reasonable history of successfully completed projects of a similar size and scope as required by the contract documents for this project. The City will evaluate whether the projects were "successfully completed" and of a "similar size and scope." c. The bidder shall have evidence that it is able to begin and complete the work, and complete it in a timely fashion. d. The bidder shall not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.03.010 or 39.12.065(3). 3. As evidence that the bidder meets the supplemental bidder responsibility criteria in paragraph (B)(2) . above, the apparent low bidder must submit the following documentation to the City within 48 hours of the bid opening. The City reserves the right to request such documentation from other bidders also. Refusal to provide such information upon request may cause the bid to be rejected. a. The bidder shall submit a list of the public works projects completed within the previous three years and include for each project the following information; the owner and contact information for the owner; a list of claims filed against the retainage, payment, or performance bond for any of the projects listed; a written explanation of the circumstances surrounding each claim and the ultimate resolution of the claim. b. The bidder shall submit a list of projects of similar size and scope to this project and include information about each project, including the following: the owner and contact information for the owner; the awarded contract amount; the final contract amount; a description of the scope of the project and how the project is similar to this project; the bidder's assessment of its performance of each project. The information should include any information City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 13 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 regarding performance in the following areas; quality control; safety record; timeliness of performance; use of skilled personnel; management of subcontractors; availability of and use of appropriate equipment; compliance with contract documents; management of submittals process, change orders, and close -out. c. The bidder shall furnish acceptable evidence of the bidder's current ability to perform, such as firm commitments by subcontractors, equipment, supplies and facilities, and the bidder's ability to obtain the necessary personnel. 4. If the City determines the bidder does not meet the bidder responsibility criteria in paragraph (B)(2) above and is therefore not a responsible bidder, the City shall notify the bidder in writing with the reasons for its determination. If the bidder disagrees with this determination, it may appeal the determination within 24 hours of receipt of the City's determination by presenting additional information to the City and meeting the requirements of section 1- 20(B). The City will consider the additional information before issuing its final determination. If the final determination affirms that the bidder is not responsible, the City will not execute a contract with any other bidder until two business days after the bidder determined to be not responsible has received the final determination. C. Lowest Bid — The lowest bid shall be determined as set forth on the Bid Form. The acceptance of a bid will be evidenced by a Notice of Award. No other act of the City shall constitute acceptance of a bid. Within ten (10) days after receipt of Notice of Award, the bidder whose bid is accepted, shall furnish the required performance bond, certificate of insurance, execute the contract and perform all other acts required by the bid and contract documents as conditions precedent to formation of the contract. 1 -15 Procedures When Only One Bid is Received In the event only a single responsive bid is received, the City reserves the right to conduct a price and /or cost analysis of such bid. The sole bidder shall provide such information, data and other documentation as deemed necessary by the City for such analysis. The City reserves the right to reject such bid. 1 -16 Bid Documents Bidders are required to submit with the bid package the following: A. Attachment A— No Bid Response Form, if applicable. B. Attachment B— Bid Form. C. Attachment C— Bid Schedule. D. Attachment D— Bid Signature Page. E. Attachment E— Bid Bond Form. F. Attachment F— Subcontractor List. (May Not Apply) City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 14 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 G. Attachment G— Combined Affidavit and Certification Form. H. Attachment H— Contractor's Compliance Statement. I. Attachment I— Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification Attached. J. Attachment J — Local Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Written Conformation Document. K. Attachment K— Public Works Contract. 1 -17 Conflicts of Interest and Noncompetitive Practices By submitting a bid, the Contractor agrees as follows: A. Conflict of Interest — That it has no direct or indirect pecuniary or proprietary interest, that it shall not acquire any interest which conflicts in any manner or degree with the work, services, equipment or materials required to be performed and /or provided under this contract and that it shall not employ any person or agent having any such interests. In the event that the Contractor or its agents, employees or representatives hereafter acquires such a conflict of interest, it shall immediately disclose such interest to the City and take action immediately to eliminate the conflict or to withdraw from this contract, as the City may require. B. Contingent Fees and Gratuities 1. That no person or selling agency except bona fide employees or designated agents or representatives of the Contractor have been employed or retained to solicit or secure this contract with an agreement or understanding that a commission, percentage, brokerage, or contingent fee would be paid; and 2. That no gratuities in the form of entertainment, gifts or otherwise, were offered or given by the Contractor or any of its agents, employees or representatives, to any official, member or employee of the City or other governmental agency with a view toward securing this contract or securing favorable treatment with respect to the awarding or amending, or the making of any determination with respect to the performance of this contract. 1 -18 Bid Security No bid will be considered unless accompanied by either a cashier's or certified check in an amount equal to five percent (5 %) of the Total Bid Price as indicated on Attachment B, "Bid Form," or a bid bond in the form of Attachment E or a letter of credit for a like amount. The check or bond shall be payable to the City; it shall be forfeited as fixed and liquidated damages in case the bidder fails, neglects or refuses to enter into a contract for the faithful performance of said work (including the providing of any evidence of insurance and /or performance bond required herein), in the event the contract is awarded to them, within ten (10) days after the award is made. If a bid bond is submitted in lieu of a check, it shall be executed by a corporate surety authorized to transact business in the State of Washington and in the form prescribed in Attachment E, "Bid Bond." If a letter of credit is offered in lieu of a check or bidder's bond, City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 15 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 it shall be issued as an irrevocable documentary letter of credit drawn on a banking institution licensed to do business in the State of Washington. The letter of credit shall include instruction and provisions prescribed in Attachment E, "Bid Bond." Any questions as to the qualification of the banking institution or instruction shall be submitted to the City at least ten (10) days prior to the bid submittal date. The check, bidder's bond or letter of credit shall be attached to the bid form. The City further reserves the right to hold all bids (and the accompanying bid security) from the date of the bid opening until the contract and any performance /payment bond are executed, provided that such period does not exceed ninety (90) days, and each bid shall remain effective during that period. 1 -19 Performance /Payment Bond The bidder to whom the City has awarded this Contract will remove the Performance /Payment Bond (Exhibit E) attached to the Public Works Contract and deliver it to the City fully executed by the bidder and a surety company in the amount of one hundred percent (100 %) of the contract price as security for the faithful performance of the work including the payment of all persons furnishing materials and performing labor on the work and all payments arising from the performance of the work due the State of Washington pursuant to Titles 50 and 51 RCW. Such bond must be executed by a duly licensed surety company, which is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and the surety's name shall appear in the current Authorized Insurance Company List in the State of Washington, published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner. The scope of the Performance /Payment Bond (Exhibit E) shall in no way affect or alter the liabilities of the Contractor to the City under Section 8 "Indemnification" of the Public Works Contract. The City may require the surety company to appear and qualify itself upon the bond. If, at any time, the City determines in its sole judgment that the surety company is insufficient, the City may require the Contractor to furnish additional surety in form and arrangement satisfactory to the City and in an amount not exceeding that originally required. The Contractor shall submit a performance bond complying with the requirements of this paragraph within ten (10) days after the award is made. Payments will not be made on the Contract until sufficient surety as required is furnished. 1 -20 Bid Dispute A. Any actual or prospective bidder, including sub - contractors and suppliers showing a substantial economic interest in this contract who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of this contract, may protest to the City in accordance with the procedures set forth herein. Protests based on the specifications or other terms in the contract documents, which are apparent prior to the date established for submittal of bids, shall be submitted not later than ten (10) calendar days prior to said date, or shall be deemed waived. All other protests shall be accepted only from actual bidders and shall be submitted within five (5) calendar days after the aggrieved person knows or should have known of the facts and circumstances upon which the protest is based; provided, however, that in no event shall a protest be considered if all bids are rejected or after the award of this contract. B. In order to be considered, a protest shall be in writing and shall include: (1) the name and address of the aggrieved person; (2) the RFB number and contract title under which City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 16 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 the protest is submitted; (3) a detailed description of the specific grounds for protest and any supporting documentation; and (4) the specific ruling or relief requested. The written protest shall be addressed to: City of Federal Way Federal Way, Washington 98003 -6325 Attention: Bid Protest - Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project RFB #15 -014 C. Upon receipt of a written protest, the City will promptly consider the protest. The City may give notice of the protest and its basis to other persons, including bidders involved in or affected by the protest; such other persons may be given an opportunity to submit their views and relevant information. If the protest is not resolved by mutual agreement of the aggrieved person and the City, the City will promptly issue a decision in writing stating the reasons for the action taken and informing the aggrieved person of his or her right to appeal the decision to the Mayor or his or her designee. A copy of the decision shall be mailed (by certified mail, return receipt requested) or otherwise promptly furnished to the aggrieved person and any other interested parties who requested a copy of the decision. The decision will be considered final and conclusive unless appealed within five (5) calendar days after receipt of the decision to the Mayor or his or her designee. If the decision is appealed, then the subsequent determination of the Mayor or his or her designee shall issue within five (5) days of the Mayor's receipt of the appeal and shall be final and conclusive. D. Failure to comply with these protest procedures will render a protest untimely or inadequate and shall result in rejection thereof by the City. SECTION 2: GENERAL CONTRACTUAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS 2 -1 Administration This contract will be between the City and the Contractor who will be responsible for delivering all equipment and performing all work and services described herein. The City is not party to defining the division of work between the Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors, if any, and the specifications have not been written with this intent. The Contractor represents that it has or will obtain all personnel and equipment required to perform the services hereunder. Such personnel shall not be employees of the City. The Contractor's performance under this contract will be monitored and reviewed by Sarady Long, Senior Transportation Planning Engineer. Questions by the Contractor regarding interpretation of the terms, provisions and requirements of this contract shall be addressed to Sarady Long, Senior Transportation Planning Engineer, for response. 2 -2 Proof of Compliance with Contract In order that the City may determine whether the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the contract documents, the Contractor shall, at any time when requested, submit to the City properly authenticated documents or other satisfactory proofs as to the Contractor's compliance with such requirements. 2 -3 Contract Documents and Precedence City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 17 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 The documents embodying the legally binding obligations between the City and the Contractor for completion of the work consist of the following: The City's Request for Bid, Bid Form, Bid Signature Page, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Bond, Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project Contract, General Contractual Terms and Conditions, Contractor's Compliance Statement, Combined Affidavit and Certification Form, Technical Specifications, Addenda and Change Orders, and the Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project Special Provisions,Notice of Completion of Public Works Contract attached as Exhibit A, Contract Change Order Agreement attached as Exhibit B, Notice to Labor Unions or Other Employment Organizations Nondiscrimination in Employment attached as Exhibit C, Certificate(s) of Insurance Form attached hereto as Exhibit D, Performance /Payment Bond attached hereto as Exhibit E, Title VI Assurances attached as Exhibit F, 2014 WSDOT / APWA Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, Amendments to the Standard Specifications, Addenda and Change Orders, and the Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Special Provisions, FHWA 1273 attached as Appendix A, Standard Plans and Details attached as Appendix B, current Prevailing Wage Rates and Benefit Code Key attached as Appendix C and all other appendices attached hereto and incorporated by this reference (collectively the "Contract Documents"). The contract documents are intended to be complementary so that what is required by any one of them shall be as binding as if called for by all of them. In the event of any conflicting provisions or requirements within the several parts of the contract documents, the City will issue an interpretation regarding the controlling provision, which interpretation shall be binding. 2 -4 Charges to Contractor Charges which are the obligation of the Contractor under the terms of the contract shall be paid by the Contractor to the City on demand and may be deducted by the City from any money due or to become due to the Contractor under the contract and may be recovered by the City from the Contractor or its surety. 2 -5 Change Orders The City may, at any time, without notice to the sureties, by written order designated or indicated to be a change order, make any change in the specifications within the scope of this contract. Oral orders will not be binding on the City unless confirmed in writing by the City. Except as provided herein, no order, statement, or conduct of the City will be treated as a change hereunder or will entitle the Contractor to an equitable adjustment. If any change hereunder causes an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, the performance or any part of the work under this contract, an equitable adjustment will be made and the contract modified in writing accordingly. However, no claim will be allowed for any costs incurred more than five (5) days before the Contractor gives written notice as required. If the Contractor intends to assert a claim for an equitable adjustment hereunder, it shall, within five (5) days after receipt of a written change order form from the City or after giving the City the written notice required above, as the case may be, submit to the City a written statement setting forth the general nature and monetary extent of such claim; provided the City, in its sole discretion, may extend such five (5) day submittal period upon request by the Contractor. The Contractor shall supply such supporting documents and analysis for the claims as the City may require to determine if the claims and costs have merit. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -014 Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Page 18 December 2015 RFB ver. 4 -15 No claim by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment hereunder will be allowed if asserted after final payment under this contract. 2 -6 Work and Materials Omitted The Contractor shall, when directed in writing by the City, omit work, services and materials to be furnished under the contract and the value of the omitted work and materials will be deducted from the contract price and the delivery schedule will be reviewed if appropriate. The value of the omitted work, services and materials will be a lump sum or unit price, as mutually agreed upon in writing by the Contractor and the City. If the parties cannot agree on an appropriate deduction, the City reserves the right to issue a unilateral change order adjusting the price and the delivery schedule. City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 19 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 2 -7 Washington State Sales Tax The Contractor shall make payment directly to the State for all applicable Washington State sales taxes and all other governmental taxes, assessments and charges. 2 -8 Shipping Charges All prices shall include freight. Requests for additional compensation for freight charges will be rejected by the City. 2 -9 No Waiver of Warranties and Contract Rights Conducting of tests and inspections, review of specifications or plans, payment for goods or services, or acceptance by the City does not constitute a waiver, modification or exclusion of any express or implied warranty or any right under this contract or in law. 2 -10 Legal Relations The Contractor shall comply with all of the City's resolutions and regulations applicable under this contract and with any local, state or federal law or regulation applicable to the materials, equipment or service provided under this contract. Neither the Contractor nor the City shall assign any interest, obligation or benefit under or in this contract or transfer any interest in the same, whether by assignment or novation, without prior written consent of the other party. This contract shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors of the parties. 2 -11 Applicable Law and Forum Except as hereinafter specifically provided, this contract shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Washington including, but not limited to, the Uniform Commercial Code, Title 62A RCW. Any suit arising herefrom shall be brought in King County Superior Court, which shall have sole and exclusive jurisdiction and venue. 2 -12 Hazardous Chemical Communication In order to comply with WAC 296 -62 -054, Hazard Communication, the Contractor shall submit with each shipment a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for all products containing any toxic products that may be harmful to the end user. The MSDS Sheet is to accompany the toxic product(s) to the specified delivery sites. Include the following information in the MSDS: A. Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) numbers for every chemical that is listed in the MSDS. B. If the product is actually used diluted, the dilution rate should be so stated in the MSDS and the hazards and corresponding personal protection, etc., also be listed. C. A statement as to the intended use of the product. City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4-15 Page 20 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 2 -13 Delivery and Liquidated Damages ' Time is of the essence of the contract and each and all of its provisions in which performance is a factor. The Contractor will be held to strict compliance with the prescribed date(s) set forth in these contract documents. For each and every day that delivery is delayed beyond ' the specific date(s), damage will be sustained by the City. Because of the difficulty in computing the actual damages and disadvantages to the City, and as a reasonable forecast of actual damages which the City will suffer by the delay in delivery, the parties agree that ' for each such delay the Contractor will pay the City liquidated damages (and not as a penalty) in accordance with Section 1.3 of Attachment I, Public Works Contract, to compensate for any damages caused by such delay. The City may deduct from any payment owing to the Contractor, any liquidated damages, which may be incurred by the Contractor pursuant to this paragraph. ' 2 -14 Force Majeure The Contractor's or City's failure to perform any of its obligations under this contract shall be excused if due to causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor or City, respectively, including, but not restricted to, acts of God, acts of public enemy, acts of any government, fire, floods, epidemics, and strikes. ' 2 -15 Patents, Copyrights and Rights in Data Any patentable result or material suitable for copyright arising out of this contract shall be owned by and made available to the City for public use, unless the City shall, in a specific case where it is legally permissible, determine that it is in the public interest that it not be so 1 owned or available. The Contractor agrees that the ownership of any plans, drawings, designs, specifications, ' submitted or which is specified programs, technical reports, operating manuals, calculations, notes and other work fied to be delivered under this contract, whether or not complete (referred to in this subsection as "Subject Data "), shall be vested in the City or such other ' local, state or federal agency, if any, as may be provided by separate contract with the City. All such Subject Data furnished by the Contractor pursuant to this contract, other than ' documents exclusively for internal use by the City, shall carry such notations on the front cover or a title page (or in such case of maps, in the same block) as may be requested by the City. The Contractor shall also place their endorsement on all Subject Data furnished by them. ' All such identification details shall be subject to approval by the City prior to printing. The Contractor shall ensure that substantially the foregoing paragraphs are included in each subcontract for the work on the project. 2 -16 Patents and Royalties 1 The costs involved in license fees, royalties or in defending claims for any patented invention, article, process or method that may be used in or connected with the work under this contract or with the use of complete work by the City, shall be paid by the Contractor. The Contractor and the Contractor's sureties shall, at their own cost, defend, indemnify and hold the City, together with its officers and employees, harmless against any and all demands made for such fees, royalties or claims brought or made by the holder of any invention or patent. Before ' City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -014 Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Page 21 December 2015 RFB ver. 4 -15 final payment is made on the account of this contract, the Contractor shall, if requested by the City, furnish acceptable proof of a proper release of the City, its officers, agents and employees from all such fees or claims. Should the Contractor, its agent, servants or employees, or any of them be enjoined from furnishing or using any invention, article, material, computer programs or equipment supplied or required to be supplied or used under the contract, the Contractor shall promptly substitute other articles, materials, computer programs or equipment in lieu thereof of equal efficiency, quality, finish, suitability and market value, and satisfactory in all respects to the City. 2 -17 Disagreements, Disputes, Claims, and Appeals If any disagreements occur with anything required in a change order, another written order, or an oral order from the Project Engineer, including any direction, instruction, interpretation, or determination by the Project Engineer, the Contractor shall follow the procedures outlined in Standard Specification Sections 1 -04.5 and 1- 09.11, which are incorporated by this reference. By failing to follow the procedures of Sections 1 -04.5 and 1- 09.11, the Contractor completely waives any claims for protested Work. Any claims or causes of action shall be brought only in the Superior Court for King County, Washington. 2 -18 Recycled Products The Contractor shall use recycled paper for proposals and for any printed or photocopied material created pursuant to a contract with the City whenever practicable and use both sides of paper sheets for reports submitted to the City whenever practicable. In the event this RFB covers the sale of product to the City that is capable of containing recycled materials, Contractor is hereby advised that the City intends to procure products with recycled content, pursuant to the recycled content notice delivered with these bid documents. Contractor shall certify the percentage of recycled content and products sold to the City, including a percentage of post- consumer waste that is in the product. This certification is required to be in the form of a label on the product or a statement by the Contractor attached to the bid documents. The certification on multi- component or multi - material products shall verify the percentage and type of post- consumer waste and recycled content by volume contained in the major constituents of the product. The Contractor agrees to grant the City, as a procuring agency, permission to verify the certification of recycled content by review of the bidder's or manufacturer's records as a condition of any bid award, in the event of a bidder's protest, or other challenge to the bid accepted. City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 22 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 Attachment NO BID RESPONSE FORM When submitting a "No Bid," mail this completed form to Federal Way Purchasing, 33325 8th Avenue South, Federal Way, Washington 98003 -6325. Be sure the form is in a sealed envelope with the bid number and bid title indicated on the outside of the envelope. The form must be received by the date and time specified for the bid opening as indicated in Section 1 -1. Failure to return this form if not submitting a formal bid, may result in your firm being removed from the City's master bidder's mailing list. Bid Number: RFB No. 15 -014 Bid Title: Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project ❑ Cannot comply with specifications. ❑ Cannot meet delivery requirement. ❑ Do not regularly manufacture or sell the type of commodity involved. ❑ Other (please specify). Explanation of reason(s) checked: Check one of the following: ❑ WE DO ❑ WE DO NOT desire to be retained on the mailing list for future procurements of this commodity. Firm Name: Address: Phone: Signature Date Name (Type or Print) Title City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Page 23 RFB ver. 4 -15 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 Attachment B BID FORM CITY OF FEDERAL WAY Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits BID FORM Bidder: Valley Electric Co. of Mount Vernon Date: 1/12/2016 ITEM BID AMOUNT TOTAL BID AMOUNT (including Washington State sales tax, all other government taxes, assessments and charges) $ 443,950.00 To City Council Members City of Federal Way 33325 8th Ave South Federal Way, Washington 98003 -6325 Pursuant to and in compliance with your advertisement for bids for construction of Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project, and other documents relating thereto, the undersigned has carefully examined all of the bid and contract documents as the premises and conditions affecting the delivery, supply and maintenance of Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project , and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials and perform all work as required in strict accordance with the contract documents, for the above - referenced amount, inclusive of Washington State sales tax and all other government taxes, assessments and charges as required by law. The required bid security consisting of a certified check, bid bond, or cashier's check in an amount of not less than five percent (5 %) of the total amount bid is attached hereto, which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the City as liquidated damages in the event this bid is accepted by the City within forty-five (45) calendar days after the day of the bid opening and the undersigned fails to execute the Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project Public Works Contract and to provide the required certificate of insurance to the City, under the conditions thereof, within ten (10) calendar days after the Notice of Award; otherwise said Bid Security will be returned to the undersigned. Twenty -two Thousand One Hundred Bond or Certified Check Ninety -Seven Dollars and Fifty Cents Dollars ($ 22,197.50 ) The Bidder shall complete this entire Bid Form or this bid may be considered non - responsive. The City may correct obvious mathematical errors. The City of Federal Way reserves the right to reject any and all bids, waive any informalities or minor irregularities in the bidding, and determine which bid or bidder meets the criteria set forth in the bid documents. Receipt of the following Addendums is hereby acknowledged: City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 24 RFB i 15 -014 December 2015 Addendum No. N/A Addendum No. N/A Addendum No, N/A Date Issued: N/A Date Issued: N/A Date Issued: N/A VALGI"'i „leeCA22L Co. oV OWLir VCRNonI Corporation /Pahip ' ' Firm Name (Delete Two) VALLEEC001 OE Bidder's State License No. 91- 1 27561 0 Bidder's State Tax No. City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Signature Title Page 25 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 NOTE: ATTACHMENT C CITY OF FEDERAL WAY CITYWIDE FLASHING YELLOW ARROW RETROFITS PROJECT BID SCHEDULE Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and the total amount of the bid must be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only in dollars and cents, i.e. to two (2) decimal places (including for whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be rejected as unresponsive. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. ITEM NO. SPEC, Section ITEM DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT UNIT COST TOTAL 1 1 -04 MINOR CHANGE 1 EST $7,000.00 $7,000.00 2 1 -05 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING 1 LS $2,238.00 $2,238.00 3 1 -05 AS -BUILT SURVEY AND RECORD DRAWINGS ($2,000 minimum) 1 LS $2,000.00 $2,000.00 4 1 -07 SPCC PLAN 1 LS $750.00 $750.00 5 1 -09 MOBILIZATION 1 LS $40,268.00 $40,268.00 6 1 -10 PROJECT TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1 LS $50,000.00 $50,000.00 7 1 -10 OFF -DUTY UNIFORMED POLICE OFFICER 1 FA $30,000.00 $30,000.00 8 8 -20 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS (11TH PI 5 AT S 324TH STREET), COMPLETE 1 LS $22,843.00 $22,843.00 9 8 -20 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS (20TH AVE S AT S 336TH STREET)COMPLETE 1 LS $19,387.00 $17,703.00 $19,387.00 $17,703.00 10 8 -20 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS (SW CAMPUS DRIVE AT WINCO DRIVEWAY), COMPLETE 1 LS 11 8 -20 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS (32ND AVE S AT S 320TH STREET), COMPLETE 1 LS $17,571.00 $17,571.00 12 8 -20 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS (20TH AVE S AT S 316TH STREET), COMPLETE 1 LS $26,781 .00 $26,781 .00 City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 26 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 ITEM NO. SPEC. Section ITEM DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT UNIT COST TOTAL 13 8 -20 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS (21ST AVE SW AT SW 344TH STREET), COMPLETE 1 LS $11,086.00 $11,086.00 14 8 -20 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS (18TH AVE S AT S 288TH STREET), COMPLETE 1 LS $9,458.00 $9,458.00 15 8 -20 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS (23RD AVE S AT S 317TH STREET), COMPLETE 1 LS $9,384.00 $9,884.00 16 8 -20 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS (20TH AVE S AT S 314TH STREET), COMPLETE 1 LS $17,114.00 $17,114.00 17 8 -20 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS (26TH AVE SW AT SW 320TH STREET), COMPLETE 1 LS $20,437.00 $20,437.00 18 8 -20 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS (16TH AVE S AT SR 509), COMPLETE 1 LS $10,557.00 $10,557.00 19 8 -20 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS (23RD AVE 5 AT S 322ND STREET), COMPLETE 1 LS $20,431.00 $20,431.00 20 8 -20 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS (23RD AVE S AT S 314TH STREET), COMPLETE 1 LS $16,236.00 $16,236.00 21 8 -20 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS (21ST AVE SW AT SW 325TH PL), COMPLETE 1 LS $15,412.00 $15,412.00 $9,897.00 22 8 -20 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS (21ST AVE SW AT SW 334TH STREET), COMPLETE 1 LS $9,897.00 23 8 -20 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS (9TH AVE S AT S 348TH STREET), COMPLETE 1 LS $10,811.00 $10,811.00 $6,586.00 24 8 -20 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS (16TH AVE S AT S 344TH STREET), COMPLETE 1 LS $6,586.00 25 8 -20 OVERHEAD LANE USAGE SIGNS (SR 161 AT SR 18), COMPLETE 1 LS $50,000.00 $50,000.00 City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB vet-. 4 -15 Page 27 TOTAL $ 443,950.00 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 Attachment D BID SIGNATURE PAGE Date: 1/12/2016 The undersigned bidder hereby proposes and agrees to deliver the equipment and /or services pursuant to the Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project and comply with all other terms and conditions of the contract and bid documents of RFB 15 -014. No bidder may withdraw his /her bid for a period of ninety (90) days after the day of bid opening. The required bid security consisting of a certified check, bid bond, or cashier's check in an amount of not Tess than five percent (5 %) of the total amount will be delivered to the City. The undersigned individual represents and warrants that he or she is dully authorized to execute the bid and all bid documents on behalf of any partnership, joint venture or corporation. •Cllr. ��ec�r �� _� . A Corporation /Paftnersi /ddiaridiial (Company (Delete Two) City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 28 By: Its: tl( vi1 \ col `(\L ' \:1L (Signature) 'O?) CA 2 z-S -c S (Printed Name) C CO (Title) 1100 Merrill Creek Parkway Everett, WA 98203 (Address) 425 - 407 -0832 (Telephone Number) RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 Attachment E BID BOND FORM Herewith find deposit in the form of a certified check, cashier's check, cash, or bid bond in the amount of $ , which amount is not less than five percent (5 %) of the total bid. BID BOND KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that we, Valley Electric Co. of Mt. Vernon, Inc. , as Principal, and The Hanover Insurance Company , as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Federal Way, as Obligee, in the penal sum of Five Percent (5 %) of Bid and - - -- /100 dollars ($ 5% ), for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bond themselves, their heirs and executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents. for: 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 The condition of this obligation is such that if the Obligee shall make any award to the Principal CITYWIDE FLASHING YELLLOW ARROW RETROFITS PROJECT According to the terms of the proposal or bid made by the Principal therefore, and the Principal shall duly make and enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of said proposal or bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or if the Principal shall in case of failure so to do, pay and forfeit to the Obligee the penal amount of the deposit specified in the call for bids, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise, it shall be, and remain in full force and effect, and the Surety shall forthwith pay and forfeit to the Obligee as penalty and liquidated damages, the amount of this bond. SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED THIS 12th DAY OF January , Received return of deposit in the sum of $ City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Valley Electric Co. of Mt. Vernon, Inc. By: Principal The Hanovetllnsur. - .e Company By: urety Julie M. Glover, Attorney -in -Fact Date: , 200_. Page 29 RFB I# 15 -014 December 2015 It vided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scale THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA POWER OF ATTORNEY THIS Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY and MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY, both being corporations organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, and CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Michigan, (hereinafter individually and collectively the "Company ") does hereby constitute and appoint, S.M. Scott, Darlene Jakielski, Julie M. Glover, Jim W. Doyle, Michael A. Murphy, Jim S. Kuich, Chad M. Epple, Andy D. Prill, Theresa A. Lamb, Ted Baran, Carol Lowell, Steve Wagner and /or Ashley Hartshorn Of Hub International Northwest, LLC, Bothell, WA, each individually, if there be more than one named, as its true and lawful attorney(s) -in -fact to sign, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver for, and on its behalf, and as its act and deed any place within the United States, any and all surety bonds, recognizances, undertakings, or other surety obligations. The execution of such surety bonds, recognizances, undertakings or surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon the Company as if they had been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Company, in their own proper persons. Provided however, that this power of attorney limits the acts of those named herein; and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner stated and to the extent of any limitation stated below: Any surety bond, recognizance or obligation in the United States, not to exceed Seventy -five Million Dollars ($75,000,000.00) in any single instance. That this power is made and executed pursuant to the authority of the following Resolutions passed by the Board of Directors of said Company, and said Resolutions remain in full force and effect: RESOLVED: That the President or any Vice President, in conjunction with any Vice President, be and they hereby are authorized and empowered to appoint Attorneys -in -fact of the Company, in its name and as it acts, to execute and acknowledge for and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, waivers of citation and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, with power to attach thereto the seal of the Company. Any such writings so executed by such Attorneys -in -fact shall be binding upon the Company as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company in their own proper persons. RESOLVED: That any and all Powers of Attorney and Certified Copies of such Powers of Attorney and certification in respect thereto, granted and executed by the President or Vice President in conjunction with any Vice President of the Company, shall be binding on the Company to the same extent as if all signatures therein were manually affixed, even though one or more of any such signatures thereon may be facsimile. (Adopted October 7, 1981 — The Hanover Insurance Company; Adopted April 14, 1982 — Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company; Adopted September 7, 2001 — Citizens Insurance Company of America) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY, MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY and CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have caused these presents to be sealed with their respective corporate seals, duly attested by two Vice Presidents, this 20th day of October, 2015. THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS ) COUNTY OF WORCESTER ) ss. THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY CITIZENS 41SURANCEOMPANY OF AMERICA . /V/ ,k Robert Thomas. Vito Prc idtnt THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MA SA HUSE BAY CE COMPANY CIT EN I S - / CE � j OP AMERICA / / , "✓_ On this 20th day of October 2015 before me came the above named Vice Presidents • The Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, to me pe sonally known to be the individuals and officers described herein, and acknowledged that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the corporate seals of The Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, respectively, and that the said corporate seals and their signatures as officers were duly affixed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority and direction of said Corporations. Diane r.. jr o. Nolan Public Sty Comm,ss,on Eapin,-s 11:uch 4. 2022 I, the undersigned Vice President of The Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Original Power of Attorney issued by said Companies, and do hereby further certify that the said Powers of Attorney are still in force and effect. GIVEN under my hand and the seals of said Companies, at Worcester, Massachusetts, this /e M day of . CERTIFIED COPY Theodore i. Niartircz `Dice President Attachment F SUBCONTRACTOR LIST Prepared in Compliance with RCW 39.30.060 CITYWIDE FLASHING YELLLOW ARROW RETROFITS Failure to list subcontractors who are proposed to perform the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW, or identify the bidder for the work will result in your bid being non - responsive and therefore void. Subcontractors that are proposed to perform the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW, must be named below, or name the bidder for the work. The bidder verifies that each first tier subcontractor, and every subcontractor of any tier that hires other subcontractors, has a current certificate of registration in compliance with chapter 18.27 RCW; a current Washington Unified Business Identifier (UBI) number; has Industrial Insurance (workers' compensation) coverage for the subcontractor's employees working in Washington, as required in Title 51 RCW, if applicable; has a Washington Employment Security Department number, as required in Title 50 RCW, if applicable; has a Washington Department of Revenue state excise tax registration number, as required in Title 82 RCW, if applicable; has an electrical contractor license, if required by Chapter 19.28 RCW, if applicable; has an elevator contractor license, if required by Chapter 70.87 RCW. The following listed bid items (listed in numerical sequence) for this project have been proposed for subcontracting to subcontractors as indicated. SUBCONTRACTOR NAME ITEM NUMBERS ESTIMATED AMOUNT WMBE QUALIFIED? (Y /N) N/A City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 30 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 Attachment G City of Federal Way COMBINED AFFIDAVIT AND CERTIFICATION FORM Non - Collusion, Anti - Trust, Prevailing Wage (Non - Federal Aid), Debarment, Eligibility, and Certification of Lawful Employment NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT Being first duly sworn, deposes and says, that he /she is the identical person who submitted the foregoing proposal or bid, and that such bid is genuine and not sham or collusive or made in the interest or on behalf of any person not therein named, and further, that the deponent has not directly induced or solicited any other Bidder on the foregoing work equipment to put in a sham bid, or any other person or corporation to refrain from bidding, and that deponent has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to himself /herself or to any other person any advantage over other Bidder or Bidders; and NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS ON PROJECTS INVOLVING THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (USDOT) To report bid rigging activities call: 1- 800 - 424 -9071 The U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT) operates the above toll -free hotline Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time. Anyone with knowledge of possible bid rigging, bidder collusion, or other fraudulent activities should use the hotline to report such activities. The hotline is part of USDOT's continuing effort to identify and investigate highway construction contract fraud and abuse and is operated under the direction of the USDOT Inspector General. All information will be treated confidentially and caller anonymity will be respected; and CERTIFICATION RE: ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI -TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER Vendor and purchaser recognize that in actual economic practice, overcharges resulting from anti- trust violations are, in fact, usually borne by the purchaser. Therefore, vendor hereby assigns to purchaser any and all claims for such overcharges as to goods and materials purchased in connection with this order or contract, except as to overcharges resulting from anti -trust violations commencing after the date of the bid, quotation, or other event establishing the price under this order or contract. In addition, vendor warrants and represents that each of his suppliers and subcontractors shall assign any and all such claims to purchaser, subject to the aforementioned exception; and PREVAILING WAGE AFFADAVIT I, the undersigned, having duly sworn, deposed say and certify that in connection with the performance of the work of this project, will pay each classification of laborer, workperson, or mechanic employed in the performance of such work, not less than the prevailing rate of wage or not less than the minimum rate of wage as specified in the principal contract; that I have read the above and forgoing statement and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein, is true to my knowledge and belief; and City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 DEBARMENT AFFIDAVIT Page 31 RFB 4 15 -014 December 2015 I certify that, except as noted below, the firm, association or corporation or any person in a controlling capacity associated therewith or any position involving the administration of federal funds; is not currently under suspension, debarment, voluntary exclusion, or determination of ineligibility by any federal agency; has not been suspended, debarred, voluntarily excluded or determined ineligible by any federal agency within the past three (3) years; does not have a proposed debarment pending; and has not been indicted, convicted, or had a civil judgment rendered against said person, firm, association or corporation by a court of competent jurisdiction in any matter involving fraud or official misconduct within the past three (3) years. AFFIDAVIT OF ELIGIBILITY The Contractor certifies that it is properly licensed and registered under the laws of the State of Washington and has not been determined to have been in violation of RCW 50.12.070(1)(b), RCW 51.16.070(1)(b), or RCW 82.32.070(2) within the last two years. The Contractor further certifies that it has not been determined, within the last one year, to have committed any combination of two of the following violations or infractions within a five -year period: (1) Violated RCW 51.48.020(1) or 51.48.103; or (2) Committed an infraction or violation under chapter 18.27 RCW. CERTIFICATION OF LAWFUL EMPLOYMENT The contractor hereby certifies that it has complied with all provisions of the Immigration and Nationality Act, now or as herein after amended, 8 USC Section 1101 et. seq., and that all employees, including subcontractor employees, are lawfully permitted to perform work in the United States as provided in this agreement with the City of Federal Way. FOR: Non - Collusion Affidavit, Assignment of Anti -Trust Claims to Purchaser, Prevailing Wage Affidavit, Debarment Affidavit, Affidavit Of Eligibility, and Certification of Lawful Employment. Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project Name of Bidder's Firm Valley Electric Co. of Mount Vernon Signature of Authorized Representative of Bidder before me this 11-01day of Jct..r , 201 4f. City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 t� I t' e Ec (Du-) (printed/typed name oflnotary) Notary Public in and for the State of Washington My commission expires: ob) l ate t 8 Page 32 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 Attachment H CONTRACTOR'S COMPLIANCE STATEMENT (President's Executive Order #11246) Date: 1/12/2016 This statement relates to a proposal contract with the City of Federal Way named Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project I am the undersigned bidder or prospective contractor. I represent that: I © have, ❑ have not, participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the President's Executive Order #11246 (regarding equal employment opportunity) or a preceding similar Executive Order. City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 By: tt \`Q. LCo. £\A\kpn, \tryL Nam �of Bidder Signature Its: No Title Page 33 \ \c !` p`il\ `I`CQt\ ;�:' e1Q10 Address RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Attachment I Local Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification To be eligible for award of this contract the bidder must fill out and submit, as part of its bid proposal, the following Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification relating to Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) requirements. The Contracting Agency shall consider as non - responsive and shall reject any bid proposal that does not contain a DBE Certification which properly demonstrates that the bidder will meet the DBE participation requirements in one of the manners provided for in the proposed contract. The Bidder must submit good faith effort documentation on/v in the event the bidder's efforts to solicit sufficient DBE participation has been unsuccessful. The successful bidder's Disadvantage Business Enterprise Utilization Certification shall be deemed a part of the resulting contract. Information on certified firms is available from OMWBE online at: http: / /omwbe.wa.gov /directory -of- certified -firms/ Valley Electric Co. of Mount Vernon certifies that the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) (Box 1) Name of Bidder Firms listed below have been contacted regarding participation on this project If this bidder is successful on this project and is awarded the contract, it shall assure that subcontracts or supply agreements are executed with those firms where an "Amount to be Applied Towards Goal" is listed. (If necessary, use additional sheet) Column 1 Name of DBE Certificate Number Column 2 ,r Project Role (Prime, Joint Venture, Subcontractor, Manufacturer, Regular Dealer, Force Account) Cdumn 3 Description of Work Column 4 xz Amount to be Applied Towards Goal 1. True North Land Surveying, Inc. Sub Construction Surveying $1,000.00 2. Advanced Government Services Sub Traffic Control Services $50,000.00 3.Mobile Electrical Distributors Regular Dealer Wire Supply $2,400.00 4. 5. s. 7. 8. 9. 10. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Subcontracting Goal: 12% DBE Total $ 53,400.00 Box 2 Box 3 Regular Dealer status must be approved prior to bid submittal by the Office of Equal Opportunity, Wash. State Dept. of Transportation, on each contract. ** See the section "Crediting DBE Participation Toward Meeting the Goal- in the Contract Document. "' The Contracting Agency will utilize this amount to determine whether or riot the bidder has met the goal. In the event of an arithmetic difference between this total and the sum of the individual amounts listed above, then the sum of the amounts listed shall prevail and the total will be revised accordingly. Participation in excess of the goal amount will be considered voluntary cc race - neutral participation. SR City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Page 34 RFB ver. 4 -15 DOT Form 272 -056A 10/2015 RFB # 15-014 December 2015 Attachment) City of Federal Way 33325 8th Avenue S Federal Way, WA98003 Local Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Written Confirmation Document As an authorized representative of the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE), I confirm that we have been contacted by the referenced bidder with regard to the referenced project and if the bidder is awarded the contract we will enter into an agreement with the bidder to participate in the project consistent with the information provided in the bidder's Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification. Contract Title: (z-Ty rpe t t,N SM IU[� (�LLQW A e Izow le-r- zo D Trim NORA 1,Ar 1,41Je1/43,1n.5 4.7. A DBE's Title: lit 09 ? 7 s' /(4 -Pt/) r Bidder's Business Name: DBE's Business Herne: DBE Signature: TEL Date: i 1 I// b The entries must be consistent with what is shown on the bidder's Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification. Failure to do so will result in bid rejection. See contract provision; Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Condition of Award Participation. Description of Work: (_c1,Ac- 1- ttict-iv Y1 SLt(VVey) Y5 Amount to be Applied Towards Goal: 1 ���° DO SR City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver_ 4 -15 Page 35 OOT Form 42Z031AEF 07/2011 RFB /# 15 -014 December 2015 Attachment.? City of Federal Way 33325 8th Avenue S Federal Way, WA98003 Local Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Written Confirmation Document As an authorized representative of the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE), t confirm that we have been contacted by the referenced bidder with regard to the referenced project and if the bidder is awarded the contract we will enter into an agreement with the bidder to participate in the project consistent with the information provided in the bidder's gjsadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification, Contract Title: r y- G'w.nj Bidder's Business Name: � -Ll t � V DBE's Business Name: Pct la need Cgeve r' rvlC- e S,Inc. DBE signature :,�� DBE's Titre_ Date: t 1� ltd t {t The entries rnust be consistent with what is shown on the bidder's Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification. Failure to do so will result in bid rejection. Sea contract provision; Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Condition of Award Participation. Description of Work Amount to be Applied Towards Goal: SR City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver.4 -15 Page 35 DOT OZm1 g031A EF RF13 ii 15-014 December 2W 5 Attachment J City of Federal Way 33325 8th Avenue 5 Federal Way, WA98003 Local Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Written Confirmation Document As an authorized representative of the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE), 1 confirm that we have been contacted by the referenced bidder with regard to the referenced project and if the bidder is awarded the contract we will enter into an agreement with the bidder to participate in the project consistent with the information provided in the bidder's Disadvanta eg d F3usiness En ertrise Utilization Certification Contract Title: Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofit Bidder's Busin s Name: Valley Electric OBEs Business Name: Mobile Electrical Distributors DBE Siynature: DBEs Title: c Date: 1/11/2016 The entries must be consistert v,,th what is shown on the bidder's Disadvantaged Business Enterpriso Utilization Certification. Failure to do so will result in bid rejection. See contract provision. Disadvartaoed 8usine� ; Enterprise Condition ofAv.ord Part cipv: ion. Description of Work: Wire Supply Amount to be Applied Towards Goat; 2,4.00.00 SR City or Federal Wav Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow retrofits ver 4-1S Pag., tyvr .,rr2G11 RI-13 'r 15 -014 'December 2015 111 :F,mployment Security Department - [ANIS - Fax Rate haps ://secureaccess.wa.goviesdicams/(ieckTirx Rates/taxrate.aspx 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Employment Security Department WASHINGTON STATE Check Tax Rates PRODUCTION' Your e-mail address: uliee@velectric.com Logout Tax Rate Results VALLEY ELECTRIC COMPANY 571173-00-1 Tax year: 2016 Tax class: Taxable 4, Annual taxable wage base: U-R-Itnewn-l'''.1-1,c-.)co ..... Total UI tax rate EAF rate Total employer tax rate ist quarter 5.70% 0.02% 5.72% 2nd quarter 5,70% 0.02% 5.72% ..... 3rd quarter 5,70% 0.02% . 5.72% 4th quarter 5.70% 0.02% 5,72% ... .. Note: The UI tax rates listed above are current as of 01/04/2016 and are subject to change. If you have any questions regarding this information, contact your District Tax Office (DTO) at 855-829-9243 or OlympiaAMC@'esd.wa.gov. Scect another tax year 2r)16 Return to available services Print Check another account Privacy Notice Equal Opportunity & Americans with Disabilities Act Information lots 1 1/4/2016 11:04 AM Home File & pay taxes Doing business Business types Register my business My account Audits Find taxes & rates VArorkshops & education Get a form or publication rule We need your help. Take a 30 sec survey 13.; . i., .. r ?:r ABOU IS 1 CONTACT US Espanol Back to search results Page 1 of 1 Search If "Non- revenue" appears after Tax Registration Number, the account is not registered with the Department of Revenue. However, it may be registered with other agencies in the state. ,x, Ye Washington State Department of Revenue State Business Records Database Detail TAX REGISTRATION NO: 600560647 ACCOUNT OPENED:1 /1/1985 12:00:00 All UB1: 600560647 ACCOUNT CLOSED: OPEN ENTITY NAME : VALLEY ELECTRIC CO OF F1T VERNON INC BUSINESS NAME: MAILING ADDRESS: ATTN LISA AVALLON 1100 t1ERRILL CREEK PKWY EVERETT, WA 98203 -7120 BUSINESS LOCATION : 1100 MERRILL CREEK PKWY EVERETT, WA 98203 -7120 ENTITY TYPE :CORPORATION RESELLER PERMIT NO: A16 2074 17 PERMIT EFFECTIVE: 1/1/2016 NAICS CODE : 238210 PERMIT EXPIRES: 12/31/2017 NAICS DEFINITION ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS AND OTHER WIRING INSTALLATION CONTRACTORS 1/11/2016 4:58 PM FOR NON - COMMERCIAL USE ONLY If you are unable to find the reseller permit you are looking for, try searching by tax registration /UBI number. CON'ACT US Ot i l °:5 CIO:N , ..NOWOP Espanol ( Pycrxuii I -' I Tagalog I Tieng Viet Your Privacy I ,701a ivi] NiNc ;,oA, S 7A 7/. PRINTER -ER F: F N D!_1' PE RS Access Wasningtpn,. Voter registration assistance i SECRETA.F.Y ;:F STATE/ http: / /dor.wa.gov/ content / doingbusiness/ registermybusiness /brd /default.aspx 1/11/2016 111 VALLEY ELEC CO /MT VERNON INC 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ;mit fr €r;u,,,t F?si ;fief C :ot Z :lid's idp Page 1 of 3 t Lr, Safety Claims & it ?sri.rance Wcrkplace Rights Trades & Licensing Washington State Department of Labor & Industries VALLEY ELEC CO /MT VERNON INC Owner or tradesperson Principals GARCIA, JERET M, PRESIDENT DENSON, RONALD M, VICE PRESIDENT CANNON, KIRK M, VICE PRESIDENT Davis, Gary Ronald, VICE PRESIDENT Probstfield, John, VICE PRESIDENT CARRITHERS, ROBERT DAWES, SECRETARY MYERS, VICKI, SECRETARY (End: 08/08/2005) WARD, PATTI L, PRESIDENT (End: 08/23/2013) WARD, ERNEST J, VICE PRESIDENT (End: 08/23/2013) WARD, ANDY, SECRETARY (End: 08/23/2013) GUINEY, JOHN F, VICE PRESIDENT (End: 09/02/2014) Doing business as VALLEY ELEC CO /MT VERNON INC WA UBI No 600 560 647 1100 MERRILL CREEK PARKWAY EVERETT, WA 98203 425 -407 -0832 SNOHOMISH County Business type Corporation tGoveming pe.rsons GARY DAVIS JERET M GARCIA; JOHN PROBTSFIELD; KIRK M CANNON; ROBERT D CARRITHERS; RONALD MICHEAL DENSON; License Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. Construction Contractor License specialties GENERAL License no. VALLEEC001OE Effective ........ expiration 09/05/2000— 09/05/2017 Bond Active. Meets current requirements. https: / /secure.lni.wa.gov/ verify /Detail.aspx ?UBI= 600560647 &LIC= VALLEEC001 OE &SAW= 1/11/2016 VALLEY ELEC CO /MT VERNON INC Hanover Insurance Company, The Bond account no 1039717 $12,000.00 Received by L &1 Effective date 07/15/2015 08/31/2015 Expiration date Until Canceled FIDELITY & DEP CO OF MARYLAND Bond account no 08816878 $12,000.00 Received by L &I Effective crate 06/29/2005 08/31/2005 Expiration date Until Canceled Insurance .................. Phoenix Insurance Company, The Policy no. DTCO- 527D3187 -PHX14 Received by I...&i 12/03/2015 $1,000,000.00 i..: ffective. date 12/31/2014 Expiration dat 12/31/2016 Insurance history Savings No savings accounts during the previous 6 year period. Lawsuits against the bond or savings No lawsuits against the bond or savings accounts during the previous 6 year period. L &I Tax debts No L &I tax debts are recorded for this contractor license during the previous 6 year period, but some debts may be recorded by other agencies. License Violations No license violations during the previous 6 year period. Workers' comp Do you know if the business has employees? If so, verify the business is up -to -date on workers' comp premiums. This company has multiple workers' comp accounts. Active accounts t_ &! Account ID 454,151 -00 Ching business as VALLEY ELECTRIC CO Estimated workers reported Quarter 3 of Year 2015 "Greater than 100 Workers" L&! account representative T3 /JAMES VEST (360)902 -5240 - Email: VESJ235 @Ini.wa.gov Track this contractor Account is current. Workplace safety and health Check for any past safety and health violations found on jobsites this business was responsible for. Inspection results date 01/30/2014 Inspection no. 316960079 Location 1103 S Wasco Avenue Wapato, WA 98951 1 Under appeal. The results of the inspection are being challenged. Date of appeal 07/06/2015 Page 2 of 3 https: / /secure.lni.wa.gov/ verify /Detail.aspx ?UBI= 600560647 &LIC= VALLEEC001 OE &SAW= 1/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 VALLEY ELEC CO /MT VERNON INC Page 3 of 3 Inspection results date 01/23/2014 Inspection 00. 316958818 Location 7761 Randolph Rd. N.E. Moses Lake, WA 98837 Inspection results date 10/31/2013 Inspection n0. 316881507 Location 17400 Winton Rd Leavenworth, WA 98826 Inspection results date 04/21/2011 tnspe ,lion rto. 314799891 Location 2502 S. Tyler St. Tacoma, WA 98405 Violati No violations Violations Stair; Dept of !_rahor s Indust +s. ! sc; of this si .'et to tl Ita;nrs et the ste te r.; ! ^,'ashinctit ;n. https: / /secure.lni.wa.gov /verify/ Detail. aspx ?UBI = 600560647 &LIC= VALLEEC001 OE &SAW= 1/11/2016 1 r, 1 1 1 MM MM MME AWN EMU MEW arm SEE What went State; of Washington Department of Labor and Inds P0 Box 44140 Olympia \AJA 98004 -4140 s Policyholder VALLEY ELECTRIC CO ATTN: JAMIE STUART 1100 MERRILL CREEK PKWY EVERETT WA 98203 TI.us Is NO.:h.A BILL 12-03 -15 into calculating your 2016 workers' comp rates? 1. Change in L &I 2. Changes average 'base' rate: in industry costs: Your Experience IIFind 12 tools to 1 Factor: enhance safety and or Effective Date: XS' ". {1t` Experience factor': January 1, 2016 0.7414 Experience Period: July 1, 2011 - June 30, 2014 WA Unified Business Identifier (UBI); 600 560 647 L &I Account ID: PAC Number: 454, 151 --00 10220509 Account Manager: NATASHA DRAGOVICH (360)902 -4679 2% general rate increase for all 324 risk classifications. Changes in claim costs compared to premiums collected for your industry ('risk class') in which some or all of your employees worked. Based on the medical, wage replacement and disability benefit costs for worker claims on your account, during the experience period listed above. control costs at www.Lni.wa.gov /ControlMyRates Pay your premiums online: www.Lni.wa.gov /QuarterlyReports Need help understanding this notice? Call your account manager at the phone number shown 1 1 Class Code bove. 0107 -00 ` Utility line const:Underground 0219-00, Highway Light /Sign Inst NOC 0601- 00jElect Mire In Bldgs /Floodlight 0608 -02 1 Intercom /Audio Bx Inst /Svc /Rpr 4900 -00 Superint /Prof. Mgr - Cons* 4904 -001 Clerical Office NOC & Drsftsan 4911- 00�Construction Estimators 5206-791 Contractors Perm Yard or Shop Your experience factor history: What's an experience factor? See back for an explanation. 1.0000 Base Factor 1.6056 1.6196 0.8239 0.5122 0.2883 0.0281 0.1013 0.6273 0225- 004 -000 [10 -2014] PAGE 1 OF 0.6786 0.6435 0.3840 0.2528 0.1145 0.0212 0.0566 0.3160 .6243 0.0239 0.0242 0.0122 0.0076 0.0043 0.0015 0.0093' .7414 1 2015 2016 rector Factor 1 0.0952 0.0952 0.0952 0.0952 0.0952 0.0952 0.0952 0.0952 CN: 90,606 Have a payroll service? Send them a copy of this no Hourly' Employer Contribution 41.49840 41.49590 00.80535 00.52385 00.30535 00.07640 00.14425 00.63330 Hourly' + Employee Withotding 40.30800 $0.29510 00:19445 40.14415 00.09165 00.05560 40.06915 00.16820 Your Total Hourly" Rate ((1 +2 +3)x41+5 41.8064 41.7910 00.9998 40.6680 00.3970 00.1320 00.2134 40.8015 i 1: ; a •ir,. Withhold this On the r,r, ;raluvt amount from Quarterly }t 3Ei'tGt(ts, :rt employee Report, the ktr� pay for each employer will r.x- hour' they multiply This work. 11 is their number by the contribution to hours" worked workers' comp to calculate coverage. premiums. Hours or units. Attachment K PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT FOR CITYWIDE FLASHING YELLLOW ARROW RETROFITS PROJECT THIS PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ("Contract ") is dated effective this ai sr day of 111 arch , 201 L' and is made by and between the City of Federal Way, a Washington municipal corporation ("City or Owner "), and Valley Electric Co. of Mount Vernon, Inc., a Washington corporation ("Contractor'). A. The City desires to retain an independent contractor to furnish all labor and materials necessary to perform work necessary to complete traffic signal modifications and advanced lane usage signage installation at several intersections within Federal Way, Washington ("Property"); and B. The Contractor has the requisite skill and experience to perform such work. NOW, THEREFORE, the parties ("Parties') agree to the following terms and conditions: 1. SERVICES BY CONTRACTOR 1.1 Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all work and furnish all tools, materials, supplies, equipment, labor and other items incidental thereto necessary for the construction and completion of the work, more particularly described as the Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits project, including without limitation: The installation of advanced overhead signage and flashing yellow arrow signal heads including corresponding signal equipment upgrades at 18 different intersections throughout the City, ("Work'), in accordance with and as described in the Contract Documents, which include without limitation, this Contract, Request for Bids, Bidder's Checklist, Instructions to Bidders, General Contractual Terms and Conditions, Bid Form, Bid .Signature Page, Bid Bond, Combined Affidavit and Certification Form, Contractor's Compliance Statement, Notice of Completion of Public Works Contract attached as Exhibit A, Contract Change Order Agreement attached as Exhibit B, Notice to Labor Unions or Other Employment Organizations Nondiscrimination in Employment attached as Exhibit C, Certificate(s) of Insurance Form attached hereto as Exhibit D, Performance / Payment Bond attached hereto as Exhibit E, Title VI Assurances attached hereto as Exhibit F, 2014 WSDOT / APWA Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, together with the APWA Supplemental (Division 1 -99), Amendments to the Standard Specifications, contract Special Provisions, FHWA 1273 attached as Appendix A, Standard Plans and Details attached as Appendix B, current Prevailing Wage Rates and Benefit Code Key attached as Appendix C, Traffic Control Plans as Appendix D, Geotechnical Boring Logs as Appendix E, and all other Appendices attached hereto and incorporated by this reference, (collectively the "Contract Documents "), which Work shall be completed to the City's satisfaction, within the time period prescribed by the City and pursuant to the direction of the Mayor or his or her designee. 1.2 Completion Date. The Work shall be commenced within five (5) days of receipt by the Contractor of the City's Notice to Proceed. The Work shall be completed within 60 Working Days. In the event the Work is not substantially completed within the time specified, Contractor agrees to pay to the City liquidated damages in the amount set forth in the formula included in Section 1.3 of City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 36 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 this Contract. The Work shall not be deemed completed until the City has accepted the Work and delivered a written Notice of Completion of Public Works Contract in the form attached hereto as Exhibit "A." 1.3 Liquidated Damages. Time is of the essence of the Contract. Delays inconvenience the public and cost taxpayers undue sums of money, adding time needed for administration, inspection, and supervision. It is impractical for the City to calculate the actual cost of delays. Accordingly, the Contractor agrees to pay liquidated damages calculated on the following formula for its failure to complete this Contract on time: (1) To pay (according to the following formula) liquidated damages for each working day beyond the number of working days established for completion, and (2) To authorize the City to deduct these liquidated damages from any money due or coming due to the Contractor. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FORMULA LD = 0.15C T Where: LD = Liquidated damages per working day (rounded to the nearest dollar). C = Original Contract amount. T = Original time for completion. When the Work is completed to the extent that the City has full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities, both from an operational and safety standpoint, the City may determine the Work is complete. Liquidated damages will not be assessed for any days for which an extension of time is granted. No deduction or payment of liquidated damages will, in any degree, release the Contractor from further obligations and liabilities to complete this entire Contract. 1.4 Performance Standard. Contractor shall perform the Work in a manner consistent with accepted practices for other properly licensed contractors. 1.5 Compliance with Laws. Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with all applicable federal, state and City laws, including but not limited to all City ordinances, resolutions, standards or policies, as now existing or hereafter adopted or amended, and obtain all necessary permits and pay all permit, inspection or other fees, at its sole cost and expense. 1.6 Change Orders. The City may, at any time, without notice to sureties, order changes within the scope of the Work. Contractor agrees to fully perform any such alterations or additions to the Work. All such change orders shall be in the form of the Contract Change Order Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit "B," which shall be signed by both the Contractor and the City, shall specifically state the change of the Work, the completion date for such changed Work, and any increase or decrease in the compensation to be paid to Contractor as a result of such change in the Work. Oral change orders shall not be binding upon the City unless confirmed in writing by the City. If any change hereunder causes an increases or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, the performance or any part of the Work under this Contract, an equitable adjustment will be made and the Contract modified in writing accordingly. City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 37 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 If the Contractor intends to assert a claim for an equitable adjustment hereunder, it shall, within five (5) days after receipt of a written change order from the City or after giving the written notice required above, as the case may be, submit to the City a written statement setting forth the general nature and monetary extent of such claim; provided the City, in its sole discretion, may extend such five (5) day submittal period upon request by the Contractor. The Contractor shall supply such supporting documents and analysis for the claims as the City may require to determine if the claims and costs have merit. No claim will be allowed for any costs incurred more than five (5) days before the Contractor gives written notice as required. No claim by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment hereunder will be allowed if asserted after final payment under this Contract. 1.7 Work and Materials Omitted. The Contractor shall, when directed in writing by the City, omit work, services and materials to be furnished under the Contract and the value of the omitted work and materials will be deducted from the Total Compensation and the delivery schedule will be reviewed if appropriate. The value of the omitted work, services and materials will be a lump sum or unit price, as mutually agreed upon in writing by the Contractor and the City. If the parties cannot agree on an appropriate deduction, the City reserves the right to issue a unilateral change order adjusting the price and the delivery schedule. 1.8 Utility Location. Contractor is responsible for locating any underground utilities affected by the Work and is deemed to be an excavator for purposes of Chapter 19.122 RCW, as amended. Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with Chapter 19.122 RCW, including utilization of the "one call" locator system before commencing any excavation activities. 1.9 Air Environment. Contractor shall fully cover any and all loads of loose construction materials including without limitation, sand, dirt, gravel, asphalt, excavated materials, construction debris, etc., to protect said materials from air exposure and to minimize emission of airborne particles to the ambient air environment within the City of Federal Way. 2. TERM This Contract shall commence on the effective date of this Contract and continue until the completion of the Work, which shall be no later than 60 working days to complete, and the expiration of all warranties contained in the Contract Documents ("Term'. 3. COMPENSATION 3.1 Total Compensation. In consideration of the Contractor performing the Work, the City agrees to pay the Contractor in accordance with Attachment "B ", Bid Form (which includes the Bid Schedule), which amount shall constitute full and complete payment by the City ("Total Compensation "). 3.2 Contractor Responsible for Taxes. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the payment of any taxes imposed by any lawful jurisdiction as a result of the performance and payment of this Contract. 3.3 Nonpayment. The City shall have the right to withhold payment to the Contractor for any of the Work not completed in a satisfactory manner, in the City's sole discretion, which shall be withheld until such time as Contractor modifies or repairs the Work so that the Work is acceptable to the City. City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 38 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 3.4 Method of Payment. The basis of payment will be the actual quantities of work performed according to the contract and as specified for payment. Payments will be made for work and labor performed and materials furnished under the contract according to the price in the proposal unless otherwise provided. Partial payments will be made once each month, based on partial estimates prepared by the Engineer and signed by the Contractor. Failure to perform any obligation under this Contract may be adequate reason for the City to withhold payments until the obligation is performed. Upon completion of all work and after final inspection, the amount due the Contractor under the contract will be paid based upon the final estimate made by the Engineer and signed by the Contractor. Payment to the Contractor for partial estimates, final estimates, and retained percentages shall be subject to controlling laws. 4. EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER In all Contractor services, programs or activities, and all Contractor hiring and employment made possible by or resulting from this Contract, there shall be no discrimination by Contractor or by Contractor's employees, agents, subcontractors or representatives against any person because of sex, age (except minimum age and retirement provisions), race, color, creed, national origin, marital status or the presence of any disability, including sensory, mental or physical handicaps, unless based upon a bona fide occupational qualification in relationship to hiring and employment, advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training, including apprenticeship. Contractor shall comply with, and shall not violate any of the terms of, Chapter 49.60 RCW, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans With Disabilities Act, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 49 CFR Part 26, or any other applicable federal, state, or local law or regulation regarding non - discrimination. Any material violation of this provision shall be grounds for termination of this Contract by the City and, in the case of the Contractor's breach, may result in ineligibility for further City agreements. If this project involves federal funds including USDOT funds administered by WSDOT, the contractor agrees to the clauses contained in Exhibit F. 5. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR /CONFLICT OF INTEREST 5.1 It is the intention and understanding of the Parties that the Contractor shall be an independent contractor and that the City shall be neither liable nor obligated to pay Contractor sick leave, vacation pay or any other benefit of employment, nor to pay any social security or other tax which may arise as an incident of employment. The Contractor shall pay all income and other taxes due. Industrial or any other insurance that is purchased for the benefit of the City, regardless of whether such may provide a secondary or incidental benefit to the Contractor, shall not be deemed to convert this Agreement to an employment contract. It is recognized that Contractor may or will be performing professional services during the Term for other parties; provided, however, that such performance of other services shall not conflict with or interfere with Contractor's ability to perform the Services. Contractor agrees to resolve any such conflicts of interest in favor of the City. 5.2 If the Contractor is a sole proprietorship or if this is a contract with an individual, the contractor agrees to notify the City and complete any required form if the Contractor retired under a State of Washington retirement system and agrees to indemnify any losses the City may sustain through the Contractor's failure to do so. City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 39 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 6. CITY'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE CONTRACT 6.1 Termination Without Cause. Prior to the expiration of the Term, this Contract may be terminated without cause upon oral or written notice delivered to Contractor from the City. Upon termination, all supplies, materials, labor and /or equipment furnished prior to such date shall, at the City's option, become its property. In the event Contractor is not in breach of any of the provisions of this Contract, Contractor will be paid for any portion of the Work which has been completed to the City's satisfaction, calculated by the percentage amount that portion of the Work completed and accepted by the City bears to the Total Compensation. 6.2 Termination For Cause. The City may immediately terminate this Contract, take possession of the Property and all materials thereon and finish the Work by whatever methods it may deem expedient, upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: (1) If the Contractor should be adjudged a bankrupt. (2) If the Contractor should make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors. (3) If a receiver should be appointed on the account of insolvency of Contractor. (4) If Contractor should persistently or repeatedly refuse or fail to supply a sufficient number of properly skilled workmen or proper materials for completion of the Work. (5) If the Contractor should fail to complete the Work within the time specified in this Contract. (6) If the Contractor should fail to complete the Work in compliance with the plans and specifications, to the City's satisfaction. (7) If the Contractor should fail to make prompt payment to subcontractors or for material labor. (8) If Contractor should persistently disregard laws, ordinances or regulations of federal, state, or municipal agencies or subdivisions thereof. (9) If Contractor should persistently disregard instructions of the Mayor or his or her representative. (10) If Contractor shall be in breach or violation of any term or provision of this Contract, or (11) If the Work is not being performed pursuant to RCW 49.28.050 or 49.28.060. 6.3 Result of Termination. In the event that this Contract is terminated for cause by the City, the City may do any or all of the following: (1) Stop payments. The City shall cease any further payments to Contractor and Contractor shall be obligated to repay any payments it received under this contract. City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 40 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 (2) Complete Work. The City may, but in no event is the City obligated to, complete the Work, which Work may be completed by the City's agents, employees or representatives or the City may retain independent persons or entities to complete the Work. Upon demand, Contractor agrees to pay to the City all of its costs and expenses in completing such Work. (3) Take Possession. The City may take possession of the Property and any equipment and materials on the Property and may sale the same, the proceeds of which shall be paid to the City for its damages. (4) Remedies Not Exclusive. No remedy or election under this Contract shall be deemed an election by the City but shall be cumulative and in addition to all other remedies available to the City at law, in equity or by statute. 7. INDEMNIFICATION 7.1 Contractor Indemnification. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the City, its elected officials, officers, employees, agents, and volunteers harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, actions and liabilities (including costs and all attorney fees) to or by any and all persons or entities, including, without limitation, their respective agents, licensees, or representatives, arising from, resulting from, or connected with this Contract to the extent caused by the negligent acts, errors or omissions of the Contractor, its partners, shareholders, agents, employees, or by the Contractor's breach of this Contract. Contractor waives any immunity that may be granted to it under the Washington State Industrial Insurance Act, Title 51 RCW. Contractor's indemnification shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount of damages, compensation or benefits payable to or by any third party under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or any other benefits acts or programs. 7.2 City Indemnification. The City agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the Contractor, its officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, and agents harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, actions and liabilities (including costs and attorney fees) to or by any and all persons or entities, including without limitation, their respective agents, licenses, or representatives, arising from, resulting from or connected with this Contract to the extent solely caused by the negligent acts, errors, or omissions of the City, its employees or agents. 7.3 Survival. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Contract with respect to any event occurring prior to such expiration or termination. 8. INSURANCE 8.1 Minimum Limits. The Contractor agrees to carry as a minimum, the following insurance, in such forms and with such carriers who have a rating which is satisfactory to the City: (1) Workers' compensation and employer's liability insurance in amounts sufficient pursuant to the laws of the State of Washington; (2) Commercial general liability insurance with combined single limits of liability not less than $5,000,000 for bodily injury, including personal injury or death, products liability and property damage. City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 41 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 (3) Automobile liability insurance with combined single limits of liability not less than $2,000,000 for bodily injury, including personal injury or death and property damage. 8.2 Endorsements. Each insurance policy shall contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: (1) The City, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers and agents shall each be named as additional insured. (2) Coverage may not be terminated or reduced in limits except after thirty (30) days prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the City. (3) Coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self- insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of Contractor's insurance. (4) Coverage shall apply to each insured separately against whom claim is made or suit is brought. (5) Coverage shall be written on an "occurrence" form as opposed to a "claims made" or "claims paid" form. 8.3 Verification. Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance evidencing the coverage required by the Section, in compliance with the Certificate(s) of Insurance Form attached hereto as Exhibit "D," which certificate must be executed by a person authorized by the insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The City reserves the right to require complete certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. 8.4 Subcontractors. Contractors shall include all subcontractors as additional insured under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates for each subcontractor. All coverage for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein. 8.5 Deductibles and Self- Insured Retentions. Any deductibles or self- insured retentions must be disclosed by Contractor and approved in writing by the City. At the option of the City, Contractor shall either reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self- insured retentions or procure a bond guaranteeing payment for any amounts not covered by the insurance by reason of such deductibles or self- insured retentions. 8.6 Asbestos Abatement or Hazardous Materials. If asbestos abatement or hazardous materials work is performed, Contractor shall review coverage with the City's Risk Manager and provide scope and limits of coverage that are appropriate for the scope of Work and are satisfactory to the City. Contractor shall not commence any Work until its coverage has been approved by the Risk Manager. 8.7 Termination. The Contractor's failure to provide the insurance coverage required by this Section shall be deemed to constitute non - acceptance of this Contract by the Contractor and the City may then award this Contract to the next lower bidder. City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 42 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 9. PERFORMANCE /PAYMENT BOND Pursuant to RCW 39.08.010, Contractor shall post a Performance /Payment Bond in favor of the City, in the form attached to this Contract as Exhibit "E" and incorporated by this reference, in a dollar amount satisfactory to the City; to guarantee Contractor's performance of the Work to the City's satisfaction; to insure Contractor's performance of all of the provisions of this Contract; and to guarantee Contractor's payment of all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and material persons. Contractor's obligations under this Contract shall not be limited to the dollar amount of the bond. 10. SAFETY Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work site and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal safety and health laws and codes, including without limitation, all OSHA /WISHA requirements, Safety and Health Standards for Construction Work (Chapter 296 -155 WAC), General Safety and Health Standards (Chapter 296 -24 WAC), and General Occupational Health Standards (Chapter 296 -62 WAC). Contractor shall erect and properly maintain, at all times, all necessary guards, barricades, signals and other safeguards at all unsafe places at or near the Work for the protection of its employees and the public, safe passageways at all road crossings, crosswalks, street intersections, post danger signs warning against any known or unusual hazards and do all other things necessary to prevent accident or loss of any kind. Contractor shall protect from danger all water, sewer, gas, steam or other pipes or conduits, and all hydrants and all other property that is likely to become displaced or damaged by the execution of the Work. The Contractor shall, at its own expense, secure and maintain a safe storage place for its materials and equipment and is solely responsible for the same. 11. PREVAILING WAGES 11.1 Wages of Employees. This contract is subject to the minimum wage requirements of Chapter 39.12 RCW and Chapter 49.28 RCW (as amended or supplemented). On Federal -aid projects, Federal wage laws and rules also apply. The Hourly minimum rates for wages and fringe benefits are listed in Appendix B. When Federal wage and fringe benefit rates are listed, the rates match those identified by the U.S. Department of Labor's "Decision Number" shown in Appendix B. The Contractor, any subcontractor, and all individuals or firms required by Chapter 39.12 RCW, Chapter 296 -127 WAC, or the Federal Davis -Bacon and Related Acts (DBRA) to pay minimum prevailing wages, shall not pay any worker less than the minimum hourly wage rates and fringe benefits required by Chapter 39.12 RCW or the DBRA. Higher wages and benefits may be paid. When the project is subject to both State and Federal hourly minimum rates for wages and fringe benefits and when the two rates differ for similar kinds of labor, the Contractor shall not pay less than the higher rate unless the state rates are specifically preempted by Federal law. The Contractor shall ensure that any firm (Supplier, Manufacturer, or Fabricator) that falls under the provisions of Chapter 39.12 RCW because of the definition "Contractor" in Chapter 296- 127 -010 WAC, complies with all the requirements of Chapter 39.12 RCW. 11.2 Exemptions to Prevailing Wage. The prevailing wage requirements of Chapter 39.12 RCW, and as required in this Contract do not apply to: (1) Sole owners and their spouses; City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 43 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 (2) Any partner who owns at least 30% of a partnership; (3) The President, Vice President and Treasurer of a corporation if each one owns at least 30% of the corporation. 11.3 Reporting Requirements. On forms provided by the Industrial Statistician of State L&I, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the following for itself and for each firm covered under Chapter 39.12 RCW that provided work and materials of the contract: (1) A copy of an approved `Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages" State L&I form number F700- 029 -000. The City will make no payment under this contract for the work performed until this statement has been approved by State L&I and a certified copy of the approved form has been submitted to the City. (2) A copy of an approved "Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid," State L&I form number F700- 007 -000. The City will not release to the contractor any funds retained under Chapter 60.28.011 RCW until all of the "Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid" forms have been approved by State L&I and a certified copy of all the approved forms have been submitted to the City. The Contractor shall be responsible for requesting these forms from the State L&I and for paying any approval fees required by State L&I. Certified payrolls are required to be submitted by the Contractor to the City, for the Contractor and all subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors. 11.4 Disputes. In the event any dispute arises as to what are the prevailing rates of wages for work of a similar nature and such dispute cannot be resolved by the City and the Contractor, the matter shall be referred for arbitration to the Director of the Department of Labor and Industries of the State of Washington and the decision therein shall be final and conclusive and binding on all parties involved in the dispute. 12. FAILURE TO PAY SUBCONTRACTORS In the event the Contractor shall fail to pay any subcontractors or laborers, fail to pay for any materials, or fail to pay any insurance premiums, the City may terminate this Contract and /or the City may withhold from the money which may be due the Contractor an amount necessary for the payment of such subcontractors, laborers, materials or premiums. 13. OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS All originals and copies of work product, including plans, sketches, layouts, designs, design specifications, records, files, computer disks, magnetic media, all finished or unfinished documents or material which may be produced or modified by Contractor while performing the Work shall become the property of the City and shall be delivered to the City at its request. 14. CONFIDENTIALITY Any records, reports, information, data or other documents or materials given to or prepared or assembled by the Contractor under this Contract will be kept as confidential and shall City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 44 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 not be made available to any individual or organization by the Contractor without prior written approval of the City. 15. BOOKS AND RECORDS The Contractor agrees to maintain books, records, and documents which sufficiently and properly reflect all direct and indirect costs related to the performance of this Contract and such accounting procedures and practices as may be deemed necessary by the City to assure proper accounting of all funds paid pursuant to this Contract. These records shall be subject at all reasonable times to inspection, review or audit by the City, its authorized representative, the State Auditor, or other governmental officials authorized by law to monitor this Contract. 16. CLEAN UP At any time ordered by the City and immediately after completion of the Work, the Contractor shall, at its own expense, clean up and remove all refuse and unused materials of any kind resulting from the Work. In the event the Contractor fails to perform the necessary clean up, the City may, but in no event is it obligated to, perform the necessary clean up and the costs thereof shall be immediately paid by the Contractor to the City and /or the City may deduct its costs from any remaining payments due to the Contractor. 17. CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY: 17.1 Contractor Verification. The Contractor verifies that it has a certificate of registration with the State of Washington; has a current state unified business identifier number; is not disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3); has industrial insurance as required by Title 51 RCW, if applicable; has an employment security department number as required in Title 50 RCW, if applicable; has a state excise tax registration number as required in Title 82 RCW, if applicable; possesses a valid electrical contractor license as required by Chapter 19.28 RCW, if applicable; and possesses an elevator contractor license as required by Chapter 70.87 RCW, if applicable. 17.2 Subcontractor Contracts. The Contractor shall include the language of this section in each of its first tier subcontracts, and shall require each of its subcontractors to include the same language of this section in each of their subcontracts, adjusting only as necessary the terms used for the contracting parties. Upon request of the Owner, the Contractor shall promptly provide documentation to the Owner demonstrating that the subcontractor meets the subcontractor responsibility criteria below. The requirements of this section apply to all subcontractors regardless of tier. 17.3 Subcontractor Verification. At the time of subcontract execution, the Contractor shall verify that each of its first tier subcontractors meets the following bidder responsibility criteria: Have a current certificate of registration in compliance with chapter 18.27 RCW, which must have been in effect at the time of subcontract bid submittal; Have a current Washington Unified Business Identifier (UBI) number; Not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3); Have Industrial Insurance (workers' compensation) coverage for the subcontractor's employees working in Washington, as required in Title 51 RCW, if applicable; A Washington Employment Security Department number, as required in Title 50 RCW, if applicable; A Washington Department of Revenue state excise tax registration number, as required in Title 82 RCW, if applicable; An electrical contractor license, if required by Chapter 19.28 RCW, if applicable; An elevator contractor license, if required by Chapter 70.87 RCW. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -014 Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Page 45 December 2015 RFB ver. 4 -15 18. GENERAL PROVISIONS 18.1 Entire Contract. The Contract Documents contain all of the agreements of the Parties with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Contract and no prior agreements or understandings pertaining to any such matters shall be effective for any purpose. 18.2 Modification. No provisions of this Contract, including this provision, may be amended or added to except by agreement in writing signed by the Parties or their respective successors in interest. 18.3 Full Force and Effect. Any provision of this Contract, which is declared invalid, void or illegal, shall in no way affect, impair, or invalidate any other provision hereof and such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect. 18.4 Assignment. The Contractor shall not transfer or assign, in whole or in part, any or all of its obligations and rights hereunder without the prior written consent of the City. In the event the City consents to any such assignment or transfer, such consent shall in no way release the Contractor from any of its obligations or liabilities under this Contract. 18.5 Successors In Interest. Subject to the preceding Subsection, this Contract shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties' successors in interest, heirs and assigns. 18.6 Attorney Fees. In the event the City or the Contractor defaults on the performance of any terms in this Contract, and the Contractor or City places the enforcement of the Contract or any part thereof, or the collection of any monies due, or to become due hereunder, or recovery of possession of any belongings, in the hands of an attorney, or file suit upon the same, each Party shall pay all its own attorneys' fees, costs and expenses. The venue for any dispute related to this Contract shall be King County, Washington. 18.7 No Waiver. Failure of the City to declare any breach or default immediately upon occurrence thereof, or delay in taking any action in connection with, shall not waive such breach or default. Failure of the City to declare one breach or default does not act as a waiver of the City's right to declare another breach or default. 18.8 Governing Law. This Contract shall be made in and shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington. 18.9 Authority. Each individual executing this Contract on behalf of the City and Contractor represents and warrants that such individuals are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Contract on behalf of the Contractor or City. 18.10 Notices. Any notices required to be given by the City to Contractor or by the Contractor to the City shall be delivered to the Parties at the addresses set forth below. Any notices may be delivered personally to the addressee of the notice or may be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, to the address set forth herein. Any notice so posted in the United States mail shall be deemed received three (3) days after the date of mailing. 18.11 Captions. The respective captions of the Sections of this Contract are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to modify or otherwise affect in any respect any of the provisions of this Contract. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -014 Citywide FIashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Page 46 December 2015 RFB ver. 4 -15 18.12 Performance. Time is of the essence of this Contract and each and all of its provisions in which performance is a factor. Adherence to completion dates is essential to the Contractor's performance of this Contract. 18.13 Compliance with Ethics Code. If a violation of the City's Ethics Resolution No. 91 -54, as amended, occurs as a result of the formation and /or performance of this Contract, this Contract may be rendered null and void, at the City's option. 18.14 Conflicting Provisions. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of any of the Contract Documents, the Mayor or his or her designee shall issue an interpretation of the controlling document, which interpretation shall be final and binding. DATED the day and year set forth above. CITY OF FEDERAL WAY By: ATTEST: k, Stephanie Courtney, APPROVED AS TO FORM: 01,001r �OrCity Attorney, Amy Jo Pearsall City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 errell, Mayor 325 8th Avenue South Federal Way, WA 98003 -6325 [signature page follows] Page 47 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 VALLEY ELECTRIC CO. OF MOUNT VERNON, INC. By: STATE OF WASHINGTON ) ) ss. COUNTY OF -OM t \) Robert Carrithers, Secretary/Treasurer 1100 Merrill Creek Pkwy Everett, WA 98203 (425) 407 -0832 On this day personally appeared before me Robert Carrithers, to me known to be the Secretary/Treasurer of Valley Electric Co. of Mount Vernon, Inc. that executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he was authorized to execute said instrument and that the seal affixed, if any, is the corporate seal of said corporation. GIVEN my hand and official seal this y day of 4'kr ik , 2Q/ Lc) r Y e-Wc; L (typed /printed name of notary) Notary Public in and for th S)ate 9f Washington. My commission expires 3 / /, City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 48 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Date: EXHIBIT A ❑ Original ❑ Revised # NOTICE OF COMPLETION OF PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT Contractor's UBI Number: Name & Mailing Address of Public Agency UBI Number: Department. Use Only Assigned to: Date Assigned: Notice is hereby Riven relative to the completion of contract or project described below Project Name Contract Number Job Order Contracting I • Yes • No Description of Work Done/Include Jobsite Address(es) Federally funded transportation project? No (if yes, provide Contract Bond Statement below) • Yes • Contractor's Name E -mail Address Affidavit ID* Contractor Address Telephone # If Retainage is not withheld, please select one of the following and List Surety's Name & : bond (valid for 1 nd Number. federally funded transportation projects) • Retainage Bond • Contract/Payment Name: Bond Number: Date Contract Awarded (Date Work Commenced (Date Work Completed Date Work Accepted Were Subcontractors used on tbls project? If so, please complete Addendum A. [Wes • No Affidavit ID" -No L&I release will be granted until all affidavits am listed. Contract Amount Additions (+ ) Reductions (- ) Sub -Total Amount of Sales Tax (If various rates apply, please send a breakdown) $ 0.00 TOTAL $ 0.00 Liquidated Damages $ Amount Disbursed $ Amount Retained $ NOTE: These two totals must be equal TOTAL 5 0.00 Comments:;' Note: The Disbursing Officer must submit this completed notice immediately after acceptance of the work done under this contract. NO PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE FROM RETAINED FUNDS until receipt of all release certificates. Submitting Form: Please submit the completed form by email to all three agencies below. Contact Name: Email Address: Department of Revenue CPublic Works Section (360)704 -5650 PWC @dor.we.gov inWashington State Department of Labor & Industries Contract Release (855) 575 -8163, option *4 ContractRelease @LN I.WA.GOV REV 31 0020e (4128/14) F215- 038 -000 04 -2014 City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Reset This Form Page 49 Title: Phone Number: Employment Security afffiak Department w. Registration, inquiry, Standards 8 Coordination Unit (360) 902 -9450 publicwodatesd,wa.gov Print This Fonn RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 Addendum A: Please List all Subcontractors and Sub -tiers Below This addendum can be submitted in other formats. Provide known affidavits at this time. No L &I release will be granted until all affidavits are listed. Subcontractor's Name: UBI Number: (Required) Affidavid ID* For tax assistance or to 'request this document in an alternate format, please call 1- 800 -647 -7706. Teletype (TTY) users may use the Washington Relay Service by calling 711. REV 31 0020e Addendum (04/28/14) F215 -038 -000 04 -2014 City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 50 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 PROJECT NUMBER EXHIBIT B CITY OF FEDERAL WAY CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER AGREEMENT CHANGE ORDER NUMBER EFFECTIVE DATE PROJECT TITLE CONTRACTOR SUMMARY OF PROPOSED CHANGES: The time provided for completion in the Contract is ❑ Unchanged ❑ Increased ❑ Decreased by Calendar Days. This Document shall become an Amendment to the Contract and all provisions of the Contract not amended herein will apply to this Change Order. Will this change affect expiration or extent of Insurance coverage? If "Yes" Will the Policies Be Extended? ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No PRICE CHANGE LUMP SUM: INCREASE $ DECREASE $ UNIT PRICE: THE ITEMS ARE APPROXIMATE OR ESTIMATED QUANTITIES INVOLVED IN THIS CHANGE ITEM NO. ITEM QUANTITY UNIT PRICE ADD OR DELETE TOTAL NET CONTRACT: INCREASE $ DECREASE $ STATEMENT: Payment for the above work will be in accordance with applicable portions of the standard specifications, and with the understanding that all materials, workmanship and measurements shall be in accordance with the provisions of the standard specifications, the contract plans, and the special provisions governing the types of construction. CONTRACTOR'S DEPT. DIRECTOR /MANAGER DATE SIGNATURE SIGNATURE City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 51 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 DEPARTMENT RECAP TO DATE: *Adjustments: ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT $ PREVIOUS CHANGE ORDERS $ THIS CHANGE ORDER $ *ADJUSTMENTS $ NEW CONTRACT AMOUNT $ ADJUSTMENTS CHANGE ORDER ESTIMATE IS HEREBY PAY THIS ADJUSTED AMOUNT City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 52 ❑ INCREASED $ ❑ DECREASED $ $ DEPARTMENT DIRECTOR'S SIGNATURE RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 EXHIBIT C NOTICE TO LABOR UNIONS OR OTHER EMPLOYMENT ORGANIZATIONS NONDISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT TO: ALL EMPLOYEES AND TO: 1,EW Local yb (Name of Union or Organization) The undersigned currently holds contract(s) with Valley Electric Co. of Mt. Vernon, Inenvolving funds or credit of the City of Federal Way, Washington, or (a) subcontract(s) with a prime contractor holding such contract(s). You are advised that, under the provisions of the above contract(s) or subcontract(s) and in accordance with Section 202 of Executive Order 11246 dated September 24, 1965, the undersigned is obliged not to discriminate against any employee or applicant of employment because of race, color, creed or national origin. This obligation not to discriminate in employment includes, but is not limited to, the following: EMPLOYMENT, UPGRADING, TRANSFER OR DEMOTION RECRUITMENT AND ADVERTISING RATES OF PAY OR OTHER FORMS OF COMPENSATION SELECTION FOR TRAINING INCLUDING APPRENTICESHIP, LAYOFF OR TERMINATION This notice is furnished to you pursuant to the provisions of the above contract(s) or subcontractor(s) and Executive Order 11246. Copies of this Notice will be posted by the undersigned in conspicuous places available to employees or applicants for employment. Complaints may be submitted to: -g&raZz 1; r City of Federal Wa tY Way - 33325 8th Avenue South Federal Way, WA 98003 City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 53 Valley Electric Co. of Mt, Vernon, Inc. 1100 Mari It Creek krKWaA) EVe(ef+, WA q gWD3 (Contractor or subcontras�� 3 -y -16 Date RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 EXHIBIT D CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 54 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EXHIBIT D VALLELE -01 DSTRICKLAND ACOREY `,,,,,_---- CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM /DD/YYYY) 2/26/2016 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER Hub International Northwest LLC 12100 NE 195th St. Suite 200 Bothell, WA 98011 CONTACT PHONE FAX PHO E Ext): (425) 489 -4500 (A/C, No): (425) 485 -8489 E-MAIL now.info @hubinternational.com INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A: The Phoenix Insurance Company 25623 INSURED VALLEY ELECTRIC CO. OF MT. VERNON, INC. 1100 Merrill Creek Parkway Everett, WA 98203 INSURER B : Travelers Property Casualty Company of America 25674 INSURER C: EACH OCCURRENCE INSURER D : INSURER E : CLAIMS -MADE INSURER F : OCCUR COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSD SUB1F WVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF (MM /DDNYYY) POLICY EXP (MM/DD/YYYY) LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY X X DTCO- 527D3187 -PHX15 12/31/2015 12/31/2016 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES PREMISES (Ea occurrence) 300,000 MED EXP (Any one person) $ 10,000 PERSONAL 8 ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GE 'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 POLICY X PRai LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 OTHER: WA STOP GAP EL $ 1,000,000 A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY X X DT810- 527D3187- PHX -15 12/31/2015 12/31/2016 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $ 1,000,000 X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ ALL OWNED AUTOS HIRED H R SCHEDULED NON-OWNED O BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE raccident) $ $ B X UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB X OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE X X DTSM- CUP- 527D3187- TIL -15 12/31/2015 12/31/2016 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 DED RETENTION$ $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION N / A DTCO- 527D3187 -PHX15 12/31/2015 12/31/2016 PER STATUTE X OTH- ER AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR /PARTNER /EXECUTIVE OFFICER /MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) YIN E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS 1 VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) RE: VE #18640 - CITYWIDE FLASHING YELLOW ARROW RETROFITS PROJECT, RFB 15 -014 ADDITIONAL INSURED AS REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT: CITY OF FEDERAL WAY. COVERAGE IS PRIMARY AND NON - CONTRIBUTORY. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION AND COMPLETED OPERATIONS APPLY. SEE ATTACHED ENDORSEMENT(S). CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION CITY OF FEDERAL WAY 33325 8TH AVE S Federal Way, WA 98003 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE a'-""f..::-., C..) ..,64,. ACORD 25 (2014/01) © 1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD POLICY NUMBER: DTCO- 527D3187 -PHX15 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED (CONTRACTORS) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART 1. WHO IS AN INSURED — (Section II) is amended c) to include any person or organization that you agree in a "written contract requiring insurance" to include as an additional insured on this Cover- age Part, but: a) Only with respect to liability for "bodily injury ", "property damage" or "personal injury "; and b) If, and only to the extent that, the injury or damage is caused by acts or omissions of you or your subcontractor in the performance of your work" to which the "written contract requiring insurance" applies. The person or organization does not qualify as an additional insured with respect to the independent acts or omissions of such person or organization. 2. The insurance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement is limited as follows: a) In the event that the Limits of Insurance of this Coverage Part shown in the Declarations exceed the limits of liability required by the "written contract requiring insurance ", the in- surance provided to the additional insured shall be limited to the limits of liability re- quired by that "written contract requiring in- surance". This endorsement shall not in- crease the limits of insurance described in Section III — Limits Of Insurance. b) The insurance provided to the additional in- sured does not apply to "bodily injury ", "prop- erty damage" or "personal injury" arising out of the rendering of, or failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or sur- veying services, including: i. The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop draw- ings, opinions, reports, surveys, field or- ders or change orders, or the preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or ap- prove, drawings and specifications; and ii. Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. CG D2 46 08 05 The insurance provided to the additional in- sured does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused by "your work" and included in the "products- completed op- erations hazard" unless the "written contract requiring insurance" specifically requires you to provide such coverage for that additional insured, and then the insurance provided to the additional insured applies only to such "bodily injury" or "property damage" that oc- curs before the end of the period of time for which the "written contract requiring insur- ance" requires you to provide such coverage or the end of the policy period, whichever is earlier. 3. The insurance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement is excess over any valid and collectible "other insurance ", whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, that is available to the additional insured for a loss we cover under this endorsement. However, if the "written contract requiring insurance" specifically requires that this insurance apply on a primary basis or a primary and non - contributory basis, this insurance is primary to "other insurance" available to the additional insured which covers that person or organization as a named insured for such loss, and we will not share with that "other insurance ". But the insurance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement still is excess over any valid and collectible "other in- surance", whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, that is available to the addi- tional insured when that person or organization is an additional insured under such "other insur- ance". 4. As a condition of coverage provided to the additional insured by this endorsement: a) The additional insured must give us written notice as soon as practicable of an "occur- rence" or an offense which may result in a claim. To the extent possible, such notice should include: O 2005 The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. Page 1 of 2 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY i. How, when and where the "occurrence" or offense took place; ii. The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses; and iii. The nature and location of any injury or damage arising out of the "occurrence" or offense. b) If a claim is made or "suit" is brought against the additional insured, the additional insured must: i. Immediately record the specifics of the claim or "suit" and the date received; and ii. Notify us as soon as practicable. The additional insured must see to it that we receive written notice of the claim or "suit" as soon as practicable. c) The additional insured must immediately send us copies of all legal papers received in connection with the claim or "suit ", cooperate with us in the investigation or settlement of the claim or defense against the "suit ", and otherwise comply with all policy conditions. d) The additional insured must tender the de- fense and indemnity of any claim or "suit" to Page 2 of 2 any provider of "other insurance" which would cover the additional insured for a loss we cover under this endorsement. However, this condition does not affect whether the insur- ance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement is primary to "other insur- ance" available to the additional insured which covers that person or organization as a named insured as described in paragraph 3. above. 5. The following definition is added to SECTION V. -- DEFINITIONS: "Written contract requiring insurance" means that part of any written contract or agreement under which you are required to include a person or organization as an additional in- sured on this Coverage Part, provided that the "bodily injury" and "property damage" oc- curs and the "personal injury" is caused by an offense committed: a. After the signing and execution of the contract or agreement by you; b. While that part of the contract or agreement is in effect; and c. Before the end of the policy period. O 2005 The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. CG D2 46 08 05 POLICY NUMBER: DTCO- 527D3187 -PHX15 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CONTRACTORS XTEND ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF COVERAGE — This endorsement broadens coverage. However, coverage for any injury, damage or medical expenses described in any of the provisions of this endorsement may be excluded or limited by another endorsement to this Coverage Part, and these coverage broadening provisions do not apply to the extent that coverage is excluded or limited by such an endorsement. The following listing is a general cover- age description only. Limitations and exclusions may apply to these coverages. Read all the provisions of this en- dorsement and the rest of your policy carefully to determine rights, duties, and what is and is not covered. A. Aircraft Chartered With Pilot B. Damage To Premises Rented To You C. Increased Supplementary Payments D. Incidental Medical Malpractice E. Who Is An Insured — Newly Acquired Or Formed Organizations F. Who Is An Insured — Broadened Named Insured — Unnamed Subsidiaries G. Blanket Additional Insured — Owners, Managers Or Lessors Of Premises PROVISIONS A. AIRCRAFT CHARTERED WITH PILOT The following is added to Exclusion g., Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft, in Paragraph 2. of SECTION I — COVERAGES — COVERAGE A BODILY IN- JURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY: This exclusion does not apply to an aircraft that is: (a) Chartered with a pilot to any insured; (b) Not owned by any insured; and (c) Not being used to carry any person or prop- erty for a charge. B. DAMAGE TO PREMISES RENTED TO YOU 1. The first paragraph of the exceptions in Ex- clusion j., Damage To Property, in Para- graph 2. of SECTION I — COVERAGES — COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY is deleted. 2. The following replaces the last paragraph of Paragraph 2., Exclusions, of SECTION I — COVERAGES — COVERAGE A. BODILY CG D3 16 11 11 H. Blanket Additional Insured — Lessors Of Leased Equipment I. Blanket Additional Insured — States Or Political Subdivisions — Permits J. Knowledge And Notice Of Occurrence Or Offense K. Unintentional Omission L. Blanket Waiver Of Subrogation M. Amended Bodily Injury Definition N. Contractual Liability — Railroads INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LI- ABILITY: Exclusions c. and g. through n. do not apply to "premises damage ". Exclusion f.(1)(a) does not apply to "premises damage" caused by: a. Fire; b. Explosion; c. Lightning; d. Smoke resulting from such fire, explosion, or lightning; or e. Water; unless Exclusion f. of Section I — Coverage A — Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability is replaced by another endorsement to this Coverage Part that has Exclusion — All Pollu- tion Injury Or Damage or Total Pollution Ex- clusion in its title. A separate limit of insurance applies to "premises damage" as described in Para- graph 6. of SECTION III — LIMITS OF IN- SURANCE. © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 6 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 3. The following replaces Paragraph 6. of SEC- TION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE: Subject to 5. above, the Damage To Prem- ises Rented To You Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "premises damage" to any one premises. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit will apply to all "property damage" proximately caused by the same "occur- rence", whether such damage results from: fire; explosion; lightning; smoke resulting from such fire, explosion, or lightning; or water; or any combination of any of these causes. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit will be: a. The amount shown for the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit on the Declarations of this Coverage Part; or b. $300,000 if no amount is shown for the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit on the Declarations of this Coverage Part. 4. The following replaces Paragraph a. of the definition of "insured contract" in the DEFINI- TIONS Section: a. A contract for a lease of premises. How- ever, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for "premises damage" is not an "insured contract"; 5. The following is added to the DEFINITIONS Section: "Premises damage" means "property dam- age" to: a. Any premises while rented to you or tem- porarily occupied by you with permission of the owner; or b. The contents of any premises while such premises is rented to you, if you rent such premises for a period of seven or fewer consecutive days. 6. The following replaces Paragraph 4.b.(1)(b) of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: (b) That is insurance for "premises damage "; or 7. Paragraph 4.b.(1)(c) of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CON- DITIONS is deleted. Page 2 of 6 C. INCREASED SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS 1. The following replaces Paragraph 1.b. of SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVER- AGES A AND B of SECTION I — COVER- AGE: b. Up to $2,500 for the cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to fur- nish these bonds. 2. The following replaces Paragraph 1.d. of SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVER- AGES A AND B of SECTION I — COVER- AGES: d. All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or "suit ", including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. D. INCIDENTAL MEDICAL MALPRACTICE 1. The following is added to the definition of "oc- currence" in the DEFINITIONS Section: "Occurrence" also means an act or omission committed in providing or failing to provide "incidental medical services ", first aid or "Good Samaritan services" to a person. 2. The following is added to Paragraph 2.a.(1) of SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED: Paragraph (1)(d) above does not apply to "bodily injury" arising out of providing or fail- ing to provide: (i) "Incidental medical services" by any of your "employees" who is a nurse practi- tioner, registered nurse, licensed practical nurse, nurse assistant, emergency medi- cal technician or paramedic; or (ii) First aid or "Good Samaritan services" by any of your "employees" or "volunteer workers ", other than an employed or vol- unteer doctor. Any such "employees" or "volunteer workers" providing or failing to provide first aid or "Good Samaritan ser- vices" during their work hours for you will be deemed to be acting within the scope of their employment by you or performing duties related to the conduct of your busi- ness. © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CG D3 16 11 11 3. The following is added to Paragraph 5. of SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE: For the purposes of determining the applica- ble Each Occurrence Limit, all related acts or omissions committed in providing or failing to provide "incidental medical services ", first aid or "Good Samaritan services" to any one per- son will be deemed to be one "occurrence ". 4. The following exclusion is added to Para- graph 2., Exclusions, of SECTION 1— COV- ERAGES — COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY: Sale Of Pharmaceuticals "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the willful violation of a penal statute or ordinance relating to the sale of pharmaceuti- cals committed by, or with the knowledge or consent of, the insured. 5. The following is added to the DEFINITIONS Section: "Incidental medical services" means: a. Medical, surgical, dental, laboratory, x -ray or nursing service or treatment, advice or instruction, or the related furnishing of food or beverages; or b. The furnishing or dispensing of drugs or medical, dental, or surgical supplies or appliances. "Good Samaritan services" means any emer- gency medical services for which no compen- sation is demanded or received. 6. The following is added to Paragraph 4.b., Ex- cess Insurance, of SECTION IV — COM- MERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDI- TIONS: The insurance is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance available to the in- sured, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, that is available to any of your "employees" or "volunteer workers" for "bodily injury" that arises out of providing or failing to provide "incidental medical ser- vices", first aid or "Good Samaritan services" to any person to the extent not subject to Paragraph 2.a.(1) of Section 11 — Who Is An Insured. E. WHO IS AN INSURED — NEWLY ACQUIRED OR FORMED ORGANIZATIONS The following replaces Paragraph 4. of SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED: CG D3 16 11 11 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 4. Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a partnership, joint venture or lim- ited liability company, of which you are the sole owner or in which you maintain the ma- jority ownership interest, will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no other insurance which provides similar coverage to that or- ganization. However: a. Coverage under this provision is afforded only: (1) Until the 180th day after you acquire or form the organization or the end of the policy period, whichever is earlier, if you do not report such organization in writing to us within 180 days after you acquire or form it; or (2) Until the end of the policy period, when that date is later than 180 days after you acquire or form such organization, if you report such organization in writing to us within 180 days after you acquire or form it, and we agree in writing that it will con- tinue to be a Named Insured until the end of the policy period; b. Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; and c. Coverage B does not apply to "personal in- jury" or "advertising injury" arising out of an offense committed before you acquired or formed the organization. F. WHO IS AN INSURED — BROADENED NAMED INSURED — UNNAMED SUBSIDIARIES The following is added to SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED: Any of your subsidiaries, other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, that is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declara- tions is a Named Insured if you maintain an own- ership interest of more than 50% in such subsidi- ary on the first day of the policy period. No such subsidiary is an insured for "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred, or "personal injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an of- fense committed after the date, if any, during the policy period, that you no longer maintain an ownership interest of more than 50% in such sub- sidiary. © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 6 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY G. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED — OWNERS, MANAGERS OR LESSORS OF PREMISES The following is added to SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED: Any person or organization that is a premises owner, manager or lessor and that you have agreed in a written contract or agreement to in- clude as an additional insured on this Coverage Part is an insured, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage ", "personal injury" or "advertising injury" that: a. Is "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs, or is "personal injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an offense that is commit- ted, subsequent to the execution of that con- tract or agreement; and b. Arises out of the ownership, maintenance or use of that part of any premises leased to you. The insurance provided to such premises owner, manager or lessor is subject to the following pro- visions: a. The limits of insurance provided to such premises owner, manager or lessor will be the minimum limits which you agreed to pro- vide in the written contract or agreement, or the limits shown on the Declarations, which- ever are Tess. b. The insurance provided to such premises owner, manager or lessor does not apply to: (1) Any "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs, or "personal injury" or "adver- tising injury" caused by an offense that is committed, after you cease to be a tenant in that premises; or (2) Structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of such premises owner, lessor or manager. c. The insurance provided to such premises owner, manager or lessor is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance available to such premises owner, manager or lessor, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, unless you have agreed in the written contract or agreement that this in- surance must be primary to, or non- contributory with, such other insurance, in which case this insurance will be primary to, and non - contributory with, such other insur- ance. Page 4 of 6 H. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED — LESSORS OF LEASED EQUIPMENT The following is added to SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED: Any person or organization that is an equipment lessor and that you have agreed in a written con- tract or agreement to include as an insured on this Coverage Part is an insured, but only with re- spect to liability for "bodily injury", "property dam- age", "personal injury" or "advertising injury" that: a. Is "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs, or is "personal injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an offense that is commit- ted, subsequent to the execution of that con- tract or agreement; and b. Is caused, in whole or in part, by your acts or omissions in the maintenance, operation or use of equipment leased to you by such equipment lessor. The insurance provided to such equipment lessor is subject to the following provisions: a. The limits of insurance provided to such equipment lessor will be the minimum limits which you agreed to provide in the written contract or agreement, or the limits shown on the Declarations, whichever are less. b. The insurance provided to such equipment lessor does not apply to any "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs, or "personal injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an of- fense that is committed, after the equipment lease expires. c. The insurance provided to such equipment lessor is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance available to such equipment lessor, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, unless you have agreed in the written contract or agreement that this insurance must be primary to, or non - contributory with, such other insurance, in which case this insurance will be primary to, and non - contributory with, such other in- surance. I. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED — STATES OR POLITICAL SUBDIVISIONS — PERMITS The following is added to SECTION 11 — WHO IS AN INSURED: Any state or political subdivision that has issued a permit in connection with operations performed by you or on your behalf and that you are required © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CG D3 16 11 11 by any ordinance, law or building code to include as an additional insured on this Coverage Part is an insured, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury ", "property damage ", "personal in- jury" or "advertising injury" arising out of such op- erations. The insurance provided to such state or political subdivision does not apply to: a. Any "bodily injury," "property damage," "per- sonal injury" or "advertising injury" arising out of operations performed for that state or po- litical subdivision; or b. Any "bodily injury" or "property damage" in- cluded in the "products- completed operations hazard ". J. KNOWLEDGE AND NOTICE OF OCCUR- RENCE OR OFFENSE The following is added to Paragraph 2., Duties In The Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit, of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GEN- ERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: e. The following provisions apply to Paragraph a. above, but only for the purposes of the in- surance provided under this Coverage Part to you or any insured listed in Paragraph 1. or 2. of Section I1— Who Is An Insured: (1) Notice to us of such "occurrence" or of- fense must be given as soon as practica- ble only after the "occurrence" or offense is known by you (if you are an individual), any of your partners or members who is an individual (if you are a partnership or joint venture), any of your managers who is an individual (if you are a limited liability company), any of your "executive offi- cers" or directors (if you are an organiza- tion other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) or any "em- ployee" authorized by you to give notice of an "occurrence" or offense. (2) If you are a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, and none of your partners, joint venture members or man- agers are individuals, notice to us of such "occurrence" or offense must be given as soon as practicable only after the "occur- rence" or offense is known by: (a) Any individual who is: (i) A partner or member of any part- nership or joint venture; CG D3 16 11 11 (3) COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY (ii) A manager of any limited liability company; or (iii) An executive officer or director of any other organization; that is your partner, joint venture member or manager; or (b) Any "employee" authorized by such partnership, joint venture, limited li- ability company or other organization to give notice of an "occurrence" or offense. Notice to us of such "occurrence" or of an offense will be deemed to be given as soon as practicable if it is given in good faith as soon as practicable to your work- ers' compensation insurer. This applies only if you subsequently give notice to us of the "occurrence" or offense as soon as practicable after any of the persons de- scribed in Paragraphs e. (1) or (2) above discovers that the "occurrence" or offense may result in sums to which the insurance provided under this Coverage Part may apply. However, if this Coverage Part includes an en- dorsement that provides limited coverage for "bodily injury" or "property damage" or pollution costs arising out of a discharge, release or es- cape of "pollutants" which contains a requirement that the discharge, release or escape of "pollut- ants" must be reported to us within a specific number of days after its abrupt commencement, this Paragraph e. does not affect that require- ment. K. UNINTENTIONAL OMISSION The following is added to Paragraph 6., Repre- sentations, of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: The unintentional omission of, or unintentional error in, any information provided by you which we relied upon in issuing this policy will not preju- dice your rights under this insurance. However, this provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or to exercise our rights of cancellation or nonrenewal in accordance with applicable insurance laws or regulations. L. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION The following is added to Paragraph 8., Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us, of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LI- ABILITY CONDITIONS: © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 5 of 6 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY If the insured has agreed in a contract or agree- ment to waive that insured's right of recovery against any person or organization, we waive our right of recovery against such person or organiza- tion, but only for payments we make because of: a. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" that oc- curs; or b. "Personal injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an offense that is committed; subsequent to the execution of that contract or agreement. M. AMENDED BODILY INJURY DEFINITION The following replaces the definition of "bodily injury" in the DEFINITIONS Section: Page 6 of 6 3. "Bodily injury" means bodily injury, mental anguish, mental injury, shock, fright, disability, humiliation, sickness or disease sustained by a person, including death resulting from any of these at any time. N. CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY — RAILROADS 1. The following replaces Paragraph c. of the definition of "insured contract" in the DEFINI- TIONS Section: c. Any easement or license agreement; 2. Paragraph f.(1) of the definition of "insured contract" in the DEFINITIONS Section is de- leted. © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CG D3 16 11 11 POLICY NUMBER: DTCO- 527D3187 -PHX15 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY ISSUE DATE: 12-31-2015 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY DESIGNATED PROJECT(S) GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Designated Project(s): EACH "PROJECT" FOR WHICH YOU HAVE AGREED, IN A WRITTEN CONTRACT WHICH IS IN EFFECT DURING THIS POLICY PERIOD, TO PROVIDE A SEPARATE GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT, PROVIDED THAT THE CONTRACT IS SIGNED AND EXECUTED BY YOU BEFORE THE "BODILY INJURY" OR "PROPERTY DAMAGE" OCCURS. A. For all sums which the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages caused by "occur- rences" under COVERAGE A. (SECTION 1), and for all medical expenses caused by accidents un- der COVERAGE C (SECTION 1), which can be attributed only to operations at a single desig- nated "project" shown in the Schedule above: 1. A separate Designated Project General Ag- gregate Limit applies to each designated "pro- ject', and that limit is equal to the amount of the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations, unless separate Designated Project General Aggregate(s) are sched- uled above. 2. The Designated Project General Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of all damages under COVERAGE A., except damages because of "bodily injury" or "prop- erty damage" included in the "products - completed operations hazard ", and for medi- cal expenses under COVERAGE C, regard- less of the number of: a. Insureds; b. Claims made or "suits" brought; or c. Persons or organizations making claims or bringing "suits ". CG D2 11 01 04 Designated Project General Aggregate(s): GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT SHOWN ON THE DECLARATIONS 3. Any payments made under COVERAGE A. for damages or under COVERAGE C. for medical expenses shall reduce the Desig- nated Project General Aggregate Limit for that designated "project ". Such payments shall not reduce the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations nor shall they re- duce any other Designated Project General Aggregate Limit for any other designated "project" shown in the Schedule above. 4. The limits shown in the Declarations for Each Occurrence, Damage To Premises Rented To You and Medical Expense continue to apply. However, instead of being subject to the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations, such limits will be subject to the applicable Designated Project General Ag- gregate Limit. B. For all sums which the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages caused by "occur- rences" under COVERAGE A. (SECTION I), and for all medical expenses caused by accidents un- der COVERAGE C. (SECTION I), which cannot be attributed only to operations at a single desig- nated "project" shown in the Schedule above: Copyright, The Travelers Indemnity Company, 2004 Page 1 of 2 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 1. Any payments made under COVERAGE A. for damages or under COVERAGE C. for medical expenses shall reduce the amount available under the General Aggregate Limit or the Products- Completed Operations Ag- gregate Limit, whichever is applicable; and 2. Such payments shall not reduce any Desig- nated Project General Aggregate Limit. C. Part 2. of SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE is deleted and replaced by the following: 2. The General Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of: a. Damages under Coverage B; and b. Damages from "occurrences" under COVERAGE A (SECTION I) and for all medical expenses caused by accidents under COVERAGE C (SECTION I) which cannot be attributed only to operations at a single designated "project" shown in the SCHEDULE above. D. When coverage for liability arising out of the "products- completed operations hazard" is pro- Page 2 of 2 vided, any payments for damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in the "products- completed operations hazard" will reduce the Products - Completed Operations Ag- gregate Limit, and not reduce the General Aggre- gate Limit nor the Designated Project General Aggregate Limit. E. For the purposes of this endorsement the Defini- tions Section is amended by the addition of the following definition: "Project" means an area away from premises owned by or rented to you at which you are per- forming operations pursuant to a contract or agreement. For the purposes of determining the applicable aggregate limit of insurance, each "project" that includes premises involving the same or connecting lots, or premises whose con- nection is interrupted only by a street, roadway, waterway or right -of -way of a railroad shall be considered a single "project ". F. The provisions of SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE not otherwise modified by this en- dorsement shall continue to apply as stipulated. Copyright, The Travelers Indemnity Company, 2004 CG D2 11 01 04 POLICY NUMBER: DT810- 527D3187- PHX -15 COMMERCIAL AUTO THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED - PRIMARY AND NON - CONTRIBUTORY WITH OTHER INSURANCE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage fied by this endorsement. PROVISIONS B. A. The following is added to Paragraph c. in A. 1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II — LIABILITY COVERAGE: Any person or organization who is required under a written contract or agreement between you and that person or organization, that is signed and executed by you before the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs and that is in effect during the policy period, to be named as an addi- tional insured is an "insured" for Liability Cover- age, but only for damages to which this insurance applies and only to the extent that person or or- ganization qualifies as an "insured" under the Who Is An Insured provision contained in Section II. CAT4740212 Form apply unless modi- The following is added to Paragraph 5., Other Insurance, in B. General Conditions of SEC- TION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS: Regardless of the provisions of paragraph a. and paragraph d. of this part 5. Other Insurance, this insurance is primary to and non - contributory with applicable other insurance under which an addi- tional insured person or organization is the first named insured when the written contract or agreement between you and that person or or- ganization, that is signed and executed by you before the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs and that is in effect during the policy pe- riod, requires this insurance to be primary and non - contributory. © 2012 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 1 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. POLICY NUMBER: DT810- 527D3187- PHX -15 COMMERCIAL AUTO THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BUSINESS AUTO EXTENSION ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF COVERAGE — This endorsement broadens coverage. However, coverage for any injury, damage or medical expenses described in any of the provisions of this endorsement may be excluded or limited by another endorsement to the Coverage Part, and these coverage broadening provisions do not apply to the extent that coverage is excluded or limited by such an endorsement. The following listing is a general cover- age description only. Limitations and exclusions may apply to these coverages. Read all the provisions of this en- dorsement and the rest of your policy carefully to determine rights, duties, and what is and is not covered. A. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED B. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED C. EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTO D. EMPLOYEES AS INSURED E. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — INCREASED LIMITS F. HIRED AUTO — LIMITED WORLDWIDE COV- ERAGE — INDEMNITY BASIS G. WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE — GLASS PROVISIONS A. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED The following is added to Paragraph A.1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION 1I — COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: Any organization you newly acquire or form dur- ing the policy period over which you maintain 50% or more ownership interest and that is not separately insured for Business Auto Coverage. Coverage under this provision is afforded only un- til the 180th day after you acquire or form the or- ganization or the end of the policy period, which- ever is earlier. B. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED The following is added to Paragraph c. in A.1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: Any person or organization who is required under a written contract or agreement between you and that person or organization, that is signed and executed by you before the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs and that is in effect during the policy period, to be named as an addi- tional insured is an "insured" for Covered Autos Liability Coverage, but only for damages to which CA T3 53 02 15 H. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE — LOSS OF USE — INCREASED LIMIT I. PHYSICAL DAMAGE — TRANSPORTATION EXPENSES — INCREASED LIMIT J. PERSONAL PROPERTY K. AIRBAGS L. NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF ACCIDENT OR LOSS M. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION N. UNINTENTIONAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS this insurance applies and only to the extent that person or organization qualifies as an "insured" under the Who Is An Insured provision contained in Section II. C. EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTO 1 The following is added to Paragraph A.1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION I1 — COV- ERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: An "employee" of yours is an "insured" while operating an "auto" hired or rented under a contract or agreement in an "employee's" name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your busi- ness. 2. The following replaces Paragraph b. in B.5., Other Insurance, of SECTION IV — BUSI- NESS AUTO CONDITIONS: b. For Hired Auto Physical Damage Cover- age, the following are deemed to be cov- ered "autos" you own: (1) Any covered "auto" you lease, hire, rent or borrow; and (2) Any covered "auto" hired or rented by your "employee" under a contract in an "employee's" name, with your © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 4 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. COMMERCIAL AUTO permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your busi- ness. However, any "auto" that is leased, hired, rented or borrowed with a driver is not a covered "auto ". D. EMPLOYEES AS INSURED The following is added to Paragraph A.1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: Any "employee" of yours is an "insured" while us- ing a covered "auto" you don't own, hire or borrow in your business or your personal affairs. E. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — INCREASED LIMITS 1. The following replaces Paragraph A.2.a.(2), of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABIL- ITY COVERAGE: (2) Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds (in- cluding bonds for related traffic law viola- tions) required because of an "accident" we cover. We do not have to furnish these bonds. 2. The following replaces Paragraph A.2.a.(4), of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABIL- ITY COVERAGE: (4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the "insured" at our request, including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day be- cause of time off from work. F. HIRED AUTO — LIMITED WORLDWIDE COV- ERAGE — INDEMNITY BASIS The following replaces Subparagraph (5) in Para- graph B.7., Policy Period, Coverage Territory, of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDI- TIONS: (5) Anywhere in the world, except any country or jurisdiction while any trade sanction, em- bargo, or similar regulation imposed by the United States of America applies to and pro- hibits the transaction of business with or within such country or jurisdiction, for Cov- ered Autos Liability Coverage for any covered "auto" that you lease, hire, rent or borrow without a driver for a period of 30 days or less and that is not an "auto" you lease, hire, rent or borrow from any of your "employees ", partners (if you are a partnership), members (if you are a limited liability company) or members of their households. (a) With respect to any claim made or "suit" brought outside the United States of America, the territories and possessions of the United States of America, Puerto Rico and Canada: (1) You must arrange to defend the "in- sured" against, and investigate or set- tle any such claim or "suit" and keep us advised of all proceedings and ac- tions. (ii) Neither you nor any other involved "insured" will make any settlement without our consent. (iii) We may, at our discretion, participate in defending the "insured" against, or in the settlement of, any claim or "suit ". (iv) We will reimburse the "insured" for sums that the "insured" legally must pay as damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" to which this insurance applies, that the "in- sured" pays with our consent, but only up to the limit described in Para- graph C., Limits Of Insurance, of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE. (v) We will reimburse the "insured" for the reasonable expenses incurred with our consent for your investiga- tion of such claims and your defense of the "insured" against any such "suit ", but only up to and included within the limit described in Para- graph C., Limits Of Insurance, of SECTION I1 — COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE, and not in addition to such limit. Our duty to make such payments ends when we have used up the applicable limit of insurance in payments for damages, settlements or defense expenses. (b) This insurance is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance available to the "insured" whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. (c) This insurance is not a substitute for re- quired or compulsory insurance in any country outside the United States, its ter- ritories and possessions, Puerto Rico and Canada. Page 2 of 4 © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. CA T3 53 02 15 You agree to maintain all required or compulsory insurance in any such coun- try up to the minimum limits required by local law. Your failure to comply with compulsory insurance requirements will not invalidate the coverage afforded by this policy, but we will only be liable to the same extent we would have been liable had you complied with the compulsory in- surance requirements. (d) It is understood that we are not an admit- ted or authorized insurer outside the United States of America, its territories and possessions, Puerto Rico and Can- ada. We assume no responsibility for the furnishing of certificates of insurance, or for compliance in any way with the laws of other countries relating to insurance. G. WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE — GLASS The following is added to Paragraph D., Deducti- ble, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: No deductible for a covered "auto" will apply to glass damage if the glass is repaired rather than replaced. H. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE — LOSS OF USE — INCREASED LIMIT The following replaces the last sentence of Para- graph A.4.b., Loss Of Use Expenses, of SEC- TION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: However, the most we will pay for any expenses for loss of use is $65 per day, to a maximum of $750 for any one "accident ". I. PHYSICAL DAMAGE — TRANSPORTATION EXPENSES — INCREASED LIMIT The following replaces the first sentence in Para- graph A.4.a., Transportation Expenses, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVER- AG E: We will pay up to $50 per day to a maximum of $1,500 for temporary transportation expense in- curred by you because of the total theft of a cov- ered "auto" of the private passenger type. J. PERSONAL PROPERTY The following is added to Paragraph A.4., Cover- age Extensions, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: Personal Property We will pay up to $400 for "loss" to wearing ap- parel and other personal property which is: (1) Owned by an "insured "; and CA T3 53 02 15 COMMERCIAL AUTO (2) In or on your covered "auto ". This coverage applies only in the event of a total theft of your covered "auto ". No deductibles apply to this Personal Property coverage. K. AIRBAGS The following is added to Paragraph B.3., Exclu- sions, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: Exclusion 3.a. does not apply to "loss" to one or more airbags in a covered "auto" you own that in- flate due to a cause other than a cause of 'loss" set forth in Paragraphs A.1.b. and A.1.c., but only: a. If that "auto" is a covered "auto" for Compre- hensive Coverage under this policy; b. The airbags are not covered under any war- ranty; and c. The airbags were not intentionally inflated. We will pay up to a maximum of $1,000 for any one "loss". L. NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF ACCIDENT OR LOSS The following is added to Paragraph A.2.a., of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS: Your duty to give us or our authorized representa- tive prompt notice of the "accident" or 'loss" ap- plies only when the "accident" or 'loss" is known to: (a) You (if you are an individual); (b) A partner (if you are a partnership); (c) A member (if you are a limited liability com- pany); (d) An executive officer, director or insurance manager (if you are a corporation or other or- ganization); or (e) Any "employee" authorized by you to give no- tice of the "accident" or "loss ". M. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION The following replaces Paragraph A.5., Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us, of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDI- TIONS: 5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us We waive any right of recovery we may have against any person or organization to the ex- tent required of you by a written contract signed and executed prior to any "accident" or "loss ", provided that the "accident" or 'loss" arises out of operations contemplated by © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 4 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. COMMERCIAL AUTO such contract. The waiver applies only to the person or organization designated in such contract. N. UNINTENTIONAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS The following is added to Paragraph B.2., Con- cealment, Misrepresentation, Or Fraud, of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS: Page 4 of 4 The unintentional omission of, or unintentional error in, any information given by you shall not prejudice your rights under this insurance. How- ever this provision does not affect our right to col- lect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or non - renewal. © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CA T3 53 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. EXHIBIT E CITY OF FEDERAL WAY PERFORMANCE /PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL PEOPLE BY THESE PRESENTS; Bond No. 1044552 We, the undersigned Valley Electric Co, of Mount Vernon, Inc., ( "Principal ") and The Hanover Insurance Company , the undersigned.corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire and legally doing business in the State of Washington as a surety ( "Surety"), are held and firmly bonded unto the City of Federal Way, a Washington municipal corporation ( "City") in the penal sum of Four Hundred Forty-Three Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty Dollars and no /100 ($443,950.00) for the payment of which we firmly bind ourselves and our legal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns, jointly and severally. This obligation is entered into an Agreement with the City dated I k r,h 2-1 , 20 . UP for the Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall perform all the provisions of the Agreement in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the City, or within such extensions of time as may be granted under the Agreement, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and material men or women, and all persons who shall supply the Principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and shall hold the City, their officials, agents, employees and volunteers harmless from any loss or damage occasioned to any person or property by reason of any carelessness or negligence on the part of the Principal, or any subcontractor in the performance of said work, and shall indemnify and hold the Qty harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified In the Agreement within a period of one (1) year after its final acceptance thereof by the City, then and in the event this obligation shall be void; but otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect. And the Surety, for value received, hereby further stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work. The Surety hereby agrees that modifications and changes may be made in terms and provisions of the Agreement without notice to Surety, and any such modifications or changes increasing the total amount to be paid the Principal shall automatically increase the obligation of the Surety on this Performance Bond in a like amount, such increase, however, not to exceed twenty -five percent (25 %) of the original amount of this bond without the consent of the Surety. Within forty-five (45) days of receiving notice that the Principal has defaulted on all or part of the terms of the Agreement, the Surety shall make a written commitment to the City that it will either: (a) cure the default itself within a reasonable time period, or (b) tender to the city, the amount necessary for the City to remedy the default, induding legal fees incurred by the City, or (c) in the event that Surety's evaluation of the dispute is not complete or in the event the Surety disputes the City's daim of default, the Surety shall notify the City of its finding and its intent, if any, to interplead. The Surety shall then fulfill its obligations under this bond, according to the option it has elected. Should Surety elect option (a) to cure the default, the penal sum of the Bond shall be reduced in an amount equal to the costs actually incurred by the Surety in curing the default. If the Surety elects option (b), then upon completion of the necessary work, the City shall notify the Surety of its actual costs. The City shall return, without interest, any overpayment made by the Surety and the Surety shall pay to the City any actual costs which exceed the City estimate, limited to the bond amount. Should the Surety elect option (c), the Parties shall first complete participation in mediation, described in the below paragraph, prior to any interplead action. City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Page 55 RFB ver. 4 -15 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 1 1 In the event a dispute should arise between the Parties to this Bond with respect to the City's declaration of default by the Principal, the Parties agree to participate In at least four hours of mediation in accordance with the mediation procedures of United States Arbitration and Mediation ( "USA&M "). The Parties shall proportionately share In the cost of the mediation. The mediation shall be administered by the Seattle USA &M office, 4300 Two Union Square, 601 Union Street, Seattle, Washington 98101 -2327, The Surety shall not ' Interplead prior to completion of the mediation. DATED this day of A•064, �'U'L , 20 I lie CORPORATE SEAL OF PRINCIPAL: PRINCIPAL Valley Electric Co. ernon, Inc. 1 1 1 1 1 1 By: Its: Robert Carrithers Secretary/Treasurer 1100 Merrill Creek Pkwy Everett, WA 98203 (425) 407 -0832 CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE SEAL I hereby certify that I am the (Assistant) Secretary of the Corporation named as Principal in the within bond; that Robert Carrithers who signed the said bond on behalf of the Principal, was Secretary/Treasurer of the said Corporation; that I know his signature thereto is genuine, and that said bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body. CORPORATE SEAL OF SURETY: 1 APPROVED AS TO FORM: ervlari 1 •Pe %Amy Jo Pearsall, City Attorney 1 1 City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Secretary of Assistant Secreta Q SURETY Th over, urn ►ee o •a/ By: d/.�,,il/&i10, •�i A • • ey -in -Fact (A ach Power of Attorney) Page 56 Julie M. Glover (Name of Person Executing Bond) HUB International Northwest, LLC P.O. Box 3018, Bothell, WA 98041 -3018 (Address) (425) 489 -4500 (Phone) RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA POWER OF ATTORNEY THIS Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY and MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY, both being corporations organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, and CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Michigan, (hereinafter individually and collectively the "Company ") does hereby constitute and appoint, S.M. Scott, Darlene Jakielski, Julie M. Glover, Jim W. Doyle, Michael A. Murphy, Jim S. Kuich, Chad M. Epple, Andy D. Prill, Theresa A. Lamb, Ted Baran, Carol Lowell, Steve Wagner and /or Ashley Hartshorn Of Hub International Northwest, LLC, Bothell, WA, each individually, if there be more than one named, as its true and lawful attorney(s) -in -fact to sign, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver for, and on its behalf, and as its act and deed any place within the United States, any and all surety bonds, recognizances, undertakings, or other surety obligations. The execution of such surety bonds, recognizances, undertakings or surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon the Company as if they had been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Company, in their own proper persons. Provided however, that this power of attorney limits the acts of those named herein; and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner stated and to the extent of any limitation stated below: Any surety bond, recognizance or obligation in the United States, not to exceed Seventy -five Million Dollars ($75,000,000.00) in any single instance. That this power is made and executed pursuant to the authority of the following Resolutions passed by the Board of Directors of said Company, and said Resolutions remain in full force and effect: RESOLVED: That the President or any Vice President, in conjunction with any Vice President, be and they hereby are authorized and empowered to appoint Attorneys -in -fact of the Company, in its name and as it acts, to execute and acknowledge for and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, waivers of citation and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, with power to attach thereto the seal of the Company. Any such writings so executed by such Attorneys -in -fact shall be binding upon the Company as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company in their own proper persons. RESOLVED: That any and all Powers of Attorney and Certified Copies of such Powers of Attorney and certification in respect thereto, granted and executed by the President or Vice President in conjunction with any Vice President of the Company, shall be binding on the Company to the same extent as if all signatures therein were manually affixed, even though one or more of any such signatures thereon may be facsimile. (Adopted October 7, 1981 — The Hanover Insurance Company; Adopted April 14, 1982 — Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company; Adopted September 7, 2001 — Citizens Insurance Company of America) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY, MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY and CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have caused these presents to be sealed with their respective corporate seals, duly attested by two Vice Presidents, this 20th day of October, 2015. THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS COUNTY OF WORCESTER ) ss. THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY CIT/ZENS.c 4 URANCE • MPANY OF AMERICA Ro Vi'. it THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MA- SA HUSE = BAY I E COMPANY CIT EN I - S CE . , OF AMERICA ii /� iil` e, Vice - -s' -nt On this 20th day of October 2015 before me came the above named Vice Presidents • The Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, to me pe sonally known to be the individuals and officers described herein, and acknowledged that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the corporate seals of The Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, respectively, and that the said corporate seals and their signatures as officers were duly affixed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority and direction of said Corporations. I, the undersigned Vice President of The Hanover In Company of America, hereby certify that the above, "'� by said Companies, and do hereby further certify GIVEN under my hand and the seals of said Co CERTIFIED COPY 10f hr. _ ` dr Diane l.: o, Notary Public My Ccmamssiam Espims Mamh 4, 2(422 1 Ia4achusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Lllru`e and correct copy of the Original Power of Attorney issued ttorney are still in force and effect. , Massachusetts, this day of 20 EXHIBIT F TITLE VI ASSURANCES During the performance of this contract, the contractor /consultant, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "contractor ") agrees as follows: 1. Compliance with Regulations The contractor shall comply with the Regulations relative to non - discrimination in federally assisted programs of United States Department of Transportation (USDOT), Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract. 2. Non - discrimination The contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, sex, or national origin in the selection and retention of sub - contractors, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. The contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by Section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations. 3. Solicitations for Sub - contracts, Including Procurement of Materials and Equipment In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiations made by the contractor for work to be performed under a sub - contract, including procurement of materials or leases of equipment, each potential sub - contractor or supplier shall be notified by the contractor of the contractor's obligations under this contract and the Regulations relative to non - discrimination on the grounds of race, color, sex, or national origin. 4. Information and Reports The contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the contracting agency or the appropriate federal agency to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information, the contractor shall so certify to WSDOT or the USDOT as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. 5. Sanctions for Non - compliance In the event of the contractor's non - compliance with the non - discrimination provisions of this contract, the contracting agency shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the USDOT may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: Withholding of payments to the contractor under the contract until the contractor complies, and /or; Cancellation, termination, or suspension of the contract, in whole or in part. City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 57 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 6. Incorporation of Provisions The contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (5) in every sub- contract, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto. The contractor shall take such action with respect to any sub - contractor or procurement as the contracting agency or USDOT may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for non - compliance. Provided, however, that in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a sub - contractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request WSDOT enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the state and, in addition, the contractor may request the USDOT enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 58 RFB # 15 -014 December 2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 INTRO.AP1 2 INTRODUCTION 3 The following Amendments and Special Provisions shall be used in conjunction with the 4 2014 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction.• 5` 6 AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 7 8 The following Amendments to the Standard Specifications are made a part of this contract 9 and supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications. For informational 10 purposes, the date following each Amendment title indicates the implementation date of the 11 Amendment or the latest date of revision. 12 13 Each Amendment contains all current revisions to the applicable section of the Standard 14 Specifications and may include references which do not apply to this particular project. 15 16 1- 01.AP1 17 Section 1-01, Definitions and Terms 18 August 3, 2015 19 1 -01.3 Definitions 20 The definition for "Engineer" is revised to read: 21 . 22 The Contracting Agency's representative who directly supervises the engineering and 23 administration of a construction Contract. . 24 25 The definition for "inspector" is revised to read: 26 27 The Engineer's representative who inspects Contract performance in detail. 28 29 The definition for "Project Engineer' is revised to read: 30 31 Same as Engineer. 32 33 The following new term and definition is inserted after the definition for "Proposal Form ": 34 35 Reference Information — Information provided to the Contractor by the Contracting 36 Agency that is not part of the Contract. 37 38 The definition for "Working Drawings" is revised to read: 39 40 Drawings, plans, diagrams, or any other supplementary data or calculations, including a 41 schedule of submittal dates for Working Drawings where specified, which the Contractor 42 must submit to the Engineer. 43 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 1- 02.AP1 2 Section 1-02, Bid Procedures and Conditions 3 August 3, 2015 4 1- 02.8(1) Noncollusion Declaration 5 The third paragraph is revised to read: 6 7 Therefore, by including the Non - collusion Declaration as part of the signed bid Proposal, 8 the Bidder . is deemed to have certified and agreed to the requirements of the 9 ..:Declaration. 10 11 1 -02.9 Delivery of Proposal 12 This section is revised to read: 13 14 For projects scheduled for Bid opening in Olympia, the Proposal shall be sealed and 15 submitted in the envelope provided with it to the address below or shall be submitted 16 electronically via Tms-Port Expedite® software and BidExpress®. The Bidder shall fill in 17 all blanks on this envelope to ensure proper handling and delivery. Bids are to be 18 received no later than until 11:00:59 A.M. Pacific time on the date of Bid opening: 19 20 Washington State Department of Transportation, 21 Room 2D20 22 310 Maple Park Avenue SE 23, . Olympia WA 98501 -2361 24 25 For projects scheduled for Bid opening in other locations the Proposal shall be sealed 26 and submitted in the envelope provided with it at the location and time identified in the 27 Special Provisions. The Bidder shalt fill in all blanks on this envelope to ensure proper 28 handling and delivery. 29 30 Proposals that are received as required will be publicly opened and read as specified in 31 Section 1- 02.12. The Contracting Agency will not open or consider any Proposal when 32 the Proposal or Bid deposit is received after the time specified for receipt of Proposals 33 or received in a location other than that specified for receipt of Proposals. 34 35 When a Bid deposit is furnished in a physical format as specified in Section 1 -02.7 the 36. Bid deposit shall be submitted in a sealed envelope . marked as "BID SUPPLEMENT" 37 and with the Bidder's company name, project title, and Bid date. 38 39 1 -02.10 Withdrawing, Revising, or. Supplementing Proposal 40 The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 41 42 Unless specifically allowed in the Contract, emailed requests to withdraw, revise, or 43 supplement a Proposal are not acceptable. 44 45 1 -02.13 Irregular Proposals 46 This section is revised to read: 47 48 1. A Proposal will be considered irregular and may be rejected if: 49 50 a. The Bidder is not prequalified; AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 b. The Bidder adds provisions reserving the right to reject or accept the Award, or 3 enter into the Contract; 4 5 c. A price per unit cannot be determined from the Bid Proposal; 6 7 d. The Proposal form is not properly executed; 8 9 e. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Subcontractor list, if 10 applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6; 11 12 f. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Disadvantaged Business 13 Enterprise Utilization Certification, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6; 14 15 g. The Bidder fails to submit written confirmation from each DBE firm listed on the 16 Bidder's completed Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification 17 that they are in agreement with the Bidder's DBE participation commitment, if 18 applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6, or if the written confirmation that is 19 submitted fails to meet the requirements of the Special Provisions; 20 21. h. The Bidder fails to submit Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Good Faith 22 Effort documentation, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6, or if the 23 documentation that is submitted fails to demonstrate that a Good Faith Effort to 24 meet the Condition of Award was made; or 25 26 i. The Bid Proposal does not constitute a definite and unqualified offer to meet 27 the material terms of the Bid invitation. 28 ... . 29 2. A Proposal may be considered irregular and may be rejected if: 30 31 a. The Proposal does not include a unit price for every Bid item; 32 33 b. Any of the unit prices are excessively unbalanced (either above or below the 34 amount of a reasonable Bid) to the potential detriment of the Contracting 35 Agency; 36 37 c. The authorized Proposal Form furnished by the Contracting Agency is not 38 used or is altered; 39 40 d. The completed Proposal form contains any unauthorized additions, deletions, 41 alternate Bids, or conditions; 42 43 e. Receipt of Addenda is not acknowledged; 44 45 f. A member of a joint venture or partnership and the joint venture or partnership 46 submit Proposals for the same project (in such an instance, both Bids may be 47 rejected); or 48 49 g. If Proposal form entries are not made in ink. 50 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 1- 03.AP1 2 Section 1-03, Award and Execution of Contract 3 January 5, 2015 4 1-03.3 Execution of Contract 5 The first paragraph is revised to read: 6 7 Within 20 calendar days after the Award date, the successful Bidder shall return the 8 signed Contracting Agency- prepared Contract, an insurance certification as required by 9 Section 1- 07.18, and a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1 -03.4, and 10 shall be registered as a contractor in the state. of Washington. 11 12 1 -03.4 Contract Bond 13 The last word of item 3 is deleted. 14 15 Item 4 is renumbered to 5. 16 17 The following is inserted after item 3 (after the preceding Amendments are applied): 18 19 4. Be conditioned upon the payment of taxes, increases, and penalties incurred on the 20 project under titles 50, 51, and 82 RCW; and 21 22 1 -03.5 Failure to Execute Contract 23 The first sentence is revised to read: 24 25 Failure to retum the insurance certification and bond with the signed Contract. as 26 required in Section 1 -03.3, or failure to provide Disadvantaged, Minority or Women's 27 Business Enterprise information if required in the Contract, or failure or refusal to sign 28 the Contract, or failure to register as a contractor in the state of Washington shall result 29 in forfeiture of the proposal bond or deposit of this Bidder. 30 31 1 -04.AP1 32 Section 1 -04, Scope of the Work 33 August 3, 2015 34 1 -04.3 Vacant 35 This section, including title, is revised to read: 36 37 1 -04.3 Reference Information 38 Reference Information provided to the Contractor is not part of the Contract. The 39 Contracting Agency does not guarantee the accuracy of the Reference Information and 40 is not responsible for the content of the Reference Information in any manner. Any use 41 of Reference Information by the Contractor is done solely at the Contractor's risk. 42 43 1 -04.4 Changes 44 In the third paragraph, item number 1 and 2 are revised to read: 45 46 A. When the character of the Work as altered differs materially in kind or nature from 47 that involved or included in the original proposed construction; or AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 B. When an item of Work, as defined elsewhere in the Contract, is increased in 3 excess of 125 percent or decreased below 75 percent of the original Contract 4 quantity. For the purpose of this Section, an item of Work will be defined as any 5 item that qualifies for adjustment under the provisions of Section 1-04.6. 6 7 The following two new sentences are inserted at the beginning of the eighth paragraph: 8 9 Within 14 calendar days of delivery of the change order the contractor shall endorse 10 and return the change order, request an extension of time for endorsement or respond 11 in accordance with Section 1 -04.5. The Contracting Agency may unilaterally. process.the 12 change order if the Contractor fails to comply with these requirements. 13 14 . The last two paragraphs are deleted. 15 16 This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 17 18 1- 04.4(2) Value Engineering Change Proposal (VECP) 19 1 -04.4(2)A General 20 A VECP is a Contractor proposed change to the Contract Provisions which will 21 accomplish the projects functional requirements in a manner that is equal to or 22 better than the requirements in the Contract. The VECP may be: (1) at a. less cost 23 or time, or (2) either no cost savings or a minor increase in cost with a reduction in 24 Contract time. The net savings or added costs to the Contract Work are shared by 25 the Contractor and Contracting Agency. 26 27 The Contractor may submit a VECP for changing the Plans, Specifications, or other 28 requirements of the Contract. The Engineer's decision to accept or reject all or part 29 of the proposal is final and not subject to arbitration under the arbitration clause or 30 otherwise subject to litigation. 31 32 The VECP shall meet all of the following: 33 34 1. Not adversely affect the long term life cycle costs. 35 36 2. Not adversely impact the ability to perform maintenance. 37 38 3.. Provide the required safety and. appearance. 39 40 : 4. Provide substitution for deleted or reduced. Disadvantaged Business 41 Enterprise Condition of Award Work, Apprentice Utilization and Training. 42 43. VECPs that provide a time reduction shall meet the following requirements: 44 45 1. Time saving is a direct result of the VECP. 46 47 2. Liquidated damages penalties are not used to calculate savings. 48 49 3. Administrative/overhead cost savings experienced by either the 50 Contractor or Contracting Agency as a result of time reduction accrue to 51 each party and are not used to calculate savings. 52 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 1- 04.4(2)B VECP Savings 2 1- 04.4(2)B1 Proposal Savings 3 The incentive payment to the Contractor shall be one -half of the net savings of 4 the proposal calculated as follows: 5 6 1. (gross cost of deleted work) — (gross cost of added work) = (gross 7 savings) 8 9 2. (gross savings) - (Contractor's engineering costs) — (Contracting 10 Agency's costs) = (net savings) 11 12 3. (net savings) / 2 = (incentive pay) 13 14 The Contracting Agency's costs shall be the actual consultant costs billed to 15 the Contracting Agency and in -house costs. Costs for personnel assigned to 16 the Engineer's office shall not be included. 17 18 1-04.4(2)B2 Added Costs to Achieve Time Savings 19 The cost to achieve the time savings shall be calculated as follows: 20' 21 1. (cost of added work) + (Contractor's engineering costs - Contracting 22 Agency's engineering costs) = (cost to achieve time savings) 23 24 2. (cost to achieve time savings) / 2 = (Contracting Agency's share of 25 added cost) 26 27 If the timesaving proposal also involves deleting work and, as a result, creates 28 a savings for the Contracting Agency, then the Contractor shall also receive 29 one -half of the savings realized through the deletion. 30 31 1- 04.4(2)C VECP Approval 32 1- 04.4(2)C1 Concept Approval 33 The Contractor shall submit a written proposal to the Engineer for 34 consideration. The proposal shall contain the following information: 35 36 1. An explanation outlining the benefit provided by the change(s). 37 38 2. A narrative description of the proposed change(s). If applicable, the 39 discussion shall include a demonstration of functional equivalency or 40 a description of how the proposal meets the original contract scope of 41 work. 42 43 3. A cost discussion estimating any net savings. Savings estimates will 44 generally follow the outline below under the section, "Proposal 45 Savings ". 46 47 4. A statement providing the Contracting Agency with the right to use all 48 or any part of the proposal on future projects without future obligation 49 or compensation. 50 51 5. A statement acknowledging and agreeing that the Engineer's 52 decision to accept or reject all or part of the proposal is final and not AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 subject to arbitration under the arbitration clause or otherwise be 2 . subject to claims or. disputes. 3 4 6. A statement giving the dates the Engineer must make a decision to 5 accept or reject the conceptual proposal, the date that approval to 6 proceed must be received, and the date the work must begin in order 7 to not delay the contract. If the Contracting Agency does not approve 8 theVECP by the date specified by the Contractor in their proposal the 9 VECP will be deemed rejected. 10 11 :: 7. The submittal will include an analysis on other Work that may have 12 costs that changed as a result of the VECP. Traffic control and 13 erosion control shall both be included in addition to any other 14 impacted Work. 15 16 After review of the proposal, the Engineer will respond in writing with 17 acceptance or rejection of the concept. This acceptance shall not be 18 construed as authority to proceed with any change contract work. Concept 19 approval allows the Contractor to proceed with the Work needed to develop 20 final plans and other information to receive formal approval and to support 21 preparation of a change order. 22 2.3 1- 04.4(2)C2 Formal Approval 24 The Contractor's submittal to the Engineer for formal approval shall include the 25 following: 26 27 1. Deleted Work — Include the calculated quantities of unit price Work to 28 be deleted. Include the proposed partial prices for portions of lump 29 sum Work deleted. For deletion of force account items include the 30 time and material estimates. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37. 3. Contractor's Engineering Costs — Submit the labor costs for the 38 engineering to develop the proposal; costs for Contractor employees 39 :: utilized in contract operations on a regular basis shall not be included. 40 41 4 Schedule Analysis — If the VECP is related to time savings, the 42 Contractor shall submit a partial progress schedule showing the 43 changed Work. The submittal shall also include a discussion 44 comparing the partial progress schedule with the approved progress 45 schedule for the project. 46 47 48 49 50 Formal approval of the proposal will be documented by issuance of a change 51 order. The VECP change order will contain the following statements . which the 52 Contractor agrees to by signing the change order: 2. Added Work — Include the calculated quantities of unit price Work to be added, either by original unit Contract prices or by new, negotiated unit prices. For new items of Work include the quantities and proposed prices. 5. Working Drawings — Type 3 Working Drawings shall be submitted; those drawings which require engineering shall be a Type 3E. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 2 1. The Contractor accepts design risk of all features, both temporary 3 and permanent, of the changed Work. 4 5 2. The Contractor accepts risk of constructability of the changed Work. 6 7 8 9 10 11 VECP change orders will contain separate pay items for the items that are 12 : applicable to the Proposal. These are as follows: 13 14 1. Deleted Work. 15 16 2. Added Work. 17 18 3. The Contractor's engineering costs, reimbursed at 100 percent of the 19 Contractor's cost. 20 . 21 4. Incentive payment to the Contractor. 22 23 When added Work costs exceed Deleted Work costs, but time savings make a 24 viable proposal, then items 3 and 4 above are replaced with the following: 25 26 3. The Contracting Agency's share of added cost to achieve time 27 savings. 28 29 4. The Contractor's share of savings from deleted Work. 30 31 1- 04.4(2)C3 Authority to Proceed with Changed Work 32 The authority for the Contractor to proceed with the VECP Work will be 33 provided by one of the following options: 34 35 36 37 2. At the Contractor's request the Contracting Agency may provide 38 approval by letter from the Engineer for the Work to proceed prior to 39 execution of a change order. All of the risk for proceeding" with the 40 VECP shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Additionally, the 41 following criteria are required to have been met: 42' 43 a) Concept approval has been granted by the Contracting Agency. 44 45 b) All design reviews and approvals have been completed, 46 including plans and specifications. 47 48 c) The Contractor has guaranteed, in writing, the minimum savings 49 to the Contracting Agency. 50 51 1- 04.4(1) Minor Changes 52 The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 3. The Contractor provides the Contracting Agency with the right to use all or any part of the proposal on future projects without further obligation or compensation. 1. Execution of the VECP change order, or AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 2 Payments or credits for changes amounting to $25,000 or Tess may be made under the 3 Bid item "Minor Change ". 4:.. 5 1-04.5 Procedure and Protest by the Contractor 6 The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 7 8 The Contractor accepts all requirements of a change order by: (1) endorsing it, (2) 9 writing a separate acceptance, (3) not responding within the allotted time as outlined in 10• Section 1 -04.4; or (4) not protesting in the way this Section provides. 11 12 1- 05.AP1 13 Section 1-05, Control of Work 14 August 4, 2014 15 1-05.1 Authority of the Engineer 16 In this section, Project Engineer" is revised to read "Engineer". 17 18• The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 19 20 The Engineer's decisions will be final on all questions including the following:. 21. . 22 The first sentence in the third paragraph is revised to read: 23 24 The Engineer represents the Contracting Agency with full authority to enforce Contract 25 requirements: 26' 27- 1 -05.2 Authority of Assistants and Inspectors 28 ` The first paragraph is revised to read: 29 30 The Engineer may appoint assistants and Inspectors to assist in determining,that the 31 Work and materials meet the Contract requirements. Assistants and Inspectors have 32 the authority to reject defective material and suspend Work that is being done ; 33 improperly, subject to the fin al decisions of the Engineer. 34 35 In the third paragraph, "Project Engineer" is revised to read "Engineer". 36 37 1-05.3 Plans and Working Drawings 38 This section's title is revised to read; 39 40 Working Drawings 41 42 . This section is revised to read: 43. 44 The Contract may require the. Contractor to submit Working Drawings for the performance of the Work. Working Drawings shall be submitted by the Contractor 46 electronically to the Engineer in PDF format; drawing details shall be prepared in 47 accordance with conventional detailing practices. If the PDF format is found to be 48 unacceptable, at the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide paper copies 49 of the Working Drawings with drawings on 11 by 17 inch sheets and calculations/text on 50 8% by 11 inch sheets. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 2 Working Drawings will be classified under the following categories: 3 4 1. Type 1— Submitted for Contracting Agency information. Submittal must be 5 received by the Contracting Agency a minimum of '7 calendar days before work 6 represented by the submittal begins. 7 8;.. 2. Type 2 — Submitted for Contracting Agency review and comment. Unless 9 otherwise,stated in the Contract, the Engineer will require up to 20 calendar 10 days from the date the Working Drawing is received until it is returned to the 11 Contractor. The Contractor shall not proceed with the Work represented by the 12 Working Drawing until comments from the Engineer have been addressed. 13 14 3. Type 2E — Same as a Type 2 Working Drawing with Engineering as described 15 below. 16 17 4. Type 3 — Submitted for Contracting Agency review and approval. Unless 18 otherwise stated in the Contract, the. Engineer will require up to 30 calendar 19 days from the date the Working Drawing is received until it is returned to the 20 Contractor. The Contractor shall.obtain the Engineer's written approval before 21 proceeding with the Work represented by the Working Drawing. 22 . 23 5. Type 3E — Same as a Type 3 Working Drawing with Engineering as. described 24 below. 25 26.. All Working Drawings shall be considered Type 3 Working. Drawings except as. 27 specifically noted otherwise in the Contract. Unless designated otherwise by.the 28 Contractor, submittals of Working Drawings will be reviewed in the order they=:are 29 received by the Engineer. In the.event.that several Working Drawings: are received 30 simultaneously, the Contractor shall specify the sequence in which they are to be 31 reviewed. If the Contractor does not submit a review sequence for simultaneous 32. Working . Drawing .submittals, the review sequence will be at the Engineer's discretion. 33 ... 34 . Working Drawings requiring Engineering, Type 2E and 3E, shall be prepared; by (or 35 under the direction of) a Professional Engineer, licensed under Title 18 RCWState of 36 Washington, and in accordance with WAC 196-23 -020. Design calculations shall. carry 37 the Professional Engineer's signature and seal, date of signature, and registration 38 number on the cover page. The cover page shall also include the Contract number, 39 Contract title and sequential index to calculation page numbers, 40 41 If more than the specified number of days is `required for the Engineer's review of any 42 individual Working Drawing or resubmittal, an extension of time will be considered in 43 accordance with Section 1 -08.8. 44 45 Review or approval of Working Drawings shall neither confer upon the Contracting 46 Agency nor relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for the accuracy of thedrawings 47 . or their conformity with the Contract. The Contractor shall bear all risk and all costs of 48 any Work delays caused by rejection or nonapproval of;Working. Drawings. 49 50 Unit Bid prigs shall cover all costs of Working Drawings. 51 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1- 06.AP1 2 Section 1-06, Control of Material 3 August 3, 2015 4 1- 06.1(4) Fabrication Inspection Expense 5 This section is revised to read: 6 7 in the event the Contractor elects to have items fabricated beyond 300 miles from 8 Seattle, Washington, the Contracting Agency will deduct from monies due or that may 9 become due to the Contractor all costs to perform plant approval and fabrication 10 acceptance inspection for the items listed in Table 1 and costs for initial plant approval 11 for items listed in Table 2. Plants currently listed on the QPL for the items shown in 12 Table 1 and. Table 2 in this section do not require plant approval. 13 14 Table 1 • Items Requiring Plant Approval and Fabrication Acceptance Inspection Anchor Bolts (ASTM A449 & F1554 Grade 105) Precast Concrete Vaults (Electrical, Utility, Drainage, etc.) Bridge Bearings (Cylindrical, Disc, Fabric Pad, Low Rise, Pin, Pendulum, and Spherical) Precast Concrete Girders and Precast Bridge Components Cattle Guards Prestressed Concrete Girders Coated Piling and Casing Prestressed Concrete Panels Epoxy- Coated Reinforcing Steel Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Culverts Fabricated / Welded Miscellaneous Metal Drainage Items: Grate Inlets, and Drop Inlets Precast Reinforced Concrete Split Box Culverts Longitudinal Seismic Restrainers Precast Reinforced Concrete Three Sided Structures Metal Bridge Railing and Handrail Prestressed Concrete Piles Metal Castings for Concrete Drainage, electrical, and Utility Items Retrofit Guardrail Posts with Welded Base Plates Modular Expansion Joints Signal Standards Paint & Powder Coating Facilities for Table 1 items Signing Material Precast Concrete Bridge Deck Panels Sign Structures — Cantilever , Sign Bridge, and Bridge Mounted, Roadside Type PLT 1 PLU Precast Concrete Catch Basins, Manholes, Inlets, Drywelis, and Risers Soldier Piles Precast Concrete Drain, Perforated Underdrain, Culvert, Storm Sewer, and Sanitary Sewer Pipe Steel Bridges and Steel Bridge Components Precast Concrete Floor Panels Steel Column Jackets Precast Concrete Junction Boxes, Pull Boxes, Cable Vaults Steel Light Standards, and High Mast Light Poles Precast Concrete Marine Pier Deck Panels Strip Seal Expansion Joints Precast Concrete Pier Caps Structural Steel for Ferry Terminal Berthing, Pedestrian and Vehicle Loading AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Table 2: Items Requiring Initial Plant Approval Onl Epoxy Coating of Dowels and Tiebars for Concrete Pavement Structures Precast Concrete Retaining Walls, including Lagging Panels Timber Bridges Precast Concrete Roof Panels Treated Timber and Lumber 6 inch by 6 inch or larger Precast Concrete Structural Earth Walls, Noise Barrier Walls, Wall Panels, and Wall Stem Panels Welded Structural Steel (Miscellaneous) Precast Concrete Traffic Barrier 3 Table 2: Items Requiring Initial Plant Approval Onl Epoxy Coating of Dowels and Tiebars for Concrete Pavement Precast Concrete Blocks for Structural Earth Walls Guardrail Posts and Blocks Steel Pipe Piling The deductions for fabrication inspection costs will be as shown in the Payment Table below. Zone Place of Fabrication or Inspection Site Reduction in Payment 1 Within 300 airline miles from Seattle None* 2 Between 300 and 3,000 airline miles from Seattle $700.00 per inspection day** 3 Over 3,000 airline miles from Seattle $1,000 per inspection day,** but not Tess than $2,500 per trip * Fabrication Zone 1. Re- inspection made by the assessed at $60.00 ** An inspection one inspector additional cost Reimbursement each on site inspector when fabrication nspection expense does not apply for initial acceptance inspection in of items due to unacceptable workmanship or scheduling errors Contractor, fabricator, or facility applying protective coatings will be per hour but not Tess than $120.00 per inspection. day includes any calendar day or portion of a calendar day spent by inspecting, on standby, or traveling to and from, a place of fabrication. An per inspection day will be assessed for each additional inspector. will be assessed at $280.00 per day for weekends and holidays for in travel status, but not engaged in inspection or travel activities activities are not taking place. Where fabrication of an item takes place in more than one zone, the reduction in payment will be computed on the basis of the entire item being fabricated in the farthest of zones where any fabrication takes place on that item. 12 The rates for Zones 2 and 3 shall be applied for the full duration of time for all 13 fabrication inspection activities, to include, but not be limited to: plant approvals, 14 prefabrication meetings, fabrication, coatings, and final inspection. When an inspection 15 is for more than one Contract the . fabrication inspection costs shall be prorated as 16 determined by the Engineer. 17 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1- 07.AP1 Section 1-07, Legal Relations and Responsibilities to. the Public August 3, 2015 1-07.1 Laws to be Observed 5 The third paragraph is supplemented with the following: 6 7 A copy of all safety plans (e.g., fall protection work plan) that are developed by the 8 Contractor shall be submitted to the Engineer as a Type 1 Working Drawing. When 9 requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide training to WSDOT employees 10 working on -site for any activity covered by a safety plan. Costs for training that is 11 provided solely to Contracting Agency employees will be paid to the Contractor in 12 accordance with Section 1 -09.4. 13 14 1-07.2 State Taxes 15 This section is revised to read: 16 17 The Washington State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the state 18 sales tax. Sections 1- 07.2(1) through 1- 07.2(3) are meant to clarify those rules. The 19 Contracting Agency will not adjust its payment if the Contractor bases a Bid on a 20 misunderstood tax liability. 21 22 The Contracting Agency may deduct from its payments to the Contractor, retainage or 23 lien the bond, in the amount the Contractor owes the State Department of Revenue, 24 whether the amount owed relates to the Contract in question or not. Any amount so 25 deducted will be paid into the proper State fund on the contractor's behalf. For 26 additional information on tax rates and application refer to applicable RCWs,. WACs or 27 the Department of Revenue's website. 28 29 1- 07.2(1) State Sales Tax: Work Performed on City, County, or Federally - 30 Owned Land 31 This section including title is revised to read: 32 33 1- 07.2(1) State Sales Tax: WAC 458 -20 -171 — Use Tax 34 For Work designated as Rule 171, Use Tax, the Contractor shall include for 35 compensation the amount of any taxes paid in the various unit Bid prices or other 36 Contract amounts. Typically, these taxes are collected on materials incorporated into 37 the project and items such as the purchase or rental of; tools, machinery, equipment, or 38 consumable supplies not integrated into the. project. 39 40 The Summary of Quantities in the Contract Plans identifies those parts of the project 41, that are subject to Use Tax under Section 1- 07.2(1). 42 43 1- 07.2(2) State Sales Tax: Work on State -Owned or Private Land 44 This section including title is revised to read: 45 46 1- 07.2(2) State Sales Tax: WAC 458 -20 -170 — Retail Sales Tax 47 For Work designated as Rule 170, Retail Sales Tax, the Contractor shall collect from 48 the Contracting Agency, Retail Sales Tax on the full Contract price. The Contracting 49 Agency will automatically add this Retail Sales Tax to each payment to the Contractor 50 and for this reason; the Contractor shall not include the Retail Sales Tax in the unit Bid AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 prices or in any other Contract amount. However, the Contracting Agency will not 2 provide additional compensation to the Prime Contractor or Subcontractor for Retail 3 Sales Taxes paid by the Contractor in addition to the Retail Sales Tax on the total 4 contract amount. Typically, these taxes are collected on items such as the purchase or 5 rental of tools, machinery, equipment, or consumable supplies not integrated into the 6 project. Such sales taxes shall be included in the unit Bid prices or in any other Contract 7 amounts. 8 9 The Summary of Quantities in the .Contract Plans identifies those parts of the project 10 that are subject to Retail Sales Tax under Section 1-07.2(2). 11 12 1 -07.2(3) Services 13 This section is revised to read: . . 14 15 Any contract wholly for professional or other applicable services is generally not subject 16 to Retail Sales Tax and therefore the Contractor shall not. collect Retail Sales Tax from 17 the Contracting Agency on those Contracts. Any incidental taxes paid as part of 18 providing the services shall be included in the payments under the contract. 19 20 1 -07.15 Temporary Water Pollution /Erosion Control . 21 This section's title is revised to read: 22 23 1 -07.15 Temporary Water Pollution Prevention 24 25 This section's content is deleted. 26 . 27 1- 07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic 28 In the second paragraph, the following new sentence is inserted after the second sentence: 29 30 Accessibility to existing or temporary pedestrian push buttons shall not be impaired. 31 32 1- 08.AP1 33 Section 1 -08, Prosecution and Progress 34 August 3, 2015 35 1 -08.1 Subcontracting 36 The eighth paragraph is revised to read: 37 38 On all projects, the Contractor shalt certify to the actual amounts paid to Disadvantaged, 39 Minority, Women's, or Small Business Enterprise firms that were used as 40 Subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, manufacturers, regular dealers, or service 41 providers on the Contract. This Certification shalt be submitted to the Project Engineer 42 on a monthly basis each month between Execution of the Contract and Physical 43 Completion of the Contract using the application available at: 44 https:// remoteapps. wsdot. wa. gov/ mapsdata/tools /dbeparticipation. The monthly report is 45 due 20 calendar days following the end of the month. A monthly report shall be 46 submitted for every month between Execution of the Contract and Physical Completion 47 regardless of whether payments were made or work occurred. 48 49 The ninth paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following new paragraph: 50 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 1 The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of RCW 39.04.250, 39.76.011, 2 39.76.020, and 39.76.040, in particular regarding prompt payment to Subcontractors: 3 Whenever the Contractor withholds payment to a Subcontractor for any reason I4 including disputed amounts, the Contractor shall provide notice to the Subcontractor 5 with a copy to the Contracting Agency identifying the reason for the withholding and a 6 clear description of what the Subcontractor must do to have the withholding released. I 7 Following receipt of a progress payment from the Contracting Agency, a Monthly 8 Payment Summary form shall be submitted to the Engineer in PDF format within 20 9 calendar days. The Monthly Payment Summary shall include all Subcontractors that I 10. completed Work that was paid on the progress estimate by the Contracting Agency. 11 Retainage withheld by the Contractor prior to completion of the Subcontractors work is 12 exempt from reporting as a payment withheld and is not included in the withheld I 13 .amount. The Monthly Payment Summary form is available from the Engineer. The 14 Contracting Agency's copy of the notice to Subcontractor for deferred payments shall be 15 submitted with the Monthly Payment Summary. I 16 17 1- 08.1(1) Subcontract Completion and Return of Retainage Withheld 18 This section is revised to read: I 19 20: The following procedure shall apply to all subcontracts entered into as a part of 21 this Contract: 22' 1 23 .: Requirements 24.:: 1. Upon request, the Engineer will provide a copy of any or all progress payment 25 . estimates, with regard to contract payments to any interested party to the I 26. project. 27. : 28; .. 2. The Contractor shall make payment to the Lower Tier Subcontractor not later I 29 than ten calendar days after receipt of payment for work satisfactorily 30 completed by the Lower Tier Subcontractor, to the extent of the Lower Tier 31 Subcontractor's interest therein. I 32 33 3. In the event the Contractor believes they have the right under the Contract or :.. 34 Subcontract to withhold payment in part or whole from a Lower Tier I 35 Subcontractor they shall provide immediate notification to that Lower. Tier 36 Subcontractor and the Engineer. The notice shall include an accounting of 37 . payments to date, the value and reason for the withheld amount, and an 38. explanation of what must be done to have the withheld amount released. The 1 39 ..` . Lower Tier Subcontractor shall be paid within eight calendar days after the 40 Subcontractor completes the remedial action identified. 41 I 42 4 43 Every subcontract and tower tier subcontract shall have a dispute resolution process incorporated for resolving issues between the parties to the 44 subcontract, or one shall be established as necessary. I 45 46 5. If the parties agree, the WSDOT will make a third party neutral available 47 provided the parties to the dispute agree that the cost of doing so is split I 48 49 between them. 50 6. The Engineer will withhold the same amount of funds from the Contractor as 51 was withheld if the issue is not resolved by the next progress estimate. 1 52 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8!3/16 1 7. Failure by a Contractor or Subcontractor to comply with these requirements 2 may result in one or more of the following: 3 4 a) Reflected in the Prime Contractor's Performance Evaluation. 5. 6 b) Cancellation, termination or suspension of the Contract, in whole or in part. 8 9 c) Sanctions as provided by the Contract; subcontract; or by law under 10 applicable prompt payment statutes including RCW 39.04.250. 11'. 12 8. The Subcontractor shall make a written request to the Contractor for the 13 ' release of the Subcontractor's retainage or retainage bond. 14 15 9. Within 10 calendar days of the request, the Contractor shalt determine if the 16 subcontract has been satisfactorily completed induding any required lien 17 releases, documentation and material testing and shall inform the 18 Subcontractor, in writing, of the Contractor's determination. 19 20 10. If the Contractor determines that the subcontract has been satisfactorily 21 completed, the Subcontractor's retainage or retainage bond shall be released 22 by the Contractor within 10 calendar days from the date of the written notice. If 23 the Contractor determines that the Subcontractor has not achieved satisfactory 24 ' completion of the subcontract, the Contractor must provide the Subcontractor 25: with written notice, stating specifically why the subcontract Work is not 26 satisfactorily completed and what has to be done to achieve completion. The 27 Contractor shall release the Subcontractor's retainage or retainage bond within: 28 10 calendar days after the Subcontractor has satisfactorily completed the Work 29 identified in the notice. 30 31 11. In determining whether satisfactory completion has been achieved, the 32 Contractor may require the Subcontractor to provide documentation such as 33 certifications and releases, showing that all laborers, lower- tiered 34 . . Subcontractors, suppliers of material and equipment, and others involved in 35 the Subcontractor's Work have been paid in full. The Contractor may also 36 require any documentation from the Subcontractor that is required by the 37 subcontract or by the Contract between the Contractor and Contracting 38 Agency or by law such as affidavits of wages paid, material acceptance 39 certifications and releases from applicable governmental agencies to the 40 extent that they relate to the Subcontractor's Work. 41 42 12: If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Specification and 43 the Subcontractor's retainage or retainage bond is wrongfully withheld, the 44 Subcontractor may seek recovery against the Contractor under applicable 45 prompt pay statutes in addition to any other remedies provided for by the 46 subcontract or by law. 47 48 Conditions 49 1. This clause does not create a contractual relationship between the Contracting 50 Agency and any Subcontractor as stated in Section 1 -08.1. Also, it is not 51 intended to bestow upon any Subcontractor, the status of a third -party AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 beneficiary to the Contract between the Contracting Agency and the 2 Contractor. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Payment 12 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any additional costs involved in 13 paying retainage to the Subcontractors prior to total project completion.. Those 14 costs shall be incidental to the respective Bid items. 15 16 1- 09.AP1 2. This Section of the Contract does not apply to retainage withheld by the Contracting Agency from monies eamed by the Contractor. The Contracting Agency shall continue to process the release of that retainage based upon the Completion Date of the project as defined in Section 1 -08.5 Time for Completion and in accordance with the requirements and procedures set forth in RCW 60.28. 17 Section 1-09, Measurement and Payment 18 January 5, 2015 19 1 -09.6 Force Account 20 In the third paragraph of item number 3, the last sentence is revised to read: 21 22 In the event that prior quotations are not obtained and the vendor is not a firm 23 independent from the Contractor or Subcontractor, then after - the -fact quotations may be 24 obtained by the Engineer from the open market in the vicinity and the lowest such 25 quotation may be used in place of submitted invoice. 26 27 1- 10.AP1 28 Section 1 -10, Temporary Traffic Control 29 August 4, 2014 30 1- 10.1(1) Materials 31 The following material reference is deleted from this section: 32 33 Barrier Drums 9 -35.8 34 35 1- 10.1(2) Description 36 The first paragraph is revised to read: 37 38 The Contractor shall provide flaggers, and all other personnel required for labor for 39 traffic control activities and not otherwise specified as being furnished by the 40 Contracting Agency. 41 42 1- 10.2(1) General 43 In the third paragraph, the first two sentences are revised to read: 44 45 The primary and alternate TCS shall be certified by one of the organizations listed in the 46 Special Provisions. Possession of a current Washington State TCS card and flagging 47 card by the primary and altemate TCS is mandatory. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 2 1- 10.2(1)B Traffic Control Supervisor 3 The first paragraph is revised to read: 4 5 A Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) shall be present on the project whenever flagging or 6 other traffic control labor is being utilized or less frequently, as authorized by the 7 Engineer. 8 9 The last paragraph is revised to read: 10 11 The TCS may perform the Work described in Section 1- 10.3(1)A Flaggers or in Section 12 1- 10.3(1)B Other Traffic Control Labor and be compensated under those Bid items, 13 provided that the duties of the TCS are accomplished. 14 15 1- 10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans 16 The first paragraph is revised to read: 17 18 The traffic control plan or plans appearing in the Contract documents show a method of 19 handling vehicle, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic. All construction signs, flaggers, and 20 other traffic control devices are shown on the traffic control plan(s) except for 21 emergency situations. If the Contractor proposes adding the use of flaggers to a plan, 22 this will constitute a modification requiring approval by the Engineer. The modified plans 23 shall show locations for all the required advance warning signs and a safe, protected 24 location for the flagging station. If flagging is to be performed during hours of..darkness, 25 the plan shall include appropriate illumination for the flagging station. 26 27 In the second paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: 28 29 Any Contractor- proposed modification, supplement or replacement shall show the 30 necessary construction signs, flaggers, and other traffic control devices required to 31 support the Work. 32 33 1- 10.2(3) Conformance to Established Standards 34 In the second paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: 35 36 The National Cooperative Highway Research Project (NCHRP) Report 350 and the 37 AASHTO Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH) have established 38 requirements for crash testing. 39 40 In the third paragraph, "NCHRP 350" is revised to read "NCHRP 350 or MASH ". 41 42 In the fourth paragraph, "NCHRP 350" is revised to read "NCHRP 350 or MASH ". 43 44 In the fifth paragraph, "NCHRP 350" is revised to read "NCHRP 350 or MASH ". 45 46 1- 10.3(1) Traffic Control Labor 47 The first paragraph is revised to read: 48 49 The Contractor shall furnish all personnel for flagging, for the execution of all 50 procedures related to temporary traffic control and for the setup, maintenance and 51 removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to 52 control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic during construction operations. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 2 1- 10.3(1)A Flaggers and Spotters 3 This section's title is revised to read: 4 5 Flaggers 6 7 The first paragraph is revised to read: 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 The last paragraph is deleted. 15 16 1- 10.3(1)B Other Traffic Control Labor 17 This section is revised to read: 18 Flaggers shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. The flagging card shall be immediately available and shown to the Contracting Agency upon request. 19 In addition to flagging duties, the Contractor shall provide personnel for all other traffic 20 control procedures required by the construction operations and for the labor to install, 21 maintain and remove any traffic control devices shown on. Traffic Control Plans. 22 23 1- 10.3(3)B Sequential Arrow Signs 24 This section is supplemented with the following: 25 26 A sequential arrow sign is required for all lane closure tapers on a multilane facility. A 27 separate sequential arrow sign shall be used for each closed lane. The arrow sign shall 28 not be used to laterally . shift traffic. When used in the caution mode, the four. comer 29 mode shall be used. 30 31 1- 10.3(3)C Portable Changeable Message Signs 32 This section is revised to read: 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41` 1- 10.3(3)F Barrier Drums 42 This section including title is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 43 44 1- 10.3(3)F Vacant 45 46 1- 10.3(3)K Portable Temporary Traffic Control Signal 47 The fifth paragraph is revised to read: 48 49 The Project Engineer or designee will inspect the signal system at initial 50 installation /operation and approve the signal timing. Final approval will be based on the 51 results of the operational inspection. 52 Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide, operate, and maintain portable changeable message signs (PCMS). A PCMS shall be placed behind a`barrier or guardrail whenever possible, but shall at a minimum provide 4 ft. of lateral clearance to edge of travelled lane and be delineated by channelization devices. The Contractor shall remove the PCMS. from the clear zone when not in use unless protected by barrier or guardrail. TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8t3M5 1 1- 10.4(2) Item Bids With Lump Sum for Incidentals 2 In the second paragraph, the first and second sentences are revised to read: 3 4 "Flaggers" will be measured by the hour. Hours will be measured for each flagging 5 station, shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan, when that station is staffed in 6 accordance with Section 1- 10.3(1)A. 7 8 The first sentence of the last bulleted item in this section is revised to read: 9 10 Installing and removing Barricades, Traffic Safety Drums, Cones, Tubular Markers and 11 Warning Lights and Flashers to carry out approved-Traffic Control Plan(s). 12 13 1- 10.5(2) Item Bids With Lump Sum for Incidentals 14 This section is deleted and replaced with the following: 15 16 "Traffic Control Supervisor", lump sum. 17 18 The lump sum Contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the 19 Contractor in performing the Work defined in Section 1- 10.2(1)B. 20' 21 "Pedestrian Traffic Control ", lump sum. 22 23 The lump sum Contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the 24 Contractor in performing the Work for pedestrian traffic control defined in Section 1 -10. 25 26 "Flaggers ", per hour. 27 28 The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 29 accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred 30 by the Contractor in performing the Work defined in Section 1- 10.3(1)A. :. 31 32 "Other Traffic Control Labor", per hour. 33 34 The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 35 accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all labor costs incurred 36 by the Contractor in performing the Work specified for this item in Section 1- 10.4(2). 37:. 38 "Construction Signs Class A ", per square. foot. 39 40 The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 41 accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by 42 the Contractor in performing the Work described in Section 1- 10.3(3)A. In the event that 43 "Do Not Pass" and "Pass With Care" signs must be left in place, a change order, as 44 described in Section 1 -04.4, will be required. When the Bid Proposal contains the item 45 "Sign Covering ", then covering those signs indicated in the Contract will be measured 46 and paid according to Section 8 -21. 47 48 "Sequential Arrow Sign ", per hour. 49 50 The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 51 accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by 52 the Contractor in performing the Work described in Section 1- 10.3(3)B. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 2 "Portable Changeable Message Sign ", per hour. 3 4 The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 5 accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by 6 the Contractor in performing the Work for procuring all portable changeable message 7 signs required for the project and for transporting these signs to and from the project. 8 . 9 . . "Transportable Attenuator", per each. . . 10 11' The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 12 accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by 13 . the. Contractor in performing the. Work described in Section 1-10.3(3)J except for costs 14 compensated separately under the items "Operation of Transportable Attenuator' and 15 "Repair Transportable Attenuator". 16 17 "Operation of Transportable Attenuator", per hour. 18 19 . The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 20 accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by 21 the Contractor in performing the Work for operating transportable . attenuators on the 22 project. 23 . 24 "Repair Transportable Attenuator ", by force account. 25 26 All costs of repairing or replacing transportable attenuators that are damaged by the 27 motoring public while in use as shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan will be paid 28 for by force account as specified in Section 1 -09.6. To provide a common Proposal for 29 all Bidders, the Gontracting Agency has estimated the amount of force account for 30 "Repair Transportable Attenuator" and has entered the amount in the Proposal to 31 become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. Transportable attenuators damaged 32 due to the Contractor's operation or damaged in any manner when not in use shall be 33 repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. 34' 35 "Other Temporary Traffic Control ", lump sum. 36 37 The lump sum Contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the 38 Contractor in performing the Work defined in Section 1 -10, and which . costs are not 39 compensated by one of the above - listed items. 40_ 41 42 43 The lump sum Contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the 44 Contractor in performing the Work as described in Section 1- 10.3(3)K, including all 45 costs for traffic control during manual control, adjustment, malfunction, or failure of the 46 portable traffic control signals and during replacement of failed or malfunctioning "Portable Temporary Traffic Control Signal ", lump sum. 47 signals. 48 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8!3/15 1 2- 01.AP2 2 Section 2-01, Clearing, Grubbing, and Roadside Cleanup 3 August. 3, 2015 4 2-01.2 Disposal of Usable Materials and Debris 5 This section is revised to read: 6 7 The Contractor shall meet all requirements of state, county, and municipal regulations .. . 8 regarding health, safety, and . public welfare in the disposal of all usable material and 9 debris... 10 11 The Contractor shall dispose of debris by one or more of the disposal methods 12 described below. 13 14 2- 01.2(1) Disposal Method No. 1 — Open Burning 15 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 16. . 17 All burning operations shall be strictly in accordance with these authorizations. 18 19 The second paragraph is deleted. 20 21 2 -01.2(3) Disposal. Method .No. 3 — Chipping. 22 This section is revised to read: .. 23 . 24_ . Wood chips . may disposed of on -site in accordance. with the following: 25 26 1. Chips shall be no larger than 6 square inches and no. thicker than 1/ .inch. 27 .,:. 28 2.:. Chips shall be disposed outside of environmentally sensitive areas, and in 29 . areas that aren't in conflict with permanent Work. 30 : .:. 31 3. Chips shall not be incorporated into the embankment but may be spread on 32 slopes where feasible at depths no greater than 2 inches.. 33 34 4. . Chips shall be tractor-walked .into . the ground. 35. 36 2- 01.3(1) Clearing 37 In the second paragraph, item number 3 (up until the colon) is revised to read: 38 39 40. 41, 42 43 2 -02.AP2 3. Follow these requirements for all stumps that will be buried deeper than: .5 feet from the top,. side, or end-surface of the embankment or any, structure and are in a location.that will not.be terraced.as described in Section. 2-03,304): 44 Section 2 -02, Removal of Structures and Obstructions 45 January 5, 2015 46 2- 02.3(2) Removal of Bridges, Box Culverts, and Other Drainage Structures 47 This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2- 02.3(2)A Bridge Removal 3 2 -02.3(2)A1 Bridge Demolition Plan Submittal 4 The Contractor shall submit a Type 2E Working Drawing consisting of a bridge 5 demolition plan, showing the method of removing the existing bridge(s), or portions 6 of bridges, as specified. 7 8 The bridge demolition plan shall show all equipment, sequence of operations, and 9 details required to complete the work, including containment, collection, and 10 disposal of all debris. The plan shall include a crane foundation stability analysis 11 and crane load calculations for the work. The plan shall detail the containment, 12 collection, and disposal of all debris. The plan shall show all stages of demolition. 13 14 When the bridge removal work includes removal of a truss, and when the 15 Contractor's removal method involves use of a crane or cranes to pick, lift, and 16 remove the truss, the Contractor shall confirm the truss dead load weight prior to 17 beginning the truss removal operation. The operation of confirming the truss dead 18 load shall be performed at both ends of the truss, and shall ensure that the truss is 19 broken free of its support bearings. The Contractor's method of confirming the 20 truss dead load, whether by hydraulic jacks or other means, shall be included in the 21 Contractor's bridge demolition plan submittal. 22 23 When the bridge removal work involves removing portions of existing concrete 24 without replacement, the methods and tools used achieve the smooth surface 25 and profile specified in Section 2- 02.3(2)A2 shall be included in the Contractor's 26 bridge demolition plan submittal. 27 28 2- 02.3(2)A2 Removing Portions of Existing Concrete 29 Care shall be taken in removing concrete to prevent overbreakage or damage to 30 portions of the existing Structure which are to remain. Before concrete removal 31 begins, a saw cut shall be made into the surface of the concrete at the perimeter of 32 the removal limits. The saw cut shall be 3/4 -inch deep when the steel 33 reinforcement is to remain, and may be deeper when the steel reinforcement is 34 removed with the concrete. 35 36 Concrete shall be completely removed (exposing the deformed surface of the bar) 37 from existing steel reinforcing bars which extend from the existing members and 38 , are specified to remain. Steel reinforcing bars that are not designated to remain 39 shall be cut a minimum of 1 -inch behind the final surface. The void left by removal 40 of the steel reinforcing bar shall be filled with mortar conforming to Section 9- 41 20.4(2). The mortar shall match the color of the existing concrete surface as nearly 42 as practicable. 43 44 The Contractor shall roughen, clean, and saturate existing concrete surfaces, 45 against which fresh concrete will be placed, in accordance with Section 6- 46 02.3(12)B. When a portion of existing concrete is to be removed without 47 replacement, concrete shall be removed to a clean line with a smooth surface of 48 less than 1/16 inch profile. 49 50 2 -02.3(2)A3 Use of Explosives for Bridge Demolition 51 Explosives shall not be used for bridge demolition, except as specifically allowed by 52 the Special Provisions. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 2 2-02.5 Payment 3 This section is supplemented with the following new Bid items: 4 5 "Removing Existing Bridge ", lump sum. 6 7 "Removing Existing Structure ", lump sum. 8 9 "Removing Portion of Existing Bridge ", lump sum. 10 11 "Removing Portion of Existing Structure ", lump sum. 12 13 2 -03.AP2 14 Section 2-03, Roadway Excavation and Embankment 15 August 3, 2015 16 2 -03.1 Description 17 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 18 19 The Work includes the removal of pavement, sidewalks, curbs and gutters as described 20 in Section 2 -02 when these items lie within an excavation area. 21 22 2-03.3 Construction Requirements 23 This section is supplemented with the following new sub - section: 24 25 2 -03.3(19) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters 26 The requirements of Section 2- 02.3(3) shall also apply when pavements, sidewalks, 27 curbs, and gutters lie within an excavation. 28 29 2- 03.3(1) Widening of Cuts 30 This section is revised to read: 31 32 If routine cuts do not supply enough material to form the embankment, the Contractor 33 shall obtain more material from areas inside or outside the Right of Way and /or from 34 widening one or both sides of existing cuts as determined by the Engineer. The 35 Contractor shall dress the sides of the cuts to any slopes the Engineer may require. If 36 the Contractor has dressed, a cut before the. Engineer determines to widen it, the 37 Contracting Agency ;will: pay for the . resioping as provided in Section 1 -04.4. In addition, 38, obtained from areas beyond the cuts shown in the Plans that result in 39 additional haul will be paid by the Contracting Agency as provided in Section 1 -04.4. 40 41 2- 03.3(14) Embankment Construction 42 The third paragraph is revised to read: 43 44 Hillside Terraces — The Contractor shall terrace the original ground or embankment 45 when the slope of the surface is 2H:1V or steeper unless otherwise directed by the 46 Engineer. The face of each terrace shall be a minimum of 1 foot and a maximum of 5 47 feet in height and shall be vertical or near vertical as required to remain stable during 48 material placement and compaction. The bench of the terrace shall slope outward to 49 drain and shall not be inclined steeper than 0.05 foot per foot. Terraces damaged AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 during work shall be reestablished. The Engineer may order the Contractor to place 2 gravel.backfill, pipe drains or both to drain any seepage. 3 4 2- 03.3(14)C Compacting Earth Embankments 5 The last nine paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following three new paragraphs: 6 7 Moisture Content — The Contractor shall adjust moisture content during compaction to 8 produce a firm, stable and unyielding embankment. The embankment shall be free from 9 pumping and rutting due to excessive moisture and is the Contractor's responsibility to 10 manage and adjust as necessary. 11 12 The Contracting Agency will consider all costs for drying embankment material to be 13 incidental to other Work, including excessive moisture due to inclement weather. If, 14 however, the Contract includes an aeration item, the Contracting Agency will pay for 15 such Work as specified in Sections 2 -03.4 and 2 -03.5. 16 17 The Contractor shall repair, at no expense to the Contracting Agency, any partial or 18 complete embankment that loses stability because of continued hauling across it. 19 Evidence of lost stability includes pumping, rutting or lateral displacement of 20 embankment. The Contractor shall also alter hauling equipment or procedures to 21 prevent further damage. 22 . 23 2- 03.3(14)L Embankment Widening for Guardrail 24 The first sentence is revised to read: . 25 26 Embankments widened for the installation of beam guardrail shall be terraced in 27 accordance with the requirements for hillside terraces in Section 2- 03.3(14).; 28 29 The second sentence is deleted. 30 31 2- 09.AP2 32 Section 2-09, Structure Excavation 33 August-3, 2015 34 2- 09.3(2) Classification of Structure Excavation 35 The first sentence of item number 1 is revised to read: 36. 37 Class A.- Structure excavation required for bridge and retaining wall footings; precast 38 : ,. reinforced concrete three sided structure footings, geosynthetic retaining walls, 39 ; structural earth walls, sign structure footings, pile or drilled shaft caps, seals, wingwall 40 footings, precast reinforced concrete box culverts, precast reinforced concrete split box 41 culverts, detention vaults, and noise barrier wall footings shall be classified as. Structure 42 excavation Class A. 43 44 2-09.4 Measurement 45 The second paragraph is revised to read: 46 47 Horizontal Limits — The Contracting Agency will use the sides of the trench or pit as 48 horizontal limits in measuring excavation. No payment for Structure excavation will be 49 made for material removed (1) more than 1 foot outside the perimeter of any pile cap, 50 footing, or seat; (2) more than 3 feet beyond the Roadway side of a wing wall; (3) more AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. BOOK Revised: 813115 1 than 1 foot beyond the other sides and end of a wing wall; (4) more than 1 foot outside 2 the perimeter of the soil reinforcement area for geosynthetic and structural earth walls; .. 3 and (5) more than 4 -feet beyond the inside opening of precast reinforced concrete boxy• 4 culverts and precast reinforced .:concrete split box culverts. For precast reinforced 5 concrete three sided structures, no payment for Structure excavation will be made for 6 material removed more than 1 foot outside the perimeter of the footing or more than 4 7 feet beyond the inside opening, whichever is greater. 8 9 The seventh paragraph is revised to read: 10 11 For pipelines the lower limit in measuring structure excavation will be the foundation 12 level as shown in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. 13 14 2- 12.AP2 15 Section 2 -12, Construction Geosynthetic 16 January 5, 2015 17 2- 12.3(4) Permanent Erosion Control and Ditch Lining 18 In the fourth paragraph, "Section 9 -13.2" is revised to read "Section 9- 13.1(4) ". 19 20 3- 01.AP3 21 Section 3 -01, Production From Quarry and Pit Sites 22 August 3, 2015 23 3- 01.2(2) Preparation of Site 24 This section is supplemented with the following three new paragraphs: 25 26 The Contractor shall provide sufficient space as required for the setup and operation of 27 the Contracting Agency's field testing facilities at the site of crushing or hot mix asphalt 28 production. 29 30 As directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide one of the following to ensure 31 24 -hour per day operation of the Contracting Agency's laboratory trailer(s) that may be 32 set up at the site during production: 33 34 1. A power source and a power cord of sufficient length to reach the Contracting 35 Agency's laboratory trailer(s) which may be set up at the site. The cord shall 36 be capable of carrying at least 120/240 volts, 60 cycles at a sustained load of 37 up to 200 amps: The cord and trailer(s) electrical hookup shall meet the NEC 38 code. Power shall be provided and connected when requested by the 39 Engineer. The laboratory trailer(s) hookup shall be protected by a 2 pole 50 40 amp 240 VAC circuit breaker. 41 42 2. A daily supply of fuel adequate for operation of the Contracting Agency's 43 generator(s). 44 45 Potable water shall be provided to the Contracting Agency's laboratory trailer(s) for use 46 during plant operations when requested by the Engineer: 47 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3- 04.AP3 2 : Section 3-04, Acceptance of Aggregate 3 April 602015 4 3-04.5 Payment 5 In Table 1, the "Maximum Sublot Size (Tons)" value for the item HMA Aggregate is revised 6 to read "2000". 7 8 In Table 2, the row containing the item "HMA Aggregate" is revised to read: 9 9- 03.8(2) HMA Aggregate 15 15 Uncompact ed Void Content 15 10 11 12 5- 01.AP5 13 ... Section 5 -01, Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation 14 August 4, 2014 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 5-01.2 Materials The referenced section for the following item is revised to read.: Dogrel Bars 9 -07.5 5- 01.3(4) Replace Portland Cement Concrete Panel In the third paragraph, the last sentence is deleted. The seventeenth paragraph (beginning with "The Contractor shall place a bond - breaking material...") is deleted. 5- 02.AP5 27 Section 5-02, Bituminous Surface Treatment 28 August 4, 2014 29 5- 02.3(11) Temporary. Raised Pavement Markings,_ 30 This section's title is revised to read: 3.1 32 Temporary Pavement Markings 33 34 The word "raised" is deleted from this section. 35 36 5- 04.AP5 37 Section 5 -04, Hot Mix Asphalt 38 August 3, 2015 39 5-04.2 Materials 40 The third through eighth paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: '813115 1 2 The Contractor may choose to utilize recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) or reclaimed 3 asphalt shingles (RAS) in the production of HMA. The RAP may be from pavements .. 4 removed under the Contract, if any, or pavement material from an existing stockpile. 5 The RAS may be from reclaimed shingles. 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 The grade of asphalt binder shall be as required by the Contract. Blending of asphalt 22 binder from different sources is not permitted. 23 24 The Contractor may only use warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in the production of 25 HMA with 20 percent or Tess RAP by total weight of HMA and no RAS. The Contractor 26 shall submit to the Engineer for approval the process that is proposed and how it will be 27 used in the manufacture of HMA. 28 29 When the Contracting Agency provides aggregates or provides a source for the 30 production of aggregates, the Contract Provisions will establish the approximate 31 percentage of asphalt binder required in the mixture for each class of HMA. 32 33 Production of aggregates shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-01. 34 35 Preparation of stockpile site, the stockpiling of aggregates, and the removal of 36 aggregates from stockpiles shall comply with the requirements of Section 3 -02. 37 38 5- 04.3(1) Hot Mix Asphalt Mixing Plant 39 In the first paragraph; the last sentence of item number 4 is revised to read: 40 41 The Contractor shall provide for the setup and operation of the field testing facilities of 42 the Contracting Agency as provided for in Section 3- 01.2(2). 43 44 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 45 46 6. Equipment for Processing RAP and RAS. When producing HMA for mix designs. 47 with greater than 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA or any amount of RAS the 48 HMA plant shall be equipped with screens or a lump breaker to eliminate oversize 49 RAP /RAS particles from entering the pug mill or drum mixer. 50 51 5- 04.3(3)A Material Transfer DeviceNehicle 52 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence: The Contractor may use up to 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA with no additional sampling or testing of the RAP. If greater than 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA or any amount of RAS is utilized in the production of HMA, the Contractor shall sample and test the RAP and RAS during stockpile construction in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 308 for determination of asphalt binder content and WSDOT FOP for WAQTC /AASHTO T 27/T 11 for gradation of the aggregates. The RAP shall be sampled and tested at a frequency of one sample for every 1,000 tons produced and not less than ten samples per project. The RAS shall be sampled and tested at a frequency of one sample for every 100 tons produced and not less than ten samples per project. The asphalt content and gradation test data shall be reported to the Contracting Agency when submitting the mix design for approval on the QPL. If utilized, the amount of RAS shall not exceed 5- percent of the total weight of the HMA. The Contractor shall include the RAP and RAS as part of the mix design as defined in these Specifications. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 2. At the Contractor's request the Engineer may approve paving without an MTDN; the 3 Engineer will determine if an equitable adjustment in cost or time is due. 4 5 In the last sentence of the second paragraph, "Project Engineer" is revised to read 6 "Engineer. 7 8. 5- 04.3(5)A . Preparation of Existing Surfaces 9. The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 10 11 Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the tack coat shall be CSS -1 or CSS -1 h 12 emulsified asphalt. 13 14 5- 04.3(7) Preparation of Aggregates 15 This section is revised to read: 16. 17 The aggregates, RAP and RAS shall be stockpiled according to the requirements of 18 Section 3 -02. Sufficient storage space shall be provided for each size of aggregate, 19 RAP and RAS. The Contractor may uniformly blend fine aggregate or RAP with the 20 RAS as a method of preventing the agglomeration of RAS particles. The aggregates, 21 RAP and RAS shall be removed from stockpile(s) in a manner to ensure minimal 22 segregation when being moved to the HMA plant for processing into the final mixture. 23 Different aggregate sizes shall be kept separated until they have been delivered to the 24 HMA plant. 25 26 5- 04.3(7)A1 General 27 This section is revised to read: 28 29 An approved mix design, listed on the Qualified Products List (QPL), is required for all 30 HMA paving. The Contractor shall develop a mix design prior to the initial production of 31 HMA and no more than 3 months prior to submitting for QPL evaluation. The mix design 32 shall be developed in accordance with WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure 732 and 33 meet the requirements of Sections 9- 03.8(2) and 9- 03.8(6). 34 35 MiX designs shall be submitted by the Contractor to the WSDOT State Materials 36 Laboratory on WSDOT Form 350- 042EF. If the mix design is approved it will be listed 37 on the QPL for up to 24 consecutive months. Mix designs not listed on the QPL or past 38 the 24 month approved period shall not be used. After a mix design has been on the 39 QPL for 12 months the listing will be extended provided the Contractor submits a 40 ' certification letter to the Qualified Products Engineer verifying that the aggregate and 41 asphalt binder have not changed. The Contractor may submit the certification one 42 month prior to expiration of the mix design approval. Within 7 calendar days of receipt of 43 the Contractor's certification the QPL will be updated. The maximum duration for 44 approval of a mix design and listing on the QPL will be 24 months from the date of initial 45 approval or as approved by the Engineer. 46 47 Changes to the job mix formula of a mix design may require the development of a new 48 mix design and resubmittal for QPL approval. 49 50 Changes to aggregate that may require a new mix design include the source of material 51 or a change in the percentage of material from a stockpile greater than 5 percent. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: ' 813115 1 Changes to the percentage of material from a stockpile will be calculated exclusive of 2 the RAP content for mix designs with 20 percent RAP or less by total weight of HMA. 3 4 Changes to asphalt binder that may require a new mix design include the source of the 5 crude petroleum supplied to the refinery, the refining process, and additives or modifiers 6 in the asphalt binder. 7 8 The Contractor shall include the brand and type of anti - stripping additive in the mix 9 design submittal and provide certification from the asphalt binder manufacture that the 10 anti - stripping additive is compatible with the crude source and formulation of asphalt 11 binder proposed in the mix design. All changes to anti -strip require the submittal of a 12 new mix design for approval. 13 14 Mix designs with 20 percent RAP or less by total weight of HMA and no RAS will be 15 completed without the inclusion of the RAP. For HMA mix designs with greater than 20 16 percent RAP by total weight of HMA or any amount of RAS the Contractor shall develop 17 a mix design including RAP, RAS, recycling agent and new asphalt binder. Asphalt 18 binder contributed from RAS shall be determined in accordance with AASHTO PP 78. 19 The total quantity of asphalt binder from the RAP and RAS shall not exceed 40 percent 20 of the total asphalt binder content of the HMA. 21 22 Once the RAP and RAS stockpiles have been constructed the Contractor shall extract, 23 recover and test the asphalt residue from the RAP and RAS stockpiles to determine the 24 percent of recycling agent and /or grade of new asphalt binder needed to meet the grade 25 of asphalt binder required by the contract. The asphalt extraction testing shalt.be 26 performed in accordance with AASHTO T 164 or ASTM • D 2172 using reagent grade 27 trichloroethylene. The asphalt recovery shall be performed in accordance with .AASHTO ..: 28 R 59 orASTM D 1856. The recovered asphalt residue shall be tested in accordance with 29. . AASHTO R 29 to determine the asphalt binder grade in accordance with Section 9- 30 02.1(4). Once the recovered asphalt binder grade is determined the percent of recycling 31 agent and /or grade of new asphalt binder shall be determined in accordance with ASTM 32 D 4887. The final blend of recycling agent, recovered and new asphalt shall be tested. in 33 accordance with AASHTO R 29. The final blended asphalt binder shall be the grade as 34 required by the Contract and comply with the requirements of in accordance. with 35 Section 9- 02.1(4). . 36 37 5- 04.3(7)A2 Statistical or Nonstatistical Evaluation 38. This section is revised to read: 39 40 . The Contractor shall submit WSDOT Form 350 -041 EF to the Engineer for approval to 41:. . use a mix design from the QPL. The Contractor may include changes to the job mix 42 . formula that have been approved on other contracts. The request to use a mix design 43 from the QPL may be rejected if production of the HMA from another contract is not in 44. compliance with Section 5- 04.3(11)D. 45 46 The Contractor shall submit representative samples of the materials that are to be used 47 in the HMA production to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater. For HMA mix 48 designs with 20 percent RAP or less by total weight of HMA and no RAS, the Contractor 49 shall submit representative samples of the mineral materials that are to be used in the 50 HMA production; the submittal of RAP samples is not required for these mix designs. 51 For HMA mix designs with greater than 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA or any 52 amount of RAS the Contractor shall submit representative samples of the mineral AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 materials, RAP, RAS and 100 grams of recovered asphalt residue from the RAP and 2 RAS that are to be used in the HMA production. The Contracting Agency will use these 3 samples to evaluate the mix design for approval on the QPL in accordance with 4 . W$DOT Standard Practice QC -8: 5 6 5- 04.3(7)A3 Commercial Evaluation 7 This section is revised to read: 8 9 Approval of a Commercial• Evaluation mix design for listing on the QPL will be based on 10 • a review of the Contractor's submittal of WSDOT Form 350 -042EF for conformance to 11 the requirements of Section 9- 03.8(2). Testing of the HMA by the Contracting Agency 12 • . for mix design approval is not required. Mix designs for HMA with greater than 20 13 percent RAP by total weight of HMA or any amount of RAS maybe evaluated in 14 accordance with Section 5- 04.3(7)A2. 15 16 For the Bid item Commercial HMA, the Contractor shall select a class of HMA and 17 design level of Equivalent Single Axle Loads (ESAL's) appropriate for the required use. 18 19 5- 04.3(8) Mixing 20 The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 21 22 When discharged, the temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the optimum mixing 23 temperature by more than 25 °F as shown on the reference mix design report or as 24 approved by the Engineer. 25 26 The last paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence: 27 28 After the required amount of mineral materials, RAP, RAS, new asphalt binder and 29 asphalt rejuvenator have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until 30 complete and uniform coating of the particles and thorough distribution of the asphalt 31 binder throughout the mineral materials, RAP and RAS is ensured. 32 33..: 34 5- 04.3(8)A4 Definition of Sampling and Sublot 35 :. The second sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 36 37 The sublots shall be approximately uniform in size with a maximum subiot size based 38 on original Plan quantity: tons as specified in the following table. 39 40 This section is supplemented. with the following new table: 41 42 43 5- 04.3(8)A7 Test Section — HMA Mixtures 44 This section is revised to read: 45 HMA Original Plan Quantity (tons) Sublot Size (tons) <20,000 1,000 20,000 to 30,000 1,500 >30,000 2,000 46 For each class of HMA accepted by statistical evaluation with 20 percent RAP or less by 47 total weight of HMA and no RAS, the Contractor may request a single test section to 48 determine whether the mixture meets the requirements of Section 9- 03.8(2) and 9- AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 03.8(6). For each HMA mix design accepted by statistical evaluation with greater than 2 20 percent RAP by weight of HMA' or any amount of RAS, the Contractor shall construct 3 a test section to determine whether the mixture meets the requirements of Sections 9. 4 03.8(2) and 9- 03.8(6). Test sections shall be constructed at the beginning of paving and 5 will be at least 600 tons and a maximum of 1,000 tons or as approved by the Engineer. 6 For a test section to be acceptable the pay factor (PF) for gradation, asphalt binder and 7 Va shall be 0.95 or greater for each constituent and the remaining test requirements in 8 Section 9- 03.8(2) (fracture, uncompacted void, sand equivalent, dust/asphalt ratio, 9 Hamburg and IDT) shall conform to the requirements of that section. No further wearing 10 or leveling HMA will be paved on any of the four calendar days following construction of 11 the test section. The mixture in the test section will be evaluated as a lot with a 12 minimum of three sublots required. If more than one test section is required, each test 13 section shall be a separate lot. 14 15 5- 04.3(10)A General 16 In the first paragraph, "checking" and "cracking" are deleted. 17 18 In the third paragraph, the following new sentence is inserted after the second sentence: 19 20 Coverage with a steel wheel roller may precede pneumatic tired rolling. 21 22 . In the third paragraph, the following new sentence is inserted before the last sentence: 23 24 Regardless of mix temperature, a roller shall not be operated in a mode that results in 25 checking or cracking of the mat. 26 27 5- 04.3(10)61 General 28 In this section, "Project Engineer" is revised to read "Engineer". 29 30 The first paragraph is revised to read: 31 32 HMA mixture accepted by statistical or nonstatistical evaluation that is used in traffic 33 lanes, including lanes for ramps, truck climbing, weaving, and speed change, and 34 having a specified compacted course thickness greater than 0.10 -foot, shall be 35 compacted to a specified level of relative density. The specified level of relative density 36 shall be a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of not less than 0.75 when evaluated. in 37 accordance with Section 1 -06.2, using a minimum of 91 percent of the maximum 38 density. The specified level of density attained will be determined by the statistical 39 evaluation of the density of the pavement. The density of the pavement shall be 40 determined in accordance with WSDOT FOP for WAQTC TM 8 when using the nuclear 41 . density gauge and WSDOT SOP 736 when using cores to determine density. 42 43 The following four new paragraphs are inserted after the first paragraph: 44 45 Tests for the determination of the pavement density will be taken in accordance the 46 required procedures for measurement by a nuclear density gauge or roadway cores 47 after completion of the finish rolling. 48 49 If the Contracting Agency uses a nuclear density gauge to determine density the test 50 procedures FOP for WAQTC TM 8 and WSDOT SOP T 729 will be used on the day the 51 mix is placed. 52 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Roadway cores for density may be,obtained by either the Contracting Agency or the 2 Contractor in accordance with WSDOT SOP 734. The core diameter shall be 4- inches 3 unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Roadway cores. will be tested by the 4 Contracting Agency in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T166. 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 In the sixth paragraph (after the preceding Amendments are applied), the::second• sentence 12;... is revised to read: 13 14 15 quantity tons of HMA. as specified in the table below. 16 If the Contract includes the Bid item "Roadway Core" the cores shall be obtained by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer on the same day the mix is placed and at locations designated by the Engineer. If the Contract does not include the Bid item "Roadway Core" the Contracting Agency •will obtain the cores. Sublots will be uniform in size with a maximum sublot size based on original Plan 17 18 The following new table is inserted before the second to last paragraph: HMA Original Plan Quantity._ (tons) Sublot Size (tons) <20,000 - 100 20,000 to 30,000 . 150 >30,000 200 19 20 5-04.3(10)B4 Test Results 21 The first paragraph is revised to read: 22 23 The results of all compaction acceptance testing and the CPF of the lot after three 24 sublots have been tested will be available to the Contractor through WSDOT'.s website. 25 Determination of the relative density of the HMA with a nuclear density gauge requires a 26 correlation factor and may require resolution after the correlation factor is known. When 27. a coore is taken . for gauge correlation at the location . of a sublot, the relative density of 28 the core will be used for the sublot test result and is exempt from retesting. Acceptance 29 of HMA compaction will be based on the statistical evaluation and CPF so determined:' 30 31 In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 32:. 33 For a sublot that has been tested with a nuclear density gauge that did not meet the 34 minimum of 91 percent of the reference maximum density in a compaction lot with a 35 CPF below 1.00 and thus subject to a price reduction or rejection,,the. Contractor may 36 request that a core be used, forr determination,of the relative density of the sublot. 37 38 In the second sentence of the second paragraph, "moisture- density " is revised to read 39 "density ", 40 41 In the second paragraph, the fourth sentence is deleted. 42 43 5- 04.3(20) Anti - Stripping Additive 44 This section is revised to read: 45 46 Anti - stripping additive shall be added to the liquid asphalt by the asphalt supplier prior to 47 shipment to the asphalt mixing plant. Anti- stripping additive shall be added in the AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 amount designated on the QPL for the mix design. Anti -strip is not required for 2° temporary work that will be removed prior to Completion. 3 4 5-04.4 Measurement 5 The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: 6 7' Roadway cores will be measured per each for the number of cores taken. 8 9 The second to last paragraph is deleted. 10 11 5 -04.5 Payment 12 The bid item "Removing Temporary Pavement Marking ", per linear foot and paragraph 13 following bid item are deleted. 14 15 The following new bid item is inserted before the second to last paragraph: 16 17 "Roadway Core ", per each. 18 19 The Contractor's costs for all other Work associated with the coring (e.g., traffic control) 20 shall be incidental and included within the unit. Bid price per each and no additional 21 payments will be made. 22 23 5- 05.AP5 24 Section 5-05, Cement Concrete Pavement 25 April 6, 2015 26 5- 05.3(1) Concrete Mix Design for Paving 27= In item number 1, the first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 28 29 30 31 32 The second and third rows of the table in item number 3 are revised to read: 33 1 Ground granulated blast furnace slag, if used; shall not exceed 30 percent by weight of the total cementitious material and shall conform to Section 9- 23.10. Coarse Aggregate + 30 Pounds - 30 Pounds Fine Aggregate + 30 Pounds - 30 Pounds ........ ...:. 35" .:5- 05.4 Measurement 36 The fourth paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence: 37. 38 39 40 41 5-05.5 Payment 42 The paragraph following the Bid item "Tie Bar with Drill Hole ", per each is supplemented with 43 the following new sentence: 44 45 All costs for tie bars with drill holes in cement concrete pavement placed under the 46 Contract shall be included in the unit Contract price per cubic yard for "Cement Conc. 47 Pavement". Tie bars with drill holes in cement concrete pavement placed under the Contract will not be measured. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 6 -01.AP6 3 Section 6 -01, General Requirements for Structures 4 January 5, 2015 5 6 -01.6 Load Restrictions on Bridges Under Construction 6 The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 7 8 If necessary and safe to do so, and if the Contractor requests it through a Type 2E 9 Working Drawing, the Engineer may allow traffic on a bridge prior to completion. 10 11 In the second paragraph, item number 3 (up until the colon). is revised to read: 12 13 3. Provide stress calculations under the design criteria specified in the AASHTO LRFD 14 Bridge Design Specifications, current edition, including at a minimum the following: 15 16 6 -01.9 Working Drawings 17 This section is revised to read: 18 19 All Working Drawings required for bridges and other Structures shall conform to Section 20 1 -05.3. 21 22 6- 01.10 Utilities Supported by or Attached to Bridges 23 In the second paragraph, "bridge structures" is revised to read "bridges ". 24 25 6 -01.14 Premolded Joint Filler 26 In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 27 28 The Contractor may substitute for the nails any adhesive acceptable to the Engineer. 29 30 6- 02.AP6 31 Section 6 -02, Concrete Structures 32 August 3, 2015 33 6 -02.2 Materials 34 The reference to uPrestressed Concrete Girders" (Section 9 -19) is deleted. 35 36 6- 02.3(1) Classification of Structural Concrete 37 In paragraph two, item number 1 is revised to read: 38 39 Mix design and proportioning specified in Sections 6- 02.3(2), 6- 02.3(2)A and 6- 40 02.3(2)A1. 41 42 Item number 3 is renumbered to 4. 43 44 After the preceding Amendments are applied, the following new numbered item is inserted 45 after item number 2: 46 47 3. Temperature and time for placement requirements specified in Section 6- 02.3(4)D. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 2 6- 02.3(2) Proportioning Materials 3 In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 4 5 The use of fly ash is required for Class 4000P concrete, except that ground granulated 6 blast furnace slag may be substituted for fly ash at a 1:1 ratio. 7 8 In the table titled " Cementitious Requirement for Concrete", the row beginning with "4000D" 9 is deleted. 10 11 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 12 13 When both ground granulated blast furnace slag and fly ash are included in the 14 concrete mix, the total weight of both these materials is limited to 40 percent by weight 15 of the total cementitious material for concrete class 4000A, and 50 percent by weight of 16 the total cementitious material for all other classes of concrete. 17 18 6- 02.3(2)A Contractor Mix Design 19 The first paragraph is revised to read: 20 21 The Contractor shall provide a mix design in writing to the Engineer for all classes of 22 concrete specified in the Plans except for lean concrete and commercial concrete. No 23 concrete shall be placed until the Engineer has reviewed the mix design. The required 24 average 28-day compressive strength shall be selected in accordance with ACI 301, 25 Chapter 4, Section 4.2.3.3. ACI 211.1 shall be used to determine proportions:. All 26 proposed concrete mixes except Class 4000D shall meet the requirements in 27 Cementitious Requirement for Concrete in Section 6-02.3(2). 28 29 In the fourth paragraph, the fourth sentence is deleted. 30 31 The sixth paragraph is revised to read: 32 . 33 A retarding admixture is required in concrete Class 4000P. 34 35 The seventh paragraph is deleted. 36 37 The eighth paragraph is revised to read: 38 39 Air content for concrete Class 40000 shall conform to Section 6- 02.3(2)A1. For all 40 other concrete, air content shall be a minimum of 4.5 percent and a maximum of 7.5 41 percent for all concrete placed above the finished ground line. 42 43 The following new sub - sections are added: 44 45 6- 02.3(2)A1 Contractor Mix Design for Concrete Class 4000D 46 All Class 4000D concrete shall conform to the following requirements: 47 48 1. Aggregate shall use combined gradation in accordance with Section 9- 03.1(5) 49 with a nominal maximum aggregate size of 1 -1/2 inches. 50 51 2. Permeability shall be less than 2,000 coulombs at 56 days in accordance with 52 AASHTO T 277. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 2 3 4`. 5 3. Freeze -thaw durability shall be provided by one of the following methods: a. The concrete shall maintain an air content between 4.5 and 7.5 percent. 6 b. The concrete shall maintain a minimum air content that achieves a 7 durability factor of 90 percent, minimum, after 300 cycles in accordance 8 with AASHTO T 161, Procedure A. This air content shag not be less than 9 3.0 percent. Test samples shall be obtained from concrete batches of a 10 minimum of 3.0 cubic yards. 11 12 4. Scaling shall have a visual rating less than or equal to 2 after 50 cycles in 13 accordance with ASTM C 672. 14 15 5. Shrinkage at 28 days shall be less than 0.032 percent in accordance with 16 AASHTO T 160. 17 18. 6. Modulus of elasticity shall be measured in accordance with ASTM C 469. 19 20 7. Density shall be measured in accordance with ASTM C 138. 21 22 The Contractor shall submit the mix design in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(2)A. The 23 submittal shall include test reports for all tests listed above that follow the reporting 24 requirements of the AASHTO /ASTM procedures. Samples for testing may be. obtained 25. from either laboratory or concrete plant batches. If concrete plant batches are used, the 26 minimum batch size shall be 3.0 cubic yards. The Contractor shall submit the mix 27 design to the Engineer at least 30 calendar days prior to the placement of concrete in 28 the bridge deck. 29 30 6- 02.3(2)A2 Contractor Mix Design for Self - Consolidating Concrete 31 Self - consolidating concrete (SCC) is concrete that is able to flow under its own weight 32 and completely fill the formwork without the need for vibration while maintaining 33 homogeneity, even in the presence of dense reinforcement. SCC shall be capable of 34 being pumped, and of flowing through the steel reinforcing bar cage without .segregation. 35 or buildup of differential head inside or outside of the steel reinforcing bar cage. 36. 37 Type III cement may be used in SCC. 38 39 . SCC may be used for the following:. concrete. Structure elements: 40 41 1. All cast -in -place concrete elements except bridge decks, bridge approach 42 slabs, and any cast -in- place concrete element excluded by the Special 43- Provisions. 44 45 2. Prestressed concrete girders in accordance with Sections 6- 02.3(25). 46 47 3. All precast concrete elements identified in Section 6- 02.3(27)A. 48 49 The mix design submittal shall include items specified in Section 6- 02.3(2)A and results 50 of the following tests conducted on concrete that has slump flow within the slump flow 51 range defined below: 52 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 1. Slump Flow. 2 3 a. The mix design shall specify the target slump flow in inches, in 4 accordance with WSDOT FOP for ASTM C 1611. The slump flow range is 5 defined as the target slump flow plus or minus 2- inches. 6 7 b. The visual stability index (VSI) shall be Tess than or equal to 1, in 8 9 10 11 ASTM C 1611, Appendix X1, using Filling Procedure B. 12: 13 2. Column Segregation. 14 15 a. The maximum static segregation shall be 10- percent in accordance with 16 ASTM C 1610. 17 18 b. The Maximum Hardened Visual Stability Index (HVSI) shall be 1 in 19 accordance with AASHTO PP 58. 20 21 3. J ring test results for passing ability shall be less than or equal to 1.5- inches in 22 accordance with the WSDOT FOP for ASTM C 1621. 23 24 4. Rapid assessment of static segregation resistance of self - consolidating 25 concrete using penetration test in accordance with ASTM C 1712 shall be less 26 than or equal to 15 mm. 27 28 5. Air content shall be tested in accordance with WSDOT Test Method T 818, 29 and shall conform to Section 6- 02.3(2)A. 30 31: 6. Concrete unit weight results in pounds per cubic foot shall be recorded in 32 accordance with AASHTO T 121, except that the concrete shall not be 33 consolidated in the test mold. 34 35 7. The temperature of all concrete laboratory test samples shall be tested in 36 accordance with AASHTO T 309 and shall conform to the placement limits 37 specified in Section 6- 02.3(4)D. 38 39 8. The modulus of elasticity in pounds per square inch at 28 days shall be 40 recorded in accordance with ASTM C 469. 41 :. 42 In lieu of a Contractor- Provided mix design for SCC for Section 6- 02.3(27)A Structure 43 elements 3, 7 and 8, a representative full -size example Structure element shall be cast 44 for inspection by the Contracting Agency in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(27)B as a 45 component of the precast fabricating facility's annual plant approval process. 46 47 6- 02.3(4)C Consistency 48 This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: 49 50 For self - consolidating concrete (SCC), the slump requirements specified above do not 51 apply, and are instead replaced by the target slump flow and slump flow range specified 52 as part of the SCC mix design. accordance with ASTM C 1611, Appendix X1, using Filling Procedure B. c. The T50 flow rate results shall be less than 6- seconds in accordance with AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 2 6- 02.3(4)D Temperature and Time For Placement 3 The first two sentences are revised to read: 4 5 Concrete temperatures shall remain between 55 °F and 90 °F while it is being placed, 6 except that Class 4000D concrete temperatures shall remain between 55 °F and 75 °F 7 during placement. Precast concrete that is heat cured in accordance with Section 6- 8 02.3(25)D shall remain between 50°F and 90°F while being placed. 9 10 6- 02.3(5)A General 1.1: The first paragraph is revised to read: 12 13 Concrete for the following applications will be accepted based on a Certificate of 14 Compliance to be provided by the supplier as described in Section 6- 02.3(5)B: 15 16 1. Lean concrete. 17 18 2. Commercial concrete. 19 20 3. Class 4000P concrete for Roadside Steel Sign Support Foundations. 21 22 4. Class 4000P concrete for Type II, III, and CCTV Signal Standard Foundations 23 that are 12' -0" or less in depth. 24 25 5. Class 4000P concrete for Type IV and V Strain Pole Foundations that are 12'- 26 0" or Tess in depth. 27 28 6. Class 4000P concrete for Steel Light Standard Foundations Types A & B. 29 30 The following new sentence is inserted at the beginning of the second paragraph: 31 32 Slip -form barrier concrete will be accepted based on conformance to the requirements 33 for temperature, air content and compressive strength at 28 days for :sublots,as tested 34 and determined by the Contracting Agency. 35 36 6- 02.3(5)B Certification of Compliance 37 In the list within the first paragraph, "Fly ash (if used) brand and Type" is revised to read "Fly 38 ash (if used) brand and Class ". 39 40: , . The first sentence . of the second to last paragraph is deleted. 41 42 6- 02.3(5)D Test Methods 43 44 The list in this section is supplemented with the following two new test methods: 45 46 ASTM C 1611 Standard Test Method for Stump Flow of Self - 47 Consolidating Concrete 48 49 ASTM C 1621 Standard Test Method for Passing Ability of Self - 50 Consolidating Concrete by J -Ring 51 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 6- 02.3(5)G Sampling and Testing Frequency for Temperature, Consistency, 2 and Air Content 3 This section's title is revised to read: 4 5 6- 02.3(5)G Sampling and Testing for Temperature, Consistency, and Air Content 6 7 The first paragraph is revised to read: 8 9 Concrete properties shall be determined from concrete as delivered to the project and 10 as accepted by the Contractor for placement. The Contracting Agency will perform 11 acceptance testing on all concrete for temperature, and air content, if applicable. 12 Concrete that is not self - consolidating concrete will be tested for slump. The following 13 additional acceptance tests will be performed on self - consolidating concrete: 14 15 1. Slump flow within the target slump flow range. 16 17 2. J ring passing ability less than or equal to 1.5 inches. 18 19 3. VSI less than or equal to 1. 20 21 In the fifth sentence of the second paragraph, "five truck loads" is revised to read "ten truck 22 loads ". 23 24 The second paragraph is supplemented with the following: 25:` 26 If the remaining quantity to be placed is less than ten truck loads; then a sample shall 27 be randomly taken from one of the remaining truck loads. 28' 29 In the last sentence of the third paragraph, "five truck loads" is revised to read "ten truck 30 loads ". 31 32 6- 02.3(5)H Sampling and Testing for Compressive Strength and initial Curing 33 The second paragraph is revised to read: 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 The following new paragraph is inserted after the last paragraph: 50 51 All cure box costs shall be incidental to the associated item of work. The Contractor shall provide and maintain a sufficient number of cure boxes in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 23 for curing concrete cylinders. The cure boxes shall be readily accessible and no more than 500 feet from the point of acceptance testing, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall also provide, maintain and operate all necessary power sources and connections needed to operate the cure boxes. The cure boxes shall be in -place and functioning at the specified temperature for curing cylinders prior to concrete placement. Concrete cylinders shall be cured in the cure boxes in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 23. The cure boxes shall have working locks and the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with one key to each of the locks. Once concrete cylinders are placed in the cure box, the cure box shall not be disturbed until the cylinders have been removed. The Contractor shall retain the cure box Temperature Measuring Device log and provide it to the Engineer upon request. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 6- 02.3(5)1 Vacant 3 This section, including title, is revised to read: 4 5 6- 02,3(5)1 Test Section for Cast -In -Place SCC 6 Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall construct a test 7 section of the element being constructed of cast -in -place SCC. The Contractor shall 8 confirm, through the SCC placement operation in the test section, the SCC flows the 9 distance required, completely filling the forms and encapsulating the reinforcement as 10 required without leaving voids and pockets and causing segregation of the SCC mix. 11 The test section forms, reinforcing steel and concrete placing operations shall be 12 identical to those to be used in the production elements. 13 14 For horizontal elements, the test section shall simulate the flow of concrete for the 15 maximum distance anticipated during production concrete placement. The depth and 16 width of the test section for horizontal element may be smaller than the actual depth and 17 width of the element to be cast. For vertical elements, the test section shall be a 18 minimum of 33- percent of the height of the tallest element to be constructed. The 19 Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of formwork and 20 reinforcement details of the test section and SCC placement procedures. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Acceptance of the test section and the SCC mix design is contingent on acceptable 28 visual inspection, and a minimum of two 4 -inch minimum diameter core samples taken 29 from the placement location and the furthest -most limits of the concrete as identified by 30 the Engineer. The number of core locations will be specified by the Engineer: The 31 difference in average unit weight of the locations represented by the core samples shall 32 be less than 5- percent. 33 34 The Contractor shall use the same SCC placement procedures confirmed by the 35 Engineer accepted test section for casting the production members. 36 37 6- 02.3(6)A2 Cold Weather Protection 38 The first sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: 39. 40 This Specification applies when the weather forecast on the day of concrete placement 41 predicts air temperatures below 35 °F at any time during the 7 days following placement. 42 43 The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 44 45 The temperature of the concrete shall be maintained above 50 °F during the entire 46 curing period or 7 days, whichever is greater. 47 48 6- 02.3(9) Vibration of Concrete 49 This section is supplemented with the following two new paragraphs: 50 51 Vibration of SCC shall only be used as described below or as approved by the 52 Engineer: After removing the forms, the test section will be inspected for signs of honeycombs, cracks, aggregate segregation, sedimentation, cold joints, and other surface and concrete placement defects. If such defects are present, the Contractor shall revise the formwork and SCC placement procedures as necessary to eliminate such defects. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 2 1. To prevent the formation of a cold joint in between placement of successive 3 .batches of SCC. 4 5 2. Near the end of an SCC placement to aid in leveling the SCC in the forms. 6 7 When vibration of SCC is allowed, the magnitude and duration of the applied vibration 8 shall be kept as minimal as possible. 9 10 6- 02.3(10)A Preconstruction. Meeting 11 This section including title is revised to read: 12 13 6 -02.3(10)A Pre-Deck Pour Meeting 14 A pre -deck pour meeting shall be held 5 to 10 working days before placing deck 15 concrete to discuss construction procedures, personnel, equipment to be used, 16 concrete sampling and testing and deck finishing and curing operations. Those 17 attending shall include, at a minimum, the superintendent, foremen in charge of placing 18 and finishing concrete, and representatives from the concrete supplier and the concrete 19 pump truck supplier. 20 21 If the project includes more than one bridge deck, and if the Contractor's key personnel 22 . change between concreting operations, or at request of the Engineer, additional 23 conferences shall be held before each deck placement. 24 '25 6 -02.3(10)D Concrete Placement, Finishing, and Texturing 26 This section's content is deleted and replaced with the following new sub - sections: 27 28 ` 6- 02.3(10)01 Test Slab Using Bridge Deck Concrete 29 After the Contractor receives the Engineer's approval for the Class 4000D concrete mix 30 design, and a minimum of seven calendar days prior to the first placement of bridge 31 deck concrete, the Contractor shall construct a test slab using concrete of the approved 32 mix design. 33 34 The test slab may be constructed on grade, shall have a minimum thickness of eight- 35 inches, shall have minimum plan dimensions of 10 -feet along all four edges, and shall 36 be square or rectangular. 37 38 During construction of the test slab; the Contractor shall demonstrate concrete sampling 39 and testing, use of the concrete temperature monitoring system, the concrete fogging 40 ::. system, concrete placement system, and the concrete finishing operation. The 41 Contractor shall conduct the demonstration using the same type of equipment to be 42 used for the production bridge decks, except that the Contractor may elect to finish the 43 test slab with a hand - operated strike - board. 44 45 After the construction of the test slab and the demonstration of bridge deck construction 46 operations is complete, the Contractor shall remove and dispose of the test slab in 47 accordance with Sections 2 -02.3 and 2- 03.3(7)C. 48 49 6- 02.3(10)02 Preparation for Concrete Placement 50 Before placing bridge approach slab concrete, the subgrade shall be constructed in 51 accordance with Sections 2-06 and 5- 05.3(6). 52 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Before any concrete is placed, the finishing machine shall be operated over the entire 2 length of the deck/slab to check screed deflection. Concrete placement may begin only 3 ; . .if the Engineer approves after this test. 4 5 Immediately before placing concrete, the Contractor shall check (and adjust if 6 necessary) all falsework and wedges to minimize settlement and deflection from the 7 added mass of the concrete deck/slab. The Contractor shall also install devices, such 8 as telltales, by which the Engineer can readily measure settlement and deflection. 9 10 6 -02.3(10)D3 Concrete Placement 11 The placement operation shall cover the full width of the bridge deck or the full width 12 between construction joints. The Contractor shall locate any construction joint over a 13: beam or web that can support the deck/slab on either side of the joint. The joint shall not 14 occur over a pier unless the Plans permit. Each joint shall be formed vertically and in 15 : true alignment. The Contractor shall not release falsework or wedges supporting bridge 16. deck placement sections on either side of a joint until each side has aged as these 17 . Specifications require. 18 19.. Placement of concrete for bridge decks and bridge approach slabs shall comply with 20 Section 6- 02.3(6). In placing the concrete, the Contractor shall: 21 22 .... 1. Place it (without segregation) against concrete placed earlier, as near as 23 possible to its final position, approximately to grade, and in shallow, closely. 24 spaced piles; 25 26 27.. 28. 29 Not use vibrators to move concrete; 30. 31 32: 33 34 5. Remove any concrete splashed onto reinforcing steel in adjacent segments 35 before concreting them; 36 37 38 39 40; 7. Operate the finishing machine to create a surface that is true and ready for 41;... final finish without.overfinishing or bringing excessive amounts of mortar to the 42 surface; and 43. 44 45 46 47 Workers shall complete all post screeding operations without walking on the concrete. 48 This may require work bridges spanning the full width of the deck/slab. 49 50 After removing the screed supports, the Contractor shall fill the voids with concrete (not 2. Consolidate it around reinforcing steel by using vibrators before strike -off by the finishing. machine; 4. Not revibrate any concrete surface areas where workers have stopped prior to screeding; 6. Maintain a slight excess of concrete in front of the screed across the entire width of the placement operation; . 8. Leave a thin, even film of mortar on the concrete surface after the last pass of the finishing machine pan. 51 mortar). 52 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 If the surface left by the finishing machine is porous, rough, or has minor irregularities, 2 the Contractor shall float the surface of the concrete. Floating shall leave a smooth and 3 even surface. Float finishing shall be kept to the minimum number of passes necessary. 4 to seal the surface. The floats shall be at least 4-feet long. Each transverse pass of the 5 float shall overlap the previous pass by at least half the length of the float. The first 6 floating shall be at right angles to the strike -off. The second floating shall be at right 7 angles to the centerline of the span. A smooth riding surface shall be maintained across 8 ". construction joints. 9 10 The edge of completed roadway slabs at expansion joints and compression seals shall 11 have a 3/8 -inch° radius. 12 13 After floating, but while the concrete remains plastic, the Contractor shall test the entire 14 deck/slab for flatness (allowing for crown, camber, and vertical curvature). The testing 15 shall be done with a 10 -foot straightedge held on the surface. The straightedge shall be 16 advanced in successive positions parallel to the centerline, moving not more than one 17 half the length of the straightedge each time it advances. This procedure shall be 18 repeated with the straightedge held perpendicular to the centerline. An acceptable 19 surface shall be one free from deviations of more than 1/8 -inch under the 10 -foot 20 straightedge. 21 22 If the test reveals depressions, the Contractor shall fill them with freshly mixed concrete,. 23 strike off, consolidate, and refinish them. High areas shall be cut down and refinished. 24 Retesting and refinishing shall continue until a surface conforming to the requirements 25 specified above is produced. 26 27 6- 02.3(10)04 Monitoring Bridge Deck Concrete Temperature After Placement 28 The Contractor shall monitor and record the concrete temperature and ambient 29 temperature hourly for seven calendar days after placement. The Contractor. shall 30 monitor and record concrete temperature by placing two maturity meter temperature 31 monitoring devices in the bridge deck at locations specified by the Engineer. The 32 Contractor shall monitor ambient temperature using maturity meters near the locations 33 where concrete temperature is being monitored. When the bridge deck is being 34 enclosed and heated to meet cold weather requirements, ambient temperature readings 35 shall be taken within the enclosure. The Contractor shall submit the concrete 36 temperature and ambient temperature data to the Engineer in spreadsheet format within 37 ` 14 calendar days from placing the bridge deck concrete. 38 39 The Contractor shall submit the type and model of maturity meter temperature 40 monitoring device, and the associated devices responsible for recording and 41 documenting the temperature and curing time, to the Engineer at least 14 calendar days 42 prior to the pre - concreting conference for the first bridge deck to be cast. The 43 placement and operation of the temperature monitoring devices and associated devices 44 will be an agenda item at the pre- concreting conference for the first bridge deck to be 45 cast. 46 47 6- 02.3(10)D5 Bridge Deck Concrete Finishing and Texturing 48 Except as otherwise specified for portions of bridge decks receiving an overlay or 49 sidewalk under the same Contract, the Contractor shall texture the surface of the bridge 50 deck as follows: 51 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 The Contractor shalt texture the bridge deck using diamond tipped saw blades 2 : mounted on. a power driven, self- propelled machine that. is designed to texture 3:: . concrete surfaces. The grooving equipment shall provide grooves that_are 1/8" t. 4 1/64" wide, 3/16" t 1/16" deep, and spaced at 3/4" t 1/8 ". The bridge deck shall 5 • : not be textured with a metal tined comb: 6 7 8 9 10:- 11 12 13 14 :. 15 16.. 17 18 19 20 21, 22 The Contractor shall contain and collect all concrete dust and. debris generated by' 23 the bridge deck texturing process, and shall dispose of the collected concrete dust 24 and debris in accordance with Section2 -03,3 7 .C. ; 25. . 26 If the Plans call for placement of a sidewalk or an HMA or concrete overlay on the 27 bridge deck, the Contractor shall produce the final finish of these areas by dragging a :28. .strip of .damp, seamless burlap lengthwise over the bridge deck or .by brooming it lightly,_ 29 Approximately 3 -feet of the; drag shall. contact the surface, with the least possible bow in 30 its leading edge. It shall be kept wet, and free.of hardened lumps of concrete. When the 31 burlap drag fails to produce the required finish, the Contractor shall replace iL,When not 32 in use, it shall be lifted:.clear of the bridge deck. 33 34 After the bridge deck has cured, the surface.shall conform to the surface smoothness 35 requirements specified in Section 6- 02.3(10)D3.., 36 37 The surface texture on any area. repaired to address .out -of- tolerance surface 38 smoothness shall match closely that of the surrounding bridge deck area at the 39 : .completion:of the repair.; Methods .used_ to remove high, spots:; shall. cut through the 40 mortar and aggregate without breaking or. dislodging the aggregate or causing spells. 41;: .. . .... .,,. .. 42 6- 02.3(10)D6 Bridge Approach Slab Finishing and Texturing . 43 • Bridge approach slabs that are being built as part of a bridge construction project shall 44. . be textured in. accordance. with Section 6- 02.3(10)D5. All .other bridge approach slabs 45 shall be textured,; using metal tined combs in the. transverse.direction, except bridge .46, , approach slabs receiving an overlay in the.same Contract shall be finished as specified 47 . in Section 6- 02.3(10)D5 only. 48 49 The comb shall be made of a single row of metal tines. It shall leave striations in the 50 fresh concrete approximately 3/16 -inch deep by 1/8 -inch wide and spaced 51 . approximately 1/2 -inch apart. The Engineer will decide actual depths at the site. If the 52 . comb has not been approved, the Contractor shall, obtain, the Engineer's approval. by The Contractor shall submit the type of grooving equipment to be used to the Engineer for approval 30 calendar days prior to performing the work. The Contractor shall demonstrate that the method and equipment for texturing the bridge deck will not chip, spell or otherwise damage the deck. The Contractor shall not begin texturing the bridge deck until . receiving. the Engineer's 'approval .ofthe- - Contractor's method and equipment. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall texture the concrete bridge deck surface either in a longitudinal direction, parallel with centerline or in a transverse direction, perpendicular with centerline. The Contractor shall texture the bridge deck surface to within 3- inches minimum and 15- inches maximum of the edge of concrete at expansion joints, within 1 -foot minimum and 2 -feet maximum of the curb line, and within 3- inches minimum and 9- inches maximum of the perimeter of bridge drain assemblies. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 demonstrating it on a test section. The Contractor may operate the combs manually or 2 mechanically either singly or with several placed end to end. The timing and method. . • 3' used shall produce the required texture without displacing larger particles of aggregate: q 5 Texturing shall end 2 -feet from curb lines. This 2 -foot untextured strip shall be hand 6 finished with a steel trowel. 7.. 8: Surface smoothness, high spots, and low spots shall be addressed as specified in 9 Section 6- 02.3(10)D5. The surface texture on any area cut down or built up shall match 10 closely that of the surrounding bridge approach slab area:. The entire bridge approach 11 slab shall provide a smooth riding surface. 12 13 6 -02.3(10)F Bridge Approach Slab Orientation and Anchors 14 In the first paragraph, the following sentence is inserted after the first sentence: 15 16 : Unless otherwise shown in the Plans, the pavement end of the bridge approach slab 17 shall be constructed normal to the Roadway centerline. 18 19 The following new paragraph is inserted before the last paragraph: 20 21 The compression seal shall be a 2 -1/2 inch wide gland selected from the current 22 Qualified Products List: 23 24 6 -02.3(11) Curing Concrete 25 Items number 1 through 4 are deleted and replaced with the following 5 new numbered 26 items: 27 1 Bridge sidewalks, roofs of cut and cover tunnels — curing compound covered by 29 white, reflective type sheeting or continuous wet curing. Curing by either method 30 ` ` shall be for at least" 10 days. 31 32 2. Bridge decks — See Section 6- 02.3(11)B. 33 34 3. Bridge approach slabs (Class 4000A concrete) - 2 coats of curing compound and 35 continuous wet cure for at least 10 -days: 36 37 38 39 40;.. 41 In the second paragraph, the first sentence is replaced with the following three new 42 sentences:'" 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 The third paragraph is revised to read: 50 51 When curing Class 4000A, two coats of curing compound that complies with Section 9- 52 23.2 shall be applied immediately (not to exceed 15 min.) after tining any portion of the Concrete barriers 'and rail bases See Section 6- 02.3(11)A. Ali'other concrete surfaces : — continuous wet cure for at least three days: During the continuous wet cure, the Contractor shall keep all exposed concrete surfaces saturated with water: Formed concrete surfaces shall be kept in a continuous wet cure by leaving the forms in place. If forms are removed during the continuous wet cure period, the Contractor shall treat the concrete as an exposed concrete surface: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 bridge approach slab. The continuous wet cure shall be established as soon as the 2 concrete has set enough to allow covering without damaging the finish. 3 4 In the fifth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 5 6 If the Plans call for an asphalt overlay on the bridge approach slab, the Contractor shall 7 use the clear curing compound (Type 1, Class B), applying at least 1 gallon per 150 8 square feet to the concrete surface. 9 10 The eighth paragraph is deleted. 1.1..... 12 6- 02.3(11)A2 Slip-Form Barrier 13 In the fourth paragraph, item number 1; "Type 1 D" is revised to read "Type 1 ". 14 15 6- 02.3(11)B Curing Bridge Decks 1.6 This new section is supplemented with the following new sub - sections: 17 18 6- 02.3(11)B1 Equipment 19 The Contractor shalt maintain a wet sheen, without developing pooling or sheeting 20 water, using a fogging apparatus consisting of pressure washers with a minimum nozzle 21 output of 1,500 psi, or other means approved by the Engineer. 22 23. The Contractor shall submit a bridge deck curing plan to the Engineer a minimum 14 24 calendar days prior to the pre- concreting conference. The Contractor's plan shall 25 describe the sequence and timing that will be used to fog the bridge deck, apply pre - 26 soaked burlap, install soaker hoses and cover the deck with white reflective sheeting. 27 6- 02.3(11)B2 Curing 29 The fogging apparatus shall be in place and charged for fogging prior to beginning 30 concrete placement for the bridge deck. 31 32 The Contractor shall presoak all burlap to be used to cover the deck during curing. 33 34 Immediately after the finishing machine passes over finished concrete, the Contractor 35 shall implement the following tasks: 36 37 1. The Contractor shall fog the bridge deck while maintaining a wet sheen without 38 developing pooling or sheeting water. : 39 40 2. The Contractor shall apply the presoaked burlap to the top surface to fully 41 cover the deck without damaging the finish, other than minor marring of the 42 concrete surface. The Contractor shall not apply curing compound. 43 44 3. The Contractor shall continue to keep the burlap wet by fog spraying until the 45 burlap is covered by soaker hoses and white reflective sheeting. The 46 Contractor shall place the soaker hoses and whiter reflective sheeting after the 47 concrete has achieved initial set. The Contractor shall charge the soaker 48 hoses frequently so as to keep the burlap covering the entire deck wet during 49 the course of curing. 50 51 As an alternative to tasks 2 and 3 above, the Contractor may propose a curing system 52 using proprietary curing blankets specifically manufactured for bridge deck curing. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/18 1 Details of the proprietary curing blanket system, including product literature and details 2 of how the system is to be installed and maintained, shall be submitted to the Engineer 3 for approval. 4 5 The wet curing regime as described shall remain in place for at least 14 consecutive 6 calendar days. 7 8 6- 02.3(12)A Construction Joints in New Construction 9 The third paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following three new paragraphs: 10 11 If the Plans require a roughened surface on the joint, the Contractor shall strike it off to 12 leave grooves at right angles to the length of the member. Grooves shall be installed 13 using one of the following options: 14 15 1. Grooves shall be % to 1 inch wide, % to % inch deep, and spaced equally at 16 twice the width of the groove. Grooves shall terminate approximately 1 Y2- 17 inches from the face of concrete. 18 19 2. Grooves shall be 1 to 2 inches wide, a minimum of % -inch deep, and spaced a 20 maximum of three times the width of the groove. Grooves shall terminate 21 approximately 1 %cinches from the face of concrete. 22 23 If the Engineer approves, the Contractor may use an alternate method to produce a 24 roughened surface on the joint, provided that such an alternate method leaves a 25 roughened surface of at least a % -inch amplitude. 26 27 If the first strike -off does not produce the required roughness, the Contractor shall 28 repeat the process before the concrete reaches initial set The final surface shall be 29 clean and without laitance or loose material. 30 31 6 -02.3(12)B Construction Joints Between Existing and New Construction 32 The phrase 'by method(s) as approved by the Engineer" is deleted from each paragraph in 33 this section. 34 35 6- 02.3(13) Expansion Joints 36 The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 37 . 38 Joints made of a vulcanized, elastomeric compound (with neoprene as the only 39 polymer) shall be installed with a lubricant adhesive as recommended by the 40 manufacturer. 41. 42 In the third paragraph, "injuring" is revised to read "damaging ". 43 44 The following two new subsections are added: 45 46 6- 02.3(13)A Strip Seal Expansion Joint System 47 The Contractor shall submit Working Drawings consisting of the strip seal expansion 48 joint shop drawings in accordance with Section 6- 03.3(7). These plans shall include, at 49 a minimum, the following: 50 51 1. Plan, elevation, and sections of the joint system and all components, with 52 dimensions and tolerances. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1.... 2 2. All material designations. 3 4 3. Manufacturer's written installation procedure. 5 6 4. Corrosion protection system used on the metal components. 7 8 5. Locations of welded shear studs, lifting mechanisms, temperature setting 9 devices, and construction adjustment devices. 10 11 6. Method of sealing the system to prevent leakage of water through the joint. 12 . 13 The strip seal shall be removable and replaceable. 14 15 : The metal components shall conform to ASTM A 36, ASTM A 992, or ASTM. A 572, and 16 shall be protected against corrosion by one of the following methods: 17 18. 1. Zinc metallized in accordance with Section 6- 07.3(14). 19 20 . 2. Hot -dip galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M 111. 21 22 3. Paint in accordance with Section 6- 07.3(9). The color of the top coat shall be 23:: Federal .Standard 595 Color No. 26420. The surfaces embedded in concrete 24. , shall be painted only with a shop primer coat of paint conforming to Section 9- 25 08.1(2)C. 26 . 27 The strip seal gland shall be continuous for the full length of the joint with no splices 28 permitted, unless otherwise shown in the Plans. 29 30 Other than items shown in the Plans, threaded studs used for construction adjustments 31 are the only items that may be welded to the steel shapes provided they are removed 32 by grinding after use, and the area repaired by application of an approved corrosion 33 protection system. 34 35 If the opening between the steel shapes is anticipated to be Tess than 1-1/2 inches at 36 the time of seal installation, the seal may be installed prior to encasement of the steel 37 . . shapes in concrete. 38. 39 After the joint system is installed, the joint shall be flooded with water and inspected, 40 from below the joint, for leakage. If leakage is observed, the joint system shalt be 41 repaired by the Contractor, as recommended by the manufacturer. 42 43 6- 02.3(13)B Compression Seal Expansion Joint System 44 Compression seal glands shall be selected from the current Qualified Products List and 45 sized as shown in the Plans. 46 47 The compression seal expansion joint system shall be installed in accordance with the 48 manufacturer's written recommendations. The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working 49 Drawing consisting of the manufacturer's written installation procedure and repair 50 procedures if leakage testing fails. 51 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 After the joint system is installed, the joint area shall be flooded with water and 2 inspected, from below the joint, for leakage. If leakage is observed, the joint system 3 shall be repaired by the Contractor, as recommended by the manufacturer. 4 5 6- 02.3(14) Finishing Concrete Surfaces 6 The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 7 8 The Contractor shall clean and refinish any stained or discolored surfaces. 9 10 The following new subsection is added: 11 .. 12 6 -02.3(14)D General Requirements for Concrete Surface Finishes Produced by 13 Form Liners 14 Horizontal and vertical joints shall be spliced in accordance with the manufacturer's 15 printed instructions. The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting 16 of the manufacturer's joint splice instructions. 17 18 Horizontal splicing of ABS and plastic form liners to achieve the required height is not 19 permitted and there shall be no horizontal joints. The concrete formed with ABS and 20 plastic form liners shall be given a light sandblast to remove the glossy finish. 21 22 Side forms, traffic barrier forms, and pedestrian barrier forms using these form liners 23 may be removed after 24 hours provided the concrete mix used includes a water - 24 reducing admixture, and the concrete reaches 1,400 psi minimum compressive strength 25 before form removal. Concrete in load supporting forms utilizing these form liners shall 26 be cured in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(17)N. Once the forms are removed, the 27 Contractor shall treat the joint areas by patching or light sandblasting as required by the 28 Engineer to ensure that the joints are not visible: " 29 30 Form liners shall be cleaned, reconditioned, and repaired before each use. Form liners 31 with repairs, patches, or defects which, in the opinion of the Engineer, would result in 32 adverse effects to the concrete finish shall not be used: 33 34 Care shall be taken to ensure uniformity of color throughout the textured surface. A 35 change in form release agent will not be allowed. 36" 37 All surfaces formed by the form liner shall also receive a Class 2 surface finish. Form 38 ties shall be a type that leaves a clean hole when removed. All spells and form . tie holes 39 shall be filled as specified for a Class 2 surface finish: 40 41 6- 02.3(14)C Pigmented Sealer for Concrete Surfaces 42 The first sentence (up until the colon) is revised to read: 43 44 The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the pigmented 45 sealer manufacturer's written instructions covering, at a minimum, the following: 46 47 The second paragraph is deleted. 48 49 In the last sentence of the third paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "acceptance ". 50 51 6 -02.3(15) Date Numerals 52 The third sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 When an existing Structure is widened or when traffic barrier is placed on an existing 3 Structure, the date shall be for the year in which the original Structure was completed. 4 5 6- 02.3(16) Plans for Falsework and Formwork 6 This section is revised to read: 7 8 The Contractor shall submit all plans for falsework and formwork as Type 2E Working 9 Drawings. Submittal is not required for footing or retaining wall formwork if the wall is 4 10 feet or less in height (excluding pedestal height). 11 12 The design of falsework and formwork shall be based on: 13 14 1. Applied loads and conditions which are no less severe than those described in 15 Section 6- 02.3(17)A, Design Loads; 16 17 2. Allowable stresses and deflections which are no greater than those described 18 in Section 6- 02.3(17)B, Allowable Stresses and Deflections; 19 20 3. Special loads and requirements no less severe than those described in 21 Section 6- 02.3(17)C, Falsework and Formwork at Special Locations; 22 23 4. Conditions required by other Sections of 6- 02.3(17), Falsework and Formwork. 24 25 The falsework and formwork plans shall be scale drawings showing the details of 26 proposed construction, including: sizes and properties of all members and components; 27 spacing of bents, posts, studs, wales, stringers, wedges and bracing; rates of concrete 28 placement, placement sequence, direction of placement, and location of construction 29 joints; identification of falsework devices and safe working loads as well as identification 30. of any bolts or threaded rods used with the devices including their diameter,:. length, 31 type, grade, and required torque. The falsework plans shall show the proximity, of 32 falsework to utilities or any nearby Structures including underground Structures. 33 Formwork accessories shall be identified according to Section 6- 02.3(17)H, Formwork. 34 Accessories. All assumptions, dimensions, material properties, and other data used in 35 making the structural analysis shall be noted on the drawing. 36 37 The Contractor shall furnish associated design calculations to the Engineer as part of 38 the submittal. The design calculations; shall s. how the stresses and :deflections in load. 39 supporting members. Construction details which may be shown in the form of sketches 40 on the calculation sheets shalt be shown in the falsework or formwork drawings as well. 41 Falsework or formwork plans will be rejected in cases where it is necessary to refer to 42 the calculation sheets for information needed for complete understanding of the 43 falsework and formwork plans or how to construct the falsework and formwork. 44 45 Each sheet of falsework and formwork plans shall carry the following: 46 47 1. The initials and dates of all participating design professionals. 48 49 2. Clear notation of all revisions including identification of who authorized the 50 revision, who made the revision, and the date of the revision. 51 . . AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 2 3 4 5 6 3. The Contract number, Contract title, and sequential sheet number. These shall :. also be on any related documents. 4. Identify where the falsework and formwork plan will be utilized by referencing Contract Plan sheet number and related item or detail. 7 6- 02.3(16)A Nonpreapproved Falsework and Formwork Plans 8 This section, including title, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following - 9 10 6 -02.3(16)A Vacant 11 12 6- 02.3(16)B Preapproved Formwork Plans 13 This section, including title, is revised to read: 14 15 6 -02.3(16)B Pre - Contract Review of Falsework and Formwork Plans 16 The Contractor may request pre - contract review of formwork plans for abutments, 17 wingwalls, diaphragms, retaining walls, columns, girders and beams, box culverts, 18 railings, and bulkheads. Plans for falsework supporting the bridge deck for interior 19 spans between precast prestressed concrete girders may also be submitted for pre - 20 contract review. 21 22 To obtain pre - contract review, the Contractor shall electronically submit drawings and 23 design calculations in PDF format directly to: 24 25. 26 27 The Bridge and Structures Office, Construction Support Engineer will return the 28 falsework or formwork plan to the Contractor with review notes, an effective date of 29 review, and any revisions needed prior to use. For each contract on which the pre- 30 reviewed falsework or formwork plans will be used, the Contractor shall submit a copy 31 to the Engineer. Construction shall not begin until the Engineer has given concurrence.. 32 33 If the falsework or formwork being constructed has any deviations to the preapproved 34 falsework or formwork plan, the Contractor shall submit plan revisions for review and 35 approval in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(16). 36 37 6- 02.3(17)A Design Loads 38 The fifth paragraph is revised to read: 39 40 Live loads shall consist of a minimum uniform load of not less than 25 psf, applied over 41 the entire falsework plan area, plus the greater of: 42 43 1. Actual weights of the deck finishing equipment applied at the rails, or; 44 45 2. A minimum load of 75 pounds per linear foot applied at the edge of the bridge 46 deck. 47 48 6 -02.3(17)J Face Lumber, Studs, Wales, and Metal Forms 49 The second and third to last paragraphs are deleted. 50 51 6 -02.3(17)K Concrete Forms on Steel Spans 52 The second sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813!15 1 2 The Contractor shall fill the holes with fully torqued ASTM A 325 bolts in accordance 3 with Section 6- 03.3(33). 4 5 6- 02.3(17)0 Early Concrete Test Cylinder Breaks 6 The third paragraph is revised to read: 7 8 The cylinders shall be cured in the field in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 9 23 Section 10.2 Field Curing. 10 11 6- 02.3(20) Grout for Anchor Bolts and Bridge Bearings 12 The first five paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following two new paragraphs: 13 14 Grout shall conform to Section 9- 20.3(2) for anchor bolts and for bearing assemblies 15 with bearing plates. Grout shall conform to Section 9- 20.3(3) for elastomeric bearing 16 pads and fabric pact bearings without bearing plates. 17 18. Grout shall be a workable mix with a viscosity that is suitable for the intended 19 application. The Contractor shall receive approval from the Engineer before using the 20 grout. 21 22 6- 02.3(24)C Placing and Fastening 23 The twelfth paragraph is revised to read: 24,. 25 In bridge decks, a "mat" is two adjacent and perpendicular layers of reinforcing steel. 26 ' Top and bottom mats shall be supported adequately to hold both in their proper 27 positions. If No 4 bars make up the lower layer of steel in a mat, it shall be blocked at 28 not more than 3 -foot intervals (or 4 -foot intervals for bars No. 5 and larger). Wire ties to 29 girder stirrups shall not be considered as blocking. To provide a rigid mat, the 30 Contractor shall add other supports and tie wires to the top mat as needed. 31 32 In the fourteenth paragraph, the description following "2'/ inches between" is revised to 33 read: 34 35 Adjacent bars in a layer. Bridge deck and bridge approach slab bars and the top of the 36 slab. 37 38 In the fourteenth paragraph, the description following "2 inches between" is supplemented 39 with the following new sentence: 40:. 41 Bars and the surface of concrete when not specified otherwise in this Section or in the 42 Plans. 43 44 . In the fourteenth paragraph, the first sentence in the description following "11/2 inches 45 between" is deleted. 46 47 The fifteenth paragraph is revised to read: 48 49 Except for top cover in bridge decks and bridge approach slabs, cover to ties and 50 stirrups may be 'A inch Tess than the values specified for main bars but shall not be less 51 than 1 inch. Minimum concrete cover and clearances to headed steel reinforcing bars 52 shall also be provided to the outermost part of the head of the bar. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 2 In the sixteenth paragraph, the first item in the second subparagraph is revised to read: 3 4 The clearance to the top surface of bridge decks 5 and bridge approach slabs +1/4 in / -0". 6 7 6- 023(24)E Welding Reinforced Steel 8 This section is revised to read: 9 10 Welding of steel reinforcing bars shall conform to the requirements of ANSI /AWS D1.4 11 Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel, latest edition, except where superseded by 12 the Special Provisions, Plans, and these Specifications. 13 14 Before any welding begins, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing 15 consisting of the welding procedure for each type of welded splice to be used, including 16 the weld procedure specifications and joint details. The weld procedure specifications 17 shall be written on a form taken from AWS D1.4 Annex A, or equivalent. Test results of 18 tensile strength, macroetch, and visual examination shall be included. The form shall 19 be signed and dated. 20 21 Welders shall be qualified in accordance with AWS D1.4. The Contractor shall be 22 responsible for the testing and qualification of welders, and shall submit Type 2 Working 23 Drawings consisting of welder qualification and retention records. The weld joint and 24 welding position a welder is qualified in shall be in accordance with AWS D1.4. The 25 welder qualifications shall remain in effect indefinitely unless, (1) the welder is not 26 . engaged in a given process of welding for which the welder is qualified for a period 27. exceeding six months, or (2) there is some specific reason to question a welder's ability. 28. 29 .. Filter metals used for welding reinforcing bars shall be in accordance with AWS D1.4 30 Table 5.1. All filler metals shall be low- hydrogen and handled in compliance with low- 31 hydrogen practices specified in the AWS code. 32 33 Short circuiting transfer with gas metal arc welding will not be allowed. Slugging of 34 welds will not be allowed. 35 36 For the purpose of compatibility with AWS D1.4, welded lap splices for spiral or hoop 37 reinforcing shall be considered Flare -V groove welds, indirect butt joints. 38 39 The Contractor is responsible for using a welding sequence that will limit the alignment -• 40 distortion of the bars due to the effects of welding. The maximum out-of-line permitted 41 will be 1/4 inch from a 3.5 -foot straight -edge centered on the weld and in line with the 42 bar. 43 44 The ground wire from the welding machine shall be clamped to the bar being welded. 45 46 Where epoxy- coated steel reinforcing bars are specified to be spliced by welding, the 47 epoxy coating shall be left off or removed from the surfaces to be heated, but in no 48 cases less than six inches of each bar being welded. After the welding is complete, the 49 Contractor shall apply epoxy patching material to the uncoated portions of the bar in 50 accordance with Section 6- 02.3(24)H. 51 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 6-02.3(25) Prestressed Concrete Girders 2 This section is revised to read: 3 4, 5 6 7 8 9 10.: 11 The Contractor shall perform quality control inspection. The manufacturing plant of prestressed concrete girders shall be certified by the Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute's Plant Certification Program for the type of prestressed member to be produced and shall be approved by WSDOT as a Certified Prestress Concrete Fabricator prior to the start of production. WSDOT certification will be granted at, and renewed during, the annual prestressed plant review and approval process in accordance with WSDOT Materials Manual M 46 -01.04 Standard Practice QC 6. 12 Prior to the start of production of girders, the Contractor shall advise the Engineer of the 13 . production schedule. The Contractor shall give the Inspector safe and free access to the 14 Work. If the Inspector observes any nonspecification Work or unacceptable quality 15 control practices, the Inspector will advise the plant manager. If the corrective action is 16 not acceptable to the Engineer, the girder(s) will be subject to rejection by the Engineer. 17 18. The Contracting Agency intends to perform Quality Assurance Inspection. By its 19. . inspection, the Contracting Agency intends only to facilitate the Work and verify the 20 quality of that Work. This inspection shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility 21 for identifying and replacing defective material and workmanship.• . 22 23 The various types of prestressed concrete girders are: 24 25 Prestressed Concrete 1 Girder — Refers to a prestressed concrete girder with a 26 flanged I shaped cross section, requiring a cast -in -place concrete deck to support traffic 27 loads. WSDOT standard girders in this category include Series W42G W50G; W58G,. 28 and W74G. 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 Prestressed Concrete Wide Flange Deck Girder — Refers to a prestressed. concrete 37 wide flange I girder with extended top flange widths designed to support traffic. loads, 38 and designed to be mechanically connected at the flange edges to adjacent girders. at 39 the job site. WSDOT standard girders in this category include Series WF39DG, 40 WF45DG, WF53D.G,: WF61: DG, WF69DG, WF77DG, WF86DG, WF98DG, and 41 WF103DG. 42 Prestressed Concrete Wide Flange Thin Deck Girder — Refers to a prestressed 44 concrete wide flange 1 girder with extended top flange widths requiring a cast -in -place 45 concrete deck to support traffic loads. Flange edges extend to flange edges of adjacent 46 girders at the job site. WSDOT standard girders in this category include Series 47 WF36TDG, WF42TDG, WF50TDG, WF58TDG, WF66TDG, WF74TDG, WF83TDG, 48 WF95TDG, and WF1.00TDG. 49 50 Prestressed Concrete Deck Bulb Tee Girder — Refers to a prestressed concrete 51 girder with a top flange designed to support traffic loads, and designed to be 52 mechanically connected at the flange edges to adjacent girders at the job site. WSDOT Prestressed Concrete Wide Flange 1 Girder — Refers to a prestressed concrete girder with an I shaped cross section with wide top and bottom flanges, requiring a cast-in- place concrete deck to support traffic loads. WSDOT standard girders in this.category : include Series WF36G, WF42G, WF50G, WF58G, WF66G, WF74G, WF83G; :WF95G, and WF100G. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD. SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 standard girders in this category include Series W35DG, W41 DG, W53DG, and 2 W65DG. 3 4 Prestressed Concrete Slab Girder — Refers to a prestressed concrete slab girder, wi 5 or without voids. Prestressed concrete slab girders are mechanically connected at the 6 member edges to adjacent girders at the job site. Prestressed concrete ribbed section 7 girders and prestressed concrete double tee girders shall conform to the requirements 8:. specified for prestressed concrete slab girders. 9 :. 10 Prestressed Concrete Tub Girder — Refers to prestressed concrete tub girders with a 11 U shaped cross section, requiring a cast -in -place concrete deck to support traffic loads.. 12 WSDOT standard girders in this category include Series U**G* or Series UF**G *, where 13: U specifies webs without top flanges, UF specifies webs with top flanges, ** specifies 14 the girder height in inches, and * specifies the bottom flange width in feet. 15 16 Spliced Prestressed Concrete Girder — Refers to prestressed concrete girders initially 17 fabricated in segments which are Longitudinally spliced together with cast -in -place 18 : concrete closures and post tensioning. Post tensioning materials and construction shall 19 conform to Section 6- 02.3(26), except that ducts for prestressed concrete wide flange I 20 girders may be 24 -gage, semi -rigid, galvanized, corrugated, ferrous metal. WSDOT 21 prestressed concrete wide flange I girders in this category include Series WF74PTG, 22 WF83PTG, WF95PTG, and WF100PTG. WSDOT prestressed concrete tub girders in 23 this category include Series U* *PTG* and UF* *PTG* where U, UF, **, and * are as 24 defined for prestressed concrete tub girders. 25 26 6- 02.3(25)A Shop Drawings 27 This section is revised to read: 28 29 Shop drawings for prestressed concrete girders shall be submitted as Type 2."Working 30= Drawings. The only deviations to the Plans that will be permitted are those approved by 31 the annual plant approval process and those listed below: 32 33 1. Addition of inserts for construction purposes including falsework 34 35 2. Small penetrations no larger than 1" diameter for construction purposes 36 including overhang bracket supports, deck formwork hangers and temporary 37 girder bracing. Penetrations in top flanges shall be offset from the edge of the 38 flange the minimum distance shown in the Plans. 39 40 3 Small penetrations no larger than 2" in diameter for girder shipping tie- downs. 41 42 43 44 45 5. Strand adjustments, as long as the center of gravity of the strands remains at 46 the location shown in the plans and concrete cover is not reduced 47 48 6. Diaphragm web hole vertical adjustments to avoid harped strands 49 50 7. Substitution of welded wire reinforcement for conventional reinforcing steel 51. Small adjustments in girder length to account for elastic shortening, creep and shrinkage AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 Shop drawings shall show the size and location of all inserts and penetrations. 2 ;. Penetrations for,deck.formwork and falsework shall match the deck formwork Working',. 3 Drawings. Field- drilled . holes . in prestressed- concrete girders are not allowed. 4 5 Deformed welded wire reinforcement conforming to Sections 9 -07.7 and 9 -07.8 may be 6 substituted for the mild steel reinforcement shown in the plans. The substitution shall be 7 submitted as a Type 2E Working Drawing. The AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design 8 Specification requirements (latest edition including interims) shall be satisfied, including 9 at a minimum the following Articles: 10 11 5.8.2.6 Types of Transverse Reinforcement 12 13 5.8.2.8 Design and Detailing Requirements 14 15 5.10.3 Spacing of Reinforcement 16 17 5.10.6.3 Ties 18: 19 20 21 22 23 5.10.10 Pretensioned Anchorage Zones 24 25 : 5..11.2.5. Welded Wire Fabric 26 27:.,;. 28:. 29.; ; , 5.11..6 „ Splices <of Welded Wire Fabric 30 31 Yield strengths in excess of 75.0 ksi.shall not be used for welded wire reinforcement.... 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 -: 39- :.. 40 41 42. 43 44 .. , .. Shop drawings for spliced prestressed concrete girders shall also conform to Section 6- 45 02.3(26)A. The Working Drawings for spliced prestressed concrete girders shall include 46 all details related to the post - tensioning operations in the field, including details of 47 hardware required, tendon geometry, biockout details, and details of additional or 48 modified steel reinforcing bars required in cast-in-place closures. 49 50 6- 02.3(25)B Casting 51 This section, including title, is revised to read: 52 5.10.7 Transverse Reinforcement for Flexural Members.. 5.10.8; Shrinkage. and. Temperature. Reinforcement. 5.11.2:6.3. Anchorage of W re Fabric Reinforcement. The spacing of vertical welded wire reinforcement within slabs and girder webs shall no exceed 18 inches or the height of the member minus 3 inches, whichever is Tess. Longitudinal wires and welds are permitted in girder flanges but shall be excluded from girder webs. For vertical welded wire reinforcement in prestressed concrete slab girders, no welded joints other than those required for anchorage shall be permitted. Epoxy - coated wire and welded wire reinforcement shall conform to Section 9-07.3 with the exception that ASTM;A884; Class A Type I: shall . be;used instead of ASTM`A775.. End regions of prestressed concrete girders shall meet the requirements of. WSDOT Bridge Design Manual LRFD (M23 -50) Sections 5.6.2.F and 5.6.2.G. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 `1 2 3. 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 642.3(25)B Prestressing Each stressing system: shall have a pressure gauge or loadtell that will measure jacking force: The gauge shall display pressure accurately and readably with a dial at least 6 inches in diameter or with a digital display. Each jack and its gauge shall be calibrated as a' unit and shall be accompanied by a certified calibration chart. The Contractor shall submit'a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of 1 copy of this chart. The cylinder extension during calibration shall be in approximately the position it will occupy at final jacking force. Jacks and gauges shall be recalibrated and recertified: 1. Annually, 2. After any repair or adjustment, and 3. Anytime there are indications that the jack calibration is in error. 18 The Engineer may use load cells to check jacks, gauges, and calibration charts before 19 and during tensioning: 20 21 22 23 24 25 From manufacture to encasement in concrete, prestressing strand shall be protected 26 against dirt, oil, grease, damage, and all corrosives. Strand shall be stored in a dry, 27 covered area and shall' be kept in the manufacturer's original packaging until placement 28 in the forms. If prestressing strand has been damaged or pitted, it will be rejected. 29 Prestressing strand with rust shall be spot - cleaned with a nonmetallic pad to inspect for 30 any sign of pitting or section Toss. Once the prestressing steel has been installed, no 31 welds or grounds for welders shall be made on the forms or the steel in the. girder, 32 except as specified. 33 •34 35, 02.3(26) and the following requirements: 36 37 ; 38 39; 40 41 _•., 42 43 44 45.. 46 47 48 49 3. All post - tensioning shall be completed before placing the sidewalks and 50 barriers on the Superstructure. 51 All load cells shall be calibrated and shall have an indicator that shows prestressing force in the strand. The range of this cell shall be broad enough that the lowest 10 percent of the manufacturer's rated capacity will not be used to measure jacking force. Post - tensioning of spliced prestressed concrete girders shall conform to Section 6- 1. Before tensioning, the Contractor shall remove all side forms from.the.cast -in- place concrete closures: From this point until 48 hours after grouting-the tendons, the Contractor shall keep all construction and other live toads off the Superstructure and shall keep the falsework supporting the superstructure in place: 2. The Contractor shall not tension the post- tensioning reinforcement until the concrete in the cast -in -place closures reaches the minimum compressive strength specified in the Plans. This strength shall be measured with concrete cylinders made of the same concrete and cured under the same conditions as the cast -in -place closures. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 6 -02.3(25)C Prestressing 2 This section, including title, is revised to read: 3 4 6 -02.3(25)C Casting 5 Side forms shall be steel except that cast -in -place concrete closure forms for spliced 6 prestressed concrete girders, interior forms of prestressed concrete tub girders, and end 7 bulkhead forms of prestressed concrete girders may be wood. Interior voids for • 8 prestressed concrete slab girders with voids shall be formed by .either wax soaked 9 cardboard or expanded polystyrene forms. The interior void forms shall be secured in 10 the position as shown in the Working Drawings, and shall remain in place. 11 12 All concrete mixes to be used shall be preapproved in the WSDOT plant certification 13 . . process. The temperature of the concrete when placed shall be between 50 °F and 14 • 90 °F. 15 16 Slump shall not exceed 4 inches for normal concrete nor 7 inches with the use of a high 17 range water- reducing admixture, nor 9 inches when both a high range water - reducing 18 admixture is used and the water /cement ratio is less than or equal to 0.35. For self - 19 consolidating concrete (SCC), the slump requirements specified above do not apply, 20 and are instead replaced by the target slump flow and slump flow range specified as 21 part of the SCC mix design. 22 23 Air - entrainment is not required in the concrete placed into prestressed concrete girders, 24 including cast -in -place concrete closures for spliced prestressed .concrete girders. 25 26 . This section is supplemented with the following new sub - section: 27 28. 6 -02.3(25)C1: Acceptance Testing of Concrete for Prestressed .Concrete Girders 29 Compressive strength cylinders and concrete acceptance testing shall be performed 30 once per prestressed concrete girder or once per fabrication line of prestressed 31 concrete girders. Concrete shall not be placed until fresh concrete testing: indicates... 32 concrete is within acceptable limits. 33 34 Acceptance testing shall be performed by the Contractor and test results shall be 35 submitted to the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted below, the test methods described 36 in Section 6- 02.3(5)D shall be followed. Concrete compressive strength shall . be in 37 accordance with Section 6- 02.3(25)E. 38 9: Concrete that is not self- consolidating, . concrete will be accepted as follows: 40; 41 ; . 1. Temperature within the allowable temperature band... 42 43 2. Slump below the maximum allowed. 44 45. Concrete that is self- consolidating concrete will be accepted as follows: 46 47 1. Temperature within the allowable temperature band. 48 49 2. Slump flow within the target slump flow range. 50 51 3. VSi less than or equal to 1 in accordance with ASTM .C. 1611, Appendix X1, 52 using Filling Procedure B. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 2 4. J ring passing ability less than or equal to 1.5- inches. 3 4 5. Rapid assessment of static segregation resistance of self- consolidating 5 concrete using penetration test in accordance with ASTM C 1712 shall be less 6 than or equal to 15 mm. 7 8 6- 02.3(25)D Curing 9 The first paragraph is revised to read: 10 11 During curing, the Contractor shall keep the girder in a saturated curing atmosphere 12 until the girder concrete has reached the required release strength. If the Engineer 13 concurs, the Contractor may shorten curing time by heating the outside of impervious 14 forms. Heat may be radiant, convection, conducted steam, or hot air. With steam, the 15 arrangement shall envelop the entire surface with saturated steam. Hot air curing will 16 not be allowed, unless the Contractor submits Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of 17 the proposed method to envelop and maintain the girder in a saturated atmosphere. 18 Saturated atmosphere means a relative humidity of at least 90 percent. The Contractor 19 shall never allow dry heat to touch the girder surface at any point. 20 21 6- 02.3(25)E Contractors Control Strength 22 This section is revised to read: 23 24 Concrete strength shall be measured on test cylinders cast from the same concrete as 25 that in the girder. These cylinders shall be cured under time- temperature relationships 26 and conditions that simulate those of the girder. If the forms are heated by steam or hot 27 air, test cylinders will remain in the,coolest zone throughout curing. If forms are heated 28, another way, the Contractor shall provide a record of the curing time- temperature 29• relationship for the cylinders for each girder to the Engineer. When two or more girders 30 • are cast in a continuous line and in a continuous pour, a single set of test cylinders may 31 represent all girders provided the Contractor demonstrates uniformity of casting and 32 curing to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 33 34 The Contractor shall mold, cure, and test enough of these cylinders to satisfy 35 Specification requirements for measuring concrete strength. The Contractor may use 4- 36 by 8 -inch or 6- by 12 -inch cylinders. 37 38 Test cylinders may be cured in a moist room or water tank in accordance with WSDOT 39 FOP for AASHTO T 23' after the girder concrete has obtained the required release 40 strength. lf, however, the Contractor intends to ship the girder prior to the standard 28- 41 day strength test, the design strength for shipping shall be determined from cylinders 42 placed with the girder and cured under the same conditions as the girder. These 43 cylinders may be placed in a noninsulated, moisture -proof envelope. 44 45 To measure concrete strength in the girder, the Contractor shall randomly select two 46 test cylinders. The average compressive strength of the two cylinders shall be equal or 47 greater than the specified strength and neither cylinder shall have a compressive 48 strength that is more than 5% below the specified strength. 49 50 If too few cylinders were molded to carry out all required tests on the girder, the 51 Contractor shall remove and test cores from the girder under the surveillance of the 52 Engineer. If the Contractor casts cylinders to represent more than one girder, all girders AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 2 3 in that line shall be .cored and tested. Cores shall avoid all prestressing strands, steel reinforcing bars and interior voids. 4 For prestressed concrete slab girders, a test shall consist of four cores measuring 3 5 inches in diameter by 6 inches in length (for slabs) or by the thickness of the web (for 6 ribbed and double tee sections). Two cores shall be taken from each side of the girder 7 ... with one on each side of the girder span: midpoint, at locations accepted by the 8.. Engineer. The core locations for prestressed concrete ribbed and . double tee,sec ions 9 shall be immediately beneath the top flange. 10 11 For prestressed concrete tub girders, a test shall consist of four cores measuring 3 12 inches in diameter by the thickness of the web. Two cores shall be taken from each 13 web,. approximately 3 feet to the left and to the right of the center of the girder span. 14 . 15. For all other prestressed concrete girders, a test shall,consist of three cores measuring 16 3 inches in diameter by the thickness of the web and shall be removed from just below 17 the top flange; one at the midpoint of the girder's length and the other two approximately 18. 3 feet to the left and approximately 3. feet to the right. 19 20 . The cores shall be taken in accordance with AASHTO T 24 and shall be tested in 21 accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 22. The. Engineer may accept the girder if 22 the average compressive strength of all test cores from the girder are at least.85 23 percent of the specified compressive strength with no one core less than 75 percent of 24 specified compressive strength. 25 . 26 If there are more than four cored holes in a girder, the prestressing reinforcement shall 27 ` . not be released until the holes are patched and the patch material has attained a 28 minimum compressive strength equal to the required release compressive strength. 29 30 All cored holes shall be patched and cured prior to shipment of the girder. The girder 31 shall not be shipped until tests show the patch material has attained a minimum. 32 compressive strength of 4,000 psi. 33 34 If the annual plant approval includes procedures for patching cored holes, the cored 35 holes shall be patched in accordance with this procedure. Otherwise, the Contractor 36 shall submit a core hole patching procedure as a Type 2 Working Drawing. 37 . 38 6- 02.3(25)F Prestress Release 39 The second and third paragraphs are revised to read: 40 41 All strands shall be released in a way that will minimize eccentricity of the prestressing 42 force about the centerline of the girder. This release shall not occur until tests show 43 each girder has reached the minimum compressive strength required by the Plans. 44 45 The Contractor may request permission to release the prestressing reinforcement at a 46 minimum concrete compressive strength less than specified in the Plans. This request 47 shall be submitted as a Type 2E Working Drawing and shall be accompanied with 48 calculations showing the adequacy of the proposed release concrete compressive 49 strength and any effects on girder camber. The calculated release strength shall meet 50 the requirements outlined in the WSDOT Bridge Design Manual LRFD (M23 -50) for 51 tension and compression at release. 52 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD. SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 6-02.3(25)G Protection of Exposed Reinforcement . 2 The last paragraph is deleted. 3 4 6-02.3(25)H Finishing 5 The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 6 7 The interface on girders that contact a cast-in-place concrete deck shall have a finish of 8 dense, screeded concrete without a smooth sheen or laitance on the surface. 9 10 The third and fourth paragraphs are revised to read: 11 12 On prestressed concrete wide flange deck girders, deck bulb tee girders, ribbed section 13 girders and double tee girders, the Contractor shall test the top surface for flatness and 14 make corrections in accordance with Section 6-02.3(10)D3 except that the straightedge 15 need not exceed the width of the girder top flange when checking the transverse 16 direction. The top surface shall be finished in accordance with Section 6-02.3(10)D6. 17 18 The Contractor may repair defects in the girder provided the repair is covered in the 19 annual plant approval package. Any repairs that are not covered by the annual plant 20 approval process shall be submitted to the Engineer as Type 2 Working Drawings or 21 shall be submitted through the email resolution procesS. 22: 23 6-02.3(25)1 Fabrication Tolerances 24 This section is revised to read: 25 26 The girders shall be fabricated as shown in the processed shop drawings, and shall 27 meet the dimensional tolerances listed below. Construction tolerances of cast-in-place 28 closures for spliced prestressed concrete girders shall conform to the tolerances 29 specified for spliced prestressed concrete girders. Actual acceptance or rejection will 30 depend on how the Engineer believes a defect outside these tolerances will affect the 31 Structure's strength or appearance: 32 33 1. Length: t 1/4 inch per 25,feet of beam length, up to a maximum of t 1% inches. 34. 35 2. Width: 36 37 Flanges and webs: + % inch, - 1/4 inch. 38 39 Slab girdera:'± % inch. 40 41 3. Girder Depth (overall): t 1/4 inch. 42' 43 4. Flange Depth: 44 45 For 1 and wide flange 1 girders: ± % inch 46 47 For all other girders: + 1/4 inch, - % inch 48 49 5. Strand Position: 50 51 Straight strands: t % inch 52 • :"• , • : . ' AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Bundled strand group center of gravity: ± Y2 inch 2 3 Harped strand group center of gravity at the girder ends: ± 1 inch 4 5 6. Longitudinal Location of Harp Points for Harped Strands from Design 6 Locations: ± 20 inches 7 8 7. Position of an Interior Void, vertically and horizontally (slab girders): ± 6 inch. 9 10. 8. Bearing Recess (center of recess to girder end): ± % inch. 11 12 9. Girder Ends (deviation from square or designated skew): 13 14 Horizontal: ± % inch 15 16 Vertical: ± % inch per foot of girder depth 17 18 10. Bearing Area Deviation from Plane (in length or width of bearing): 1/16 inch. 19 20 : 11. Stirrup Reinforcing Spacing: ± 1 inch. 21:. . 22 12. Stirrup Projection from Top of Girder: 23 24 Wide flange thin deck and slab girders: t %.inch 25 26 All other girders: ± s/ inch 27 28 13. Mild Steel Concrete Cover: - % inch, + 3l inch. 29 30 14. Offset at Form Joints (deviation from a straight line extending 5 feet on each 3.1. side of joint): ± % inch. 32 33 15. Differential Camber Between Girders in a Span (measured in place,at the job 34 site): 35. For wide flange deck, wide flange thin deck, deck bulb tee and slab girders with a reinforced concrete topping: For all other wide flange. deck, Cambers shall be equalized when the differences in cambers between adjacent girders exceeds ± % inch Cambers shall be equalized when deck bulb tee and slab girders: the differences in cambers between adjacent girders exceeds ± 1/. inch For all other prestressed concrete ± % inch per 10 feet of girder length girders: 36 37 16. Position of Inserts for Structural Connections: ± 1 inch. 38 39 17. Position of Lifting Loops: ± 3 inches longitudinal, .±'% inch. transverse. 40 41 18. Weld Ties: ± % inch longitudinal, ± % inch vertical. 42 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 19. Position of post tensioning ducts in spliced prestressed concrete girders: ± Y4 2 inch. 3 4 20. Deviation from a smooth curve for post-tensioning ducts at closures based on 5 the sum total of duct placement and alignment tolerances: ± % inch. 6 7 6- 02.3(25)J Horizontal Alignment 8 This section is revised to read: 9 10 The Contractor shall check and record the horizontal alignment of the top and bottom 11 flanges of each girder at the following times: 12 13 1. Initial — Upon removal of the girder from the casting bed. 14 15 2. Shipment — Within 7 days prior to shipment. 16 17 3. Erection — After girder erection and cutting temporary top strands but prior to 18 any equalization, placement of weld ties or placement of diaphragms. 19 20 Each check shall be made by measuring the distance between each flange and a chord 21 that extends the full length of the girder. The Contractor shall perform and record each 22 check at a time when the alignment of the girder is not influenced by temporary 23 differences in surface temperature. Records for the initial check (Item 1 above) shall be 24 included in the Contractor's prestressed concrete certificate of compliance. Records for 25 all other checks shall be submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing. 26 27 Immediately after the girder is removed from the casting bed, neither flange shall be 28 offset more than 1/a inch for each 10 feet of girder length. During storage and prior to 29 shipping, the offset (with girder ends plumb and upright and with no external force) shall 30 not exceed % inch per 10 feet of girder length. Any girder within this tolerance, be 31 shipped, but shall be corrected at the job site to the % inch maximum offset per 10 feet 32 of girder length before concrete is placed into the diaphragms. 33 34 The Engineer may permit the use of external force to correct girder alignment at the 35 plant or job site if the Contractor provides stress calculations and a proposed procedure: 36 If external force is permitted, it shall not be released until after the bridge deck has been 37 ` placed and cured 10 days. 38 39 The maximum deviation of the side of a prestressed concrete slab girder, or the edge of 40 the top flange of a wide flange deck, wide flange thin deck, deck bulb tee, double tee or 41' " ribbed girder; measured from a chord that extends end to end of the member, shall be ± 42 ` % inch per 10 feet of member length, but not greater than 1/2 inch total. 43 44 6- 02.3(25)K Girder Deflection 45 This section, including title, is revised to read: 46 47 6 -02.3(25)K Vertical Deflection 48 The Contractor shall check and record the vertical deflection (camber) of each girder at 49 the following times: 50 51 1. Initial — Upon removal of the girder from the casting bed; 52 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2. Shipment — Within 7 days prior to shipment 2 3 4 5 6 . _ . At a minimum, survey data shall be taken at each girder end and at midspan. The 7 Contractor shall perform . and record each check at a time when the alignment of the 8 girder is not influenced by temporary differences in surface temperature. Records for 9 the initial check (Item 1 above) shall be included in the Contractor's Prestressed 10 Concrete Certificate of Compliance. Records for all other checks shall be submitted as a. 11 Type .1 Working Drawing. . 12. 13 The "D" dimensions shown in the Plans are computed upper and lower bounds of girder 14 vertical deflections at midspan based on a time lapse of 40 and 120 days after release 15 of the prestressing strands. Any temporary top strands are assumed to be cut 30 days 16 prior to these elapsed times (10 and 90 days after release of the prestressing strands). 17: The "D" dimensions are intended to advise the Contractor of the expected range of 18 . girder vertical deflection at the time of deck placement. A positive ( +) "D" dimension 19 indicates upward deflection. 20 21 If the girder vertical deflection measured for the shipment check (Item 2 above) is not 22 between the lower bound shown in the Plans and the upper bound shown in the Plans, 23 the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and shall submit the camber data 24 - as a Type 2 Working Drawing. The Engineer shall be notified prior to shipping the 25 girders. 26 27 If the girder vertical deflection measured for the erection check (Item 3 above) is not 28 between the lower bound shown in the Plans and the upper bound shown in the Plans 29 plus g inches, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing describing how 30 . the deficient or excess girder camber will be addressed. 31 32 All costs including bridge deck form adjustments, maintaining steel reinforcing bar 33 clearances, changes in deck profile or.:thickness, or any other modifications needed to 34 . accommodate girder deflections shall . be at the Contractor's expense. 35 36. 6- 02.3(25)L Handling and Storage 37. The first paragraph is revised to read: 38 39 : During handling and storage, each prestressed concrete girder shall always be kept 40 , plumb and upright. It shall be lifted only by the lifting embedments (strand lift :.loops or 41 high - strength threaded steel bars). at either end. 42 43 . . The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 44 45 For high- strength threaded steel bars, a minimum of two 1% -inch diameter bars 46 conforming to Section 9 -07.11 shall be used at each end of the girder. 47 48 The third sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 49 50 Alternatively, these temporary strands may be post- tensioned provided the strands are 51 stressed on the same day that the permanent prestress is released into the girder and 52 the strands are tensioned prior to lifting the girder from the form. 3. Erection — After girder erection and cutting temporary top strands. but .prior .ta... • any equalization, placement of weld ties or placement of diaphragms. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 2 The last two paragraphs are revised to read: 3 4 The Contractor may request permission to use lifting embedments, lifting embedment 5 locations, lifting angles, concrete release strengths, or temporary top strand 6 configurations other than specified in the Plans. The request shall be submitted as a 7 Type 2E Working Drawing and shall conform to the Criteria for Girder Stresses and 8 Stability for Handling, Shipping and Erecting in Section 6- 02.3(25)M. The request 9 shall also address any effects on girder camber. 10 11 If girders are to be stored, the Contractor shall place them on a stable foundation that • 12 will keep them in a vertical position. Stored girders shall be supported at the bearing 13 recesses or, if there are no recesses, approximately 2 to 3 feet from the girder ends. 14 After post - tensioning, spliced prestressed concrete girders shall be supported at points 15 between 2 and 5 feet from the girder ends, unless otherwise shown in the Plans. For 16 long -term storage of girders with initial horizontal curvature, the Contractor may wedge 17 one side of the bottom flange, tilting the girders to control curvature. If the Contractor 18 elects to set girders out of plumb during storage, the Contractor shall have the proposed 19 method analyzed by the Contractor's engineer to ensure against damaging the girder. 20 21 6 -02.3(25)M Shipping 22 This section is revised to read: 23 24 After the girder has reached its 28 -day design strength, the girder and a completed 25 Certification of Compliance, signed by a Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute 26 Certified Technician or a Professional Engineer, shall be submitted to the Engineer for 27 ' inspection. If the Engineer finds the certification and the girder to be acceptable, the 28 Engineer will stamp the girder "Approved for Shipment ". 29 30 No prestressed concrete slab girder shall be shipped for at least 3 days after concrete 31 placement. No prestressed concrete wide flange deck, deck bulb tee or tub girder shall... 32 be shipped for at least 7 days after concrete placement, except that they maybe 33 shipped 3 days after concrete placement when U(bd) is less than or equal to 5.0, where L equals the shipping length of the girder, b equals the girder top flange width (for 35 prestressed concrete wide flange deck and deck bulb tee girders) or the bottom flange 36 width (for prestressed concrete tub girders), and d equals the girder depth, all in feet. 37 No other girder shall be shipped for at least 10 days after concrete placement. 38 39 Girder support locations during shipping shall be no closer than the girder depth to the 40 ends of the girder at the girder centerline. Support locations shown in the Plans have 41 been determined in accordance with the criteria specified below: The Contractor shall 42 verify the applicability of these criteria to the trucking configuration intended for transport 43 of the girders. If the trucking configuration differs from these criteria, or the Contractor 44 proposes to use support locations other than those shown in the Plans, the Contractor 45 shall submit a girder shipping plan with supporting calculations conforming to the criteria 46 specified below as a Type 2E Working Drawing. 47 48 If the Contractor elects to assemble spliced prestressed concrete girders into 49 components of two or more segments prior to shipment, the Contractor shall submit a 50 girder shipping plan with supporting calculations conforming to the criteria specified 51 below as a Type 2E Working Drawing. 52 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 -. The Contractor shall determine if girder bracing to control lateral bending during 2 . shipping is required and shall provide, it if necessary: When bracing is required, the 3 .: Contractor shall submit a girder shipping plan with supporting calculations conforming 4 the criteria specified below as a Type 2E Working .Drawing. • The Contractor shall 5 perform all bracing operations at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 6 7. Criteria for Girder. Stresses and Stability for Handling, Shipping and Erecting: 8 Girder stresses and lateral stability shall conform to the requirements of the WSDOT 9 Bridge Design Manual LRFD (M23 -50) including Sections 5.2.1.C, 5.6.2.C.2 and 5.6.3. 10 11 6- 02.3(25)N Prestressed Concrete Girder Erection 12 This section is revised to read: 13 14 Before erecting any prestressed concrete girders, the Contractor shall submit an 15 erection plan as a Type 2E Working Drawing. The erection plan shall conform to the 16 Criteria for Girder Stresses and Stability for Handling, Shipping and Erecting in 17 Section 6- 02.3(25)M. The erection plan shall provide complete details of the erection 18 process including at a minimum: 19 20 1. Temporary falsework support, bracing, guys, deadmen, . and attachments to 21 other- Structure components or objects; 22.. 23 2 Procedure and sequence of operation; 24 25 3 Girder stresses during progressive stages of erection; 26 27 4. Girder weights, lift points, lifting embedments and devices, spreaders, and 28 angle of lifting cables in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(25)L, etc.; 29 30 5. Crane(s) make and model, mass, geometry, lift capacity, outrigger size, and 31 reactions; 32 33 . . 6 Girder launcher or trolley details and capacity (if intended for use); _and 34 35 36 37. 38 39;:: The erection plan shall include drawings, notes, catalog cuts, and calculations. dearly 40 . showing the above listed details, assumptions, and dimensions. Material properties and 41: Specifications, structural analysis, and any other data used shall also be included. 42 43 The concrete in piers and crossbeams shall reach at least 80 percent of design strength 44 . before girders are placed on them. 45 46 The Contractor shall hoist girders only by the lifting embedments at the ends; always 47 keeping the girders plumb and upright. When the girders are to receive a cast -in -place 48 concrete deck, lifting embedments shall be removed after erection to provide a 49 minimum 21/2-inch clearance to the top of the deck. When the girders are not to receive 50 a cast -in -place concrete deck, lifting embedments shall be removed 1 -inch below the 51 girder surface and grouted with an epoxy grout conforming to Section 9- 26.3(1)A. 52 7. Locations of cranes, barges, trucks delivering girders, and the location of cranes and outriggers relative to other Structures, including retaining walls and wing. walls. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 The girders shall be braced in accordance with Sections 6- 02.3(17)F4 and 6- 2 ; 02.3(17)F5. When temporary strands in the top flange . are used, they shall be cut .: 3 after the girders are braced and before the girder deflections are equalized and. 4 intermediate diaphragms are cast. 5 6 Instead of the oak block wedges shown in the Plans, the Contractor may use Douglas fir 7 blocks if the grain is vertical. The height of oak block wedges at the girder centerline - 8 shall not exceed the width. 9 10 The Contractor shall fill all block -out holes with a mortar or grout acceptable to the 11 Engineer. - 12 13 For prestressed concrete slab girders, the Contractor shall set stop plates and dowel 14 bars at the top of pier walls with either epoxy grout conforming to Section 9 -26.3 or type 15 IV epoxy bonding agent conforming to Section 9 -26.1. 16 17 6- 02.3(25)0 Deck Bulb Tee Girder Flange Connection 18 This section, including title, is revised to read: 19 20 Girder to Girder Connections 21 When differential camber between adjacent girders in a span exceeds the tolerance in 22 Section 6- 02.3(25)1, the Contractor shall submit a method of equalizing deflections as a 23 Type 1 Working Drawing. Any temporary strands in the top flange shall be cut. in 24 accordance with Section 6- 02.3(25)N prior to equalizing girder deflections. 25 26 Prestressed concrete wide flange deck, deck bulb tee and slab girders with grouted 27 ' shear keys shall be constructed in the following sequence: 28 29 1. Deflections shall be equalized in accordance with the Contractor's equalization. 30 plan. 31 32 2. Intermediate diaphragms shall be placed and weld ties shall be welded. 33 : Welding ground shall be attached directly to the steel plates being Welded 34 when welding the weld -ties. 35: . . 36 3. The keyways shown in the Plans to receive grout shall be filled flush with the 37 surrounding surfaces using a grout conforming to Section 9- 20.3(2). 38 39 4. Equalization equipment shall not be removed and other construction` 40 equipment shall not be placed on the structure until intermediate diaphragms 41 and keyway grout have attained a minimum compressive strength of 2,500 psi. 42 43; Prestressed concrete wide flange deck, deck bulb tee and slab girders without grouted 44 shear keys and prestressed concrete wide flange thin deck girders shall be constructed 45 in the following sequence: 46 47 1. Deflections shall be equalized in accordance with the Contractor's equalization 48 plan. 49 50 2. Intermediate diaphragms shall be placed and any weld ties shall be welded. 51 Welding ground shall be attached directly to the steel plates being welded 52 when welding the weld -ties. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1. 2 . • 3. Equalization . equipment shall not be removed and. other construction 3 equipment shall not be placed on the structure until intermediate diaphragms 4 • . have attained a minimum compressive strength of 2,500 psi. 5 6 6- 02.3(26)F Prestressing Reinforcement 7 The last sentence in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 8 9 If the prestressing reinforcement will not be stressed and grouted for more than 7 10 calendar days after it is placed in the ducts, the Contractor shall place an approved 11 corrosion inhibitor conforming to Federal Specification MIL- I- 22110C in the ducts: 12 13 6- 02.3(27)A Use of Self - Consolidating Concrete for Precast Units 14 The first paragraph is deleted. 15 . 16 The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 17 18 Self- consolidating concrete (SCC) may be used for the following precast concrete 19 structure elements: 20 21 .Item number 2 of the second paragraph is revised to read: 22 23 2. Precast reinforced concrete three -sided structures in accordance with Section.6- 24 02.3(29). 25 26 6- 02.3(27)1 Submittals for Self- Consolidating Concrete for Precast Units 27 This section is revised to read: 28 29 With the exception of items 3, 7, and 8 in Section 6- 02.3(27)A, the Contractor, shall 30. submit the mix design for SCC to the Engineer for annual plant approval in accordance 31 with Section 6- 02.3(28)B. The mix design submittal shall include items specified in:- 32 Sections 6- 02.3(2)A and 6- 02:3(2)C1. ` 33 34 Items 3, 7, and 8 in Section 6- 02.3(27)A require the precast plant to cast one 35 representative structure acceptable to'the Engineer and' have thestructure sawn in half 36 for examination by the Contracting Agency to determine:that segregation has :not 37 occurred. The Contracting Agency's approval of the sawn structure will constitute 38-.% of the precast plant to use SCC; and a concrete mix design submitta.F. is. not 39. required.. 4.0 41 42 Units 43 This section's title is revised to read: 44 45 6- 02.3(27)C Acceptance Testing of Concrete for Precast Units 46, . 47 This section is revised to read: 48 49 • Acceptance testing shall be performed by the Contractor and test results shall be 50 submitted to the Engineer. Concrete shall conform to the requirements specified in 51 Section 6- 02.3(2)A. Unless otherwise noted below, the test methods described in 52 Section 6- 02.3(5)D shall be followed. Concrete compressive strength shall be in 6- 02.3(27)C Acceptance Testing of Self- Consolidating Concrete for Precast AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD. SPECIFICATIONS. BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 accordance with Section 6- 02.3(27). Compressive strength testing shall be performed. a 2 • • minimum of once per day and once for every 20 cubic-yards of concrete that is placed: 3 • 4 5 concrete will be accepted as follows: 6 7 8 9 2. i.Slump below the maximum allowed: 10 11 3. Air content within the required range. 12 13 SCC for items 1, 2, 4, 5, and 6 in Section .6- 02.3(27)A-,will be.accepted as follows: 14 . 15 1. Temperature within the allowable temperature band. 16 17 2. Slump flow within the target slump flow range. 18 19 3. VSI less than or equal to 1 in accordance with .ASTM: C.1.611, Appendix X1, 20 21 22 4. J ring passing ability less than or equal to 1.5- inches. 23 24 5. Air content within the required range. 25 26 SCC for concrete barrierwill be accepted. in accordance:.with temperature, airy .and 27 compressive strength testing listed above. • • . 28 29; SCC for precast junction boxes, cable vaults, and pull boxes will be accepted: in 30: accordance, with the temperature.. and compressive strengthtesting listed above. 31. 32 SCC for precast drainage structure elements wili.be. accepted in accordance*th the 33 requirements of AASHTO M 199. 34 35: - 6702.3(28} Precast Concrete Panels . . 36 : • . In. the .first-paragraph, the third. sentence is revised to read: 37 . -.: 38,: 39 40 :• 42 6-02.4 Measurement 43 The seventh paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 44 45 All reinforcing steel will be measured by the computed weight of all steel required by the 46 Plans. The weight of mechanical splices will be based on the weight specified in the 47 manufacturer's catalog cut for the specific item. Splices noted as optional in the Plans 48 but installed by the Contractor will be included in the measurement. Epoxy - coated bars 49 will be measured before coating: The. Contractor shall .furnish (without extra allowance): :5Q 51 Item. number 1 in the seventh paragraph. is revised to read: 52. Concrete for items 1, 2 4, 5, and 6 in Section 6- 02.3(27)A that is not self - consolidating 1. Temperature within the allowable temperature band. using Filling Procedure B. WSDOT Certification will be granted at, and renewed during, the annual precast plant review and approval process in accordance with WSDOT .Materials Manual M:46 -01.04 Standard Practice QC 7. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. Bracing, spreaders, form blocks, wire clips, and other fasteners. 2 3 The eighth paragraph is deleted. 4 5 The following three new paragraphs are inserted before the last paragraph: 6 7 Expansion joint system seal - superstr..will be measured by the linear foot along its 8 completed line and slope. 9 10 Expansion joint modification will be measured by the linear foot of expansion joint 11 modified along its completed line and slope. 12 13 Prestressed concrete girder will be measured by the linear foot of girder specified in the 14 Proposal. 15 16 6-02.5 Payment 17 In the paragraph following the bid item "Commercial Concrete ", per cubic yard the second 18 sentence is revised to read: 19 20 All costs in connection with concrete curing, producing concrete surface finish with form 21 liners, and furnishing and applying pigmented sealer to concrete surfaces as specified, 22 shall be included in the unit contract price per cubic yard for "Conc. Class " 23 24 The following new paragraph is inserted after the bid item "Superstructure (name bridge) ", 25 Lump sum: 26 27 All costs in connection with constructing, finishing and removing the bridge deck test 28 slab as specified in Section 6- 02.3(10)D1 shall be included in the lump sum Contract 29 price for "Superstructure " or "Bridge Deck " for one bridge in each project, as 30 applicable. 31 32 In the paragraph following the bid item "Epoxy- Coated St. Reinf. Bar ", per pound, the 33 first sentence is revised to read: 34 35 Payment for reinforcing steel shall include the cost of drilling holes in concrete for, and 36 setting, steel reinforcing bar dowels with epoxy bonding agent, and furnishing, 37 fabricating, placing, and splicing the reinforcement. 38 39 The bid item "Cure Box", lump sum and paragraph following bid item are deleted. 40 41 The following three new bid items are inserted before the bid item "Bridge Approach Slab ", 42 per square yard: 43 44 "Expansion Joint System - Superstr. ", per linear foot. 45 46 "Expansion Joint Modification - ", per linear foot. 47 48 "Prestressed Conc. Girder ", per linear foot. 49 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK . . Revised: 813/15 6 -03.AP6 2 Section 6-03, Steel Structures 3 April 6, 2015 4 6-03.2 Materials 5 The first sentence in the fifth paragraph is revised to read: 6 7 The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings describing the methods for 8 visibly marking the material so that it can be traced. 9 10 6 -03.3 Construction Requirements 11 This section is revised to read: 12 13 Structural steel fabricators of plate and box girders, floorbeams, truss members, 14 stringers, cross frames, diaphragms, and laterals shall be certified under the AISC 15 Certification Program for Steel Bridge Fabricators, Advanced Bridges Category. When 16 fracture critical members are specified in the contract, structural steel fabricators shall 17 also meet the supplemental requirements F, Bridges with Fracture - Critical Members, 18 under the AISC Certification Program for Steel Bridge Fabricators. 19 20 6 -03.3(7) Shop Plans 21 This section is revised to read: 22 23 The Contractor shall submit all shop detail plans for fabricating the steel as Type 2 24 Working Drawings. 25 26 If these plans will be submitted directly from the fabricator, the Contractor shall so notify 27 the Engineer in writing. 28 29 No material shall be fabricated until: (1) the Working Drawing review is complete, and 30 (2) the Engineer has accepted the materials source. 31 32 Before physical completion of the project, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer one 33 set of reproducible copies of the as -built shop plans. The reproducible copies shall be 34 clear, suitable for microfilming, and on permanent sheets that measure no smaller than 35 11 by 17- inches. Alternatively, the shop drawings may be provided in an electronic 36 format with the concurrence of the Engineer. 37 38 6- 03.3(7)A Erection Methods 39 The first paragraph is revised to read: 40 41 Before beginning to erect any steel Structure, the Contractor shall submit Type 2E 42 Working Drawings consisting of the erection plan and procedure describing the methods 43 the Contractor intends to use. 44 45 The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 46 47 The erection plan and procedure shall provide complete details of the erection process 48 including, at a minimum, the following: 49 50 The third paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 As part of the erection plan Working Drawings, the Contractor may submit details of an 3 engineered and fabricated lifting bracket bolted to the girder top flanges providing the 4 following requirements are satisfied: 5 6 In the third paragraph, the second sentence of item number 4 is revised to read: 7 8 Certification documentation from a previous project may be submitted; 9 10 The last sentence of the fourth paragraph is deleted. 11 12 The last paragraph is deleted. 13 14 6- 03.3(10) Straightening Bent Material 15 In the first paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: 16 17 A limited amount of localized heat may be applied only if carefully planned and 18 supervised, and only in accordance with the heat - straightening procedure Working 19 Drawing submittal. 20 21 The third paragraph is revised to read: 22 23 After straightening, the Contractor shall inspect the member for fractures using a 24 method proposed by the Contractor and accepted by the Contracting Agency.. 25 26 The last paragraph is revised to read: 27 28 The procedure for heat straightening of universal mill (UM) plates by the mill or the 29 fabricator shall be submitted as a Type 2 Working Drawing. 30 31 6- 03.3(14) Edge Finishing 32 In the first paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: 33 34 Corners along exposed edges shall be broken by Tight grinding or another method 35 acceptable to the Engineer to achieve an approximate 1/16 -inch chamfer or. rounding. 36 37 In the fifth paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: 38. 39 The fabricator shall prevent excessive hardening of flange edges through preheating, 40 , post heating, or control of the burning process as recommended by the steel 41 . manufacturer. 42 43 The sixth paragraph is revised to read: 44 45 Hardness testing shall consist of testing thermal -cut edges with a portable hardness 46 tester. The hardness tester, and its operating test procedures, shall be submitted as a 47 Type 1 Working Drawing. The hardness tester shall be convertible to Rockwell C scale 48 values. 49 50 In the last paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: 51 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 If thermal- cutting operations conform to procedures established by the steel 2 manufacturer; and hardness testing results are consistently within acceptable limits, the. 3 Engineer may authorize a reduction in the testing frequency. 4 5 6- 03.3(15) Planing of Bearing Surfaces 6 This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: 7 8 Where mill to bear is specified in the Plans, the bearing end of the stiffener shall be 9 flush and square with the flange and shall have at least 75 percent of this area in 10 contact with the flange. 11 12 6- 03.3(25) Welding and Repair Welding 13 In the first paragraph, the first sentence revised to read: 14 15 Welding and repair welding of all steel bridges shall comply with the AASHTO /AWS 16 Di .5MID1.5, latest edition, Bridge Welding Code. 17 18 In the second paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: 19 20 No welding, including tack and temporary welds shall be done in the shop or field unless 21 the location of the welds is shown on the shop drawings reviewed and accepted by the 22 Engineer. 23 24 In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 25 26 Welding procedures shall accompany the shop drawing Working Drawing submittal. 27 28 In the fourth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 29 30 Welding shall not begin until completion of the shop plan Working Drawing review as 31 required in Section 6- 03.3(7). 32 33 In item number 1 of the ninth paragraph, "approves" is revised to read "concurs ". 34 35 6- 03.3(25)A3 Ultrasonic Inspection 36 The following new paragraph is inserted before the last paragraph: 37 38 A minimum of 30 percent of complete penetration vertical welds on steel column jackets 39 thicker than 5/16 -inch, within 1.50 column jacket diameter of the top and bottom of each 40 column, shall be inspected. If any rejectable flaws are found, 100 percent of the weld 41 within the specified limits shall be inspected. The largest column cross section diameter 42 for tapered column jackets shall constitute one column jacket diameter. 43 44 6- 03.3(25)A4 Magnetic Particle Inspection 45 Items number 3 and 4 are revised to read: 46 47 3. Complete penetration groove welds on plates %g -inch or thinner (excluding steel 48 column jackets) shall be 100 percent tested by the magnetic particle method. 49 Testing shall apply to both sides of the weld, if backing plate is not used. The ends 50 of each complete penetration groove weld at plate edges shall be tested by the 51 magnetic particle method. 52 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4. A minimum of 30 percent of complete penetration vertical welds on steel column 2 jackets %16 -inch or thinner, within 1.50 column jacket diameters of the top and 3 bottom of each column, shall be magnetic particle inspected. The largest column 4 cross section diameter for tapered column jackets shall constitute one column jacket 5 diameter. 6 7 The last paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence: 8 9 If any rejectable flaws are found in any test length of item 4 above, 100 percent of the 10 weld within the specified limits shall be inspected. 11 12 6- 03.3(27) High Strength Bolt Holes 13 The last paragraph is revised to read: 14 15 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of a detailed outline of 16 the procedures proposed to accomplish the work from initial drilling through shop 17 assembly. 18 19 6- 03.3(27)C Numerically Controlled Drilled Connections 20 In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 21 22 The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings consisting of a detailed outline of 23 proposed N/C procedures. 24 25 6- 03.3(29) Welded Shear Connectors 26 This section's content is deleted and replaced with the following: 27 28 Installation, production control, and inspection of welded shear connectors shall 29 conform to Chapter 7 of the AASHTO /AWS D1.5M/D1.5:2010 Bridge Welding Code. If 30 welded shear connectors are installed in the shop, installation shall be completed prior 31 to applying the shop primer coat in accordance with Section 6- 07.3(9)G. If welded shear 32 connectors are installed in the field, the steel surface to be welded shall be prepared to 33 SSPC -SP 11, power tool cleaning, just prior to welding. 34 35 6- 03.3(33) Bolted Connections 36 In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 37 38 The Contractor shalt submit Type 1 Working Drawings providing documentation of the 39 bolt tension calibrator, including brand, capacity, model, date of last calibration, and 40 manufacturer's instructions for use. 41 42 In the second sentence of the second paragraph, the word "approved" is deleted. 43 44 In item number 3 of the fifth paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "specified ". 45 46 In the center column header of table 1, "AASHTO M 164" is revised to read "ASTM A 325 ". 47 48 In the column headings of table 3, "M 164" is revised to read "A 325 ". 49 50 In the tenth paragraph, item number 3, "approved" is revised to read "accepted" in the 51 second and third sentences of the first paragraph. 52 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD. SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 In the tenth paragraph, item number 3, the third paragraph is revised to read: 2 3 The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings of the tension control bolt 4 assembly, including bolt capacities, type of bolt, nut, and washer lubricant, method of 5 packaging and protection of the lubricated bolt, installation equipment, calibration 6 equipment, and installation procedures. 7 8 In the first sentence of the last paragraph, "AASHTO M 164" is revised to read "ASTM A 9 325 ". 10 11 The second sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 12 13 Black ASTM A 325 bolts may be reused once if accepted by the Engineer. 14 In the last paragraph, the fourth sentence is revised to read: 15 16 Bolts to be reused shall be relubricated in accordance with the manufacturer's 17 recommendations. 18 19 6- 03.3(33)A Pre- Erection Testing 20 In the fifth sentence of the first paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "accepted ". 21 22 The third paragraph is revised to read: 23 24 The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings consisting of the manufacturer's 25 detailed procedure for pre - erection (rotational capacity) testing of tension control bolt 26 assemblies. 27 28. 6- 03.3(33)B Bolting Inspection 29 In the last sentence of the first paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "specked ". 30 31 The last paragraph is revised to read: 32 33 The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings consisting of the manufacturer's 34 detailed procedure for routine observation to ensure proper use of the tension control 35 bolt assemblies. 36 37 6- 03.3(42) Surface Condition 38 The first subparagraph is revised to read: 39 40 Painted steel surfaces shall be cleaned by methods required for the type of staining. 41 The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing of the cleaning method. 42 43 6- 04.AP6 44 Section 6-04, Timber Structures 45 January 5, 2015 46 6- 04.3(3) Shop Details 47 This section is revised to read: 48 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of shop detail plans 2 for all treated timber. These plans shall show dimensions for all cut, framed, or bored 3 timbers. 4 5 6- 05.AP6 6 Section 6 -05, Piling 7 January 5, 2015 8 6- 05.3(2) Ordering Piling 9 The last paragraph is deleted. 10 11 6- 05.3(3)A Casting and Stressing 12. In the second sentence of the first paragraph, "poured" is revised to read "cast ". 13 14 6- 05.3(4) Manufacture of Steel Casings for Cast -In -Place Concrete Piles 15 This section is revised to read: 16 17 The diameter of steel casings shall be as specified in the Contract. A full- penetration 18 groove weld between welded edges is required. 19 20 6- 05.3(5) Manufacture of Steel Piles 21 This section is revised to read: 22 23 Steel piles shall be made of rolled steel H -pile sections, steel pipe piles, or of other 24 structural steel sections described in the Contract. A full- penetration groove weld 25 between welded edges is required. 26 27 6- 05.3(6) Splicing Steel Casings and Steel Piles 28 This section is revised to read: 29 30 The Engineer will normally permit steel piles and steel casings for cast -in -place 31 concrete piles to be spliced. But in each case, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 32 Working Drawings supporting the need and describing the method for splicing. Welded 33 splices shall be spaced at a minimum distance of 10 feet. Only welded splices will be 34 permitted. 35 36 Splice welds for steel piles shall comply with Section 6- 03.3(25) and AWS D1.1/D1.1M, 37 latest edition.Structural Welding Code. Splicing of steel piles shall be performed in 38 accordance with an approved weld procedure. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 39 Working Drawing consisting of the weld procedure. For ASTM A 252 material, mill 40 certification for each lot of pipe to be welded shall accompany the submittal. The ends 41 of all steel pipe piling shall meet the fit -up requirements of AWS D1.1/D1.1M, latest 42 edition, Structural Welding Code Section 5.22.3.1, "Girth Weld Alignment (Tubular)," 43 when the material is spliced utilizing a girth weld. 44 45 Splice welds of steel casings for cast -in -place concrete piles shall be the Contractor's 46 responsibility and shall be welded in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, latest edition, 47 Structural Welding Code. A weld procedure submittal is not required for steel casings 48 used for cast -in -place concrete piles. Casings that collapse or are not watertight, shall 49 be replaced at the Contractor's expense. 50 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 6- 05.3(7)B Precast Concrete Piles 2 The second to last sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 3 4 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of the method of lifting 5 the piles. 6 7 6- 05.3(8) Pile Tips and Shoes 8 In the last paragraph, the second and third sentences are deleted and replaced with the 9 following new sentence: 10 11 If pile tips or shoes other than those denoted in the Qualified Products List are 12 proposed, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of shop 13 drawings of the proposed pile tip along with design calculations, specifications, material 14 chemistry and installation requirements, along with evidence of a pile driving test 15 demonstrating suitability of the proposed pile tip. 16 17 6- 05.3(9)A Pile Driving Equipment Approval 18 In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 19 20 Prior to driving any piles, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings 21 consisting of details of each proposed pile driving system. 22 23 In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 24 25 The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of a wave equation 26 analysis for all pile driving systems used to drive piling with required ultimate bearing 27 capacities of greater than 300 tons. 28 29 In the second paragraph, the second sentence is deleted. 30 . 31 The last paragraph is revised to read: 32 33 Changes to the pile driving system after completion of the Working Drawing review 34 require a revised Working Drawing submittal. 35 36 6- 05.3(9)B Pile Driving Equipment Minimum Requirements 37 In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 38 39 . For each drop hammer . used, the Contractor shall weigh it in the. Engineer's presence or 40 submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of a certificate of its weight. 41 42 In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 43 44 For each diesel, hydraulic, steam, or air - driven hammer used, the Contractor shall 45 submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the manufacturer's specifications and 46 catalog. 47 48 In the fourth paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "permission ". 49 50 The ninth paragraph is revised to read: 51 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 These requirements for minimum hammer size may be waived if a Type 2E Working 2 Drawing is submitted consisting of a wave equation analysis demonstrating the ability of 3 the hammer to obtain the required bearing capacity and minimum tip elevation without 4 damage to the pile. 5 6 6- 05.3(9)C Pile Driving Leads 7 In the third paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "permitted ". 8 9 6- 05.3(11)F Pile Damage 10 In the first sentence of the second paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "accepted ". 11 12 6 -05.3(11)G Pile Cutoff 13 to the first paragraph, "Engineer's approval" is revised to read "Engineer's permission ". 14 15 6 -05.3(11)H Pile Driving From or Near Adjacent Structures 16 In the first paragraph, item number 3 is revised to read: 17 18 3. Type 2E Working Drawings are submitted in accordance with Sections 1 -05.3 and 6- 19 02.3(16), showing the structural adequacy of the existing Structure to safely support 20 all of the construction loads. 21 22 6- 05.3(12) Determination of Bearing Values 23 In the footnote below the formula, "approved by the Engineer" is revised to read "acceptable 24 to the Engineer". 25 26 6- 05.3(13) Treatment of Timber Pile Heads 27 In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 28 . 29 After cutting treated timber piles to correct elevation, the Contractor shall brush three 30 coats of a preservative that meets the requirements of Section 9 -09 on all pile heads 31 (except those to be covered with concrete footings or concrete caps). 32 33 6- 05.3(15) Completion of Cast -In -Place Concrete Piles 34 In the first paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "acceptance ". 35 . 36 6- 06.AP6 37 Section 6-06, Bridge Railings 38 January 5, 2016 39 6 -06.3(2) Metal Railings 40 The second paragraph is revised to read: 41 42 Before fabricating the railing, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings 43 consisting of the shop plans. The Contractor may substitute other rail connection details 44 for those shown in the Plans if details of these changes show in the shop plans and if 45 the Engineer accepts them in the Working Drawing response comments. In reviewing 46 the shop plan Working Drawings, the Engineer indicates only that they are adequate 47 and complete enough. The review does not indicate a check on dimensions. 48 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 6 -07.AP6 2 Section 6 -07, Painting 3 January 5, 2015 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 6 -07.3 Painting This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 6- 07.3(14) Metallic Coatings 6- 07.3(14)A General Requirements This specification covers the requirements for thermal spray metallic coatings, with and without additional paint coats, as a means to prevent corrosion. The coating system consists of surface preparation by wash cleaning and abrasive blast cleaning, thermal spray application of a metallic coating using a material made specifically for that purpose, and, when specified, shop primer coat or shop primer coat plus top coat in accordance with Section 6-07.3(11)A. The system also includes inspection and acceptance requirements. 6- 07.3(14)B Reference SSPC -SP 10/NACE No. SSPC CS 23.00 ASTM -C -633 ASTM D 4417 ASTM D 6386 ASTM D 4541 ANSI /AWS C2.18 Standards 2 Near White Blast Cleaning Guide for Thermal Spray Metallic Coating Systems Standard Test Method for Adhesion or Cohesion Strength of Thermal Spray Coatings Standard Test Methods for Field Measurement of Surface Profile of Blast - Cleaned Steel Standard Practice for Preparation of Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coated Iron and Steel Product and Hardware Surfaces for Painting Standard Test Method for Pull -Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable Adhesion Testers Guide for the Protection of Steel with Thermal Sprayed Coatings of Aluminum, Zinc and their Alloys and Composites 6- 07.3(14)C Quality Assurance A representative sample of each lot of the .coating material used shall be submitted to the Engineer for analysis prior to use. Zinc shall.. have . a minimum purity of 99.9 percent. Zinc Aluminum 85/15 wire shall be 14 percent minimum to 16 percent maximum aluminum. The thermal sprayed coating shall have a uniform appearance. The coating shall not contain any blisters, cracks, chips or loosely adhering particles, oil or other surface contaminants, nodules, or pits exposing the substrate. The thermal spray coating shall adhere to the substrate with a minimum bond of 700 psi. The Contractor's QA program shall include thermal spray coating bond testing. The Engineer may cut through the coating with a knife or chisel. If upon doing so, any part of the coating lifts away from the base metal 1/4 in. or more ahead of the AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 cutting blade without cutting the metal, then the bond is considered not effective 2 and is rejected. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6- 07.3(14)D Submittals 11 The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, prior to abrasive blast cleaning, a 12 12 inch square steel plate, of the same material and approximate thickness of the steel 13 to be coated, blasted clean in accordance with Section 6- 07.3(14)E. The sample 14 plate will be checked for specified angular surface pattern, the abrasive grit size 15 and type used, and the procedure used. This plate shall be used as the visual 16 standard to determine the acceptability of the cleaned surface. In the event the 17 Contractor's cleaning operation is inferior to the sample plate, the Contractor shall 18 be required to correct the cleaning operation to do a job comparable to the 19 specimen submitted. 20 21 At the same time as submitting the abrasive blast cleaned steel plate sample, the 22 Contractor • shall submit to the Engineer, a second 12 inch square steel plate of the 23 same material and thickness, cleaned and thermal spray coated in accordance with 24 the same processes and with the same equipment as intended for use in applying 25 the thermal spray coatings. The Engineer may request additional cleaned and 26 thermal spray coated samples to be produced and submitted coincident with 27 thermal spray coating of the items specified in the Plans to receive thermal spray 28 coatings. 29 30 6- 07.3(14)E Surface Preparation 31 Surface irregularities (e.g., sharp edges and /or carburized edges, cracks, 32 delaminations, pits, etc.) interfering with the application of the coating shall be 33 removed or repaired, prior to wash cleaning. Thermal cut edges shall be ground to 34 reduce hardness to attain the surface profile required from abrasive blast cleaning.. 35 . 36 All dirt, oil, scaling, etc. shall be removed prior to blast cleaning. All surfaces shall 37 be wash cleaned with either clean water at 8000 psi or water and detergent at 2000. 38 psi with two rinses with clean water. 39.,.., 40.. .: The surface shall be . abrasive blast cleaned to near white metal (SSPC -SP 10). 41 ;. The surface profile shall be measured using a surface profile comparator; replica 42 tape, or other method suitable for the abrasive being, used in accordance with 43:. ASTM D 4417. 44; 45 Where zinc coatings up to and including 0.009 inch thick are to be applied, one of 46 the following abrasive grits shall be used with pressure blast equipment to produce 47 a 3.0 mils AA anchor tooth pattern: 48 49 1.- Aluminum oxide or silicon carbide 50 . mesh size: SAE G -25 to SAE G-40 51 52 Coated areas which have been rejected or damaged in the inspection procedure described shall have the defective sections blast cleaned to remove all of the thermal sprayed coating and shall then be recoated. Before resubmittal and inspection, those sections where coating has not reached the required thickness shall be sprayed with additional . metal until that thickness is achieved. 2. Hardened steel grit AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK . . Revised: 813115 1 mesh size: SAE G-25 to SAE G -40 2 3 3. Garnet, flint, or crushed nickel or black beauty coal slag 4 mesh size: SAE G -25 to SAE 0-50 5 6 8 9 10 1. Aluminum oxide or silicon carbide' 11 mesh size: SAE G -18 to SAE G-25 12 13 2. Hardened steel grit 14 mesh size: SAE 0-18 to SAE G -25 15 16 17 18 19 The pressure of the blast nozzle, as measured with a needle probe gauge, with 20 pressure type blasting equipment shall be as follows: 21 :. 22 1. With aluminum oxide, silicon carbide, flint, or slag - 50 psi minimum and 60 23 psi maximum:. 24. 25 2. With garnet or steel grit - 75 psi minimum. 26 27 The pressure at the blast nozzle; with siphon blasting (suction blasting), shall be as 28 follows: 29 30 1. With aluminum oxide, silicon carbide, flint, or slag - 75 psi maximum. 31 32 2." With gamet or steel grit - 90 psi maximum. 33 34 ' The abrasive blast stream shall be directed onto the substrate surface at a. spray 35 angle of 75 to 90 degrees, and moved side to side. The nozzle to substrate 36 distance shall be 4 to 12 inches: 37 38 6- 07.3(14)F Application of Metallic Coating 39 No surface shall be sprayed which shows any sign of condensed moisture or which 40 does not comply withSection6- 07.3(14)E. If rust bloom occurs within the holding 41: time between abrasive blast cleaning and thermal spraying, the surface shall be 42 reblasted at a blast angle as close to perpendicular to the surface as possible to 43 achieve a 2.0 to 4.0 mil anchor tooth pattern. Thermal spraying shall not take place 44 when the relative humidity is 90% or greater, when the steel temperature is Tess 45 than 5 °F above the dew point, or when the air or steel temperature is less than 46 40 °F. 47 48 Clean, dry air shall be used with not less than 50 psi air pressure at the air 49 regulator. Not more than 50 feet of 3/8 in. ID hose shall be used between the air 50 regulator and the metallizing gun. The metallizing gun shall be started and 51 adjusted with the spray directed away from the work. During the spraying operation 52 and depending upon the equipment being used, the gun shall be held as close to Where zinc coatings greater than 0.010 inch thick are to be applied, one of the following abrasive grits shall be used with pressure blast equipment to produce a 5.0 mils AA anchor tooth pattern: 3. Gamet, flint, or crushed nickel or black beauty coal slag mesh size: SAE G -18 to SAE G -25 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 perpendicular as possible to the surface from 5 to 8 inches from the surface of the 2 work. ... 3 4 Manual spraying shall be done in a block pattern, typically 2 feet by 2 feet square. 5 The sprayed metal shall overlap on each pass to ensure uniform coverage. The 6 specified thickness of the coating shall be applied in multiple layers. In no case are 7 fewer than two passes of thermal spraying, overlapping at right angles, acceptable. 8 9 At least one single layer of coating shall be applied within 4 hours of blasting and 10 the surface shall be completely coated to the specified thickness within 8 hours of 11 blasting. 12 13 The minimum coating thickness shall be 6 mils unless otherwise shown in the 14 Plans. 15 16 6- 07.3(14)G Applications of Shop Coats and Field Coats 17 The surface shall be wiped clean with solvent immediately before applying the 18 wash primer. The wash primer shall have a low viscosity appropriate for absorption 19 into the thermal spray coating, and shall be applied within 8 hours after completion 20 of thermal spraying or before oxidation occurs. The dry film thickness of the wash 21 primer shall not exceed 0.5 mils or be less than 0.3 mils. It shall be applied using 22 an appropriate spray gun except in those areas where brush or roller application is 23 necessary. The subsequent shop primer or field coats shall be applied no less than 24 one -half hour after a wash primer. 25 26 The shop primer coat, when specified, shall be applied in accordance with Section 27 6- 07.3(11)A and the paint manufacturer's recommendations. 28 29 All field coats, when specified, shall be applied in accordance with Section 6- 30 07.3(11)A and the paint manufacturer's recommendations. The color of the top 31 coat shall conform to Section 6- 03.3(30) as supplemented in these Special 32 Provisions. 33 34 6- 07.3(2) Submittals 35 The first paragraph is revised to read: 36 37 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings of the painting plan. 38 39 6- 07.3(10)A Containment 40 • . The second paragraph is revised to read 41 42 The containment length shall not exceed the length of a span (defined as pier to pier). 43 The containment system shall not cause any damage to the existing structure. All 44 clamps and other attachment devices shall be padded or designed such that they shall 45 not mark or otherwise damage the steel member to which they are attached. Alt clamps 46 and other attachment devices shall be fully described in the Contractor's painting plan 47 Working Drawing submittal. Field welding of attachments to the existing structure will 48 not be allowed. The Contractor shall not drill holes into the existing structure or through 49 existing structural members except as shown in the Contractor's painting plan Working 50 Drawing submittal. All provisions for dust collection, ventilation and auxiliary lighting 51 within the containment system shall be fully described the Contractors painting plan 52 Working Drawing submittal. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 2 In the second to last paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "accepted ". 3 4 6- 07.3(10)E Surface Preparation — Full Paint Removal 5 This section is revised to read: 6 7 For structures where full removal of existing paint is specified, the Contractor shall 8 remove any visible oil, grease, and road tar in accordance with SSPC -SP 1. 9 10 Following preparation by SSPC -SP 1, all steel surfaces to be painted shall be prepared 11 in accordance with SSPC -SP 10, near -white metal blast cleaning. Surfaces inaccessible 12 to near -white metal blast cleaning shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC -SP 11, 13 power tool deaning to bare metal, as allowed by the Engineer. 14 15 6- 07.3(10)F Collecting, Testing and Disposal of Containment Waste 16 In the first paragraph, the last sentence before the numbered list is revised (up until the 17 colon) to read: 18 19 The sealed waste containers shall be stored in accordance with Section 1 -06.4, the 20 painting plan, and the following requirements: 21 22 In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 23 24 All material collected by and removed from the containment system shall be taken to a 25 landside staging area, provided by the Contractor, for further processing and storage 26 prior to transporting for disposal. 27 28 The ninth paragraph is revised to read: 29 30 The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing of all TCLP results. ... . 31 32 The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 33 34 The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of waste disposal 35 documentation within 15 working days of each disposal. 36 37 6- 07.3(10)K Coating Thickness 38 The last paragraph is revised to read: 39 40 If the specified number of coats does not produce a combined dry film thickness of at 41 least the sum of the thicknesses required per coat, or if an individual coat does not meet 42 the minimum thickness, or if visual inspection shows incomplete coverage, the coating 43 system will be rejected, and the Contractor shall discontinue painting and surface 44 preparation operations and shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing of the repair 45 proposal. The repair proposal shall include documentation demonstrating the cause of 46 the less than minimum thickness along with physical test results, as necessary, and 47 modifications to work methods to prevent similar results. The Contractor shall not 48 resume painting or surface preparation operations until receiving the Engineer's 49 acceptance of the completed repair. 50 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6- 07.3(10)L Environmental Condition Requirements Prior to Application of 2 Paint 3 In the last paragraph, the second to last sentence is revised to read: 4 5 If a paint system manufacturer's recommendations allow for application of a paint under 6 environmental conditions other than those specified, the Contractor shall submit a Type 7 2 Working Drawing consisting of a letter from the paint manufacturer specifying the 8 environmental conditions under which the paint can be applied. 9 10 In the last sentence of the last paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "concurrence ". 11 12 6- 07.3(11)B1 Submittals 13 The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 14 15 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of the following 16 information: 17 18 6- 07.3(11)B3 Galvanized Surface Cleaning and Preparation 19 The first paragraph is revised to read: 20 21 Galvanized surfaces receiving the powder coating shall be cleaned and prepared for 22 coating in accordance with ASTM D 6386, and the project - specific powder coating plan. 23 24 6- 07.3(11)B4 Powder Coating Application and Curing 25 The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 26 27 After surface preparation, the two- component powder coating shall be applied in 28 accordance with the powder coating manufacturer's recommendations, the project - 29 specific powder coating plan, and as follows: 30 31 6- 07.3(11)B5 Testing 32 In the fifth sentence of the first paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is 33 deleted. 34 35 The second paragraph is revised to read: 36 37 The results of the QC testing shall be documented in a QC report, and submitted as a 38 Type 2 Working Drawing. 39 40 In the fourth paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 41 42 In the last paragraph, "Engineer's approval" is revised to read "Engineer's acceptance ". 43 44 6- 07.3(11)B6 Coating Protection for Shipping 45 The phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted from this section. 46 47 The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 48 49 After erection, all coating damage due to the Contractor's shipping, storage, handling, 50 and erection operations shall be repaired by the Contractor in accordance with the 51 project- specific powder coating plan. 52 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 6 -07.5 Payment 2 The following new paragraph is inserted before the last paragraph: 3 4 All costs in connection with producing the metallic coatings as specified shall be 5 included in the unit contract price for the applicable item or items of work. 6 7 6 -09.AP6 8 Section 6 -09, Modified Concrete Overlays 9 January 5, 2015 10 6 -09.2 Materials 11 The second sentence of the fifth paragraph is revised to read: 12 13 Microsilica will be accepted based on submittal of a Manufacturer's Certificate of 14 Compliance. 15 16 The seventh paragraph is revised to read: 17 18 Latex admixture will be accepted based on submittal of a Manufacturer's Certificate of 19 Compliance. 20 21 6- 09.3(1)H Mobile Mixer for Latex Modified Concrete 22 In item number 2 of the first paragraph, "An approved recording meter" is revised to read "A 23 recording meter". 24 25 In item number 3 of the first paragraph, "an approved flow meter" is revised to read "a flow 26 meter". 27 28 6- 09.3(1)J Finishing Machine 29 The last two sentences of the last paragraph are revised to read: 30 31 A machine with a vibrating pan as an integral part may be proposed. Other finishing 32 machines will be allowed subject to concurrence of the Engineer. 33 34 6 -09.3(2) Submittals 35 This section is revised to read: 36 37 The Contractor shall submit the following Working Drawings in accordance with Section 38 1 -05.3: 39 40 1. A Type 1 Working Drawing of the type of machine (rotary milling, hydro - 41 demolition, or shot blasting) selected by the Contractor for use in this project to 42 scarify concrete surfaces. 43 44 2. A Type 1 Working Drawing of the axle loads and axle spacing of the rotary 45 milling machine (if used). 46 47 3. A Type 2 Working Drawing of the Runoff Water Disposal Plan (if a hydro - 48 demolition machine is used). The Runoff Water Disposal Plan shall describe all 49 provisions for the containment, collection, filtering, and disposal of all runoff 50 water and associated contaminants generated by the hydro - demolition process, AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 including containment, collection and disposal of runoff water and debris 2 escaping through breaks in the bridge deck. 3 4 4. A Type 2 Working Drawing of the method and materials used to contain, collect, 5 and dispose of all concrete debris generated by the scarifying process, 6 including provisions for protecting adjacent traffic from flying debris. 7 8 5. A Type 1 Working Drawing of the mix design for concrete Class M, and either 9 fly ash modified concrete, microsilica modified concrete, or latex modified 10 concrete, as selected by the Contractor for use in this project in accordance 11 with Section 6- 09.3(3). 12 13 6. A Type 1 Working Drawing of samples of the latex admixture and the portland 14 cement for testing and compatibility (if latex modified concrete is used). 15 16 7. A Type 2 Working Drawing of the paving equipment specifications and details 17 of the screed rail support system, including details of anchoring the rails and 18 providing rail continuity. 19 20 6- 09.3(3)A General 21 In the last paragraph, the phrase "and as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 22 23 6- 09.3(4)B Latex Admixture 24 In the second sentence of the second paragraph, the phrase and as approved by the 25 Engineer" is deleted. 26 27 6- 09.3(5)A General 28 The second paragraph is deleted. 29 30 In the third and fourth paragraphs, the phrase "and as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 31 32 In the fifth paragraph, "approved by the Engineer" is revised to read "acceptable to the 33 Engineer". 34 35 6- 09.3(5)B Testing of Hydro - Demolition and Shot Blasting Machines 36 In the last sentence of the last paragraph, "approval' is revised to read "acceptance ". 37 38 6- 09.3(5)C Hydro - Demolishing 39 In the third and fourth paragraphs, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 40 41 6- 09.3(6)B Deck Repair Preparation 42 The second to last paragraph is revised to read the following three new paragraphs: 43 44 The exposed steel reinforcing bars and concrete in the repair area shall be sandblasted 45 or hydro - blasted and blown clean just prior to placing concrete. 46 47 Where existing steel reinforcing bars inside deck repair areas show deterioration 48 exceeding the limits defined in the Plans, the Contractor shall furnish and place steel 49 reinforcing bars alongside the deteriorated bars in accordance with the details shown in 50 the Plans. Payment for such extra Work will be by force account as provided in Section 51 1 -09.6. 52 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 Bridge deck areas outside the repair area or steel reinforcing bar inside or outside the 2 repair area damaged by the Contractor's operations, shall be repaired by the Contractor 3 at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency, and to the satisfaction of the 4 Engineer. 5 6 6- 09.3(6)C Placing Deck Repair Concrete 7 The third paragraph is supplemented with the following: 8 9 The Work of Type 1 further deck preparation shall consist of removing and disposing of 10 the concrete within the repair area. 11 12 The following new sentence is inserted before the last sentence of the last paragraph: 13 14 The Work of Type 2 further deck preparation shall consist of removing and disposing of 15 concrete within the repair area, and furnishing, placing, finishing, and curing the repair 16 concrete. 17 18 6- 09.3(7) Surface Preparation for Concrete Overlay 19 The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 20 21 If either a rotary milling machine or a shot blasting machine is used for concrete 22 scarification, then the concrete deck shall be sandblasted or shot blasted, using 23 equipment identified in the Working Drawing submittals, until sound concrete is 24 exposed. 25 26 The third paragraph is revised to read: 27 28 If a hydro - demolition machine is used for concrete scarification, then the concrete deck 29 shall be cleaned by water blasting with 7,000 psi minimum pressure, until sound 30 concrete is exposed. 31 32 In the fourth paragraph, "as approved by the Engineer" is revised to read "accepted by the 33 Engineer". 34 35 In the last sentence of the eighth paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is 36 deleted. 37 38 In the first sentence of the last paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "allowed ". 39 40 6 -09.3(8)B Quality Assurance for Latex Modified Concrete Overlays 41 The second sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 42 43 The technical representative shall be capable of performing, demonstrating, inspecting, 44 and testing all of the functions required for placement of the latex modified concrete as 45 specified in Section 6- 09.3(11). 46 47 The fourth sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 48 49 Recommendations made by the technical representative on or off the jobsite shall be 50 adhered to by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. 51 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813116 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6- 09.3(10)A Survey of Existing Bridge Deck Prior to Scarification 2 The third sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read:, 3 4 A Type 1 Working Drawing of each day's survey record shall be provided to the 5 Engineer within three working days after the end of the shift. 6 7 6- 09.3(10)B Establishing Finish Overlay Profile 8 In the fourth sentence of the first paragraph, "approved by the Engineer" is revised to read 9 "specified by the Engineer". 10 11 In the second paragraph, the phrase "and as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 12 13 6- 09.3(11) Placing Concrete Overlay 14 In the fourth paragraph, the last sentence of item number 3 is revised to read: 15 16 If the Contractor elects to work at night to meet these criteria, adequate lighting shall be 17 provided at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. 18 19 6 -09.4 Measurement 20 The last paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following: 21 22 Further deck preparation for Type 1 deck repair and for Type 2 deck repair will be 23 measured by the square foot of surface area of deck concrete removed in accordance 24 with Section 6- 09.3(6). 25 26 6-09.5 Payment 27 The Bid item "Further Deck Preparation ", per cubic foot and the paragraph following this Bid 28 item are deleted and replaced with the following two new Bid items: 29 30 "Further Deck Preparation for Type 1 Deck Repair"; per square foot. ... ............. 31 32 "Further Deck Preparation for Type 2 Deck Repair", per square foot. 33 34 The Bid item "Further Deck Preparation ", force account and the paragraph following this Bid 35 item are deleted. 36 37 6- 10.AP6 38 Section 6 -10, Concrete Barrier 39 January 5, 2015 40 6 -10.1 Description 41 In the second paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "specified ". 42 43 6 -10.3 Construction Requirements 44 In the first paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "specified ". 45 46 6- 10.3(5) Temporary Concrete Barrier 47 The last sentence of the first paragraph is deleted. 48 49 The second paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 2 If the Contract calls for the removal and resetting of permanent barrier, and the 3 permanent barrier is not required to remain in place until reset, the permanent barrier 4 may be substituted for temporary concrete barrier. Any of the permanent barrier 5 damaged during its use as temporary barrier will become the property of the Contractor 6 and be replaced with permanent barrier when the permanent barrier is reset to its 7 permanent location. 8 9 The third paragraph is revised to read: 10 11 All barrier shall be in good condition, without cracks, chips, spells, dirt, or traffic marks. If 12 any barrier segment is damaged during or after placement, the Contractor shall 13 immediately repair it to the Engineer's satisfaction or replace it with an undamaged 14 section. 15 16 The following new paragraph is inserted after the third paragraph: 17 18 Delineators shall be placed on the traffic face of the barrier 6 inches from the top and 19 spaced a maximum of 40 feet on tangents and 20 feet through curves. The reflector 20 color shall be white on the right side of traffic and yellow on the left side of traffic. The 21 Contractor shall maintain, replace and clean the delineators when ordered by the 22 Engineer. 23. 24 6- 11.AP6 25 Section 6 -11, Reinforced Concrete Walls 26 January 5, 2015 27 6- 11.3(1) Submittals 28 The first paragraph is revised to read: 29 30 The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of excavation 31 shoring plans in accordance with Section 2- 09.3(3)D. 32 33 The second paragraph is revised to read: 34 35 The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings of falsework and formwork 36 plans in accordance with Sections 6- 02.3(16) and 6- 02.3(17). 37 38 The third paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 39 40 If the Contractor elects to fabricate and erect precast concrete wall stem panels, Type 41 2E Working Drawings of the following information shall be submitted in accordance with 42 Section 6- 02.3(28)A: 43 44 The last paragraph is deleted. 45 46 6- 11.3(3) Precast Concrete Wall Stem Panels 47 In the third paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 48 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6- 12,AP6 2 Section 6 -12; Noise Barrier Walls 3 January 5, 2015 4 6- 12.3(1) Submittals 5 In the first paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: 6 7 The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of the noise barrier 8 wall access plan. 9 10 The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 11 12 For construction of all noise barrier walls with shafts, the Contractor shall submit a Type 13 2 Working Drawing consisting of the shaft construction plan, including at a minimum the 14 following information: 15 16 In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 17 18 For construction of precast concrete noise barrier walls, the Contractor shall submit 19 Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of shop drawings for the precast concrete panels 20 in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(28)A. 21 22 6- 12.3(2) Work Access and Site Preparation 23 In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 24 25 The Contractor shall construct work access in accordance with the work access plan. 26 27 6- 12.3(3) Shaft Construction 28 The first paragraph is revised to read: 29 30 The Contractor shall excavate and construct the shafts in accordance with the shaft 31 construction plan. 32 33 In the last sentence of the third paragraph, "approved by the Engineer" is revised to read 34 "acceptable to the Engineer". 35 36 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 37 38 When caving conditions are encountered, the Contractor shall stop further excavation 39 until implementing the method to prevent ground caving as specified in the shaft 40 construction plan. 41 42 In the last sentence of the fifth paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "accepted ". 43 44 in the seventh paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "acceptance ". 45 46 In the eighth paragraph, the third sentence is revised to read: 47 48 The Contractor shall install the steel reinforcing bar cage as specified in the shaft 49 construction plan. . 50 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 In the second sentence of the last paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "acceptance ". 2 3 In the fourth sentence of the last paragraph, the word "approved" is deleted. 4 5 6- 12.3(6) Precast Concrete Panel Fabrication and Erection 6 In item number 3, the second paragraph is revised to read: 7 8 After receiving the Engineer's review of the shop drawings, the Contractor shall cast 9 one precast concrete panel to be used as the sample panel. The Contractor shall 10 construct the sample panel in accordance with the procedure and details specified in 11 the shop drawings. The Contractor shall make the sample panel available to the 12 Engineer for acceptance. 13 14 In item number 3, the first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 15 16 Upon receiving the Engineer's acceptance of the sample panel, the Contractor shall 17 continue production of precast concrete panels for the noise barrier wall. 18 19 In item number 3, the third sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 20 21 The sample panel shall be retained at the fabrication site until all precast concrete 22 panels have been fabricated and accepted. 23 24 6- 12.3(10) Finish Line Ground Dressing 25 In the last sentence of the second paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is 26 deleted. 27 28 6- 13.AP6 29 Section 6 -13, Structural Earth Walls 30 January 5, 2015 31 6- 13.3(1) Quality Assurance 32 In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 33 34 The structural earth wall manufacturer shall provide a qualified and experienced 35 representative to resolve wall construction problems. 36 37 In the first paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: 38,. 39 Recommendations made by the structural earth wall manufacturer's representative shall 40 be followed by the Contractor. 41 42 In the second paragraph, item number 4 is revised to read: 43 44 4. The base of the structural earth wall excavation shall be within three inches of the 45 staked elevations, unless otherwise accepted or specified by the Engineer. 46 47 In the second paragraph, item number 6 is revised to read: 48 49 6. The backfill reinforcement layers shall be located horizontally and vertically within 50 one inch of the locations shown in the structural earth wall working drawings. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 6- 13.3(2) Submittals 3 In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 5 The Contractor, or the supplier as the Contractor's agent, shall furnish a Manufacturer's 6 Certificate of Compliance certifying that the structural earth wall materials conform to 7 the specified material requirements,. , .. .. 8 9 The second paragraph is revised to read; 10 11 A Type 1 Working Drawing of all test results, performed by the Contractor or the 12 Contractor's supplier, which are necessary to assure compliance with the specifications, 1,3 shall submitted along with. each Manufacturer's Certificate of. Compliance. 14 15. In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 16 17 Before fabrication, the Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of 18 the field construction manual for the structural earth walls, prepared by the wall 19 manufacturer. 20 21 In the fourth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read :. 22 23 The Contractor, through the license /patent holder for the structural earth wall system, 24 . shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of detailed .design_ calculations and 25 details. 26 27 The last paragraph is deleted. 28 29 6- 13.3(3) Excavation and Foundation Preparation 30 In the first paragraph, the last two sentences are revised to. read:. 31 32 The foundation for the structure shall be graded level for a width equal to or exceeding.. 33 the length of reinforcing as shown in the structural earth wall working;drawiings.and, for.. 34 walls with geogrid reinforcing, in accordance with Section 2 -12.3. Prior to wall 35 construction, the foundation, if not in rock, shall be compacted as accepted by. the 36. Engineer. 37 38 6-13.3(6) Welded Wire Faced Structural Earth Wall Erection 39 The first two sentences are revised to read: 40 The Contractor shall erect the welded wire wall reinforcement in accordance with the 42 wall manufacturer's field construction manual. Construction geotextile for wall facing 43 shall be placed between the backfill.material within the reinforced zone and the coarse 44 granular material immediately behind the welded wire wall facing, as shown in the Plans 45 and the structural earth wall working drawings. 46 47 6- 13.3(7) Backfill 48 The third paragraph is revised to read: 49 50 Misalignment or distortion of the precast concrete facing panels or concrete blocks due 51 to placement of backfill outside the limits of this specification shall be corrected in a 52 manner acceptable to the Engineer. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 2 In item number 4 of the fifth paragraph, the phrase. "as :approved by the Engineer" is deleted: 3 4 The last paragraph is deleted. 5 6 6- 13.3(8) Guardrail Placement 7 In the first sentence of the second paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "permission ". 8 9 6- 13.3(9) SEW Traffic Barrier and SEW Pedestrian Barrier 10 The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 11 12 The Contractor, in conjunction with the structural earth wall manufacturer, shall design 13 and detail the SEW traffic barrier and SEW pedestrian barrier in accordance with 14 Section 6- 12.3(2) and the above ground geometry details shown in the Plans. The 15 barrier Working Drawings and supporting calculations shall be Type 2E and shall 16 include, at a minimum, the following: 17 18 6- 14.AP6 19 Section 6 -14, Geosynthetic Retaining Walls . . 20 January 5, 2015 21 6- 14.2' Materials 22 In the first paragraph, the section number next to "Anchor rods and associated nuts, washers 23 and couplers" is revised to read: 24 25 9- 06.5(4) 26 27 The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: 28 29 Anchor plate shall conform to ASTM A 36, ASTM A 572 Grade 50, or ASTM A 588. 30 31 6- 14.3(2) Submittals 32 The first paragraph (up until the colon). is revised to read: 33 34 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of detailed plans for 35 each wall. As a ,minimum, the submittals shall include the following: 36 37 6- 14.3(4) Erection and Backfilt 38 In the second sentence of the, second paragraph, "approved by» is revised to read 39 "acceptable to" 40 41 In the last sentence of the fifth paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "permission ". 42 43 The sixth paragraph is deleted. 44 45 In item number 5 in the eighth paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is 46 deleted. 47 48 In the ninth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 49 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 The Contractor shall construct wall comers at the locations shown in the Plans, and in 2 accordance with the wall comer construction sequence and method in the Working 3 Drawing submittal. 4 5 In the last paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 6 7 Where required by retaining wall profile grade, the Contractor shall terminate top layers 8 of retaining wall geosynthetic and backfill in accordance with the method in the Working 9 Drawing submittal. 10 11 6 -14.5 Payment 12 In the paragraph following the Bid item "Concrete Fascia Panel ", per square foot, "concrete 13 leveling pad" is revised to read "concrete footing ". 14 15 6- 15.AP6 16 Section 6 -15, Soil Nail Walls 17 January 15, 2015 18 6- 15.3(3) Submittals 19 The first paragraph (excluding the numbered list) is revised to read: 20 21 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings of the following information: 22 23 6- 15.3(6) Soil Nailing 24 In the first paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: 25 26 Damaged or defective encapsulation shall be repaired in accordance with the 27 manufacturer's recommendations. 28 29 The eighth paragraph is revised to read: 30 31 If sections of the wall are constructed at different times than the adjacent soil nail 32 sections, the Contractor shall use stabilizing berms, temporary slopes, or other 33 measures acceptable to the Engineer, to prevent sloughing or failure of the adjacent soil 34 nail sections. 35 36 6- 15.3(8) Soil Nail Testing and Acceptance 37 In the first paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: 38 39 The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings of all test data. 40 41 The last sentence of the seventh paragraph is revised to read: 42 43 The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings of the reaction frame. 44 45 6- 15.3(8)A Verification Testing 46 In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 47 48 The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of design details of 49 the verification testing, including the system for distributing test load pressures to the 50 excavation surface and appropriate nail bar size and reaction plate. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 2" 6- 16.AP6 3 Section 6 -16, Soldier Pile and Soldier Pile Tieback Walls 4 January 5, 2015 5 6- 16.3(2) Submittals 6 The first paragraph is revised to read: 7 8 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of shop plans as 9 specified in Section 6-03.3(7) for all structural steel, including the steel soldier piles, and 10 shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of shop plans and other details as 11 specified in Section 6- 17.3(3) for permanent ground anchors. 12 13 The second paragraph is revised to read: 14 15 The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings consisting of the permanent '16 ground anchor grout mix design and the procedures for placing the grout. 17 18 The third paragraph (excluding the numbered list) is revised to read: 19 20 The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of forming plans for 21 the concrete fascia panels, as specified in Sections 6- 02.3(16) and 6- 02.3(17). 22 23 In the fourth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 24 25 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of a shaft installation 26 plan. 27 28 The last paragraph is deleted. 29 30 6- 16.3(3) Shaft Excavation 31 In the third paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: 32 33 A temporary casing, slurry, or other methods specified in the shaft installation plan shall 34 be used if necessary to ensure such safety and stability. 35 36 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 37 38 Where caving in conditions are encountered, no further excavation will be allowed until 39 the Contractor has implemented the method to prevent ground caving as submitted in 40 accordance with item 4 of the Shaft Installation Plan. 41 42 The sixth paragraph is revised to read: 43 44 The excavated shaft shall be inspected and receive acceptance by the Engineer prior to 45 proceeding with construction. 46 47 6- 16.3(6)B Temporary Lagging 48 The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised..to read: 49 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of the soldier pile wall lagging design details and supporting design calculations. The submittal shall . include, at a minimum, the following: 5 In item number 4 of the second paragraph, "approved by is revised to read "acceptable to'. 6 7 The last paragraph (excluding the table) is revised to read: 8 9 Notwithstanding the requirements of Section 1 -06.1, steel materials used by the 10 Contractor as temporary lagging may be salvaged steel provided that the use of such 11 salvaged steel materials shall be subject to visual inspection and acceptance by the 12 Engineer. For salvaged steel materials where the grade of steel cannot be positively 13 identified, the design stresses for the steel shall conform to the Section 6- 02.3(17)B 14 requirements for salvaged steel, regardless of whether rivets are present or not. 15 16 6- 16.3(6)D Installing Lagging and Permanent Ground Anchor 17 In the last sentence of the second paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is 18 deleted. 19 20 In the last sentence of the fourth paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is 21 deleted. 22 23 6- 16.3(8) Concrete Fascia Panel 24 In the first paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 25 26 27 6- 17.AP6 28 Section 6 -17, Permanent Ground Anchors 29 August 3, 2015 30 6- 17.3(3) Submittals 31 The first paragraph is revised to read: 32 33 The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of details and 34 structural design calculations for the ground anchor system or systems intended for use. 35 36 The second paragraph is revised to read: 37 38 The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of a detailed 39 description of the construction procedure proposed for use. 40 41 The third paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 42 43 The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of ground anchor 44 schedule giving: 45 46 In the fourth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 47 48 The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing detailing the ground anchor 49 tendon and the corrosion protection system. 50 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 y3 1 In the fourth paragraph, item number 3 is revised to read: 2 . 3 3. Unbonded length corrosion protection system, including the permanent rubber seal 4 between the trumpet and the tendon unbonded length corrosion protection and the 5 transition between the tendon bond length and the unbonded tendon length 6 corrosion protection. 7 8 The last five paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following four new paragraphs: 9. 10 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of shop plans as 11 specified in Section 6- 03.3(7) for all structural steel, including the permanent ground 12 anchors. 13 1 14 The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings consisting of the mix design for 15 the grout conforming to Section 9- 20.3(4) and the procedures for placing the grout. The 16 Contractor shall also submit the methods and materials used in filling the annulus over I 17 the unbonded length of the anchor. 18 19 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of the method 20 proposed to be followed for the permanent ground anchor testing. This shall include all 21 necessary drawings and details to clearly describe the method proposed. 22 23 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of calibration data for 24 each load .cell, test jack, pressure gauge and master pressure gauge to be used. The 25 calibration tests shall have been performed by an independent testing laboratory and 26 tests shall have been performed within 60 calendar days of the date submitted. 27 28 6- 17.3(5) Tendon Fabrication 29 In the tenth paragraph, the last sentence is deleted. 30 31 The twelfth paragraph is revised to read: 32 33 The total anchor length shall not be less than that indicated in the Plans or the Working 34 Drawing submittal. 35 111 36 In the last paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 37 38 6- 17.3(7) Installing Permanent Ground Anchor 39 In the second paragraph, the third sentence is revised to read: 40 41 The Contractor's method to prevent ground movement shall be submitted as a Type 2 42 Working Drawing. 43 44 In the second paragraph, the second to last sentence is revised to read: 45 46 At the point of entry the ground anchor shall be installed within plus or minus three 47 degrees of the inclination from horizontal shown in the Plans or the Working Drawing 48 submittal 1 49 1 1 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6- 18.AP6 2 Section 6 -18, Shotcrete Facing 3 January 5, 2015 4 6- 18.3(1) Submittals 5 In the first paragraph, the first sentence (up until the colon) is,revised to read: 6 7 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of the following: 8 9 In the first paragraph, item number 2 is revised to read: 10 11 2. Method and equipment used to apply, finish and cure the shotcrete facing. 12 13 The last paragraph is deleted. 14 15 6- 18.3(2) Mix Design 16 In the first paragraph, the second and third sentences are deleted. 17 18 In the last sentence of the second paragraph, "and approved by the Engineer" is deleted._ 19 20 6- 18.3(3)A Preproduction Testing 21 In the last sentence, "approved" is revised to read "accepted ". 22 23 6- 18.3(7) Shotcrete Application 24 In the last paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 25 26 27 28 29 30 6- 19.AP6 If field inspection or testing, by the Engineer, indicates that any shotcrete produced, fails to meet the requirements, the Contractor shall immediately modify procedures, equipment, or system, as necessary to produce specification mater-r`af 31 Section 6 -19, Shafts 32 August 3, 2015 33 6- 19.3(2) Shaft Construction Submittal 34 The last sentence is revised to read: 35 36 The submittals shall be Type 2 Working Drawings, except the shaft slurry technical 37 assistance submittal shall be Type 1. 38 39 6- 19.3(3) Shaft Excavation 40 In the first paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 41 42 6- 19.3(3)B4 Temporary Telescoping Shaft Casing 43 In the first paragraph, the first sentence of item number 1 is revised to read: 44 45 The Contractor shall submit the request to use temporary telescoping casing as a Type 46 2 Working Drawing. 47 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3!15 1 6- 19.3(3)D Bottom of Shaft Excavation 2 In the first sentence of the second paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "accepted ". 3 4 6- 19.3(3)E Shaft Obstruction 5 In the last sentence, "approved" is revised to read "accepted ". 6 7 6- 19.3(3)F Voids Between Permanent Casing and Shaft Excavation 8 In the last sentence, the words "and as approved by the Engineer" are deleted. 9 10 6- 19.3(3)G Operating Shaft Excavation Equipment From an Existing Bridge 11 The second sentence is revised to read: 12 13 If necessary and safe to do so, and if the Contractor submits a Type 2 Working Drawing 14 consisting of a written request in accordance with Section 6-01.6, the Engineer may 15 permit operation of drilling equipment on a bridge. 16 17 6- 19.3(3)H Seals for Shaft Excavation in Water 18 The first paragraph is revised to read: 19 20 When shafts are constructed in water and the Plans show a seal between the casing 21 shoring and the upper portion of the permanent casing of the shaft, the Contractor shall 22 construct a seal in accordance with the shaft installation narrative specified in Section 6- 23 19.3(2)B Item 7. 24 25 The last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 26 27 If the Contractor uses a casing shoring diameter other than that specified in the Plans, 28 the Contractor shall submit a revised seal design in accordance with Section 6- 19.3(2)B 29 Item 7. 30 31 6- 19.3(4)C Slurry Sampling and Testing 32 The second to last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 33 34 Synthetic slurry shall conform to Section 9- 36.2(2), the quality control plan included in 35 the shaft installation narrative in accordance with Section 6- 19.3(2)B Item 4. 36 37 The second sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 38 39 These records shall be submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing once the slurry system 40 has been established in the first drilled shaft on the project. 41 42 6- 19.3(4)E Maintenance of a Stable Shaft Excavation 43 In the last sentence of the first paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "review". 44 45 6- 19.3(4)F Disposal of Slurry and Slurry Contacted Spoils 46 This section is revised to read: 47 48 The Contractor shall manage and dispose of the slurry wastewater in accordance with 49 Section 8- 01.3(1)C. Slurry- contacted spoils shall be disposed of as specified in the 50 shaft installation narrative in accordance with Section 6- 19.3(2)B, item 8, and in 51 accordance with the following requirements: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1. Uncontaminated spoils in contact with water-only slurry may be disposed of as. 3 clean fill. 4 5 2. Uncontaminated spoils in contact with water slurry mixed with flocculants 6 approved in Section 8- 01.3(1)C3 may be disposed of as clean fill away from 7 areas that drain to surface waters of the state. 8 9 3. Spoils in contact with synthetic slurry or water slurry with polymer -based 10 additives or flocculants not approved in Section 8- 01.3(1)C3 shall be disposed 11 of in accordance with Section 2- 03.3(7)C. With permission of the Engineer, the 12 Contractor may re-use these spoils on -site. 13 14 .4. Spoils in contact with mineral slurry shall be disposed of in accordance with 15 Section 2- 03.3(7)C. With permission of the Engineer, the Contractor may re-use 16 these spoils on -site. 17 18 6- 19.3(5)A Steel Reinforcing Bar Cage Assembly 19 In the second to last sentence of the first paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the 20 Engineer" is deleted. 21 22 6-19..3(5)D Steel Reinforcing Bar Cage Support at Base of Shaft Excavation 23 The first sentence is revised to read: 24 25 For shafts with temporary casing within 15 -feet of the bottom of shaft elevation as 26 specified in the Plans, the Contractor may place quarry spells or other rock backfill 27 acceptable to the Engineer into the shaft below the specified bottom of shaft elevation 28 as a means to support the steel reinforcing bar cage, provided that the materials and 29 means to accomplish this have been addressed by the shaft installation narrative, as 30 specified in Section 6- 19.3(2)B Item 9. 31 32 6- 19.3(6)C Care for CSL Access Tubes From Erection Through CSL Testing 33 In the last sentence, "as approved by the Engineer" is revised to read "acceptable to the 34 Engineer". 35 36 6- 19.3(8)C Requirements for Leaving Temporary Casing in Place 37 Item number 1 (up until the colon) is revised to read: 38 39 1. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2E Working Drawing of the following 40 information: 41 42 In item G of item number 1, the phrase "in accordance with Section 6 -01.9" is deleted. 43 44 Item number 2 is deleted. 45 46 6- 19.3(9)D Requirements to Continue Shaft Excavation Prior to Acceptance of 47 First Shaft 48 This section is revised to read: 49 50 Except as otherwise noted, the Contractor shall not commence subsequent shaft 51 excavations until receiving the Engineer's acceptance of the first shaft, based on the 52 results and analysis of the crosshole sonic log testing for the first shaft. The Contractor AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 may commence subsequent shaft excavations prior to receiving the Engineer's 2 acceptance of the first shaft, provided the following condition is satisfied: 3 4 The Engineer permits continuing with shaft construction based on the Engineer's 5 observations of the construction of the first shaft, including, but not limited to, 6 conformance to the shaft installation narrative in accordance with Section 6- 7 19.3(2)B, and the Engineer's review of Contractor's daily reports and Inspector's 8 daily logs concerning excavation, steel reinforcing bar placement, and concrete 9 placement. 10 11 6- 19.3(9)F Contractor's Investigation and Remedial Action Plan 12 This section is revised to read: 13 14 For all shafts determined to be unacceptable, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 15 Working Drawing consisting of a plan for further investigation or remedial action. All 16 modifications to the dimensions of the shafts, as shown in the Plans, required by the 17 investigation and remedial action plan shall be supported by calculations and working 18 drawings. All investigation and remedial correction procedures and designs shall be 19 submitted. 20 21 6- 19.3(9)H Cored Holes 22 The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 23 24 Prior to beginning coring, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings 25 consisting of the method and equipment used to drill and remove cores from shaft 26 concrete. 27 28 6 -19.4 Measurement 29 The ninth paragraph is revised to read: 30 31 Steel reinforcing bar for shaft and epoxy - coated steel reinforcing bar for shaft will be 32 measured as specified in Section 6 -02.4. 33 34 6 -19.5 Payment 35 The following new paragraph is inserted before the second to last paragraph: 36 37 If drilled shaft tools, cutting teeth, casing or Kelly bar is damaged as a result of the 38 obstruction removal work, the Contractor will be compensated for the costs to repair this 39 equipment in accordance with Section 1 -09.6. 40 41 7- 02.AP7 42 Section 7-02, Culverts 43 August 3, 2015 44 7-02.2 Materials 45 This first two paragraphs are revised to read: 46 47 Materials shall meet the requirements of the following Sections: 48 49 Portland Cement 9 -01 50 Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete 9 -03.1 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8!3115 1 Plain Concrete Culvert Pipe 9- 05.3(1) 2. • Reinforced Concrete Culvert Pipe 9- 05.3(2) 3 : . . Beveled Concrete End Sections: 9- 05.3(3) 4: • Steel Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arch 9 -05.4 5 Steel Nestable Pipe and Pipe Arch 9- 05.4(8) 6 Steel End Sections 9- 05.4(9) 7, Aluminum Culvert Pipe 9 -05.5 8 Aluminum End Sections 9- 05.5(6) 9 . Solid Wall PVC Culvert Pipe 9- 05.12(1) 10 . Profile Wall PVC Culvert Pipe 9- 05.12(2) 11: Corrugated Polyethylene Culvert Pipe 9 -05.19 12 Steel Rib. Reinforced Polyethylene Culvert Pipe 9 -05.21 13 High - Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe 9 -05.23 14 Polypropylene Culvert Pipe 9 -05.24 15 Steel Reinforcing Bar 9 -07.2 16 Epoxy - Coated Steel Reinforcing Bar 9 -07.3 17 Wire Mesh • 9 -07.7 18 Deformed Wire 9 -07.8 19 Cold Drawn Wire .9 -07.9 20 . Grout . 9- 20.3(2) 21 Mortar 9 -20.4 22 Concrete Curing Materials and Admixtures .9 -23 23 . 24 . This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: 25 26 Elastomeric gaskets shall conform to ASTM D 1056 Type 2 Class C Grade 1.. 27 28 7 -02.3 Construction Requirements 29 This section is supplemented with the following new sub - sections: 30 31 7- 02.3(6) Precast Reinf. Conc. Three Sided Structures, Box Culverts and Split Box 32 Culverts 33 The Contractor shall design, fabricate, and erect precast reinforced concrete three sided 34 structures (PRCTSS), precast reinforced concrete box culverts (PRCBC), and precast 35 reinforced concrete split box culverts (PRCSBC) in accordance with these specifications 36 and the details shown in the Plans, including associated footings, slab bases, wingwalls, 37 cutoff walls, and headwalls. 38 39 7- 02.3(6)A General 40 Except as otherwise noted by these specifications, the precast Structures 41 (PRCTSS, PRCBC and PRCSBC) shall conform to all requirements of Section 6- 42 02.3(28). 43 44 7- 02.3(6)A1 Design Criteria 45 The precast Structures shall be designed for a minimum service life of 75- 46 years in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual (M46 -03), 47 . WSDOT Bridge Design Manual LRFD (M23 -50), and AASHTO LRFD Bridge 48 Design Specifications, latest edition and current interims in effect on the Bid 49 advertising date, including an HL -93 vehicular live load. Live load for the 50 Extreme Event -I Limit State shall be applied in accordance with WSDOT 51 Bridge Design Manual LRFD (M23 -50) Section 3.5. 52 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 Precast Structures with an overall span length greater than 20 -feet (measured 2 along the centerline of Roadway from inside face to inside face of hydraulic 3 opening) shall be designed for seismic loads in accordance with FHWA -NHI- 4 10 -034, Technical Manual for Design and Construction of Road Tunnels — Civil 5 Elements, Chapter 13. The AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications 6 Section 12.6.1 exemption from seismic loading does not apply. The design 7 shall evaluate the seismic effects of transient racking deformations. 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 The Contractor shall use the geotechnical report prepared for this project and 16 available through the source(s) specified in the Special Provisions under 17 Section 1- 02.4(2). 18 19 Whenever the minimum finished backfill or surfacing depth above the top of 20 the Structure is less than 1'-0" (except when the top of the Structure is directly 21 exposed to vehicular traffic), either all steel reinforcing bars in the span unit 22 shall be epoxy - coated with 1 -1/2" minimum concrete cover from the face of 23 concrete to the face of the top mat of steel reinforcing bars, or the minimum 24 concrete cover shall be 2 -1/2 ". Whenever the top of the Structure is directly 25 exposed to vehicular traffic, all steel reinforcing bars in the span unit shall be 26 epoxy- coated and the minimum concrete cover dimension from face of 27 concrete to the face of the top mat of steel reinforcing bars shall be 2 -1/2 ". 28 Concrete cover from the face of any concrete surface to the face of any steel 29 reinforcement shall be 1 -inch minimum at all other locations. 30 31 7- 02.3(6)A2 Submittals 32 The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of shop 33 drawings of the precast Structures with supporting design calculations. 34 35 In addition to items 1 through 6 under shop drawing content requirements in 36 Section 6- 02.3(28)A, the following shop drawing details shall be submitted: 37 38 1. Footing and slab base details for PRCTSS. 39 40 2. Wingwali, headwall, and cutoff wall details. 41 42 3. Erection and backfill procedure. 43 44 4. Complete, site specific, itemized bar list for all steel reinforcement. 45 46 If water is expected to be present in the excavation, or is found to be present 47 once excavation begins, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working 48 Drawing consisting of a dewatering plan. 49 50 For precast Structures with a span length greater than 20 -feet (as defined in 51 Section 7- 02.3(6)A1), the Working Drawing submittal shalt include a load rating 52 prepared in accordance with the AASHTO Manual for Bridge Evaluation and Wingwalls, cutoff walls, and headwalls associated with the precast Structures shall be designed in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual (M46 -03) and Chapter 11 of AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, latest edition and current interims in effect on the Bid advertising date, including seismic loads. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 WSDOT Bridge Design Manual LRFD (M23 -50). Section 13. Soil pressures 2 used shall include .. effects from. :the backfill material and compaction methods;:' 3 and shall be in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual. 4 (M46 -03) and the geotechnical report prepared for the project. 5 6 7 8 9. 10: 7- 02.3(6)A4 Excavation and Bedding Preparation 11 All excavated material shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 2- 12 09.3(1)D. 13 14 If water is present within the excavation, the Contractor shalt dewater the excavated area in accordance with the .dewatering plan Working Drawing 16 submittal before placing the bedding material... 17 18 The bedding for the precast Structure, consisting of the backfill elements 19 shown in the Plans, shall be placed and compacted in accordancewith Section 20: 7- 08.3(1)C. 21 22 7- 02.3(6)B Precast Reinf. Conc. Three Sided Structures (PRCTSS) 23 7- 02.3(6)&1 Design Criteria 24 ... ; In addition to the design criteria specified. in Section 7- 02.3(6)A1, the following 25 shall apply. 26.:: 27 PRCTSS shall be precast rigid frames with monolithic upper comers internally 28 reinforced for moment and shear resistance, except as otherwise noted. 29. . Connecting separate and individually precast concrete panels together to form 30 the specified three sided frame geometry is acceptable provided the.,Structure 31 system provides moment and shear resistance from the Lateral Ioad:from 32 backfill placed full width and full height at one side only of the PRCTSS. 33 34 35 36 37 38 40 41 42 ,.. 43 44. 45 46 47 48 49 50 Adjacent precast sections shall be connected by welding the weld -tie anchors 51 in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(25)0. After connecting the weld -tie anchors, 52 the Contractor shall paint the exposed metal, surfaces with one coat of field 7- 02.3(6)A3 Casting Concrete shall conform to Section 6-02.3(28)B, with a 28-day compressive strength as specified in the Working. Drawings submittal. 7- 02.3(6)B2 Finishing The Contractor shall mark the following information, using waterproof paint, on the inside of a vertical leg of each precast section of the Structure:.:; - 1. PRCTSS span and rise dimensions, minimum and maximum design earth cover dimensions, and vehicular live Toad for design :(HL -93). 2. WSDOT Contract Number and date of fabrication. 3. Name or trademark of the fabricator. 7 -02.3(6)B3 Erection PRCTSS shall be erected and backfitled in accordance with the erection sequence specified in the processed Working Drawings, and the construction equipment restrictions specified in Section 6- 02.3(25)0. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK .. Revised: 813/15 1 primer conforming to Section 9- 08.1(2)F. Keyways shall be filled with grout 2 conforming to Section 6- 02:3(25)0. 3. - 4 7- 02.3(6)C Precast Reinf. Conc. Box Culverts (PRCBC) and Precast Reinf. 5 Conc. Split Box Culverts (PRCSBC) 6 7- 02.3(6)C1 Casting 7 . PRCSBC shall consist of lid elements and "U" shaped base elements. The 8 vertical legs of the "U" shaped base elements shall be full height matching the 9 rise of the culvert, except as otherwise specified for culvert spans greater than 10 20 -feet. For PRCSBC spans greater than 20 -feet as defined in Section 7- 11 02.3(6)A1), the lid elements may include vertical legs of a maximum length of 12 4 -feet, provided the legs of the base and top units are connected in 13 accordance with Section 7- 02.3(6)C3. 14 15 The joints of the "U" shaped base elements and the lid elements shall be 16 staggered such that the lid element joints occur between quarter - points of the 17 base element. 18 - When the top unit includes vertical legs, the legs of the base and top units 20 shall be connected by weld -tie anchors in accordance with Section 6- 21 02.3(25)0. The weld -tie anchor spacing shall not exceed 6'-0 ". 22 23 24 25 26 27' 28 29 1. Box section span and rise dimensions, minimum and maximum 30 design earth cover dimensions, and vehicular live load for design 31 .: (HL -93). 32- 33 34 35 36 37 7 -02.3(6)C3 Erection 38 PRCBC and PRCSBC shall be erected and backfilled in accordance with the 39 erection sequence specified in the Working Drawing submittal, and the 40 construction equipment restrictions specified in Section 6- 02.3(25)0. 41 42 Elastomeric gaskets shall be installed at all joints between precast elements 43 (except weld -tie connected joints), and shall be in full contact with both precast 44 elements at the joint prior to the remainder of the joint being completely filled 45 with grout. 46 47 When the top unit of a PRCSBC includes vertical legs, the legs of the base 48 and top units shall be connected by welding the weld -tie anchors in 49 accordance with Section 6- 02.3(25)0. After connecting the weld -tie anchors, 50 • the Contractor shall paint the exposed metal surfaces with one coat of field 51 primer conforming to Section 9- 08.1(2)F. Keyways shall be filled with grout 52 • • conforming to Section 6- 02.3(25)0. 7 -02.3(6)C2 Finishing ` The following information shall be legibly and permanently marked on one inside face of each PRCBC element, or one inside face of each PRCSBC "U" shaped base element by indentation, waterproof paint, or other means acceptable to the Engineer: 2. WSDOT Contract Number and date of fabrication. 3. Name or trademark of the fabricator. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 1 1 1 2 7-02.5 Payment 3 This section is supplemented with the following three new Bid items: 4 5 "Precast Reinf. Conc. Three Sided Structure No. ", lump sum. 6 7 "Precast Reinf. Conc. Box Culvert No. ", lump sum. 8 9 "Precast Reinf. Conc. Split Box Culvert No. ", lump sum. 10 11 8- 01.AP8 ' 12 Section 8 -01, Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control 13 August 3, 2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14 8 -01.2 Materials 15 This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: 16 17 For all seed the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with the following documentation: 18 19 1. The state or provincial seed dealer license and endorsements. 20 21 2. Copies of Washington State Department of Agriculture (WSDA) test results on 22 each lot of seed. Test results must be within six months prior to the date of 23 application. 24 25 8- 01.3(1)A Submittals 26 The first sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read: 27 28 29 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Manual M 3109. 30. 31 8- 01.3(1)C Water Management 32 Items number 1 through 3 are deleted. 33 34 This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 35. 36 8- 01.3(1)C1, Disposal ofDewatering Water 37 When uncontaminated groundwater with a pH range of 6.5 — 8.5 is encountered in an 38 excavation on a project covered by a NPDES Construction Stormwater General Permit, 39 it may be disposed of as follows: 40 41 1. When the turbidity of the groundwater is 25 NTU or less, it may bypass 42 detention and treatment facilities and be discharged into the stormwater 43 conveyance system at a rate that will not cause erosion or flooding in the 44 receiving surface water body. 45 46 2. When the turbidity of the groundwater is not more than 25 NTU above or 125% 47 of the turbidity of the site stormwater runoff, whichever is greater, the same 48 detention and treatment facilities as used to treat the site runoff may be used. 49 Modified TESC Plans shall meet all requirements of the current edition of the WSDOT AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 3. When the turbidity of the groundwater is more than 25 NTU above or 125% of 2 the turbidity of the site stormwater runoff, whichever is greater, the groundwater 3 shall be treated separately from the site stormwater. 4 5 Alternatively, the Contractor may pursue independent disposal and treatment 6 alternatives that do not use the stormwater conveyance system. 7 8 8- 01.3(1)C2 Process Wastewater 9 Wastewater generated on -site as a byproduct of a construction process shall not be 10 discharged to surface waters of the State. Some sources of process wastewater may be 11 infiltrated in accordance.with the NPDES Construction Stormwater General Permit. 12 13 8- 01.3(1)C3 Shaft Drilling Slurry Wastewater 14 Wastewater generated on -site during shaft drilling activity shall be managed and 15 disposed of in accordance with the requirements below. No shaft drilling slurry 16 wastewater shall be discharged to surface waters of the State. Neither the sediment nor 17 liquid portions of the shaft drilling slurry wastewater shall be contaminated, as 18 detectable by visible or olfactory indication (e.g., chemical sheen or smell). 19. 20 1. Water -only shaft drilling slurry or water slurry with approved flocculants may be 21 infiltrated on -site. Flocculants used shall meet the requirements of Section 9- 22 14.5(1) or shall be chitosan products listed as General Use Level Designation 23, (GULD) on the Department of Ecology's stormwater treatment technologies 24 webpage for construction treatment. Infiltration is permitted if the following 25 requirements are met: 26 27 a. Wastewater shall have a pH of 6.5 — 8.5 prior to discharge. 28 29 b. The source water meets drinking water standards or the Groundwater 30 Quality Criteria listed in WAC 173 - 200 -040. 31 32 c. The amount of flocculent added to the slurry shall be kept to the minimum 33 needed to adequately settle out solids. The flocculent shall be thoroughly 34 mixed into the slurry. 35 36 d. Infiltration locations shall be at least 100 feet away from surface waters, 37 wells, on -site sewage systems, aquifer- sensitive recharge areas, sole 38 source aquifers, and well-head protection areas. Before infiltration begins, 39 there shall be a minimum. of 5 feet of unsaturated .soil between the soil 40 surface receiving the wastewater for infiltration and the groundwater 41 surface (i.e., saturated soil). 42 43 e. The slurry removed from the shaft shall be contained in a leak proof cell or 44 tank for a.minimum of 3 hours. 45 46 f. Within a 24 hour period, a maximum of 21,000 gallons of slurry wastewater 47 may be infiltrated in an infiltration location. The infiltration rate shall be 48 reduced if needed to prevent wastewater from leaving the infiltration 49 location. The infiltration site shall be monitored regularly during infiltration 50 activity. All wastewater discharged to the ground must fully infiltrate and 51 discharges must stop before the end of each work day. 52 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 4 3. 5 g. After infiltration activity is complete, loose sediment in the infiltration location that may have resulted from the infiltration activity or the removal :: -.-., -. of BMPs used to manage infiltration activity shall be stabilized to prevent mobilization by stormwater runoff. 6 h. Drilling spoils and settled sediments remaining in the containment cell or 7 tank shall be disposed of in accordance with. Section 6- 19.3(4)F. 8 9 i. Infiltration locations shall be marked on the on -site temporary erosion and 10 sediment control (TESC) plan sheets before the infiltration activity begins. 11 12 j. Prior to infiltrating water -only shaft drilling slurry or water slurry with 13 approved flocculants, the Contractor shall submit a Shaft Drilling Slurry 14 Wastewater Management and Infiltration Plan as a Type 2 Working 15 Drawing. This Plan shall be kept on -site, adapted if needed to meet the 16 . construction requirements, and updated to reflect what is being done in the 17 field. The Working Drawing shall include, at a minimum, the following 18 information: 19 20 i. Plan sheet showing the proposed infiltration location and all surface 21 waters, wells, on -site sewage systems, aquifer- sensitive recharge 22 areas, sole source aquifers, and well -head protection areas within 23 - 150 feet. 24 25 ii. The proposed elevation of soil surface receiving the wastewater for 26 .. infiltration and the anticipated phreatic surface (i.e., saturated soil). 27 28 iii. The source of the water used to produce the slurry. 29 30 . iv. The estimated total volume of wastewater to be infiltrated:::.: 31 32 v. The approved flocculant to be used (if any). 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40. 41 42 43 vii. The strategy for removing slurry wastewater from the shaft and 44 containing the slurry wastewater once it has been removed from the 45 shaft. 46 47 viii. The strategy for monitoring infiltration activity and adapting methods 48 to ensure compliance. 49 50 ix. A contingency plan that can be implemented immediately if it 51 becomes evident that the controls in place or methods being used 52 are not adequate. vi. The controls or methods (e.g., trenches, traps, berms, silt fence, dispersion, or discharge metering devices) that will be used to prevent surface wastewater runoff from leaving the infiltration location. The Working Drawing shall include all pertinent design details (e.g., sizing of trenches or traps, placement or height of berms, application techniques) needed to demonstrate the proposed controls or methods are adequate to prevent surface wastewater runoff from leaving the infiltration location. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 2 x. The strategy for cleaning up the infiltration location after the infiltration: 3 activity is done. Cleanup shall include stabilizing any loose sediment • 4 on the surface within the infiltration area generated as a byproduct of 5 suspended solids in the infiltrated wastewater or soil disturbance 6 associated with BMP placement and removal. 7 8 2. Shaft drilling mineral slurry, synthetic slurry, or slurry with polymer additives not 9 approved for infiltration shall be contained and disposed of by the Contractor at 10 an approved disposal facility in accordance with Section 2- 03.3(7)C. Spoils that 11 have come into contact with mineral slurry shall be disposed of in accordance 12 with Section 6- 19.3(4)F. 13 14 8 -01.3(1)C4 Management of Off-Site Water 15 Prior to disruption of the normal watercourse, the Contractor shall intercept the off -site 16 surface water and pipe it either through or around the project site to prevent it from 17 coming into contact with construction activity or mixing with construction stormwater. It 18 shall be discharged at its preconstruction outfall point in such a manner that there is no 19 increase in erosion downstream of the site. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 20 Working Drawing consisting of the method for performing this Work. 21 22 8- 01.3(2)A Preparation for Application 23 This section's content is deleted and replaced with the following two new subsections: 24 25 8- 01.3(2)A1 Seeding 26 Areas to be cultivated are shown in the Plans or specified in the Special Provisions. The 27 areas shall be cultivated to the depths specified to provide a reasonably firm but friable 28 seedbed. Cultivation shall take place no sooner than 2 weeks prior to seeding. 29 30 All areas to be seeded, including excavated slopes shall be compacted and prepared 31 unless otherwise specified or ordered by the Engineer. A cleated roller, crawler tractor, 32 or similar equipment that forms longitudinal depressions at least 2 inches deep shall be 33 used for compaction and preparation of the surface to be seeded. 34 35 The entire area shall be uniformly covered with longitudinal depressions formed 36 perpendicular to the natural flow of water on the slope. The soil shall be conditioned 37 with sufficient water so the longitudinal depressions remain in the soil surface until 38 completion of the seeding. 39 40 Prior to seeding, the finished grade of the soil shall be 1 inch below the top of all curbs, 41 junction and valve boxes, walks, driveways, and other Structures. The soil shall be in a 42 weed free and bare condition. 43 44 All bags of seed shall be brought to the site in sealed bags and shall have seed labels 45 attached showing the seed meets the Specifications. Seed which has become wet, 46 moldy, or otherwise damaged in transit or storage will not be accepted. 47 48 8 -01.3(2)A2 Temporary Seeding 49 A cleated roller, crawler tractor, or similar equipment that forms longitudinal depressions 50 at least 2 inches deep shall be used for compaction and preparation of the surface to be 51 seeded. The entire area shall be uniformly covered with longitudinal depressions formed 52 perpendicular to the natural flow of water on the slope. The soil shall be conditioned AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 with sufficient water so the longitudinal depressions remain in the soil surface until 2 completion of the seeding. 3 4 8- 01.3(2)B Seeding and Fertilizing 5 In the list in the second paragraph, item numbers 1 -5 are revised to read: 6 7 1. A hydro seeder that utilizes water as the carrying agent, and maintains continuous 8 agitation through paddle blades. It shall have an operating capacity sufficient to 9 agitate, suspend, and mix into a homogeneous slurry the specified amount of seed 10 and water or other material. Distribution and discharge lines shall be large enough to 11 prevent stoppage and shall be equipped with a set of hydraulic discharge spray 12 nozzles that will provide a uniform distribution of the slurry. 13 14 2. Blower equipment with an adjustable disseminating device capable of maintaining a 15 constant, measured rate of material discharge that will ensure an even distribution of 16 seed at the rates specified. 17 18 3. Helicopters properly equipped for aerial seeding. -19 20 4. Power -drawn drills or seeders. 21 22 5. Areas in which the above methods are impractical may be seeded by hand 23 methods. 24 25 8- 01.3(2)C Liming 26. This section including title is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 27 28 8 -01.3(2)C Vacant 29 30 8- 01.3(2)D Mulching 31 The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 32 33 Distribution of straw mulch material shall be by means that utilizes forced air to blow 34 mulch material on seeded areas. 35 36 8- 01.3(11) Outlet Protection 37 In the last sentence, "Section 9 -13.6" is revised to read "Section 9- 13.1(5) ". 38 39 8 -01.4 Measurement 40 In the twelfth paragraph, "liming" is deleted. 41 42 8 -01.5 Payment 43 The bid item "Liming ", per acre is deleted. 44 45 8- 02.AP8 46 Section 8 -02, Roadside Restoration 47 January 5, 2015 48 8- 02.3(1) Responsibility During Construction 49 The last sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 2 This Work shall include keeping the planted and seeded areas free from insect 3 infestation, weeds or unwanted vegetation, litter, and other debris along with retaining 4 the finished grades and mulch in a neat uniform condition. 5 6 8- 02.3(2) Roadside Work Plan 7 This section's title is revised to read: 8 9 Work Plans 10 11 This section's content is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following new 12 subsections: 13 14 8- 02.3(2)A Roadside Work Plan 15 Before starting any Work that disturbs the earth and as described in Sections 8-01, 8 -02 16 and 8-03, the Contractor shall submit a roadside work plan. The roadside work plan 17 shall be submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing and shall define the Work necessary to 18 provide all Contract requirements, including: wetland excavation, soil preparation, 19 habitat structure placement, planting area preparation, seeding area preparation, bark 20 mulch and compost placement, seeding, planting, plant replacement, irrigation, and 21 weed control in narrative form. 22 23 The Roadside Work Plan shall also include a copy of the approved progress schedule. 24 25 8- 02.3(2)B Weed and Pest Control Plan 26 The Weed and Pest Control Plan shall be submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing. The 27 weed and pest control plan shall include scheduling and methods of all control 28 measures required under the Contract or proposed by the Contractor including soil 29 preparation methods to meet the required soil surface conditions in the planting, bark 30 mulch, and wetland areas. The weed control plan shall show general weed control 31 including hand, mechanical and chemical methods, timing, application of herbicides 32 including type, rate, use and timing, mowing, and noxious weed control. Target weeds 33 and unwanted vegetation to be removed shall be identified and listed in the weed 34 control plan. 35 36 The plan shall be prepared and signed by a licensed Commercial Pest Control Operator 37 or Consultant when chemical pesticides are proposed. The plan shall include methods 38 of weed control; dates of weed control operations; and the name, application rate, and 39 Material Safety Data Sheets of all proposed herbicides. In addition, the Contractor shall 40 furnish the Engineer with a copy of the current product label for each pesticide and 41 spray adjuvant to be used. These product labels shall be submitted with the weed 42 control plan for approval. 43 44 8- 02.3(2)C Plant Establishment Plan 45 The Plant Establishment Plan shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements of 46 Section 8- 02.3(13) and submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing. The Plan shall show 47 the proposed scheduling of activities, materials, equipment to be utilized for the first - 48 year plant establishment, and an emergency contact person. The Plan shall include the 49 management of the irrigation system, when applicable. Should the plan become 50 unworkable at any time during the first-year plant establishment, the Contractor shall 51 submit a revised plan prior to proceeding with further Work. 52 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8- 02.3(3) Weed and Pest Control 2 This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: 3 4 Grass, including grass applied in accordance with Section 8-01, growing within the 5 mulch ring of a plant shall be considered a weed and be controlled on the project in 6 accordance with the weed and pest control plan. 7 8 8- 02.3(4) Topsoil 9 The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 10 11 After the topsoil has been spread, all large clods, hard lumps, and rocks 2 inches in 12 diameter and larger, and litter shall be raked up, removed, and disposed of by the 13 Contractor. 14 15 The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: 16 17 Topsoil stockpiled for project use shall be protected to prevent erosion and weed 18 growth. Weed growth on topsoil stockpile sites shall be immediately eliminated in 19 accordance with the approved Weed and Pest Control Plan. 20 21 8- 02.3(4)C Topsoil Type C 22 The last sentence is revised to read: 23 24 Topsoil Type C shall meet the requirements of Sections 8- 02.3(4), 8- 02.3(4)B,. and 9- 25 14.1(3). 26 27 8- 02.3(12) Completion of Initial Planting 28 Item number 4 in the last paragraph is deleted. 29 30 8- 02.3(13) Plant Establishment 31 The first sentence of the second paragraph is deleted. 32 33 The second paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence: 34. 35 The 1 calendar year shall be extended an amount equal to any periods where the 36 Contractor does not comply with the plant establishment plan. 37 38 The first sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 39 40 During the first year of plant establishment under PSIPE (Plant Selection Including Plant 41 Establishment), the Contractor shall meet monthly with the Engineer for the purpose of 42 joint inspection of the planting material on a mutually agreed upon schedule. 43 44 The fast two paragraphs are deleted. 45 46 8 -02.4 Measurement 47 This section is supplemented with the following: 48 49 Plant selection will be measured per each. 50 51 PSIPE _ (Plant Selection including Plant Establishment) will be measured per each. 52 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 8-02.5 Payment 2 The paragraph following the bid item "Topsoil Type ", per acre is revised to read :' 3 4 The unit Contract price per acre for "Topsoil Type " shalt be full payment for all 5 costs for the specified Work. 6 7 The bid item "PSIPE ", per each and the paragraph following the bid item are revised to 8 read: 9 10 "PSIPE ", per each. 11 12 The unit Contract price for "Plant Selection ", per each, and "PSIPE ", per each, 13 shall be full pay for all Work necessary for weed control within the ptaniing area, 14 planting area preparation, fine grading, planting, cultivating, plant storage and 15 protection, fertilizer and root dip, staking, cleanup, and water necessary to complete 16 planting operations as specified to the end of first year plant establishment. 17 18 The bid item "Plant Establishment - Year" is deleted. 19 20 8- 04.AP8 21 Section 8-04, Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways 22 January 5, 2015 23 8-04.2 Materials 24 The referenced section for the following item is revised to read: 25 26 Hand Placed Riprap 9- 13.1(4) 27 28 8- 04.3(1) Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways 29 The first sentence in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 30 31 Expansion joints in the curb or curb and gutter shalt be spaced as shown in the Plans, 32 and placed at the beginning and ends of curb returns, drainage Structures, bridges, and 33 cold joints with existing curbs and gutters. 34 35 In the third sentence of the fourth paragraph, "Y4 -inch" is revised to read "3/- inch ". 36 37 8- 04.3(1)A Extruded Cement Concrete Curb 38 The second sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read: 39 40 Cement concrete curbs shall be anchored to the existing pavement by placing steel 41 reinforcing bars 1 foot on each side of every joint. 42 43 The third paragraph is revised to read: 44 45 Steel reinforcing bars shall meet the dimensions shown in the Standard Plans. 46 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 -09.AP8 2 Section 8 -09, Raised Pavement Markers 3 April 7, 2014 4 8- 09.3(6) Recessed Pavement Marker 5 The following sentence is inserted after the first sentence of the first paragraph: 6 7 The Contractor shall ensure that grinding of the pavement does not result in any 8 damage, (e.g. chipping, spelling or raveling) to the pavement to remain. 9 10 8- 11.AP8 11 Section 8 -11, Guardrail 12 April 7, 2014 13 8- 11.3(1) Beam Guardrail 14 15 After the below Amendments to 8- 11.3(1)F and 8- 11.3(1)G are applied, this section is 16 supplemented with the following: new sub - section: 17 18 8- 11.3(1)F Removing and Resetting Beam Guardrail 19: The Contractor shall remove and reset existing guardrail posts, rail element, hardware 20 and blocks to the location shown in the Plans. The Mounting height of reset rail element 21 shall be at the height shown in the Plans. The void caused by the removal of the post 22 shall be backfilled and compacted. 23 24 The Contractor shall remove and replace any existing guardrail posts and blocks that 25 are not suited for re -use, as staked by the Engineer. The void caused by the removal of 26 the post shall be backfilled and compacted. The Contractor shall then furnish and install 27 a new guardrail post to provide the necessary mounting. height. 28 29 8- 11.3(1)A Erection of Posts 30 The second paragraph in this section is deleted. 31 32 8- 11.3(1)C Terminal and Anchor Installation 33 34 35 8- 11.3(1)F Plans 36 This section number is revised to: 37 38 8- 11.3(1)G 39 40 8- 11.3(1)G Guardrail Construction Exposed to Traffic 41 This section number is revised to: 42 The last sentence in the last paragraph is deleted. 43 8- 11.3(1)H 44 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 8- 18.AP8 2 Section 8 -18, Mailbox Support 3 August 4, 2014 4 8- 18.3(1) Type 3 Mailbox Support 5 In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 6 7 With the Engineer's consent, a Type 3 Mailbox Support design, made of steel or other 8 durable material, that meets the NCHRP 350 or the Manual for Assessing Safety 9 Hardware (MASH) crash test criteria may be used in place of the design shown in the 10 Standard Plans. 11 12 8- 20.AP8 13 Section 8 -20, Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, Intelligent Transportation 14 Systems, and Electrical 15 August 3, 2015 16 8- 20.2(1) Equipment List and Drawings 17 The second sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 18 19 Supplemental data would include such items as catalog cuts, product Specifications, 20 shop drawings, wiring diagrams, etc. 21 22 The third paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 23 24 If the luminaires are not listed in the Qualified Products List, the Contractor shall submit 25 the following information for each different type of luminaire required on the Contract: 26 .. 27 The fourth paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 28 29 The Contractor shall submit for approval Type 3E Working Drawings in accordance with 30 Section 1 -05.3 for each of the following types of standards called for on this project: 31 32 The fifth paragraph is revised to read: 33 34 The Contractor will not be required to submit shop drawings for approval for Tight 35 standards and traffic signal standards conforming to the preapproved plans listed in the 36 Special Provisions. The Contractor may use preapproved plans posted on the WSDOT 37 website with a more current revision date than published in the Special Provisions. 38 39 8- 20.3(1) General 40 The following six new paragraphs are inserted after the second paragraph: 41 42 If a portion of an existing communication conduit system is damaged due to the 43 Contractor's activities, the affected system shall be restored to original condition. 44 Conduit shall be repaired. Communication cables shall be replaced and the 45 communication system shalt be made fully operational within 24 hours of being 46 damaged. 47 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 Damaged communication cable shall be replaced between existing termination or splice' 2 points. No additional termination or splice points will be allowed. An existing - : - .: 3: . termination or splice .point is defined as a location. where all existing fiber strands:or 4 twisted pair wires are terminated or spliced at one point. Communication cable shall be 5 defined as either copper twisted pair or fiber optic cables: The Contractor may use 6 temporary splices to restore Contracting Agency communication systems until the 7 permanent communication cable system is restored. 8 9 When damage to an existing communication system has occurred, the Contractor shall 10 :: perform the following in addition to other restoration requirements: 11 12 1. Inspect the communication raceway system including locate wire or tape to 13 determine the extent of damage. 14 15 , . . 2. Contact the Engineer, for Fiber Optic Cable and Twisted Pair (TWP) Copper 16 Cable acceptance testing requirements and communication system restoration 17 requirements. 18 19.. 3. Initially perform the acceptance tests -to determine the extent of damage and 20 also perform the acceptance tests after repairs are completed. Provide written 21 certification that the communication cable system, including the bate wire or 22: , tape,,is restored to test standard requirements: 23 .. 24.• Communication cables shall be restored by Contractor personnel that are WSDOT 25 prequalified for communication installation work. Restoration shall be considered 26: . electrical work when the path of the communication system, interfaces with electrical 27 systems. Electrical • work of this nature shall be performed by Contractor personnel that. 28 are.WSDOT prequalified for work on both electrical and communication systems. 29 30 If the Contractor or Subcontractors are unable or unqualified to complete. the :restoration, ........_ 31 work, the Engineer may have the communication or electrical systems restored by other 32 means and subtract the cost from the money that will be or is .due the Contractor. 33 34 When field repair of existing conduit, innerduct.or outerduct is required, the repair kits 35 shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Repair kits and each 36 connection point between the repair kit and the existing raceway system shalt. be sealed 37 to prevent air leakage during future cable installation, 38 39 8- 20.3(5)B Conduit Type 40 This section is revised to,read: 41 42 43 . metal or flexible metal depending on the application. 44 45 Rigid metal conduit shall be installed at the following locations: 46 . 47 1. Within railroad right of way. 48 49 2. All surface- mounted conduit, with the exception of pole risers. 50 51 3. All runs within slip form placed concrete. 52 Conduit shall be rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC), high density polyethylene (HDPE), rigid AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 Unless otherwise required by the owning utility: 2 3 1. ' Service lateral runs shall be Schedule 80 PVC or Schedule 80 HDPE. 4 5 2. Pole risers shall be Schedule 80 PVC: 6 7 Conduit runs, including outer-duct, that enter the traveled way or shoulders shall be 8 Schedule 80 HDPE, Schedule 80 PVC, or rigid metal. 9. 10 Conduit runs, including outer -duct, that do not enter the traveled way or shoulders shall . 11 be Schedule 80 HDPE, Schedule 40 PVC or rigid metal. 12'. 13 Flexible metal conduit is allowed•only at locations called for in the Plans. 14 15 • Except as described under Non - Metallic Conduit, unless otherwise indicated in the 16 Plans or Standard Plans, the same type of conduit shall be used for the entire length of 17 the run, from outlet to outlet. 18 19 • lnnerduct shall have a smooth wall non ribbed interior surface, with factory pre - 20 lubricated coating. 21 22 Innerduct within the Traveled Way or Shoulders and innerduct which is not factory 23 installed shall be Schedule 40 HDPE. The innerduct shall be continuous with no splices. 24 • lnnerduct which is pulled into the outer duct in the field shall be installed with an extra 2. 25 feet of conduit beyond each end of the outer -duct and shall be allowed to finish • 26, • contracting for 21 calendar days" before it is terminated. Innerduct shall be terminated 27 with end bells flush to Y-inch out of the outer-duct and the space between the outer - 28 duct and innerduct shall be sealed with rodent and moisture resistant foam designed for 29 this application and installed per manufacturer's recommendations. 30' 31' ` 8- 203(8) Wiring 32 The second sentence in the eleventh paragraph is revised to read: 33 34 Every conductor at every wire termination, connector, or device shall have an approved. 35 wire marking sleeve bearing, as its legend, the circuit number indicated in the. Contract 36 37 8- 20.3(13)A Light Standards 38 In the third paragraph, the last sentence of item number 1 is revised to. read: 39 40 Conduit shall extend a maximum of 1 inch above the top of the foundation, including 41 grounding end bushing or end bell bushing. 42; 43 In the fourth paragraph, the second sentence of item number 1 is revised to read: 44 45 Conduits shall be cut to a maximum height of 2 inches above the foundation including 46 grounding end bushing or end bell bushing. 47 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8- 21.AP8 Section 8 -21, Permanent Signing August 3, 2015 4 8 -21.2 Materials 5 This section is revised to read: 6 7 Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: 8 9 Roadside Sign Structures 9 -06.16 10 Permanent Signs 9 -28 11 Sign Support Structures 9 -28.14 12 13 The Contractor shall submit a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance for all 14 permanent signs; a copy of the Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance shall be 15 available at the fabricator's plant. Permanent signs will be inspected at the fabricator's 16 plant prior to shipment to the project unless otherwise accepted by the Engineer. Signs 17 without an approved decal shall not be installed on the project with the exception of 18 double -faced signs which do not receive decals or fabricator's stickers. 19 20 8- 21.3(9)F Foundations 21 The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 22 23 The excavation and backfill shall conform to the requirements of Section 2 -09.3. 24 25 8- 22.AP8 26 Section 8 -22, Pavement Marking 27 April 6, 2015 28 8- 22.3(6) Removal of Pavement Markings 29 The second and third sentences of the first paragraph are revised to read: 30 31. Grinding to remove pavement markings is allowed . prior to application of a Bituminous 32 Surface Treatment. Grinding to remove pavement marking from hot mix asphalt and 33 cement concrete pavements is allowed to a depth just above the pavement surface, 34 then water blasting or shot blasting shall be required to remove the remaining, markings. 35, 36 8- 23.AP8 37 Section 8 -23, Temporary Pavement Markings 38 January 5, 2015 39 This section's content is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following new sub - 40 sections: 41 42 8 -23.1 Description 43 The Work consists of furnishing, installing, and removing temporary pavement 44 markings. Temporary pavement markings shall be provided where noted in the Plans; AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD. SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 for all lane shifts and detours resulting from construction activities; or when permanent 2 markings are removed because of construction operations. 3 4 8 -23.2 Materials 5 Materials for temporary markings shall be paint, plastic, tape, raised pavement markers 6 or flexible raised pavement markers. Materials for pavement markings shalt meet the 7 following requirements: 8 9 Raised Pavement Markers 9-21 10 Temporary Marking Paint 9- 34.2(6) 11 Plastic 9-34.3 12 Glass Beads for Pavement Marking Materials 9 -34.4 13 . Temporary Pavement Marking Tape 9 -34.5 14 Temporary Flexible Raised Pavement Markers 9 -34.6 15 16 8.23.3 Construction Requirements 17 18 8- 23.3(1) General 19 The Contractor shall select the type of pavement marking material in accordance 20 with the Contract. 21 22 8- 23.3(2) Preliminary Spotting 23 All preliminary layout and marking in preparation for application or removal of 24 temporary pavement markings shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 25 26 8- 23.3(3) Preparation of Roadway Surface 27 Surface preparation for temporary pavement markings shall be in accordance with 28 the manufacturer's recommendations. 29 30 8- 23.3(4) Pavement Marking Application . 31 . 32 8- 23.3(4)A Temporary Pavement Markings — Short Duration 33 Temporary pavement markings — short duration shall meet the following 34 requirements: 35 36 Temporary Center Line — A BROKEN line used to delineate adjacent 37 lanes of traffic moving in opposite directions. The broken pattern shall be 38 . based on a 40 -foot unit, consisting of a 4 -foot line with a 36 -foot gap if 39 paint or tape is used. If temporary raised pavement markers are used, the 40 pattern shall be based on a 40 -foot unit, consisting of a grouping of three 41 temporary raised pavement markers, each spaced 3 feet apart, with a 34 42 foot gap. 43 44 Temporary Edge Line — A SOLID line used on the edges of Traveled 45 Way. The line shall be continuous if paint or tape is used. If temporary 46 raised pavement markers are used, the line shall consist of markers 47 installed continuously at 5 -foot spacing. 48 49 Temporary Lane Line — A BROKEN line used to delineate adjacent lanes 50 with traffic traveling in the same direction. The broken pattern shall be 51 based on a 40 -foot unit, consisting of a 4 -foot line with a 36 -foot gap, if 52 paint or tape is used. If temporary raised pavement markers are used, the AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 2 3 4 5. 6 7 8 9 pattern shall be based on a 40 -foot unit, consisting of a grouping of three temporary raised pavement markers, each spaced 3 feet apart; with a 34 foot gap. Lane line and right edge line shall be white in color. Center line and left edge line shall be yellow in color. Edge lines shall be installed only if specifically required in the Contract. All temporary pavement markings shall be retroreflective. 10 8- 23.3(4)A1 Temporary Pavement Marking Paint 11 . Paint used for short duration temporary pavement markings shall be 12 . applied in one application at a thickness of 15 mils or 108 square feet per 13 gallon. Glass beads shall be in accordance with Section 8- 22.3(3)G. 14 15 8- 23.3(4)A2 Temporary Pavement Marking Tape 16 Application of temporary pavement marking tape shall be in conformance 17 with the manufacturer's recommendations. 18 19 Black mask pavement marking tape shall mask the existing line in its 20 entirety. 21 22 8- 23.3(4)A3 Temporary Raised Pavement Markers 23 Temporary raised pavement markers are not allowed on bituminous 24 surface treatments. 25 26 8- 23.3(4)A4 Temporary Flexible Raised Pavement Markers 27 Flexible raised pavement markers are required for new applications of 28 bituminous surface treatments. Flexible raised pavement markers are not 29 allowed on other pavement types unless otherwise specified or approved 30 by the Engineer. Flexible raised pavement markers shall be installed with 31 the protective cover in place. The cover shall be removed immediately 32 after spraying asphaltic material. 33 34 8- 23.3(4)B Temporary Pavement Markings — Long Duration 35 Application of paint, pavement marking tape and plastic for long duration 36 pavement markings shall meet the requirements of Section 8- 22.3(3); 37 application of raised pavement markers shall meet the requirements of Section 38 8 -09.3; and application of flexible pavement markings shall be in conformance 39 with the manufacturer's recommendations. 40 41 8- 23.3(4)C Tolerance for Lines 42 Tolerance for lines shall conform to Section 8- 22.3(4). 43 44 8- 23.3(4)D Maintenance of Pavement Markings 45 Temporary pavement markings shall be maintained in serviceable condition 46 throughout the project until permanent pavement markings are installed. As 47 directed by the Engineer; temporary pavement markings that are damaged, 48 including normal wear by traffic, shall be repaired or replaced immediately. 49 Repaired and replaced pavement markings shall meet the requirements for the 50 original pavement marking. 51 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 8- 23.3(4)E Removal of Pavement Markings 2 Removal of temporary paint is not required prior to paving; all other temporary•:: 3 pavement markings shall be removed. 4 5 All temporary pavement markings that are required on the wearing course prior 6 to construction of permanent pavement markings and are not a part of the 7 permanent markings shall be completely removed concurrent with or 8 immediately subsequent to the construction of the permanent pavement 9 markings. Temporary flexible raised pavement markers on bituminous surface 10 treatment pavements shalt be cut off flush with the surface if their location 11 conflicts with the alignment of the permanent pavement markings. All other 12 temporary pavement markings shall be removed in accordance with Section 8- 13 22.3(6). 14 15 All damage to the permanent Work caused by removing temporary pavement 16 markings shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost to the 17 Contracting Agency. 18 19 8 -23.4 Measurement 20 Temporary pavement markings will be measured by the linear foot of each installed line 21 or grouping of markers, with no deduction for gaps in the line or markers and no 22 additional measurement for the second application of paint required for long duration 23 paint lines. Short duration and long duration temporary pavement markings will be 24 measured for the initial installation only. 25 26 8 -23.5 Payment 27 Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of the following Bid 28 items that are included in the Proposal: 29 30 "Temporary Pavement Marking — Short Duration ", per linear foot. 31 32 "Temporary Pavement Marking — Long Duration ", per linear foot. 33 34 The unit Contract price per linear foot for "Temporary Pavement Marking — Short 35 Duration" and "Temporary Pavement Marking — Long Duration" shall be full pay for 36 all Work. 37 38 9- 01.AP9 39 Section 9-01, Portland Cement 40 August 3, 2015. 41 9- 01.2(3) Low Alkali Cement 42 This section is revised to read: 43 44 When low alkali portland cement is required, the percentage of alkalies in the cement 45 shall not exceed 0.60 percent by weight calculated as Na20 plus 0.658 K20. This 46 limitation shall apply to all types of portland cement. 47 48 9- 01.2(4) Blended Hydraulic Cement 49 The first paragraph is revised to read: 50 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Blended hydraulic cement shall be either Type IP(X)(MS), Type IS(X)(MS), Type 2 IT(PX)(LY), Type IT(SX)(LY), or Type IL(X) cement conforming to AASHTO M 240 or : : . - 3 ASTM C 595, except that the portland cement used to produce blended hydraulic 4 cement shall not contain more than 0.75 percent alkalies by weight calculated as Na20 5 plus 0.658 K20 and shall meet the following additional requirements: 6 7 1. Type IP(X)(MS) - Portland - Pozzolan Cement where (X) equals the targeted 8 percentage of fly ash, the fly ash is limited to a maximum of 35 percent by 9 weight of the cementitious material; (MS) indicates moderate sulfate 10 resistance. 11 12 2. Type IS(X)(MS) - Portland Blast- Furnace Slag Cement, where: (X) equals the 13 targeted percentage of ground granulated blast - fumace slag, the ground 14 granulated blast furnace slag is limited to a maximum of 50 percent by weight 15 of the cementitious material; (MS) indicates moderate sulfate resistance. 16 17 3. Type 1T(PX)(LY), where (PX) equals the targeted percentage of pozzolan, and 18 (LY) equals the targeted percentage of limestone. The pozzolan (PX) shall be 19 Class F fly ash and shall be a minimum of 25% and a maximum of 35%. (LY) 20 shall be a minimum of 5% and a maximum of 15 %. Separate testing of each 21 source of fly ash at each proposed replacement level shall be conducted in 22 accordance with ASTM C 1012 at the storage temperature prescribed in 23 Section 9.3 of the test procedure, as well as at a storage temperature of 5.0 t 24 . 2.0 °C. Expansion at 1 year shall be 0.10% or less for each test temperature. 25 26 4. Type IT(SX)(LY), where (SX) equals the targeted percentage of slag cement, 27 and (LY) equals the targeted percentage of limestone. (SX). shall be a 28 minimum of 30% and a maximum of 50 %. (LY) shall be a minimum of 5% and 29 a maximum of 15 %. Separate testing of each source of slag, at each proposed 30 replacement level shall be conducted in accordance with. ASTM C 1012 at the 31 storage temperature prescribed in Section 9.3 of the test procedure, as well as 32 at a storage temperature of 5.0 ± 2.0 °C. Expansion at 1 year shall be 0.10% 33 or less for each test temperature. 34 35 5. Type IL(X), where (X) equals the targeted percentage of limestone, and shall 36 be a minimum of 5% and a maximum of 15%. Type IL(X) shall only be used 37 with either 25% to 35% replacement with Class F fly ash, or with 30% to 50% 38 , replacement with slag cement. Separate testing of each source of fly ash or 39 slag at each proposed replacement level shall be conducted in accordance 40 with ASTM C 1012 at the storage temperature prescribed in Section 9.3 of the 41 test procedure, as well as at a storage temperature of 5.0 ± 2.0 °C. Expansion 42 at 1 year shall be 0.10% or less for each test temperature. 43 44 The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 45 46 The source and weight of the fly ash or ground granulated blast - furnace slag shall be 47 certified on the cement mill test report or cement certificate of analysis and shall be 48 reported as a percent by weight of the total cementitious material. 49 50 This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: 51 52 Limestone shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 240 or ASTM C 595. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD. SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 2 9 -01.3 Tests and Acceptance 3 The first paragraph is revised to read: 4 5 Cement may be accepted by the Engineer based on the cement mill test report number 6 or cement certificate of analysis number indicating full conformance to the 7 Specifications. All shipments of the cement to the Contractor or concrete supplier shall :. 8 identify the applicable cement mill test report number or cement certificate of analysis 9 number and shall be provided by the Contractor or concrete supplier with all concrete 10 deliveries. 11 12 The second paragraph is revised to read: 13 14 Cement producers/suppliers that certify portland cement or blended cement shall 15 participate in the Cement Acceptance Program as described in WSDOT Standard 16 Practice QC 1. 17 18 9 -01.4 Storage on the Work Site 19 This section is revised to read: 20 21 At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide test data to show that 22 cement stored on site for longer than 60 days meets the requirements of 9-01. Tests 23 shall be conducted on samples taken from the site in the presence of the Engineer. Test 24 results that meet the requirements of 9 -01 shall be valid for 60 days from the date of 25 sampling, after which the Engineer may require further testing. 26 27 9 -02.AP9 28 Section 9 -02, Bituminous Materials 29 April 6, 2015 30 9 -02.1(4) Performance Graded Asphalt Binder (PGAB) 31 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 32 33 For HMA with greater than 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA or any amount of 34 RAS the new asphalt binder, recycling agent and recovered asphalt (RAP and/or RAS) 35 when blended in the proportions of the mix design shall meet the PGAB requirements of 36 AASHTO M 320 Table 1..for the grade of asphalt binder specified by the Contract. 37 38 This section is supplemented with the following: 39 40 41 42 43 The recycling agent used to rejuvenate the recovered asphalt from recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) and reclaimed asphalt shingles (RAS) shall meet the specifications in Table 1: Table 1 RA 1 RA 5 RA 25 Test ASTM Test Method Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Viscosity @ 140'F cSt D2170 or D2171 50 150 200 800 1000 4000 Flashpoint COC, 'F D92 400 400 400 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 T 3012 1 50 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 Saturates, VW.% D2007 30 30 30 Specific Gravity D70 or D2198 Report Report Report Tests on Residue from RTFC D2872 Viscosity Ratio' 3 3 3 Mass Change ± % 4 4 4 'Viscosity Ratio Original Viscosity = RTFC Viscosity @ 140 °F, cSt © 140 °F, cSt 1 2 3 9- 02.1(6)A Polymerized Cationic Emulsified Asphalt CRS -2P 4 In the ninth row of the table, "Test" is revised to read "Tests ". 5 6 The eleventh row in the table is revised to read: 7 Elastic Recovery % 8 9 The last two rows of the table are deleted. 10 11 Footnote 2 below the table is revised to read: 12 13 2 The residue material for T 301 shall come from the modified distillation per note 1. 14 15 Footnote 3 below the table is deleted_ 16 17 The last paragraph is deleted. 18 19 9- 03.AP9 20 Section 9 -03, Aggregates 21 August 3, 2015 22 9- 03.1(2)C Use of Substandard Gradings 23 This section including title is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 24 25 Vacant 26 27 9- 03.1(4)C Grading 28 In the second paragraph, the first sentence is deleted. 29 30 The third paragraph is deleted. 31 32 9- 03.1(5)B Grading 33 The last paragraph is revised to read: 34 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK .: Revised: 8/3/15 1 The Contracting Agency may sample each aggregate component prior to introduction to 2 the weigh hatcher or as otherwise determined by the Engineer. Each component will be- 3 sieve analyzed separately in accordance with WSDOT FOP for WAQTC /AASHTO Test " I 4 Method T- 27/11. All aggregate components will be mathematically re- combined by the 5 proportions (percent of total aggregate by weight) provided by the Contractor on 6 Concrete Mix Design Form 350 -040. 7 8 9- 03.8(1) General Requirements 9 The first paragraph up until the colon is revised to read: 10 11 Preliminary testing of aggregates for source approval shall meet the following test 12 requirements: 13 14 The list in the first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 15 16 Sand Equivalent 45 min. ' 17 18 The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: 19 20 Aggregate sources that have 100 percent of the mineral material passing the No. 4 21 sieve shall be limited to no more than 5 percent of the total weight of aggregate: 22 23 9- 03.8(2) HMA Test Requirements 24 The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 25 ,26 The mix design shall produce HMA mixtures when combined with RAP, RAS, coarse 27 and fine aggregate within the limits set forth in Section 9 -03.8(6) and mixed in the 28 laboratory with the designated grade of asphalt binder, using the Superpave gyratory 29 compactor in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 312, and at the required 30 gyrations for N initial, N design, and N maximum with the following properties - 31 32 The third paragraph is revised to read: , 33 34 The mix criteria for Hamburg Wheel -Track Testing and Indirect Tensile Strength do not 35 apply to HMA accepted by commercial evaluation. 1 36 37 9- 03.8(3)B Gradation — Recycled Asphalt Pavement and Mineral Aggregate 38 This section is supplemented with the following: 1 39 40 For HMA with greater than 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA the RAP shall be 41 processed to ensure that 100 percent of the material passes a sieve twice the size of 42 the maximum aggregate size for the class of mix to be produced. 43 44 When any amount of RAS is used in the production of HMA the RAS shall be milled, 45 crushed or processed to ensure that 100 percent of the material passes the 1A inch 46 sieve. Extraneous materials in RAS such as metals, glass, rubber, soil, brick, tars, 47 paper, wood and plastic shall not exceed 2.0 percent by mass as determined on 48 material retained on the No. 4 sieve. 49 50 9 -03.14(3) Common Borrow 51 This section is revised to read: 52 1 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK ' Revised: 813115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Material for,common borrow shall consist of granular or nongranular soil and/or 2 aggregate which is free of deleterious material. Deleterious material includes wood, 3 organic. waste, coal, charcoal, or any other extraneous or objectionable material. The 4 material shall not contain more than 3 percent organic material by weight. The plasticity 5 index shall be determined using test method AASHTO T 89 and AASHTO T 90. 6 7 The material shall meet one of the options in the soil plasticity table below.: 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 9- 03.14(4) Gravel Borrow for Structural Earth Wall 17 18 Soil Plasticity Table Option Sieve Percent Passing Plasticity Index. 1 No. 200 0 -12 N/A 2 No. 200 12.1 - 35 6 or Less 3 No. 200 Above 35 0 All percentages are by weight. If requested by the Contractor, the plasticity index may be increased with the approval of the Engineer. In the second table, the row beginning with °pH" is revised to read: pH WSDOTTest 4.5 -9 5 -10 Method T 417 19 20 9- 03.21(1) General Requirements 21 The following new paragraph is inserted after the second paragraph: 22 23 Reclaimed asphalt shingles samples shall contain Tess than the maximum percentage of 24 asbestos fibers based on testing procedures and frequencies established in conjunction 25 with the specifying jurisdiction and state or federal environmental regulatory agencies. 26 27 9- 03.21(1)B Vacant 28 This section, including title, is revised to read: 29 30 9- 03.21(1)13 Concrete Rubble 31 Concrete rubble shall not be placed below the ordinary high water mark of any water of 32 the State. 33 34 9- 03.21(1)D Recycled Steel Furnace Slag 35 This section is supplemented with the following new sentence: 36 37 Recycled steel furnace slag shall not be placed below the ordinary high water mark of 38 any water of the State. 39 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1- 9- 03.21(1)E Table on Maximum Allowable Percent (By Weight) of Recycled 2 Material 3 In the table, the "Concrete Rubble" value for the item "Gravel Backfill for Drains" is revised to 4 read "0" 5 6 In the table, the "Concrete Rubble" value for the item "Backfill for Sand Drains" is revised to 7 read "0". 8 9 In the table, the "Concrete Rubble" value for the item "Sand Drainage Blanket" is revised to 10 read "0 ". 11 12 9- 04.AP9 13 Section 9-04, Joint and Crack Sealing Materials 14 August 3, 2015 15 9- 04.1(4) Elastomeric Expansion Joint Seals 16 In this section, "AASHTO M 220" is revised to read "ASTM D 2628 ". 17 18 9-04.2 Joint Sealants 19 In the first paragraph, " AASHTO M 324" is revised to read "ASTM D 6690*. 20 21 9- 04.2(2) Poured Rubber Joint Sealer 22 In item number 9, "WSDOT Test Method No. 412" is revised to read "ASTM D 5329 ". 23 24 9- 04.2(3) Polyurethane Sealant 25 The first paragraph is revised to read: 26 27 Polyurethane sealant shall conform to ASTM C 920 Type S Grade NS Class 25 Use M 28 or ASTM C 920 Type S Grade NS Class 35 Use M. 29 30 9- 05.AP9 31 Section 9-05, Drainage Structures and Culverts 32 April 7, 2014 33 9 -05.13 Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe 34 The first paragraph is deleted. 35 36 9- 06.AP9 37 Section 9-06, Structural Steel and Related Materials 38 January 5, 2015 39 9- 06.5(4) Anchor Bolts 40 The third sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 41 42 Nuts for ASTM F 1554 Grade 36 or 55 black or galvanized anchor bolts shall conform to 43 ASTM A 563, Grade A or DH. 44 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 9- 07.AP9 2 Section 9-07, Reinforcing .Steel 3 August 3, 2015 4 9-07.2 Deformed Steel Bars 5 The first sentence is revised to read: 6 7 Deformed steel bars for concrete reinforcement shall conform to either AASHTO M 31 8 Grade 60 or ASTM A 706 Grade 60, except as otherwise noted in this Section or as 9 shown in the Plans. 10 ... 11 This section is supplemented with the following new sub-section:• 12 13 9- 07.2(1) Headed Steel Reinforcing Bar 14 Headed steel reinforcing bars shall conform to Section 9-07.2 and ASTM A 970, 15 including Annex Al requirements for Class HA head dimensions. Headed steel 16 reinforcing bars shall be forged headed bars or threaded headed bars. 17 18 9- 07.5(1) Epoxy- Coated Dowel Bars (for Cement Concrete Pavement 19 Rehabilitation) 20 This section is revised to read: 21 22 • Epoxy- coated dowel bars shall be round plain steel bars of the dimensions shown in the 23 Standard Plans. They shall conform to AASHTO M 31, Grade 60 or ASTM A 615, .. . 24 Grade 60 and shall be coated in accordance with ASTM A 1078 Type 2 coating, except 25 that the bars may be cut to length after being coated. Cut ends shall be coated in 26 accordance with ASTM A 1078 with a patching material that is compatible with the 27 coating, inert in concrete and recommended by the coating manufacturer. The thickness 28 of the epoxy coating shall be 10 mils plus or minus 2 mils. The Contractor shall furnish a - 29 29 written certification that properly identifies the coating material, the number of each 30 batch of coating material used, quantity represented, date of manufacture, name and 31 address of manufacturer, and a statement that the supplied coating material meets the 32 requirements of ASTM A 1078 Type 2 coating. Patching material, compatible with the 33 coating material and inert in concrete and recommended by the manufacturer shall be 34 supplied with each shipment for field repairs by the Contractor. 35 36 9- 07.5(2) Corrosion Resistant Dowel Bars (for. Cement Concrete Pavement) 37 This section's title is revised to read: 38 39 9- 07.5(2) Corrosion Resistant Dowel Bars (for Cement Concrete Pavement and 40 Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation) 41 42 9- 08.AP9 43 Section 9 -08, Paints and Related Materials 44 January 5, 2015 45 •9- 08.1(2)H Top Coat, Single Component, Moisture - Cured Polyurethane 46 The second paragraph is revised to read: 47 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK • Revised: 813115 1 Color and Gloss: As specified in the Plans or Special Provisions 2 3 The last item in the requirements list is revised to read: 4 5 The top coat shall be a gloss or semi -gloss 6 7 9- 08.1(8) Standard Colors 8 The second paragraph is deleted. 9 10 The third paragraph is revised to read: 11 12 13 14 15 •16 9 -09.AP9 Unless otherwise specified, all top or finish coats shall be gloss or semi - gloss; with the paint falling within the range of greater than 70 for gloss and 35 to 70 for semi -gloss on the 60- degree gloss meter. 17 Section 9 -09, Timber and Lumber 18 January 6, 2014 19 9- 09.3(1) General Requirements 20 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 21 22- All orders of treated timber and lumber shalt be accompanied by a Certificate.of 23 Treatment record. The Certificate of Treatment showing conformance to thin 24 specification and AWPA standards shall include the following. information: 25. 26 Name and location of the wood preserving company, 27 28 Customer identification, 29' 30: 31 32 . 33 34 Treating process and identification' of the Specification used; - 35 36 Boring records verifying treatment penetration_ for timber and: lumber with.a nominal 37 dimension of 6° x 6° or larger, 38 39 Description of material that-was treated, and 40 41 Signature of a responsible plant official. 42 43 The fifth paragraph is deleted. 44 45 The first sentence in the last paragraph is revised to read: 46 47. All timber and Lumber to be used in aquatic environments, unless specified otherwise in 48 the Contract, shall be chemically treated using Western. Wood Preservers Institute Best 49 Management Practices (BMPs). 50 Date of treatment and charge number,' Type of chemical :used and amount of retention, AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9- 10.AP9 2 Section 9 -10, Piling 3 August 3, 2015 4 9- 10.2(1) Concrete 5 The first paragraph is deleted. 6 7 The first sentence of the second paragraph is deleted. 8 9 9 -10.5 Steel Piling 10 This section is revised to read: 11 12 The material for rolled steel piling El-piling and pile splices shall conform to ASTM A 36, 13 ASTM A 572 or ASTM A 992. The material for steel pipe piling and splices shall 14 conform to one of the following requirements except as specifically noted in the Plans: 15. 16 . 1. API 5L Grade X42 or X52 material may be used for longitudinal seam welded 17 or helical (spiral) seam submerged -arc welded pipe piles of any diameter. 18 19 2. ASTM A 252 Grade 2 or 3 material may be used for longitudinal seam welded 20 or helical (spiral) seam submerged -arc welded pipe piles of any diameter. For 21.: the purposes of welding and prequalification of base metal, steel pipe pile- 22 designated as ASTM A 252 may be treated as prequalified provided the 23. chemical composition conforms to a prequalified base metal classification ..... 24 listed in Table 3.1 of the AWS DI.1/D1.1 M, latest edition, Structural Welding 25 Code, the grade of pipe piling meets or exceeds the grade specified in the 26 Plans, and the carbon equivalent (CE) is a maximum of 0.45 - percent. 27 28 3 ASTM A 572 or ASTM A 588 material may be used for longitudinal seam 29 welded piles of any diameter. 30 31 For helical (spiral) seam submerged -arc welded pipe piles, the maximum radial offset of 32 strip /plate.edges shall be 1/8 inch. The offset shall be transitioned with a taper weld and 33 the slope shall not be less than a 1 in 2.5 taper. The weld reinforcement shall not be 34 greater than 3/16 inches and misalignment of weld beads shall not exceed 1/8 inch. 35 36 Steel soldier piles, and associated steel bars and, plates, shall conform to ASTM A 36, 37 ASTM A 572 or ASTM A .992,. except as otherwise noted in the Plans. 38 39 All steel piling may be accepted by the Engineer based on the Manufacturer's 40 Certificate of Compliance submitted in accordance with Section 1 -06.3. The 41 manufacturer's certificate of compliance submittal for steel pipe piles shall be 42 accompanied by certified mill test reports, including chemical analysis and carbon 43 equivalence, for each heat of steel used to fabricate the steel pipe piling. 44 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD. SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 9- 13.AP9 2 Section 9 -13, Riprap, Quarry Spells, Slope Protection, and Rock for Erosion 3 and Scour Protection and Rock Walls 4 January 5, 2015 5 This section's content is deleted. 6 7 9 -13.1 Loose Riprap 8 This section's content, including title and subsections, is revised to read the following: 9 10 9 -13.1 Riprap and Quarry Spells 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 9- 13.1(1) General Riprap and quarry spans shall consist of broken stone or broken concrete rubble and shall be free of rock fines, soil, or other extraneous material. Concrete rubble shall not be contaminated by foreign materials such as fibers, wood, steel, asphalt, sealant, soil, plastic and other contaminants or deleterious material. Concrete rubble that is imported to the job site will require testing and certification for toxicity characteristics per Section 9 -03.21(1). The grading of the riprap shall be determined by the Engineer by visual inspection of the load before it is duff ped into place, or, if so ordered by the Engineer, by dumping individual loads on a flat surface and sorting and measuring the individual rocks contained in the load; Should the riprap contain insufficient spells, as defined in Section 9- 13.1(5), the Contractor shall furnish and place supplementary spell material. Riprap and quarry spells shall be free from segregation, seams, cracks, and other defects tending to destroy its resistance to weather and shall conform to the following requirements for quality. Aggregate Property Test Method Requirement Degradation Factor WSDOT T 113 15 minimum Los Angeles Wear, 500 Rev. AASHTO T 96 50% maximum Specific Gravity,...S...SD AASHTO T 85 2.55 minimum 9- 13.1(2) Heavy Loose Riprap Heavy loose riprap shall meet the following requirements for grading: 9- 13.1(3) Light Loose Riprap Light loose riprap shall meet the following requirements for grading: Size Range Maximum Size 20% to 90% 300 lbs. to 1 ton AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Minimum Size Maximum Size 40% to 90% 1 ton (V cubic yd.) 70% to 90% 300 lbs. (2 cu. ft.) 10% to 30% 3 inch 50 lbs. (spalls) 9- 13.1(3) Light Loose Riprap Light loose riprap shall meet the following requirements for grading: Size Range Maximum Size 20% to 90% 300 lbs. to 1 ton AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9- 13.1(4) Hand Placed Riprap Hand placed riprap shall be as nearly rectangular as possible,. 60 percent shall have a volume of not less than 1 cubic foot. No stone shall be used which is Tess than 6 inches thick, nor which does not extend through the wall. 9- 13.1(5) Quarry Spells Quarry spalls shall meet the following requirements for grading: Sieve Size (2 cu. ft. to'/ cu. yd.) 8" 15% to 80% 50 lbs. to 1 ton (% cu. ft. to 1/2 cu. yd.) 40 max. 10% to 20% 3 inch 50 lbs. (spells) 9- 13.1(4) Hand Placed Riprap Hand placed riprap shall be as nearly rectangular as possible,. 60 percent shall have a volume of not less than 1 cubic foot. No stone shall be used which is Tess than 6 inches thick, nor which does not extend through the wall. 9- 13.1(5) Quarry Spells Quarry spalls shall meet the following requirements for grading: Sieve Size Percent Passing 8" 100 3" 40 max. 3/." 10 max. 10 11 9 -13.2 Hand Placed Riprap 12 This section, including title, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 13 14 9 -13.2 Vacant 15 16 9 -13.4 Rock for Erosion Control and Scour Protection 17 The last sentence is revised to read: 18 19 The use of recycled materials and concrete rubble is not permitted for this application. 20 21 9 -13.6 Quarry Spells 22 This section, including title, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 23 24 9 -13.6 Vacant 25 26 9- 14.AP9 27 Section 9 -14, Erosion Control and Roadside Planting 28 August 3, 2015 29 9.14.1 Soil 30 This section, including title, is revised to read: 31 32 9 -14.1 Topsoil 33 Topsoil shall not contain any recycled material, foreign materials, or any listed Noxious 34 and Nuisance weeds of any Class designated by authorized State or County officials. 35 Aggregate shall not comprise more than 10% by volume of Topsoil and shall not be 36 greater than two inches in diameter. 37 38 9- 14.1(2) Topsoil Type B 39 The last sentence of the second paragraph is deleted. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 2 9 -14.2 Seed 3 This section is revised to read: 4 5 Seed of the type specified shall be certified in accordance with WAC 16 -302. Seed 6 mixes shall be commercially prepared and supplied in sealed containers. The labels 7 shall show: 8 9 (1) Common and botanical names of seed 10 11 (2) Lot number 12 13 (3) Net weight 14 15 (4) Pounds of Pure live seed (PLS) in the mix 16 17 (5) Origin of seed 18 19 All seed vendors must have a business license issued by supplier's state or provincial 20 Department of Licensing with a "seed dealer" endorsement. 21 22 9 -14.4 Erosion Control and Roadside Planting . 23 This section is supplemented with the following new sub - section: 24 . 25 9- 14.4(9) Horticultural Grade Perlite 26 Horticultural grade perlite shall be in a pelletized or granular form. 27 28 Horticultural grade perlite shall meet the following requirements for quality and grading: 29 Quality .Requirements Property Test Method Note 1 Requirement pH (of water slurry PI 202 6.5 — 8.0 Bulk Density, lb/ft3 PI 200 2 -10 30 Note 1 — PI, abbreviation for the Perlite Institute 31 32 33 34. 9- 14.4(3) Bark or Wood Chips 35 This section's title is revised to read: 36 37 Bark or Wood Chip Mulch 38 39 The first paragraph is revised to read: 40 Gradation Requirements Sieve Size Percent Passing No.4 99 -100 No. 18 30 max No. 30 10 max All percentages are by weight. 41 Bark or wood chip mulch shall be derived from fir, pine, or hemlock species. It shall not 42 contain resin, tannin, or other compounds in quantities that would be detrimental to AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 plant life. Sawdust shall not be used as mulch. Mulch produced from finished wood 2 products or construction debris will not be allowed: 3 4 9- 14.4(5) Lime 5 This section, including title, is revised to read: 6 7 9- 14.4(5) Agricultural Grade Dolomite Lime 8 Agricultural grade dolomite lime shall be in a pelletized or granular form, meeting the 9 grading requirements of ASTM C 602 for Class E. 10 11 9- 14.4(6) Gypsum 12 This section, including title, is revised to read: 13 14 9- 14.4(6) Agricultural Grade Gypsum 15 Agricultural grade gypsum shall consist of Calcium Sulfate (CaSO4.2H2O) in a pelletized 16 or granular form and shall meet the following grading requirements: 17 18 19 20 9- 14.4(7) Tackifier 21 This section is revised to read: 22 Sieve Size Percent Passing %. 99 -100 No. 20 20 max All percentages are by weight. 23 Tackifiers are used as a tie -down for soil, compost, seed, and/or mulch. Tackifiers shall 24 contain no growth or germination - inhibiting materials and shall not reduce infiltration 25 rates. Tackifiers shall hydrate in water and readily blend with other slurry materials: 26 27 The Contractor shall provide test results documenting the tackifier meets the 28 requirements for Acute Toxicity, Solvents, and Heavy Metals as required in Table 1 in 29 Section 9- 14.4(2). The tests shall be performed, at the manufacturer's recommended 30 application rate. 31 32 9- 14.4(8) Compost 33 The second paragraph is revised to read: 34 35 Compost production and quality shall comply with WAC 173 -350. 36 37. 9- 14.4(8)A Compost Submittal Requirements 38 Item 2 is revised to read: 39 40 2. A copy of the Solid Waste Handling Permit issued to the manufacturer by the 41 Jurisdictional Health Department in accordance with WAC 173 -350 (Minimum 42 Functional Standards for Solid Waste Handling). 43 44 9- 14.6(1) Description 45 Item number 3 in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 46 47 3. Live pole cuttings shall have a diameter between 2 inches and 3.5 inches. Live 48 poles shall have no more than three branches which must be located at the top end AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/18 1 2 stem. 3 4 9- 14.6(2) Quality 5 The second and third paragraphs in this section are revised to read: 6 7 All plant material shall comply with State and Federal laws with respect to inspection 8 for plant diseases and insect infestation. Plants must meet Washington State 9 Department of Agriculture plant quarantines and have a certificate of inspection. Plants 10 originating in Canada must be accompanied by a phytosanitary certificate stating the 11 plants meet USDA health requirements. 12 13 All plant material shall be purchased from a nursery licensed to sell plants in their state 14 or province. . 15 16 9- 15.AP9 of the pole and those branches shall be pruned back to the first bud from the main 17 Section 9 -15, Irrigation System 18 August 4, 2014 19 9 -15.18 Detectable Marking Tape 20 In the second paragraph, the table is supplemented with the following new row: 21 Non - Potable Water 1 Purple 22 23 24 9- 16.AP9 25 Section 9 -16, Fence and Guardrail 26 August 4, 2014 27 9- 16.2(1)B Wood Fence Posts and Braces 28 In the table, the row beginning with "ACA" is deleted. 29 30 9- 19.AP9 31 Section 9 -19, Prestressed Concrete Girders 32 August 3, 2015 33 This section, including title, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 34 35 Vacant 36 37 9- 29.AP9 38 Section 9 -29, Illumination, Signal, Electrical 39 August 3, 2015 40 9 -29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, and Outerduct 41 This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 42 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 9- 29.1(9) Repair 2 Manufacturer repair kits shall be used for field repair of existing conduit, innerduct and 3 outerduct. The conduit repair kit shall be manufactured specifically for the repair of 4 existing damaged conduit, inner duct and outer duct. The repair kit shall be 5 prepackaged and include the split conduit and split couplings necessary to restore the 6 damaged conduit to the original inside dimensions including a water and air tight seal. 7 8 9- 29.2(1)B Heavy Duty Junction Boxes 9 The second paragraph is revised to read: 10 11 The Heavy -Duty Junction Box steel frame, lid support and lid fabricated from steel plate 12 and shapes shall be painted with a shop applied, inorganic zinc primer in accordance 13 with Section 6 -07.3. Ductile iron and gray iron castings shall not be painted. 14 15 The following new paragraph is inserted after the second paragraph: 16 17 The concrete used in Heavy -Duty Junction Boxes shall have a minimum compressive 18 strength of 4,000 psi. 19 20 In the fourth paragraph (after the preceding Amendment is applied), the table is revised to 21 22 read: Materials Requirement Concrete Section 6-02 Reinforcing Steel Section 9-07 Lid ASTM A 786 diamond plate steel, rolled from plate complying with ASTM A 572, grade 50 or ASTM A 588, and having .a min. CVN toughness of 20 ft-lb at 40 degrees F. Or Ductile iron casting meeting Section 9 -05.15 Frame and stiffener plates ASTM A 572 grade 50 or ASTM A 588, both with min. CVN toughness of 20 ft-lb at 40 degrees F Or Gray iron casting meeting Section 9 -05.15 Anchors (studs) Section 9 -06.15 Threaded Anchors for Gray Iron Frame ASTM F1554 grade 55 Headed Anchor Requirements Bolts, Studs; Nuts, Washers ASTM F 593 or A 193, Type 304 or 316, or Stainless steel grade 302, 304, or 316 in accordance with approved shop drawings Hinges and Locking and Latching Mechanism and associated Hardware and Bolts In accordance with approved shop drawings Safety Bars In accordance with approved shop drawings 23 24 The last paragraph is revised to read: 25 26 The bearing seat and lid perimeter shall be free from burrs, dirt, and other foreign debris 27 that would prevent solid seating. Bolts and nuts shall . be liberally coated with anti-seize AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 compound. Bolts shall be installed snug tight. The bearing seat and lid perimeter shall 2 be machined to allow a minimum of 75 percent of the bearing areas to be seated with a 3 tolerance of 0.0 to 0.005 inches measured with a. feeler.. gage. The bearing area 4 percentage will be measured for each side of the lid as it bears on the frame. 5 6 9- 29.2(2) Standard Duty and Heavy -Duty Cable Vaults and Boxes 7 This section's title is revised to read: 8 9 Small Cable Vaults, Standard Duty Cable Vaults, Heavy -Duty Cable Vaults, 10 Standard Duty Pull Boxes, and Heavy -Duty Pull Boxes 11 12 In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 13 14 Small, Standard Duty and Heavy -Duty Cable Vaults and Standard Duty and Heavy -Duty 15 Pull Boxes shall be constructed as a concrete box and as a concrete lid. 16 17 9- 29.2(2)A Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes 18 This section's title is revised to read: 19 20 Small Cable Vaults, Standard Duty Cable Vaults, and Standard Duty Pull. Boxes 21 22 The first paragraph is revised to read: 23 24 Small and Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Standard Duty Pull boxes shall be concrete 25 and have a minimum load rating of 22,500 pounds and be tested in accordance. with 26 Section 9- 29.2(1)C for concrete Standard Duty Junction Boxes. 27 28 In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 29 30 Concrete for Small and Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Standard Duty Pull Boxes shall 31 have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi. 32 33 In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 34 35 All Small and Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Standard Duty Pull Boxes placed in 36 sidewalks, walkways, and shared -use paths shall have slip- resistant surfaces. 37 38 The fourth paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 39 40 Materials for Small and Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Standard Duty Pull Boxes shall 41 conform to the following: 42 43 9 -29.3 Fiber Optic Cable, Electrical Conductors, and Cable 44 This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 45 46 9- 29.3(3) Wire Marking Sleeves 47 Wire marking sleeves shall be full - circle in design, non- adhesive, printable using an 48 indelible ink and shall fit snugly on the wire or cable. Marking sleeves shall be made 49 from a PVC or polyolefin, and provide permanent identification for wires and cables. 50 51 9- 29.3(2)A4 Location Wire 52 This section is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 2 Location wire shall be steel core copper clad minimum size AWG 14 insulated 3 conductor. The insulation shall be orange High Molecular. Weight High Density. 4 Polyethylene (HMHDPE).. . 5 6 9- 29.13(2) Manufacturing Quality 7 This section, including title, is revised to read: . 8 9 9- 29.13(2) Traffic Signal Controller Assembly Testing 10 Each traffic signal controller assembly shall be tested as follows. The Contractor shall: 11 12 1. Prior to shipping, arrange appointment for testing at the WSDOT Materials 13 Laboratory. . 14 15 2. Assembly shall be defined as tightening all screws, nuts and bolts, verifying 16 that all wiring is clear of moving parts and properly secured, installing all 17 pluggables, connecting all cables and ensure that all Contract required 18 documents are present, proper documentation is provided, and all equipment 19 required by the Contract is installed. 20 21 3. The Contractor shall demonstrate that all of the functions required by the 22 Contract perform as intended. Demonstration shall include energizing the 23 cabinet and verifying that all 8 phases, 4 pedestrian movements and .4 24 overlaps (as required by the Contract Provisions) operate per Section 9- 29.13..... 25 The Contractor shall place the controller in minimum recall with interval' timing- 26 set at convenient value for testing purposes. Upon a satisfactory 27 demonstration the controller assembly will then be accepted by WSDOT for 28 testing. 29 30 4. If the assembly and acceptance for testing is not complete within 7 calendar 31 days of delivery, the Project Engineer may authorize the return of the 32 assembly to the Contractor, with collect freight charges to the Contractor. 33 34 5. WSDOT will test each traffic signal control assembly in accordance with the 35 following test methods, WSDOT T 421, T 422, T 423, T 424, T 425, T 427, and 36 T 428. 37 38 6. If the traffic signal control assembly passes all testing, the Contractor will be 39 notified where the assembly is to be picked -up for delivery to the project. The 40 Contractor shall pick -up the assembly within 7 calendar days of notification. 41 42 7. If the traffic signal control assembly fails testing, the Contractor has 7 calendar 43 days to repair or replace any components that fail during the testing process at 44 no cost to the Contracting Agency. All repairs shall be completed during 45 normal business hours for the State Materials Lab. A failure shall be defined 46 as a component that no longer functions as intended under the conditions 47 required or does not meet the requirements of the Contract and is at the sole 48 discretion of WSDOT. Once all repairs and replacement of components is 49 complete WSDOT will retest the traffic controller as specified in step 6 and all 50 costs for retesting will be deducted from monies due or that may become due 51 the Contractor. 52 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 9- 29.13(2)A Traffic Signal Controller Assembly Testing 2 This section is deleted. 3 4 9 -29.16 Vehicular Signal Heads, Displays, and Housing 5 The last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 6 7 A 1- inch -wide strip of yellow retro-reflective, type IV prismatic sheeting, conforming to 8 the requirements of Section 9- 28.12, shall be applied around the perimeter of each 9 backplate with the exception of installations where all sections of the display will be dark 10 as part of normal operation such as ramp meters, hawk signals and tunnels. 11 12 9- 31.AP9 13 Section 9 -31, Elastomeric Bearing Pads 14 August 4, 2014 15 This section's title is revised to read: 16 17 Elastomeric Pads 18 19 9 -31.1 Requirements 20 In the first paragraph, the word "bearing" is deleted from the first sentence. 21 22. In the first sentence of the second paragraph, the word "bearing" is deleted and replaced 23 with "elastomeric ". 24 .. . . 25 In the last sentence of the second paragraph, the word "Bearing" is deleted and replaced 26 with "Elastomeric ". 27 28. In the third paragraph, the word "bearing" is deleted and replaced with the word 29 "elastomeric ". 30 31 9- 32.AP9 32 Section 9 -32, Mailbox Support 33 August 4, 2014 34.. .9 -32.7 Type 2.Mailbox Support, . 35 The first sentence is revised to read: 36 37.. Type 2 mailbox supports shall be 2 -inch 14 -gage steel tube and shall meet the NCHRP 38. 350, or the. Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH) crash test criteria. 39 40. 9- 33.AP9 41 Section 9 -33, Construction Geosynthetic 42 August 3, 2015 43 9- 33.4(1) Geosynthetic Material Approval 44 This section is revised to read: 45 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 • 1 1 1 1 Ii 1 1 1 Geosynthetics listed in the WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL) are approved for use; 2 If the geosynthetics: material is not listed . inthe current: WSDOT QPL,: a sample of each 3 proposed geosynthetic shall be submitted to the State :Materials Laboratory in Tumwater 4 for evaluation. Geosynthetic material approval will be based on conformance to the 5 applicable properties from the Tables in Section 9 -33.2 or in the Standard Plans or 6 Special Provisions. Approval/Disapproval information will be provided within 30 calendar 7 days after the sample and required; information for each . geosynthetic type have been 8 received at the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater.. 9 10 The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the following information regarding each 11 geosynthetic material . proposed for use: 12 13 Manufacturer's name and current address, 14 Full product name, 15 Geosynthetic structure, including fiber/yam type, 16 Geosynthetic polymer type(s) (for permanent geosynthetic retaining walls, 17 reinforced slopes, reinforced embankments, and other geosynthetic reinforcement 18 applications), 19 Geosynthetic roll number(s), 20 Geosynthetic lot number(s), 21 Proposed geosynthetic use(s), and 22 Certified test results for minimum average roll values. 23 24 Geosynthetics used` as reinforcement in permanent geosynthetic retaining walls, 25 reinforced slopes, reinforced embankments, and other geosynthetic reinforcement 26 applications require proof of compliance with the National Transportation Product 27 Evaluation Program (NTPEP) in accordance with WSDOT Standard Practice T 925 or 28 AASHTO Standard Practice PP 66, Standard Practice for Determination of Long -Term 29 Strength for Geosynthetic Reinforcement. 30 31 9- 33.4(3) Acceptance Samples 32 In the the second row of the table, the value for "Application" is revised to read: 33 . 34 Permanent Geosynthetic Reinforced Slopes, Retaining Walls, Reinforced 35 Embankments, and other Geosynthetic Reinforcement Applications 36 37 The fourth paragraph is supplemented with the following: 38 39 Test results from 9- 33:4(1) Geosynthetic Material Approval testing may be used for 40 acceptance provided the tested roll(s) are part of the "lot" as defined above. 41 42 9- 34.AP9 43 Section 9 -34, Pavement Marking Material 44 January 5, 2015 45 9 -34.2 Paint 46 The second paragraph is revised to read: 47 48 Blue and black paint shall comply with the requirements of yellow paint in Section 9- 49 342(4) and Section 9- 34.2(5), with the exception that blue and black paints do not need 50 to meet the requirements for titanium dioxide, directional reflectance, and contrast ratio. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD: SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3115 1 2 9 -34.4 Glass Beads for Pavement Marking Materials. 3 In the third paragraph, the table titled ° "Metal Concentration Limits" is revised to read: 4 Metal Concentration Limits Element Test Method Max. Parts Per Million (ppm) Arsenic EPA 3052 SW-646 6010C 10.0 Barium EPA 3052 SW-846 6010C _ 100.0 Cadmium EPA 3052 SW-646 6010C 1.0 Chromium EPA 3052 SW-846 6010C 5.0 Lead EPA 3052 SW -846 6010C 50.0 Silver EPA 3052 SW-846 6010C 5.0 Mercury EPA 3052 SW-846 7471 B 4.0 5 6 7 9 -34.5 Temporary Pavement Marking Tape 8 This section is revised to read: 9 10 Biodegradable tape with paper backing is not allowed. 11 12 This section is :supplemented with the following new sub - sections:. 13 14 .9- 34.5(1) T.emporary.. Pavement Marking Tape — Short. Duration 15 Temporary pavement marking tape for short duration shall conform to ASTM D4592 16. Type 11 except that black tape, black mask . tape and the black portion of the contrast 17 removable tape, shall .be non - reflective. 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 9 -34.6 Temporary Raised Pavement Markers 27 This section's title is revised to read:. 28 29 30 31 32 33 9- 35.AP9 9- 34.5(2) Temporary Pavement Marking Tape Long Duration Temporary pavement marking tape for long duration shall conform to ASTM D4592 Type 1. Temporary pavement marking tape for long, duration, except:for black tape, shall have a minimum initial coefficient of retroreflective.luminance of 200 mcd *m 2 *Ix' when measured in accordance with ASTM E 2832 or ASTM E 2177. Black tape, black . mask tape and the black portion of the contrast removable tape, shall be non- reflective. Temporary Flexible, Raised .Pavement IVlarkers The second paragraph is deleted. 34 Section 9 -35, Temporary Traffic Control Materials 35 August 4, 2014 36 9 -35.0 General Requirements 37 The following item is deleted from the list of temporary traffic control materials: 38 . 39 . Barrier Drums 40 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 The last sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 2 3 Certification for crashworthiness according to NCHRP 350 or the Manual for Assessing 4 Safety Hardware (MASH) will be required as described in Section 1- 10.2(3). 5 6 9 -35.2 Construction Signs 7 The first sentence is revised to read: 8 9 Construction signs shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD and shall meet the 10 requirements of NCHRP Report 350 for Category 2 devices or MASH. 11 12 9 -35.7 Traffic Safety Drums 13 The third paragraph is revised to read: 14 15 Drums and Tight units shall meet the crashworthiness requirements of NCHRP 350 or 16 MASH as described in Section 1- 10.2(3). 17 18 9 -35.8 Barrier Drums 19 This section including title is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 20 21 9 -35.8 Vacant 22 23 9 -35.12 Transportable Attenuator 24 In the first paragraph, the fourth sentence is revised to read: 25 26 The Contractor shall provide certification that the transportable attenuator complies with 27 NCHRP 350 Test level 3 or MASH Test Level 3 requirements. 28 29 9 -35.13 Tall Channelizing Devices 30 In the sixth paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: 31 32 The method of attachment must ensure that the light does not separate from the device 33 upon impact and light units shall meet the crashworthiness requirements of NCHRP 350 34 or MASH as described in Section 1- 10.2(3). 35 36 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 INTRODUCTION TO THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) The work on this project shall be accomplished in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2014 edition, as issued by the Washington State Department of Transportation ( WSDOT) and the American Public Works Association. (APWA), Washington, State Chapter (hereafter "Standard Specifications "). The Standard Specifications, as modified or supplemented by the Amendments to the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, all of which are made a part of the. Contract Documents, shall govem all of the Work. These Special Provisions are made up of both General Special Provisions (GSPs) from various sources, which may have project - specific fill -ins; and project - specific Special Provisions. Each Provision either supplements, modifies, or replaces the comparable Standard Specification, or is a new Provision. The deletion, amendment, alteration, or addition to any subsection or portion of the Standard Specifications is meant to pertain only to that particular portion of the section, and in no way should it be interpreted that the balance of the section does not apply. The project-specific Special Provisions are not labeled as such. The GSPs are labeled under the headers of each GSP, with the effective date of the GSP and its source. For example: (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) (April 1, 2013 WSDOT GSP) (Special Provision) Also incorporated into the Contract Documents by reference are: • Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, currently adopted edition, with Washington State modifications, if any • Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal. Construction, WSDOT /APWA, current edition • City of Federal Way Public Works Development Standards • WSDOT Standard Plans • King County Design Standards, 2007 edition Contractor shall obtain copies of these publications, at Contractor's own expense. Division 1 General Requirements DESCRIPTION OF WORK (March 13, 1995) This Contract provides for the improvement at 18 locations in the City of Federal Way by installing advanced overhead lane usage signage and flashing yellow arrow signal heads which also include corresponding signal equipment upgrades, and other work, all in accordance with the attached Contract Plans, these .Contract Provisions, and the Standard Specifications. 1-01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS 1 -01.3 Definitions (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Delete the heading Completion Dates and the three paragraphs that follow it, and replace them with the following: Dates Bid Opening Date The date on which the Contracting Agency publicly opens and reads the Bids. Award Date The date of the formal decision of the Contracting Agency to accept the lowest responsible and responsive Bidder for the Work. Contract Execution Date The date the Contracting Agency officially binds the Agency to the Contract. Notice to Proceed Date The date stated in the Notice to Proceed on which the Contract time begins. Substantial Completion Date The day the Engineer determines the Contracting Agency has full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint, any remaining traffic disruptions will be rare and brief, and only minor incidental work, replacement of temporary substitute facilities, plant establishment periods, or correction or repair remains for the Physical Completion of the total Contract. Physical Completion Date The day all of the Work is physically completed on the project. All documentation required by the Contract and required by law does not necessarily need to be furnished by the Contractor by this date. Completion Date The day all the Work specified in the Contract is completed and all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract are fulfilled by the Contractor. All documentation required by the Contract and required by law must be furnished by the Contractor before establishment of this date. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 2 Final Acceptance Date The date on which the Contracting Agency accepts the Work as complete. Supplement this Section with the following:. All references in the Standard Specifications, Amendments, or WSDOT General Special Provisions, to the terms "State ", "Department of Transportation ", "Washington State Transportation Commission ", "Commission ", "Secretary of Transportation ", "Secretary", "Headquarters ", and "State Treasurer" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency". All references to "State Materials Laboratory" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency designated location ". All references to "final contract voucher certification" shall be interpreted to mean the final payment form established by the Contracting Agency. Additive A supplemental unit of work or group of bid items, identified separately in the Bid Proposal, which may at the discretion of the Contracting Agency, be awarded in addition to the base bid. Alternate One of two or more units of work or groups of bid items, identified separately in the Bid Proposal, from which the Contracting Agency may make a choice between different methods or material of construction for performing the same work. Business Day A business day is any day from Monday through Friday except holidays as listed in Section 1 -08.5. Contract Bond The definition in the Standard Specifications for "Contract Bond" applies to whatever bond form(s) are required by the Contract Documents, which may be a combination of a Payment Bond and a Performance Bond. Contract Documents See definition for "Contract ". Contract Time The period of time established by the terms and conditions of the Contract within which the Work must be physically completed. Notice of Award The written notice from the Contracting Agency to the successful Bidder signifying the Contracting Agency's acceptance of the Bid Proposal. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 3 Notice to Proceed The written notice from the Contracting Agency or Engineer to the Contractor authorizing and directing the Contractor to proceed with the Work and establishing the date on which the Contract time begins. Traffic Both vehicular and non - vehicular traffic, such as pedestrians, bicyclists, wheelchairs, and equestrian traffic. 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS 1-02.1 Prequalification of Bidders Delete this Section and replace it with the following: 1 -02.1 Qualifications of Bidder (January 24, 2011 APWA GSP) Before award of a public works contract, a bidder must meet at least the minimum qualifications of RCW 39.04.350(1) to be considered a responsible bidder and qualified to be awarded a public works project. 1-02.2 Plans and Specifications (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: Information as to where Bid Documents can be obtained or reviewed can be found in the Call for Bids (Advertisement for Bids) for the work. After award of the contract, plans and specifications will be issued to the Contractor at no cost as detailed below To Prime Contractor No. of Sets Basis of Distribution Reduced plans (11" x 17 ") 6 Furnished automatically upon award. Contract Provisions 6 Furnished automatically upon award. Large plans (e.g., 22" x 34 ") 2 Fumished only upon request. Additional plans and Contract Provisions may be obtained by the Contractor from the source stated in the Call for Bids, at the Contractor's own expense. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 -02.4 Examination of Plans, Specifications and Site of Work (Special Provision) Section 1- 02.4(2) is supplemented with the following: (** * * * *) In reference to this section, the soils information used for study and design of this project is included in Appendix $$E$$ (Geotechnical Boring Logs). 1- 02.4(2) Subsurface Information (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) The second sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: The Summary of Geotechnical Conditions and the boring logs, if and when included as an appendix to the Special Provisions, shall be considered as part of the Contract.. 1 -02.5 Proposal Forms (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: The Proposal Form will identify the project and its location and describe the work. It will also list estimated quantities, units of measurement, the items of work, and the materials to be furnished at the unit bid prices. The bidder shalt complete spaces on . the proposal form that call for, but are not limited to, unit prices; extensions; summations;. the total bid amount; signatures; date; and, where applicable, retail sales taxes and acknowledgment of addenda; the bidder's name, address, telephone number, and signature; the bidder's D /M/WBE commitment, if applicable; a State of Washington Contractor's Registration Number; and a Business License Number, if applicable. Bids shall be completed by typing or shall be printed in ink by hand, preferably in black ink. The required certifications are included as part of the Proposal Form. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to arrange the proposal forms with altemates and additives, if such be to the advantage of the Contracting Agency. The bidder shall bid on all alternates and additives set forth in the Proposal Form unless otherwise specified. 1 -02.6 Preparation of Proposal (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) Supplement the second paragraph with the following: 4. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item, the unit or lump sum price must equal or exceed the minimum amount stated. 5. Any correction to a bid made by interlineation, alteration, or erasure, shall be initialed by the signer of the bid. Delete the last paragraph, and replace it with the following: City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 20.15 Page 5 The Bidder shall make no stipulation on the Bid Form, nor qualify the bid in any manner. A bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name, by the president or a vice president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign). A bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name, and signed by a partner. A copy of the partnership agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any D /MNVBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. A bid by a joint venture shall be executed in the joint venture name and signed by a member of the joint venture. A copy of the joint venture agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any D/W/MBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. (May 7, 2012 WSDOT GSP Option 10) The Bidder shall submit with the Bid a completed Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Utilization Certification, when required by the Special Provisions. For each and every DBE firm listed on the Bidder's completed Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification, the Bidder shall submit written confirmation from that DBE firm that the DBE is in agreement with the DBE participation commitment that the Bidder has made in the Bidder's completed Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification. WSDOT Form 422 031 EF (Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Written Confirmation Document) is to be used for this purpose. Bidder must submit good faith effort documentation only in the event the bidder's efforts to solicit ,. sufficient DBE participation have been unsuccessful. Directions for delivery of the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Written Confirmation Documents and Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Good Faith Effort documentation are included in Sections 1 -02.9. (August 2, 2004 WSDOT GSP Option 15) The fifth and sixth paragraphs of Section 1 -02.6 are deleted. 1-02.7 Bid Deposit (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: Bid bonds shall contain the following: 1. Contracting Agency- assigned number for the project; 2. Name of the project; 3. The Contracting Agency named as obligee; 4. The amount of the bid bond stated either as a dollar figure or as a percentage which represents five percent of the maximum bid amount that could be awarded; 5. Signature of the bidder's officer empowered to sign official statements. The signature of the person authorized to submit the bid should agree with the signature on the bond, and the title of the person must accompany the said signature; 6. The signature of the surety's officer empowered to sign the bond and the power of attomey. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 6 If so stated in the Contract Provisions, bidder must use the bond form included in the Contract Provisions. If so stated in the Contract Provisions, cash will not be accepted for . a bid deposit. 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal (August 15, 2012 APWA GSP, Option A) Delete this section and replace it with the following: Each proposal shall be submitted in a sealed envelope, with the Project Name and Project Number as stated in the Call for Bids clearly marked on the outside of the envelope, or as otherwise required in the Bid Documents, to ensure proper handling and delivery. If the project has FHWA funding and requires DBE Written Confirmation Documents or Good Faith Effort Documentation, then to be considered responsive, the Bidder shall submit with their Bid Proposal,. written Confirmation Documentation from each DBE firm listed on the Bidder's completed DBE Utilization Certification, form 272 -056A EF, as required by Section 1 -02.6. The Contracting Agency will not open or consider any Bid Proposal that is received after the time specified in the Call for Bids for receipt of Bid Proposals, or received in a location other than that specified in the Call for Bids. 1 -02.10 Withdrawing, Revising, or Supplementing Proposal (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Delete this section, and replace it with the following: After submitting a physical Bid Proposal to the Contracting Agency, the Bidder may withdraw, revise, or supplement it if: 1. The Bidder submits a written request signed by an authorized person and physically delivers it to the place designated for receipt of Bid Proposals, and 2. The Contracting Agency receives the request before the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals, and 3. The revised or supplemented Bid Proposal (if any) is received by the Contracting Agency before the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals. If the Bidder's request to withdraw, revise, or supplement its Bid Proposal is received before the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals, the Contracting Agency will return the unopened Proposal package to the Bidder. The Bidder must then submit the revised or supplemented package in its entirety. If the Bidder does not submit a revised or supplemented package, then its bid shall be considered withdrawn. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project. December 20.15 Page 7 Late revised or supplemented Bid Proposals or late withdrawal requests will be date recorded by the Contracting Agency and returned unopened. Mailed, emaiied, or faxed requests to withdraw, revise, or supplement a Bid Proposal are not acceptable. 1 -02.12 Public Opening of Proposals Section 1 -02.12 is supplemented with the following: Date of Opening Bids (Special Provision) Sealed bids are to be received at one of the following locations prior to the time specified: 1. In the City of Federal Way Purchasing Office, 33325 8th Avenue S, Federal Way, WA 98003, until 10:00 A.M. of the bid opening date. Bids delivered in person will be received only in the bid room on the bid opening date. The bid opening date for this project is Wednesday, December 23, 2015. Bids received will be publically opened and read after 10:10 A.M. on this date: 1 -02.13 Irregular Proposals (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Revise item 1 to read: 1. A proposal will be considered irregular and will be rejected if: a. The Bidder is not prequalified when so required; b. The authorized proposal form furnished by the Contracting Agency is not used or is altered; c. The completed proposal form contains any unauthorized additions, deletions, alternate Bids, or conditions; d. The Bidder adds provisions reserving the right to reject or accept the award, or enter into the Contract; e. A price per unit cannot be determined from the Bid Proposal; f. The Proposal form is not properly executed; g. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Subcontractor list, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6; h. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Certification, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6; i. The Bidder fails to submit written confirmation from each DBE firm listed on the Bidder's completed DBE Utilization Certification that they are in agreement with the bidders DBE participation commitment, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6, or if the written confirmation that is submitted fails to meet the requirements of the Special Provisions; The Bidder fails to submit DBE Good Faith Effort documentation, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6, or if the documentation that is City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 8 submitted fails to demonstrate that a Good Faith Effort to meet the Condition of Award was made; k. The Bid Proposal does not constitute a definite and unqualified offer to meet the material terms of the Bid invitation; or ! More than one proposal is submitted for the same proiect from a Bidder under the same or different names: . 1 -02.14 Disqualification of Bidders (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP, Option B) Delete this Section and replace it with the following:-., A Bidder will be deemed not responsible if the. Bidder does not meet the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria in RCW 39.04.350(1), as amended; or does not meet the following Supplemental Criteria: 1. Delinquent State Taxes A Criterion: The . Bidder shall not owe delinquent taxes to the Washington State Department of Revenue without a payment plan approved by the Department of Revenue. B. Documentation: The Bidder shall not be listed . on the Washington State Department of Revenue's "Delinquent Taxpayer List" website: http: / /dor.wa.gov/ content / fileandpaytaxes /latefiling /dtlwest.aspx , or if they . are so listed, they must submit a written payment plan approved by the Department of Revenue, to the Contracting Agency by the deadline listed below. Federal Debarment A Criterion: The Bidder shall not currently be debarred or suspended by the Federal government. B. Documentation: - The Bidder shall . not -.. be listed as having an "active exclusion ". on the U.S. government's, "System for Award Management» database (www.sam.gov). 3. Subcontractor Responsibility A Criterion: The Bidder's standard subcontract form shall include the subcontractor responsibility language required by RCW 39.06.020, and the Bidder shall have an established procedure which it utilizes to validate the responsibility of each of its subcontractors. The Bidder's subcontract form shall also include a requirement that each of its subcontractors shall have and document a similar procedure to determine whether the sub -tier City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits . RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 9 subcontractors with whom it contracts are also "responsible" subcontractors as defined by RCW 39.06.020. B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall submit a copy of its standard subcontract form for review by the Contracting Agency, and a written description of its .procedure. for validating the responsibility of subcontractors with which it contracts. 4. Prevailing Wages A Criterion: The Bidder shall not have a record of prevailing wage violations as determined by WA Labor & Industries in the five years prior to the bid submittal date, that demonstrates a pattern of failing to pay workers prevailing wages, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency. B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall submit a list of all prevailing wage violations in the five years prior to the bid submittal date, along with an explanation of each violation and how it was resolved. The Contracting Agency will evaluate these explanations and the resolution of each complaint to ` determine whether the violation demonstrate a pattern of failing to pay its workers prevailing wages as. required. Claims Against Retannage and Bonds A Criterion: The Bidder shall not have a record of excessive claims filed against the retainage or payment bonds for public works projects in the three years prior to the bid submittal date, that demonstrate a lack of effective management by the Bidder of making timely and appropriate payments to its subcontractors, suppliers, and workers, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency. B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall submit a list of the public works projects completed in the three years prior to the bid submittal date that have had claims against retainage and bonds and include for each project the following information: • Name of project • The owner and contact information for the owner; • A list of claims filed against the retainage and/or payment bond for any of the projects listed; • A written explanation of the circumstances surrounding each claim and the ultimate resolution of the claim. 6. Public Bidding Crime City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 10 A Criterion: The Bidder and /or its owners shall not have been convicted of a crime involving bidding on a public works contract in the five years prior to the bid submittal date. B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the Bidder and/or its owners have not been convicted . of a crime involving bidding on a public works contract. Termination for Cause / Termination for Default A Criterion: The Bidder shall not have had any public works contract terminated for cause or terminated for default by a government agency in the five years prior to the bid submittal date, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency. B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the Bidder has not had any public works contract terminated for cause or terminated for default by a govemment agency in the five years prior to the bid submittal date; or if Bidder was terminated, describe the circumstances. 8. Lawsuits A Criterion: The Bidder shall not have lawsuits with judgments entered against the Bidder in the five years prior to the bid submittal date that demonstrate a pattern of failing to meet the terms of contracts, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the Bidder has not had any lawsuits with judgments entered against the Bidder in the five years prior to the bid submittal date that demonstrate a pattern of failing to meet the terms of contracts, or shall submit a list of all lawsuits with judgments entered against the Bidder in the five years prior to the bid submittal date, along with a written explanation of the circumstances surrounding each such lawsuit. The Contracting Agency shall evaluate these explanations to determine whether the lawsuits demonstrate a pattern of failing to meet of terms of construction related contracts As evidence that the Bidder meets the mandatory and supplemental responsibility criteria stated above, the apparent two lowest Bidders must submit to the Contracting Agency by 12:00 P.M. (noon) of the second business day following the bid submittal deadline, a written statement verifying that the Bidder meets all of the mandatory and supplemental criteria together with supporting documentation including but not limited to that detailed above (sufficient in the sole judgment of the Contracting Agency) City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 11 demonstrating compliance with all mandatory and supplemental responsibility criteria. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to request such documentation from other Bidders as well, and to request further documentation as needed to assess Bidder responsibility. The Contracting Agency also reserves the right to obtain information from third - parties and independent sources of information concerning a Bidder's compliance with the mandatory and supplemental criteria, and to use that information in their evaluation. The Contracting Agency may (but is not required to) consider mitigating factors in determining whether the Bidder complies with the requirements of the supplemental criteria. The basis for evaluation of Bidder compliance with these mandatory and supplemental criteria shall include any documents or facts obtained by Contracting Agency (whether from the Bidder or third parties) including but not limited to: (i) financial, historical, or operational data from the Bidder; (ii) information obtained directly by the Contracting Agency from others for whom the Bidder has worked, or other public agencies or private enterprises; and (iii) any additional information obtained by the Contracting Agency which is believed to be relevant to the matter. If the Contracting Agency determines the Bidder does not meet the bidder responsibility criteria above and is therefore not a responsible Bidder, the Contracting Agency shall notify the Bidder in writing, with the reasons for its determination. If the Bidder disagrees with this determination, it may appeal the determination within two (2) business days of the Contracting Agency's determination by presenting its appeal and any additional information to the Contracting Agency. The Contracting Agency will consider the appeal and any additional information before issuing its final determination. If the final determination affirms that the Bidder is not responsible, the Contracting Agency will not execute a contract with any other Bidder until at least two business days after the Bidder determined to be not responsible has received the Contracting Agency's final determination. Request to Change Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria Prior To Bid: Bidders with concerns about the relevancy or restrictiveness of the Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria may make or submit requests to the Contracting Agency to modify the criteria. Such requests shall be in writing, describe the nature of the concerns, and propose specific modifications to the criteria. Bidders shall submit such requests to the Contracting Agency no later than five (5) business days prior to the bid submittal deadline and address the request to the Project Engineer or such other person designated by the Contracting Agency in the Bid Documents. 1 -02.15 Pre Award Information (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: Before awarding any contract, the Contracting Agency may require one or more of these items or actions of the apparent4owest responsible bidder: 1. A complete statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any or all materials to be used, 2. Samples of these materials for quality and fitness tests, City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 12 3. A progress schedule (in a form the Contracting Agency requires) showing the order of and time required for the various phases of the work, 4. A breakdown of costs assigned to any bid item, 5. Attendance at a conference with the Engineer or representatives of the Engineer, 6. Obtain, and furnish a copy of, a business license to do business in the city or county where the work is located. 7. Any other information or action taken that is deemed necessary to ensure that the bidder is the lowest responsible bidder. 1 -03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 1 -03.1 Consideration of Bids (January 23, 2006 APWA GSP) Revise the first paragraph to read: After opening and reading proposals, the Contracting Agency will check them for correctness of extensions of the prices per unit and the total price. If a discrepancy exists between the price per unit and the extended amount of any bid item, the price per unit will control. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item and the bidder's unit or lump sum price is less than the minimum specified amount, the Contracting Agency will unilaterally revise the unit or lump sum price, to the minimum specified amount and recalculate the extension. The total of extensions, corrected where necessary, including sales taxes where applicable and such additives and/or altemates as selected bv the Contracting Agency, will be used by the Contracting Agency for award purposes and to fix the Awarded Contract Price amount and the amount of the contract bond. 1-03.3 Execution of Contract (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: Copies of the Contract Provisions including the unsigned Form of Contract, will be available for signature by the successful bidder on the first business day following award. The number of copies to be executed bv the Contractor will be determined by the Contracting Agency. Within 10 calendar days after the award date, the successful bidder shall return the signed Contracting Agency - prepared contract, an insurance certification as required by Section 1- 07.18, and a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1 -03.4. Before execution of the contract by the Contracting Agency, the successful bidder shall provide any pre -award information the Contracting Agency may require under Section 1- 02.15. Until the Contracting Agency executes a contract, no proposal shall bind the Contracting Agency nor shall any work begin within the project limits or within Contracting Agency- City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project. December 2015 Page 13 furnished sites. The Contractor shall bear all risks for any work begun outside such areas and for any materials ordered before the contract is executed by the Contracting Agency. If the bidder experiences circumstances beyond their control that prevents retum of the contract documents within the calendar days after the award date stated above, the Contracting Agency may grant up to a maximum of 5 additional calendar days for return of the documents, provided the Contracting Agency deems the circumstances warrant it. 1 -03.4 Contract Bond (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following: The successful bidder shall provide executed payment and performance bond(s) for the full contract amount. The bond may be a combined payment and performance bond; or be separate payment and performance bonds. In the case of separate payment and performance bonds, each shall be for the full contract amount. The bond(s) shall: 1. Be on Contracting Agency - fumished form(s); 2. Be signed by an approved surety (or sureties) that: a. Is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and b. Appears on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner; 3. Guarantee that the Contractor will perform and comply with all obligations, duties, and conditions under the Contract, including but not limited to the duty and obligation to indemnify, defend, and protect the Contracting Agency against all losses and claims related directly or indirectly from any failure: a. Of the Contractor (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to faithfully perform and comply with all contract obligations, conditions, and duties, or b. Of the Contractor (or the subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, material person, or any other person who provides supplies or provisions for carrying out the work; 4. Be conditioned upon the payment of taxes, increases, and penalties incurred on the project under titles 50, 51, and 82 RCW; and 5. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety's officer empowered to sign the bond; and 6. Be signed by an officer of the Contractor empowered to sign official statements (sole proprietor or partner). If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond(s) must be signed by the president or vice president, unless accompanied by written proof of the authority of the individual signing the bond(s) to bind the corporation (i.e., corporate resolution, power of attomey, or a letter to such effect signed by the president or vice president). 1 -03.4 Contract Bond City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 14 (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following: The successful bidder shall provide executed payment and performance bond(s) for the full contract amount. The bond may be a combined payment and performance bond; or be separate payment and performance bonds. In the case of separate payment and performance bonds, each shalt be for the full contract amount. The bond(s) shall: 1. Be on Contracting Agency- furnished form(s); 2. Be signed by an approved surety (or sureties) that: a. Is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and b. Appears on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner, 3. Guarantee that the Contractor will perform and comply with all obligations, duties, and conditions under the Contract, including but not limited to the duty and obligation to indemnify, defend, and protect the Contracting Agency against all losses and claims related directly or indirectly from any failure: a. Of the Contractor (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor), to faithfully perform a and comply with all contract obligations, conditions, and duties, or b. Of the Contractor (or the subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, material person, or any other person who provides supplies or provisions for carrying out the work; 4. Be conditioned upon the payment of taxes, increases, and penalties incurred on the project under titles 50, 51, and 82 RCW; and 5. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety's officer empowered to sign the bond; and 6. Be signed by an officer of the Contractor empowered to sign official statements (sole proprietor or partner). If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond(s) must be signed by the president or vice president, unless accompanied by written proof of the authority of the individual signing the bond(s) to bind the corporation (i.e., corporate resolution, power of attomey, or a letter to such effect signed by the president or vice president). 1-03.7 Judicial Review (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: Any decision made by the Contracting Agency regarding the Award and execution of the Contract or Bid rejection shalt be conclusive subject to the scope of judicial review permitted under Washington Law. Such review, if any, shall be timely filed in the Superior Court of the county where the Contracting Agency headauarters is located. provided that where an action is asserted against a county. RCW 36.01.05 shall control venue and jurisdiction. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 15 1-04 SCOPE OF WORK 1 -04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, Specifications, and Addenda (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Revise the second paragraph to read: Any inconsistency in the parts of the contract shall be resolved by following this order of precedence (e.g., 1. presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3.over 4, and so. forth): 1. Addenda, 2. Proposal Form, 3. Special Provisions, 4. Contract Plans, 5. Amendments to the Standard Specifications, 6. Standard Specifications, 7. Contracting Agency's Standard Plans or Details (if any), and 8. WSDOT Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 1 -04.4 Changes 1- 04.4(1) Minor Changes (Special Provision) Section 1- 04.4(1) is supplemented with the following: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for the following bid item(s) "Minor Change" per calc. 1 -05 CONTROL OF WORK 1-05.4 Conformity With and Deviations from Plans and Stakes (Special Provision) Section 1 -05.4 is supplemented with the following: Contractor Surveying - Structure The Contractor shall be responsible for setting, maintaining, and resetting all alignment stakes, slope stakes, and grades necessary for the the overhead sign supports foundations, poles, and mast arms. Except for the survey control data to be furnished by the Contracting Agency, calculations, surveying, and measuring required for setting and maintaining the necessary lines and grades shall be the Contractor's responsibility. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 16 The Contractor shall inform the Engineer when monuments are discovered that were not identified in the Plans and construction activity may disturb or damage the monuments. All monuments noted on the plans "DO NOT DISTURB" shall be protected throughout the length of the project or be replaced at the Contractors expense. Detailed survey records shall be maintained, including a description of the work performed on each shift, the methods utilized, and the control points used. The record shall be adequate to allow the survey to be reproduced. A copy of each day's record shall be provided to the Engineer within three working days after the end of the shift. The meaning of words and terms used in this provision shall be as listed in "Definitions of Surveying and Associated Terms" current edition, published by the American Congress on Surveying and Mapping and the American Society of Civil Engineers. The survey work by the Contractor shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Verify the primary horizontal and vertical control furnished by the Contracting Agency, and expand into secondary control by adding stakes and hubs as well as additional survey control needed for the project. Provide descriptions of secondary control to the Contracting Agency. The description shall include coordinates and elevations of all secondary control points. 2. Establish, by placing hubs and/or marked stakes, the location with offsets of foundation shafts and piles. 3. Establish offsets to footing centerline of bearing for structure excavation. 4. Establish offsets to footing centerline of bearing for footing forms. 5. Establish wing wall, retaining wall, and noise wall horizontal alignment. 6. Establish retaining wall top of wall profile grade. 7. Establish elevation benchmarks for all substructure formwork. 8. Check elevations at top of footing concrete line inside footing formwork immediately prior to concrete placement. 9. Check column location and pier centerline of bearing at top of footing immediately prior to concrete placement. 10. Establish location and plumbness of column forms, and monitor column plumbness during concrete placement. 11. Establish pier cap and crossbeam top and bottom elevations and centerline of bearing. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 17 12. Check pier cap and crossbeam top and bottom elevations and centerline of bearing prior to and during concrete placement. 13. Establish grout pad locations and elevations. 14. Establish structure bearing locations and elevations, including locations of anchor bolt assemblies. 15. Establish box girder bottom slab grades and locations. 16. Establish girder and /or web wall profiles and locations. 17. Establish diaphragm locations and centerline of bearing. 18. Establish roadway slab alignment, grades and provide dimensions from top of girder to top of roadway slab. Set elevations for deck paving machine rails. 19. Establish traffic barrier and curb profile. 20. Profile all girders prior to the placement of any deadload or construction - live Toad that may affect the girder's profile. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency copies of any calculations and staking data when requested by the Engineer. To facilitate the establishment of these lines and elevations, the Contracting Agency will provide the Contractor with the following primary survey and control information: 1. Descriptions of two primary control points used for the horizontal and vertical control. Primary control points will be described by reference to the project alignment and the coordinate system and elevation datum utilized by the project. In addition, the Contracting Agency will supply horizontal coordinates for the beginning and ending points and for each Point of Intersection (P1) on each alignment included in the project. 2. Horizontal coordinates for the centerline of each bridge pier. 3. Computed elevations at top of bridge roadway decks at one -tenth points along centerline of each girder web. All form grades and other working grades shall be calculated by the Contractor. The Contractor shall give the Contracting Agency three weeks notification to allow adequate time to provide the data outlined in Items 2 and 3 above. The Contractor shall ensure a surveying accuracy within the following tolerances: 1. Stationing on structures Vertical Horizontal *0.02 feet City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 18 2. Alignment on structures ±0.02 feet 3. Superstructure elevations 4. Substructure ±0.01 feet variation from plan elevation ±0.02 feet variation from Plan grades. The Contracting Agency may spot -check the Contractor's surveying. These spot - checks will not change the requirements for normal checking by the Contractor. When staking the following items, the Contractor shall perform independent checks from different secondary control to ensure that the points staked for these items are within the specified survey accuracy tolerances: Piles Shafts Footings Columns The Contractor shall calculate coordinates for the points associated with piles, shafts, footings and columns. The Contracting Agency will verify these coordinates prior to issuing approval to the Contractor for commencing with the survey work. The Contracting Agency will require up to seven calendar days from the date the data is received to issuing approval. Contract work to be performed using contractor - provided stakes shall not begin until the stakes are approved by the Contracting Agency. Such approval shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the accuracy of the stakes. All costs associated with Structure Surveying shall be measured and paid under the item "Construction Surveying" per 1 -05.4 herein. As -Built Survey and Record Drawings After construction has been completed the Contractor shall perform an as -built survey and provide the information in (1) full -size paper copy and AutoCAD 2010 or later version file to the Engineer. This as -built survey shall consist of the following: Survey of rim elevation, sump elevations, and invert elevations of all storm drainage structures installed, modified or Left in place within the limits of this contract. Storm pipe diameter and material; drainage structure type, size, lid type (solid cover or grate, standard or heavy duty), and lid shape; model No. of CB water quality treatment inserts installed, flowline of open channel conveyance systems at 50 -foot max. intervals, and retaining wall footing drains, including cleanouts. Finished grade shots on all utility appurtenances within the limits of this contract, including, but not limited to vaults, handholes, valves, fire hydrants, water meters, junction boxes, signal poles, etc. Appurtenances with round covers should have one survey shot in the center of the manhole or valve cover, or at the center of the fire City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015. Page 19 hydrant. Utility handholes and boxes shall have two shots on opposite comers of the cover. • Final curb elevations, with a minimum of 5 shots at each curb return. Also, final shots along all curb and gutter, block curb, integral curb and extruded curb installed in this contract (at flowline of the curbs). • Final elevations at the front and back of walk throughout the project limits. • Final wall elevations at the face and top of all walls installed in this contract. • Shots of all signs, trees, illumination and signal equipment installed as part of this contract. • Shots to delineate all channelization installed in this contract. Throughout construction, the Contractor shall keep a set of redline drawings that record as -built information at the project site. This set of drawings shall be provided to the Engineer at the end of the project. This record drawing information shall, at a minimum, consist of the following: • All changes to the Contract Plans. • Pothole information gathered by the Contractor. • Actual location of utility trenches, including depth to top of conduits at a minimum of 100' spacing. • Existing utility information not included in the Contract Plans, or that differs from the Contract Plans. Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1 for the following bid item(s) when included in the proposal: "Construction. Surveying ", . lump sum. The lump sum contract price for "Construction Surveying" shall be full pay for all labor equipment, materials, and supervision utilized to perform the work specified, including any resurveying, checking, correction of errors, replacement of missing or damaged stakes, structure surveying, roadway surveying and coordination efforts. "As -Built Survey and Record Drawings ", lump sum. The lump sum contract price for "As -Built Survey and Record Drawings " shall be full pay for all labor, equipment, materials, and supervision utilized to perform the work specified, including any resurveying, checking, correction of errors, replacement of missing or damaged stakes, and coordination efforts. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 20 1-05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work: (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: If the Contractor fails to remedy defective or unauthorized work within the time specified in a written notice from the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the work required by the Contract Documents, the Engineer may correct and remedy such work as may be . . identified in the written notice, with Contracting Agency forces or by such other means as the Contracting Agency may deem necessary. If the Contractor fails to comply with a written order to remedy what the Engineer determines to be an emergency situation, the Engineer may have the defective and unauthorized work corrected immediately, have the rejected work removed and replaced, or have work the Contractor refuses to perform completed by using Contracting Agency or other forces. An emergency situation is any situation when, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay in its remedy could be potentially unsafe, or might cause serious risk of loss or damage to the public. Direct or indirect costs incurred by the Contracting Agency attributable to correcting and remedying defective or unauthorized work, or work the Contractor failed or refused to perform, shall be paid by the Contractor. Payment will be deducted by the Engineer from monies due, or to become due,, the Contractor. Such direct and indirect costs shall include in particular, but without limitation, compensation for additional professional services required, and costs for repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of the Contractor's unauthorized work. No adjustment in contract time or compensation will be allowed . because of the decay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Contracting Agency's rights provided by this Section. The rights exercised under the provisions of this section shall not diminish the Contracting Agency's right to pursue any other avenue for additional remedy or damages with . respect to the Contractor's failure to perform the work as required. 1- 05.11. Final. Inspection Delete this section and replace it with the following: 1 -05.11 Final Inspections and Operational Testing (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) 1- 05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date When the Contractor considers the work to be substantially complete, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer and request the Engineer establish the Substantial Completion Date. The Contractor's request shall list the specific items of work that remain to be completed in order to reach physical completion. The Engineer will schedule an inspection of the work with the Contractor to determine the status of City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications. Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 ,. Page 21 completion. The Engineer may also establish the Substantial Completion Date unilaterally. If, after this inspection, the Engineer concurs with the Contractor that the work is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer, by written notice to the Contractor; will set the Substantial Completion Date. If, after this inspection the Engineer does not consider the work substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer will, by written notice, so notify the Contractor giving the reasons therefor. Upon receipt of written notice concurring in or denying substantial completion, whichever is applicable; the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently and without unauthorized interruption, the work necessary to reach Substantial and Physical Completion. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a revised schedule indicating when the Contractor expects to reach substantial and physical completion of the work. The above process shall be repeated until the Engineer establishes the Substantial Completion Date and the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection. 1- 05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical` Completion Date When the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection, the Contractor by written notice; shall request the Engineer to schedule a final inspection. The Engineer will set a date for final inspection. The Engineer and the Contractor will then make a final inspection and the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of all particulars in which the final inspection reveals the work incomplete or unacceptable: The Contractor shall immediately take such corrective measures as are necessary to remedy the listed deficiencies. Corrective work shall be pursued vigorously, diligently, and without interruption until physical completion of the listed deficiencies. This process will continue until the Engineer is satisfied the listed deficiencies have been corrected. If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated within 7 days after receipt of the written notice listing the deficiencies, the Engineer may, upon written notice to the Contractor, take whatever steps are necessary to correct -those deficiencies pursuant to Section 1 -05.7. The Contractor will not be allowed an extension of contract time because of a delay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Engineer's right hereunder. Upon correction of all deficiencies, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and the Contracting Agency, in writing, of the date upon which the work was considered physically complete. That date shall constitute the Physical Completion Date of the contract, but shall not imply acceptance of the work or that all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract have been fulfilled. 1- 05.11(3) Operational Testing City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 22 It is the intent of the Contracting Agency to have at the Physical Completion Date a complete and operable system. Therefore when the work involves the installation of machinery or other mechanical equipment; street lighting, electrical distribution or signal systems; irrigation systems; buildings; or other similar work it may be desirable for the Engineer to have the Contractor operate and test the work for a period of time after final inspection but prior to the physical completion date. Whenever items of work are listed in the Contract Provisions for operational testing they shall be fully tested under operating conditions for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the Physical Completion Date. During and following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any items of workmanship, materials, or equipment which prove faulty, or that are not in first class operating condition. Equipment, electrical controls, meters, or other devices and equipment to be tested during this period shall be tested under the observation of the Engineer, so that the Engineer may determine their suitability for the purpose for which they were installed. The Physical Completion Date cannot be established until testing and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to successfully complete operational testing, shall be included in the unit contract prices related to the system being tested, unless specifically set forth otherwise in the proposal. Operational and test periods, when required by the Engineer, shall not affect a manufacturer's guaranties or warranties furnished under the terms of the contract. 1 -05.13 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) Delete the sixth and seventh paragraphs of this section. 1 -05.14 Cooperation With Other Contractors Section 1 -05.14 is supplemented with the following: (March 13, 1995) 1- 05.14(1) Other Contracts Or Other Work It is anticipated that the following work adjacent to or within the limits of this project will be performed by others during the course of this project and will require coordination of the work: 1. PERFORMING ARTS AND EVENTS CENTER FRONTAGE IMPROVEMENTS AT THE INTERSECTION OF 20th Avenue S and S 314th Street 1- 05.14(A) Notifications Relative to Contractor's Activities (Special Provision) Section 1- 05.14(A) is a new section: Notification shall be written, with a copy delivered to the Engineer within a minimum of three (3) working days prior to the commencement of work, including any work impacting utilities, and must be in such detail as to give the time of the commencement and completion of work, names of streets to be closed, schedule of operations, routes of City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 23 detours where possible. The Contractor shall also notify the below listed agencies of the name(s) of the construction superintendent in responsible charge or other individuals having full authority to execute the orders or direction of the Engineer, in the event of an emergency. Failure to comply with this requirement will result in a stop work order. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 24 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 City of Federal Way Police Department 33325 8th Ave S Federal Way, WA 98003 Telephone: 253 - 835 -6701 (To schedule officer traffic control support) 253 - 835- 6767(For traffic/road closure issues) King County METRO Transit 1270 6th Avenue South, Bldg 2, MS:QS Seattle, WA 98134 Attn: Richard Garcia Telephone: 206- 684-2732 Comcast 410 Valley Ave NW, Suite 12 -C Puyallup, WA 98371 Attn: Jerry Steele Email: Jerry_Steele2 @cable.comcast.com Telephone: (253) 288 -7532 Century Link 23315 66th Ave S Kent, WA 98032 Attn: Nevie Jake Telephone: (425) 761 -0471 Lakehaven Utility District 31627 First Avenue South P. O. Box 4249 Federal Way, WA 98003 Attn: Wes Hill Telephone: 253 - 946 -5440 1- 05.14(B) Coordination of Work with City (Special Provision) Section 1- 05.14(B) is a new section: South King Fire and Rescue 31617 1st Avenue South Attn.: Lauri Perry Federal Way, WA 98003 Telephone: 253 - 946 -7253 Federal Way Public Schools Transportation Department Attn: Cindy Wendland 1211 South 332nd Street Federal Way, WA 98003 Telephone: 253 -945 -5965 Email:cwendlan@fwps.org Puget Sound Energy (Gas) 3130 S 38th St Tacoma, WA 98409 Attn: Anita Yurovchak Telephone: 253 -476 -6304 Puget Sound Energy (Power) 3130 S 38th St Tacoma, WA 98409 Attn: Anita Yurovchack Telephone: 253 - 476 -6304 King County Traffic Operations 155 Monroe Avenue NE Renton, WA 98056 Attn: Mark Parrett Tel: 206 -296 -8153 At least three (3) working day written notification shall be required on all requests for engineering services other than inspection. All request shall be coordinated with the Engineer. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 25 All costs resulting from delays in which requests were not coordinated with the Engineer shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 1 -05.15 Method of Serving Notices (March 25, 2009 APWA GSP) Revise the second paragraph to read: All correspondence from the Contractor shall be directed to the Project Engineer. All correspondence from the Contractor constituting any notification, notice of protest. notice of dispute, or other correspondence constituting notification required to be furnished under the Contract. must be in paper format. hand delivered or sent via mail delivery service to the Proiect Engineer's office. Electronic copies such as e-mails or electronically delivered copies of correspondence will not constitute such notice and will not comply with the requirements of the Contract. Add the following new section: 1 -05.16 Water and Power (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements, and shall bear the costs for power and water necessary for the performance of the work, unless the contract includes power and water as a pay item. Add the following new section: 1 -05.17 Oral Agreements (October 1, 2005 AWPA GSP) No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Contracting Agency, either before or after execution of the contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations contained in any of the documents comprising the contract. Such oral agreement or conversation shall be considered as unofficial information and in no way binding upon the Contracting Agency, unless subsequently put in writing and signed by the Contracting Agency. Add the following new section: 1 -05.18 Record Drawings (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) The Contractor shall maintain one set of full size plans for Record Drawings, updated with clear and accurate red -lined field revisions on a daily basis, and within 2 business days after receipt of information that a change in Work has occurred. The Contractor shall not conceal any work until the required information is recorded. This Record Drawing set shall be used for this purpose alone, shall be kept separate from other Plan sheets, and shall be clearly marked as Record Drawings. These Record City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 26 Drawings shall be kept on site at the Contractor's field office, and shall be available for review by the Contracting Agency at all times. The Contractor shall bring the Record Drawings to each progress meeting for review. The preparation and upkeep of the Record Drawings is to be the assigned responsibility of a single, experienced, and qualified individual. The quality of the Record Drawings, in terms of accuracy, clarity, and completeness, is to be adequate to allow the Contracting Agency to modify the computer -aided drafting (CAD) Contract Drawings to produce a complete set of Record Drawings for the Contracting Agency without further investigative effort by the Contracting Agency. The Record Drawing markups shall document all changes in the Work, both concealed and visible. Items that must be shown on the markups include but are not limited to: • Actual dimensions, arrangement, and materials used when different than shown in the Plans. • Changes made by Change Order or Field Order. • Changes made by the Contractor. • Accurate locations of storm sewer, sanitary sewer, water mains and other water appurtenances, structures, conduits, light standards, vaults, width of roadways, sidewalks, landscaping areas, building footprints, channelization and pavement markings, etc. Include pipe invert elevations, top of castings (manholes, inlets, etc.). If the Contract calls for the Contracting Agency to do all surveying and staking, the Contracting Agency will provide the elevations at the tolerances the Contracting Agency requires for the Record Drawings. When the Contract calls for the Contractor to do the surveying /staking, the applicable tolerance limits include, but are not limited to the following: Vertical Horizontal As -built sanitary & storm invert and t 0.01 foot t 0.01 foot grate elevations As -built monumentation ± 0.001 foot ± 0.001 foot As -built waterlines, inverts, valves, ± 0.10 foot ± 0.10 foot hydrants As -built ponds /swales /water features ± 0.10 foot ± 0.10 foot As -built buildings (fin. Floor elev.) ± 0.01 foot ± 0.10 foot As -built gas lines, power, TV, Tel, Com ± 0.10 foot ± 0.10 foot As -built signs, signals, etc. N/A ± 0.10 foot Making Entries on the Record Drawings: • Use erasable colored pencil (not ink) for all markings on the Record Drawings, conforming to the following color code: • Additions - Red City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project . December 2015 Page 27 • Deletions - Green • Comments - Blue • Dimensions- Graphite • Provide the applicable reference for all entries, such as the change order number, the request for information (RFI) number, or the approved shop drawing number. • Date all entries. • Clearly identify all items in the entry with notes similar to those in the Contract Drawings (such as pipe symbols, centerline elevations, materials, pipe joint abbreviations, etc.). The Contractor shall certify on the Record Drawings that said drawings are an accurate depiction of built conditions, and in conformance with the requirements detailed above. The Contractor shall submit final Record Drawings to the Contracting Agency. Contracting Agency acceptance of the Record Drawings is one of the requirements for achieving Physical Completion. Payment will be made for the following bid item: Record Drawings (Minimum Bid $ 2,000) Lump Sum Payment for this item will be made on a prorated monthly basis for work completed in accordance with this section up to 75% of the lump sum bid. The final 25% of the lump sum item will be paid upon submittal and approval of the completed Record Drawings set prepared in conformance with these Special Provisions. A minimum bid amount has been entered in the Bid Proposal for this item. The Contractor must bid at least that amount. Add the following new section: 1.05.19 Contractors' Daily Diary (Special Provision) The Contractor and subcontractors, as additional consideration for payment for this contract work, hereby agree to maintain and provide to the Owner and the Engineer a Daily Diary Record of this Work. This diary will be created by pen and ink entries in a hardbound diary book of the type that is commonly available by the commercial outlets. The diary must be kept and maintained by the Contractor's designated project superintendent. Entries must be made on a daily basis and must accurately represent all of the project activities on each day. At a minimum, the diary shall show on a daily basis: • The day and date. • The weather conditions, including changes throughout the day. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 28 • A complete description of work accomplished during the day with adequate references to the Plans and Specifications so that the reader can easily and accurately identify said work on the Plans. • An entry for each and every changed condition, dispute or potential dispute, incident, accident, or occurrence of any nature whatsoever which might affect the Contract, Owner, or any third party in any manner. • Listing of any materials received and stored on or off -site by the Contractor for future installation, to include the manner of storage and protection of the same. • Listing and quantities of materials installed during each day. • List of all subcontractors working on -site during each day. • Listing of the number of Contractor's employees working during each day by category of employment. • Listing of Contractor's equipment working on the site during each day. Idle equipment on the site shall be listed and designated as idle. • Notations to explain inspections, testing, stake -out, and all other services fumished to the Contractor by the Owner or other during each day. • Entries to verify the daily (including non -work days) inspection and maintenance of traffic control devices and condition of the traveled roadway surfaces. The Contractor shall not allow any conditions to develop that would be hazardous to the public. • Any other information that serves to give-an accurate and complete record of the nature, quantity, and quality of the Contractor's progress on each day. • Summary of total number of working days to date, and total number of delay days to date. All pages of the diary must be numbered consecutively with no omissions in page numbers. The Contractor shall utilize additional sheets separate from the diary book, if necessary, to provide a complete diary record. However, the Owner's senior representative must sign separate sheets on each day and a copy furnished at the time of signing to the Owner. The Contractor must provide a copy, of the diary to the Owner and the Engineer each morning for the preceding. workday. All copies must be legible. It is expressly agreed between the contractor and the owner that the daily diary maintained by the Contractor shall be the "Contractor's Book of Original Entry" for the documentation of any potential claims or disputes that might arise during this contract. Failure of the Contractor to maintain this diary in the manner described above will constitute a waiver of any such claims or disputes by the Contractor. The daily diary maintained by the Contractor does not constitute the official record of the project. The official record of the project is prepared and maintained exclusively by the engineer. All costs associated with Contractor's Daily Diary shall be included in the related item of work and no additional payment will be made. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 29 1 -06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL Buy America (August 6, 2012, WSDOT GSP) Section 1 -06 is supplemented with the following: (August 6, 2012) In accordance with Buy America requirements contained in 23 CFR 635.410, the major quantities of steel and iron construction material that is permanently incorporated into the project shall consist of American -made materials only. Buy America does not apply to temporary steel items, e.g., temporary sheet piling, temporary bridges, steel scaffolding and faisework. Minor amounts of foreign steel and iron may be utilized in this project provided the cost of the foreign material used does not exceed one -tenth of one percent of the total contract cost or $2,500.00, whichever is greater. American -made material is defined as material having all manufacturing processes occurring domestically. To further define the coverage, a domestic product is a manufactured steel material that was produced in one of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, or in the territories and possessions of the United States. If domestically produced steel billets or iron ingots are exported outside of the area of coverage, as defined above, for any manufacturing process then the resulting product does not conform to the Buy America requirements. Additionally, products manufactured domestically from foreign source steel billets or iron ingots do not conform to the Buy America requirements because the initial melting and mixing of alloys to create the material occurred in a foreign country. Manufacturing begins with the initial melting and mixing, and continues through the coating stage. Any process which modifies the chemical content, the physical size or shape, or the final finish is considered a manufacturing process. The processes include rolling, extruding, machining, bending, grinding, drilling, welding, and coating. The action of applying a coating to steel or iron is deemed a manufacturing process. Coating includes epoxy coating, galvanizing, aluminizing, painting, and any other coating that protects or enhances the value of steel or iron. Any process from the original reduction from ore to the finished product constitutes a manufacturing process for iron. Due to a nationwide waiver, Buy America does not apply to raw materials (iron ore and alloys), scrap (recycled steel or iron), and pig iron or processed, pelletized, and reduced iron ore. 36 The following are considered to be steel manufacturing processes: 1. Production of steel by any of the following processes: a. Open hearth furnace. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 30 b. Basic oxygen. c. Electric furnace. d. Direct reduction. 2. Rolling, heat treating, and any other similar processing. 3. Fabrication of the products. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 31 a. Spinning wire into cable or strand b. Corrugating and rolling into culverts. c. Shop fabrication. A certification of materials origin will be required for any items comprised of, or containing, steel or iron construction materials prior to such items being incorporated into the permanent work. The certification shall be on DOT Form 350 -109EF provided by the Engineer, or such other form the Contractor chooses, provided it contains the same information as DOT Form 350- 109EF. 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 1 -07.1 Laws to be Observed (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: In cases of conflict between different safety regulations, the more stringent regulation shall apply. The Washington State Department of Labor and Industries shall be the sole and paramount administrative agency responsible for the administration of the provisions of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA). The Contractor shall maintain at the project site office, or other well known place at the project site, all articles necessary for providing first aid to the injured. The Contractor shall establish, publish, and make known to all employees, procedures for ensuring immediate removal to a hospital, or doctor's care, persons, including employees, who may have been injured on the project site. Employees should not be permitted to work on the project site before the Contractor has established and made known procedures for removal of injured persons to a hospital or a doctor's care. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of the Contractor's plant, appliances, and methods, and for any damage or injury resulting from their failure, or improper maintenance, use, or operation. The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for the conditions of the project site, including safety for all persons and property in the performance of the work. This requirement shall apply continuously, and not be limited to normal working hours. The required or implied duty of the Engineer to conduct construction review of the Contractor's performance does not, and shall not, be intended to include review and adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on, or near the project site. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 32 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1-07.2 State Taxes Delete this section, including its sub - sections, in its entirety and replace it with, the following: 1-07.2 State Sales Tax (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) The Washington. State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the State sales tax. Sections 1- 07.2(1) through 1- 07.2(3) are meant to clarify those rules. The Contractor should contact the Washington Stale.Department of Revenue for answers to questions in this area. The Contracting Agency will . not adjust its payment if the Contractor bases a bid on a misunderstood tax liability. The Contractor shall include all Contractor -paid taxes in the unit bid prices or other contract amounts. In some cases, however, state retail sales tax will not be included. Section 1- 07.2(2) describes this exception. The Contracting Agency will pay the retained percentage (or release the Contract Bond if a FHWA- funded Project) only if the Contractor has obtained from the Washington . State Department of Revenue a certificate showing that all contract- related taxes have been paid (RCW 60.28.051). The Contracting Agency may deduct from its payments to the Contractor any amount the Contractor may owe the Washington State Department of Revenue, whether the amount owed relates to this contract or not. Any amount so deducted will be paid into the proper State fund. . 1- 07.2(1) State Sales Tax — Rule 171 WAC 458-20 -171, and its related rules, apply to building, repairing, or improving streets, roads, etc., which are owned by a municipal corporation, or political subdivision of the state, or by the United States, and which are used primarily for foot or vehicular traffic. This includes storm or combined sewer systems within and included as a part of the street or road drainage system and power lines when such are part of the roadway lighting system. For,work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall include Washington State Retail Sales Taxes in the various unit bid item prices, or other contract amounts, including those that the Contractor pays on the purchase of the materials, equipment, or supplies used or consumed in doing the work. 1- 07.2(2) State Sales Tax -- Rule 170 WAC 458 -20 -170, and its related rules, apply to the constructing and repairing of new or existing buildings, or other structures, upon real property. This includes, but is not limited to, the construction of streets, roads, highways, etc., owned by the state of Washington; water mains and their appurtenances; sanitary sewers and sewage disposal systems unless such sewers and disposal systems are within, and a part of, a street or road drainage system; telephone, telegraph, electrical power distribution lines, or other conduits or lines in or above streets or roads, unless such power lines become a part of a street or road lighting system; and installing or attaching of any article of tangible personal property in or to real property, whether or not such personal property becomes a part of the realty by virtue of installation. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project • December 2015 Page 33 For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall collect from the Contracting Agency, retail sales tax on the full contract price. The Contracting Agency will automatically add this sales tax to each payment to the Contractor. For this reason, the Contractor shall not include the retail sales tax in the unit bid item prices, or in any other contract amount subject to Rule 170, with the following exception. Exception: The Contracting Agency will not add in sales tax for a payment the Contractor or a subcontractor makes on the purchase or rental of tools, machinery, equipment, or consumable supplies not integrated into the project. Such sales taxes shall be included in the unit bid item prices or in any other contract amount 1- 07.2(3) Services The Contractor shall not collect retail sales tax from the Contracting Agency on any contract wholly for professional or other services (as defined in Washington State Department of Revenue Rules 138 and 244). 1 -07.5 Environmental Regulations Section 1 -07.5 is supplemented with the following: (August 3, 2009) The intentional bypass of stormwater from all or any portion of a stormwater treatment system is prohibited without the approval of the Engineer: 1-07.5 Load Limits (March 13, 1995) Section 1 -07.5 is supplemented with the following: If the sources of materials provided by the Contractor necessitates hauling over roads other than State Highways, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor's expense, make all arrangements for the use of the haul routes. 1 -07.9 Wages 1- 07.9(1)General (January 12, 2015) Section 1- 07.9(1) is supplemented with the following: The Federal wage rates incorporated in this contract have been established by the Secretary of Labor under United States Department of Labor General Decision No. WA150001. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 34 The State rates incorporated in this contract are applicable to all construction activities associated with this contract. (April 2, 2007 WSDOT GSP) Application of Wage Rates For The Occupation Of Landscape Construction State prevailing wage rates for public works contracts are included in this contract and show a separate listing for the occupation: Landscape Construction, which includes several different occupation descriptions such as: Irrigation and Landscape Plumbers, Irrigation and Landscape Power Equipment Operators, and Landscaping or Planting Laborers. In addition, federal wage rates that are included in this contract may also include occupation descriptions in Federal Occupational groups for work also specifically identified with landscaping such as: Laborers with the occupation description, Landscaping or Planting, or Power Equipment Operators with the occupation. description, Mulch Seeding Operator. If Federal wage rates include one or more rates specified as applicable to landscaping work, then Federal wage rates for all occupation descriptions, specific or general, must be considered and compared with corresponding State wage rates. The higher wage rate, either State or Federal, becomes the minimum wage rate for the work performed in that occupation. Contractors are responsible for determining the appropriate crafts necessary to perform the contract work. If a classification considered necessary for performance of the work is missing from the Federal Wage Determination applicable to the contract, the Contractor shall initiate a request for approval of a proposed wage and benefit rate. The Contractor shall prepare and submit Standard Form 1444, Request for Authorization of Additional Classification and Wage Rate available at http: / /www.wdoigov /docslsf1444.pdf, and submit the completed form to the Project Engineer's office. The presence of a classification wage on the Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates For Public Works Contracts does not exempt the use of form 1444 for the purpose of determining a federal classification wage rate. 1 -07.11 Requirements For Nondiscrimination Section 1 -07.11 is supplemented with the following: (August 5, 2013) Requirement for Affirmative Action to Ensure Equal Employment Opportunity (Executive Order 11246) City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 35 Requirement for Affirmative Action to Ensure Equal Employment Opportunity (Executive Order 11246) 1. The Contractor's attention is called to the Equal Opportunity Clause and the Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications set forth herein. 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation set by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force in each construction craft and in each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows: Women - Statewide Timetable Goal Until further notice 6.9% Minorities - by Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area (SMSA) Spokane, WA: SMSA Counties: Spokane, WA 2.8 WA Spokane. Non -SMSA Counties 3.0 WA Adams; WA Asotin; WA Columbia; WA Ferry; WA Garfield; WA Lincoln, WA Pend Oreille; WA Stevens; WA Whitman. Richland, WA SMSA Counties: Richland Kennewick, WA WA Benton; WA Franklin_ Non -SMSA Counties WA Walla Walla. 5.4 3.6 Yakima, WA: SMSA Counties: Yakima, WA 9.7 WA Yakima. Non -SMSA Counties • 7.2 WA Chelan; WA Douglas; WA Grant; WA Kittitas; WA Okanogan. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 36 Seattle, WA: SMSA Counties: Seattle Everett, WA 7.2 WA King; WA Snohomish. Tacoma, WA 6.2 WA Pierce. Non -SMSA Counties 6.1 WA Clailam; WA Grays Harbor; WA Island; WA Jefferson; WA Kitsap; WA Lewis; WA Mason; WA Pacific; WA San Juan; WA Skagit; WA Thurston; WA Whatcom. Portland, OR: SMSA Counties: Portland, OR -WA 4.5 WA Clark. Non -SMSA Counties 3.8 WA Cowlitz; WA Klickitat; WA Skamania; WA Wahkiakum. These goals are applicable to each nonexempt Contractor's total on -site construction workforce, regardless of whether or not part of that workforce is performing work on a Federal, or federally assisted project, contract, or subcontract until further notice. Compliance with these goals and time tables is enforced by the Office of Federal Contract compliance Programs. The Contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60- 4.3(a), and its efforts to meet the goals. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, in each construction craft and in each trade, and the Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goal shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed. 3. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP) within 10 working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 or more that are Federally funded, at any tier for construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the name, address and telephone number of the Subcontractor; employer identification number of the Subcontractor, estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in which the contract is to be performed. The notification shall be sent to: U.S. Department of Labor Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs Pacific Region City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015. Page 37 Attn: Regional Director San Francisco Federal Building 90 — 7th Street, Suite 18-300 San Francisco, CA 94103(415) 625 -7800 Phone (415) 625 -7799 Fax Additional information may be found at the U.S. Department of Labor website: http://www.doloov/ofccraMuides/ctaouide.htm 4. As used in this Notice, and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the Covered Area is as designated herein. Standard Federal Equal Emplovment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications (Executive Order 11246) 1. As used in these specifications: a. Covered Area means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; b. Director means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, United States Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; c. Employer Identification Number means the Federal Social Security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U. S. Treasury Department Form 941; d. Minority includes: (1) Black, a person having origins in any of the Black Racial Groups of Africa. (2) Hispanic, a fluent Spanish speaking, Spanish surnamed person of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central American, South American, or other Spanish origin. (3) Asian or Pacific Islander, a person having origins in any of the original peoples of the Pacific rim or the Pacific Islands, the Hawaiian Islands and Samoa. (4) American Indian or Alaskan Native, a person having origins in any of the original peoples of North America, and who maintain cultural identification through tribal affiliation or community recognition. 2. ` Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. 3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60 -4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project ' December 2015 Page 38 to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or Subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goat under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or Subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor's or Subcontractor's failure to take good faith effort to achieve the Plan goals and timetables. 4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7a through 7p of this Special Provision. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered construction contractors performing construction work in geographical areas where they do not have a Federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the minority and female goals established for the geographical area where the work is being performed. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress in meeting its goals in each craft during the period specified. 5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. 6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. 7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its action. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other on -site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide. Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 39 b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off-the- street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefor, along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken. d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. e. Develop on- the -job training opportunity and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7b above. f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with on -site supervisory personnel such as Superintendents, General Foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 40 Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written to minority, female and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not Later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process. j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and where reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's work force. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. I. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation of all minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated except that separate or single -user toilet and necessary changing facilities shalt be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations. p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through 7p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor - union, contractor- community, or other similar group of which the Contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of the obligations under 7a through 7p of this Special Provision provided that the Contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensure that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female work- force participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrate the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide FIashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 41 comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance. 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non - minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized). 10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 11. The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246. 12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspensions, terminations and cancellations of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. 13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of this Special Provision, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60 -4.8. 14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the government and to keep records. Records shall at least include, for each employee, their name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, the Contractors will not be required to maintain separate records. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 42 15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). 16. Additional assistance for Federal Construction Contractors on contracts administered by Washington State Department of :Transportation or by Local Agencies may be found at: Washington State Dept. of Transportation . . Office of Equal Opportunity PO Box 47314 310 Maple Park Ave. SE Olympia WA 98504 -7314 Ph: 360- 705 -7090 Fax: 360- 705 -6801 http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/equalopportunity/default.htm (December 8, 2014 APWA GSP, Option 8) Supplement this section with the following: Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Condition of Award Participation The Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 apply to this Contract. Demonstrating compliance with these specifications is a Condition of Award (COA) of this Contract. Failure to comply with the requirements of this specification may result in your bid being found to be nonresponsive and may be rejected. DBE COA Goal The Contracting Agency has established a COA Contract goal in the amount of: $$12 %$$. DBE Eligibility /Selection of DBEs A Directory of Certified DBE Firms denoting the Description of Work the DBE Contractors are certified to perform is available at: www.omwbe.wa.govicertification/index.shtml. The directory provides plain language on the Description of Work that the listed DBE's have been certified by the Office of Minority and Women's Business Enterprises (OMWBE) to perform. The Bidder shall use the Directory of Certified DBE Firms to confirm if a DBE is certified for the "Description of Work" the Bidder lists on the DBE Utilization Certification form # 272 -056 EF (see form instructions) and therefore qualifies for credit towards the COA goal. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 43 Crediting DBE Participation Joint Venture When a DBE performs as a participant in a joint venture, only that portion of the total dollar value of the Contract equal to the distinct, clearly defined portion of the Work that the DBE performs with its own forces shall be credited. DBE Prime Contractor A DBE Prime Contractor may only take credit for that portion of the total dollar value of the Contract equal to the distinct, clearly defined portion of the Work that the DBE Prime performs with its own forces. DBE Subcontractor When a DBE firm participates as a Subcontractor only that portion of the total dollar value of the Contract equal to the distinct, clearly defined portion of the Work that the DBE performs with its own forces shall be credited. • Include the cost of supplies and materials obtained by the DBE for the Work in the Contract including supplies purchased or equipment leased by the DBE. • However, you may not take credit for supplies, materials, and equipment the DBE Subcontractor purchases or leases from the Prime Contractor or its affiliate. In addition, Work performed by a DBE, utilizing resources of the Prime Contractor or its affiliates shall not be credited. • In very rare situations, a DBE firm may utilize equipment and/or personnel from a non -DBE firm other than the Prime Contractor or its affiliates. Should this situation arise the arrangement must be short- term and have prior written approval from the Office of Equal Opportunity (OEO). • Count the entire value of fees or commissions charged by a DBE firm for providing a bona fide service, such as professional, technical, consultant, managerial services, or for providing bonds or insurance. • When a DBE subcontracts to another firm, the value of the subcontracted Work may be counted as participation only if the DBE's lower tier Subcontractor is also a DBE. Work that a DBE subcontracts to a non -DBE firm shall not be credited. • When non -DBE Subcontractor further subcontracts to a lower -tier Subcontractor or supplier who is a certified DBE, then that portion of the Work further subcontracted may be credited as DBE participation, provided it is a distinct dearly defined portion of the Work that the DBE is certified to perform and the DBE Subcontractor performs the Work with its own forces. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 44 • If a firm is not certified as a DBE at the time of the execution of the contract, their participation cannot be counted toward any DBE goals. Trucking Use the following factors in determining DBE credit and whether a DBE trucking company is performing a commercially useful function: 1. The DBE must be responsible for the management and supervision of the entire trucking operation for which credit is being claimed. 2. The DBE must itself own and; with its own workforce, operate at least one fully licensed, insured, and operational truck used on the Contract. 3. The DBE receives credit only for the value of the transportation services it provides on the Contract using trucks it owns or leases, licenses, insures, and operates with drivers it employs. For purposes of this requirement a lease must indicate that the DBE has exclusive use of and control over the truck. This does not preclude the leased truck from working for others provided it is with the consent of the DBE and the lease provides the DBE first priority for use of the leased truck. Leased trucks must display the name and identification number of the DBE: 4. The DBE may lease trucks from another DBE firm including an owner - operator provided they are certified as a DBE for trucking. The DBE who leases trucks from another DBE may claim participation for the total value of the transportation services the lessee. DBE provides on the Contract. 5. The DBE may also lease trucks from a non -DBE firm and may enter into an agreement with an owner- operator who is a non -DBE. The DBE shall only receive credit for the number of additional non -DBE trucks equal or less than the number of DBE trucks the firms owns or has leased /subcontracted through another DBE trucking company. The DBE must control the work of the non -DBE trucks. If the non - DBE is performing the work without supervision of that work by the DBE, the DBE is not performing a Commercially Useful Function (CUF). 6.. In any lease or owner - operator situation, as described in requirement #4 and #5 above, the following rules shall apply: a. A written lease /rental agreement is required for all trucks leased or rented; documenting the ownership and the terms of the agreement. The agreements must be submitted and approved by the Contracting Agency prior to the beginning of the Work. The agreement must show the leaser's name, City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications• Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014: Project December 2015: Page 45 truck description and agreed upon amount and method of payment (hour, ton, or per load). All lease agreements shall be for a long -term relationship, rather than for the individual project. (This requirement does not apply to owner - operator arrangements.) Only the vehicle, (not the operator) may be leased or rented. (This requirement does not apply to owner - operator arrangements). 7. Credit may only be claimed for DBE trucking firms operating under a subcontract or a written agreement approved by the Contracting Agency prior to performing Work. Expenditures paid to other DBEs Expenditures paid to other DBEs for materials or supplies may be counted toward DBE goals as provided in the following: Manufacturer You may claim DBE credit for 100 percent of value of the materials or supplies obtained from a DBE manufacturer. A manufacturer is a firm that operates or maintains a factory or establishment that produces, on the premises, the materials, supplies, articles, or equipment required under the contract. A manufacturer shall include firms that produce finished goods or products from raw or unfinished material or that purchases and substantially alters goods and materials to make them suitable for construction use before reselling them. In order to receive credit as a DBE Manufacturer, the firm must be certified by OMWBE as a manufacturer in a NAICS code that falls within the 31XXXX to 33XXXX classification. Regular Dealer You may claim, credit for 60 percent of the value of the materials or supplies purchased from 'a DBE regular dealer. Rules applicable to regular dealer status are contained in 49 CFR Part 26.55.e.2. To be considered a regular dealer you must meet the following criteria: • WSDOT considers and recognizes a regular dealer, as a firm that owns, operates, or maintains a store, warehouse, or other establishment in which the materials or supplies required for the performance of the Contract and described by the specifications of the Contract are bought, kept in stock and regularly sold or leased to the public in the usual course of business. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 46 • Sixty percent (60 %) of the cost of materials or supplies purchased from an approved regular dealer may be credited as DBE participation. Regular dealer status is granted on a contract -by- contract basis. A firm wishing to be approved as a regular dealer for WSDOT contracted projects or Highways & Local Program administered projects must submit a request in writing to OEO for approval, no later than seven days prior to bid opening. Once the OEO has received the request, an onsite review will be set up with the firm and a review conducted to determine the firm's qualifications. If it is determined that the firm qualifies as a regular dealer the OEO will list the firm on an Approved Regular Dealers List. The list may be accessed through the OEO Home website is at: www .wsdot.wa.gov /equalopportunity. Note: Requests to be listed as a regular dealer will only be processed if the requesting firm is certified by the Office of Minority and Women's Business Enterprises in a NAICS code that fall within the 42XXXX NAICS Wholesale code section. Materials or Supplies Purchased from a DBE With regard to materials or supplies purchased from a DBE who is neither a manufacturer nor a regular dealer you may claim credit for the following: 1 Fees or commissions charged for assistance in the procurement of the materials and supplies. 2. Fees or transportation charges for the delivery of materials or supplies. In either case you may not take credit for any part of the cost of the materials and supplies. Commercially Useful Function (CUF) The Prime Contractor has a responsibility and must treat the working relationship with the DBE such that the DBE is performing a commercially useful function. The Prime Contractor may only take credit for Work performed by a DBE that is determined to be performing a commercially useful function. • A DBE performs a commercially useful function when it is responsible for execution of a distinct element of Work and is carrying out its responsibilities by performing, managing and supervising the Work involved. The DBE must also be responsible with respect to materials and supplies used on the Contract. For example; negotiating price, determining quality, determining quantities, ordering, installing (if applicable) and paying for the material itself. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 47 • A DBE does not perform a commercially useful function if its role is limited to that of an extra participant in a transaction, Contract, or project through which funds are passed. Joint Checking Allowance Prime Contractors and DBEs must receive pre - approval by the OEO before using a joint check. Joint check requests shall be submitted by the Prime Contractor to the Contracting Agency for approval. When requesting approval for use of a joint checking allowance, the Contractor must distribute a written joint check agreement among the parties (including the suppliers involved) providing full and prompt disclosure of the expected use of the joint checks. The agreement shall contain all the information concerning the parties' obligations and consequences or remedies if the agreement is not fulfilled or a breach occurs. The joint check request shall be submitted to the Contracting Agency for approval prior to signing the contract agreement. The following are some general conditions that must be met by all parties regarding joint check use: a. It is understood that the Prime Contractor acts solely as the guarantor of a joint check. b. The DBE's own funds are used to pay supplier of materials. The Prime Contractor does not make direct payment to supplier. In order to be performing a Commercially Useful Function (CUF), the DBE must release the check to the supplier (paying for the materials it -self and not be an extra participant in a transaction). c. If the Prime Contractor makes joint checks available to one DBE Subcontractor, the service must be made available to all Subcontractors (DBE and non -DBE). d. The relationship between the DBE and its suppliers should be established independently of and without interference by the Prime Contractor. The DBE has final decision- making responsibility concerning the procurement of materials and supplies, including which supplier to use. e. The Prime Contractor and DBE shall be able to provide receipts, invoices, cancelled checks and /or certification statements of payment if requested by the Contracting Agency. f. The DBE remains responsible for all other elements of 49 CFR 26.55(c)(1). City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 48 Failure by the Prime Contractor to request and receive prior approval of a joint check arrangement will result in the joint check amount not counting towards the Prime Contractor's DBE goal. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification FORM # 272 - 056 EF To be eligible for award of the Contract, the Bidder shall properly complete and submit a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification with the Bidder's sealed Bid Proposal, as specified Section 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal. The Bidder's Disadvantaged. Business Enterprise Utilization Certification must clearly demonstrate how the Bidder intends to meet the DBE COA goat. A Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification (form # 272 -056 EF) is included in your Proposal package for this purpose as well as instructions on how to properly fill out the form. In the event of arithmetic errors in completing the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification the amount listed to be applied towards the goat for each DBE shall govern and the DBE total amount shall be adjusted accordingly. Note: The Contracting Agency shall consider as non - responsive and shall reject:. any Bid Proposal submitted that does not contain a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification that accurately demonstrates how the Bidder intends to meet the COA goal. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Written Confirmation Document(s) FORM # 422 -031 EF The Bidder shall submit a complete and accurate Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Written Confirmation Document for each DBE firm listed in the Bidder's completed Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification as submitted with the bid. Failure to do so will result in the associated participation being disallowed, which may result in bid rejection. A Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Written Confirmation Document (form No. 422 -031 EF). is included in your Proposal package for this purpose. The form(s) shall be received as specified in the special provisions for Section 1 -02.9 Delivery of Proposal. It is prohibited for the Bidder to require a DBE to submit a Written Confirmation Document with any part of the form left blank. Should the Contracting Agency determine that a Written Confirmation Document was signed by a DBE that was not complete; the validity of the document comes into question and the associated DBE Participation may not receive credit. Selection of Successful Bidder /Good Faith Efforts (GFE) The successful Bidder shall be selected on the basis of having submitted the lowest responsive Bid, which demonstrates a good faith effort to achieve the City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 49 DBE COA goal. Achieving the goal may be accomplished in one of two ways, as follows: 1. Bv meeting the goal The best indication of good faith efforts is to document, through submission of the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification and supporting Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Written Confirmation Document(s) that the Bidder has obtained enough DBE participation to meet or exceed the assigned DBE COA contract goal. That being the case no additional GFE documentation is required. Or, 2. Bv documentation that it made adequate GFE to meet the goal The Bidder may demonstrate a GFE in whole or part through GFE documentation ONLY IN THE EVENT a Bidder's efforts to solicit sufficient DBE participation have been unsuccessful. In this case, the Bidder must supply GFE documentation in addition to the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification, and supporting Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Written Confirmation document(s). Note: In the case where the Bidder was awarded the contract based on demonstrating adequate GFE the advertised DBE goal will not be reduced to the Bidder's partial commitment. The Bidder shall demonstrate a GFE during the life of the Contract to attain the DBE Condition of Award (COA) Goal as assigned to the project. Good Faith Efforts (GFE) Documentation GFE documentation shall be received, as specified in the special provisions for Section 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal. Based upon all the relevant documentation submitted in Bid or as supplement to Bid, the Contracting Agency shall determine whether the Bidder has demonstrated a sufficient GFE to achieve DBE participation. The Contracting Agency will make a fair and reasonable judgment of whether a Bidder that did not meet the goal through participation, made adequate good faith efforts as demonstrated by the GFE documentation. The following is a list of types of actions, which would be considered as part of the Bidder's GFE to achieve DBE participation. It is not intended to be a mandatory checklist, nor is it intended to be exclusive or exhaustive. Other factors or types of efforts may be relevant in appropriate cases: 1. Attendance by the Bidder at any pre - solicitation or pre -Bid meetings that were scheduled by the Contracting Agency to inform DBEs of contracting and subcontracting or material supply opportunities available on the project; City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 50 2. Contacting local Tribes, Tribal Employment Rights Offices (TERO) concerning the subcontracting or supply opportunities in sufficient time to allow the enterprises to participate effectively; 3. Selection by the Bidder of specific economically feasible units of the project to be performed by DBEs in order to increase the likelihood of participation by DBEs even if the Bidder preferred to perform these Work items as the Prime Contractor; 4. Advertising by the Bidder in general circulation, trade association minority and trade oriented, women focus publications, concerning the subcontracting or supply opportunities; 5. Providing written notice from the Bidder to a reasonable number of specific DBEs, identified from the OMWBE Directory of Certified DBE Firms for the selected subcontracting or material supply Work, in sufficient time to allow the enterprises to participate effectively; 6. Follow -up by the Bidder of initial solicitations of interest by contacting the DBEs to determine with certainty whether they were interested. Documentation of this kind of action shall include the information outlined below: a. The names, addresses, telephone numbers of DBEs who were contacted, the dates of initial contact, and whether initial solicitations of interest were followed -up by contacting the DBEs to determine with certainty whether the DBEs were interested; b. A description of the information provided to the DBEs regarding the plans, specifications, and estimated quantities for portions of the Work to be performed; c. Documentation of each DBE contacted but rejected and the reason(s) for that rejection; 7. Providing, to interested DBEs, adequate information about the plans, specifications, and requirements for the selected subcontracting or material supply Work; 8. Negotiating in good faith with the DBE firms, and not, without justifiable reason, rejecting as unsatisfactory, Bids that are prepared by any DBE. The DBE's standing within its industry, membership in specific groups, organizations, or associations and political or social affiliations - union vs. non -union employee status - are not legitimate causes for the rejection or non - solicitation of bids in the Prime Contractor's efforts to meet the project goal; City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications. Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 51 9. Advertising and making efforts to obtain DBE participation that were reasonably expected to produce a level of participation sufficient to meet the goal or requirements of the Contracting Agency; 10. Making any other efforts to obtain DBE participation that were reasonably expected to produce a level of participation sufficient to meet the goal or requirements of the Contracting Agency; 11. Using the services of minority community organizations, minority contractor groups, local, State, and federal minority business assistance offices and other organizations identified by WSDOT and advocates for disadvantaged, minority, and women businesses that provide assistance in the recruitment and placement of disadvantaged, minority, and women business enterprises; and 12. Using the WSDOT OEO DBE Supportive Services to assist you. For more information please contact the OEO by calling toll free at (888) 259 -9143 or emailing dbess @wsdot.wa.gov. Administrative Reconsideration of GFE Documentation Any Bidder has the right to reconsideration but only for the purpose of reassessing their GFE documentation that was determined to be inadequate. • The Bidder must request and schedule a reconsideration hearing within seven calendar days of notification of being nonresponsive or forfeit the right to reconsideration. • The reconsideration decision on the adequacy of the Bidder's GFE documentation shall be made by an official who did not take part in the original determination. • The Bidder shall have the opportunity to meet in person with the official for the purpose of setting forth the Bidder's position as to why the GFE documentation demonstrates a sufficient effort. • The reconsideration official shall provide the Bidder with a written decision on reconsideration within five business days of the hearing explaining the basis for their finding. Procedures between Award and Execution After Award and prior to Execution the Bidder shall provide the additional information described below. Failure to comply shall result in the forfeiture of the Bidder's Proposal bond or deposit. 1. Additional information for all successful DBE's as shown on the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification: a. Correct business name, federal employee identification number (if available), and mailing address. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 52 b. List of all Bid items assigned to each successful DBE firm, including unit prices and extensions. c. Description of partial items (if any) to be sublet to each successful DBE firm specifying the distinct elements of Work under each item to be performed by the DBE and including the dollar value of the DBE portion. Total amounts shown for each DBE shall not be less than the amount shown on the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification. A breakdown that does not conform to the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification or that demonstrates a lesser amount of DBE participation than that included in the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification will be retumed for correction. 2. A list of all firms who submitted a Bid or quote in an attempt to participate in this project whether they were successful or not. Include the business name and a mailing address. Note: The firms identified by the Prime Contractor may be contacted by the Contracting Agency to solicit general information as follows: age of the firm and average of its gross annual receipts over the past three - years. Procedures after Execution Crediting DBE Participation toward Meeting the Goal Reporting All DBE work whether COA or race neutral participation is reported. The Prime Contractor shall submit a Quarterly Report of Amounts Credited as DBE Participation form (422 -102 EF) on a quarterly basis for any calendar quarter in which DBE has accomplished Work or upon completion of the project, as appropriate. The dollars are to be reported as specified herein. In the event that the payments to a DBE have been made by an entity other than the Prime Contractor, as in the case of a lower -tier Subcontractor or supplier, then the Prime Contractor shall obtain the quarterly report, including the signed affidavit, from the paying entity and submit the report to the Contracting Agency. Changes in DBE COA participation Owner initiated Change Orders The Prime Contractor shall demonstrate a GFE to substitute COA DBE participation when the Contracting Agency deletes Work items by change order that impact a COA DBE's Work. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 53 When the Contract allows altemate Work methods which serve to delete or create under -runs in COA DBE Work then the Prime Contractor must provide documentation of negotiating the change with the DBE that was to perform the reduced Work and demonstrate a GFE to substitute other DBE COA participation. Original Quantity Under runs In the event that Work committed to a DBE firm as part of the COA under runs the original planned quantities the Prime Contractor shall demonstrate a GFE to substitute other DBE COA participation. Contractor4nitiated Proposals — General The Contractor cannot reduce the amount of work committed to a DBE firm at contract award without good cause and only with written concurrence from the OEO. Reducing a COA DBE's Work is viewed as a partial DBE termination, subject to the procedures below. DBE Termination A COA DBE Subcontractor may only be terminated in whole or part with the approval of the Contracting Agency (in coordination with OEO). Approval will be granted provided the Prime Contractor demonstrates that the termination is based on good cause. Good cause typically includes situations where the DBE Subcontractor is unable or has failed to perform the work of its subcontract in accordance with normal industry standards. While not all inclusive, some examples of good cause include the following circumstances: Good cause may exist if: • The listed DBE Subcontractor fails or refuses to execute a written contract. • The listed DBE Subcontractor fails or refuses to perform the work of its subcontract in a way consistent with normal industry standards. • The listed DBE Subcontractor fails or refuses to meet the Prime Contractor's reasonable, nondiscriminatory bond requirements. • The listed DBE Subcontractor becomes bankrupt, insolvent, or exhibits credit unworthiness. • The listed DBE Subcontractor is ineligible to work on public works projects because of suspension and debarment proceedings pursuant 2 CFR Parts 180, 215 and 1,200 or applicable state law. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 54 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • The listed DBE Subcontractor voluntarily withdraws from the project and provides to you written notice of its withdrawal. • The listed DBE is ineligible to receive DBE credit for the type of work required. • A DBE owner dies or becomes disabled with the result that the listed DBE is unable to complete its work on the contract. Good cause does not exist if: • The Prime Contractor seeks to terminate a COA DBE so that the Prime can self- perform the Work. • The Prime Contractor seeks to terminate a COA DBE so the Prime Contractor can substitute another DBE or non -DBE after contract award. • The failure or refusal of the DBE Subcontractor to perform its work on the subcontract results from the bad faith or discriminatory action of the Prime Contractor (e.g., the failure of the Prime Contractor to make timely payments or the unnecessary placing of obstacles in the path of the DBE's Work). Prior to requesting termination, the Prime Contractor must give notice in writing to the DBE Subcontractor with a copy to the Contracting Agency of its intent to request to terminate DBE work and the reasons for doing so. The DBE Subcontractor shall have five (5) days to respond to the prime Contractor's notice. The DBE's • response shall either support the termination or advise the Contracting Agency and the Prime Contractor of the reasons it objects to the termination of its subcontract. When a COA DBE firm is "terminated" from a Contract (or fails to complete its Subcontract for any reason), the Prime Contractor shall make every good faith effort to substitute another DBE Firm (ref.to 49 CFR 26.53(g)): Graduation When a DBE firm "graduates" from the DBE program (during the course of an executed subcontract), the DBE participation of that firm "may" continue to count towards the contract DBE goal. Decertification When a COA DBE firm who has a signed subcontract in place with a Prime, later becomes "decertified" (during the course of that subcontract) — the DBE participation of that firm "may" continue to count towards the Contract DBE goal. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 55 Counting payments Payments to a DBE firm will count toward DBE goals only if the participation is in accordance with these specifications. Prompt Payment Prompt payment to all Subcontractors shall be in accordance with Section 1- 08.1(1) of these Contract special provisions. Payment Compensation for all costs involved with complying with the conditions of this specification and any other associated DBE requirements is included in payment for the associated Contract items of Work. Damages for Noncompliance The Prime Contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this Contract. The Prime Contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of Contracts, which contain funding assistance from the United States Department of Transportation. Failure by the Prime Contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this Contract, which may result in the Termination of this Contract or . such other remedy as the Contracting Agency deems appropriate. If the Prime Contractor does not comply with any part of its Contract as required under 49 CFR- part 26, and/or any other applicable law or regulation regarding DBE, the Contracting Agency may withhold payment, suspend the ability of the Prime. Contractor to participate in future Contracting Agency contracts, impose sanctions or Terminate the Contract, and subject the Prime Contractor to civil penalties of up to ten percent of the amount of the Contract for each violation. In the case of WSDOT Contracts, prequalification may be suspended pursuant to WAC 468-16 -180, and continuous violations (exceeding a single violation) may also disqualify the Prime Contractor from further participation in WSDOT Contracts for a period of up to three years. An apparent low Bidder must be in compliance with these Contract Provisions as a condition precedent to the granting of a notice of award by the Contracting Agency. The Prime Contractor is entitled to request an adjudicative proceeding with respect to the Contracting Agency's determination of Contract violation and assessed penalties by filing a written application within thirty days of receipt of notification. The adjudicative proceeding, if requested, will be conducted by an administrative law judge pursuant to the procedures set forth in RCW 34.05 and Chapter 10.08 of the Washington Administrative Code. 1 -07.12 Federal Agency Inspection (July 30, 2012) City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Prole December 2015 Page 56 Section 1 -07.12 is supplemented with the following: Required Federal Aid Provisions , The Required Contract Provisions Federal Aid Construction Contracts (FHWA 1273) Revised May 1, 2012 supersede any conflicting provisions. of.the Standard Specifications and are made a part of this Contract; provided, however, that if any of the provisions of FHWA 1273 are restrictive than, Washington. State Law, then the Washington State Law shall prevail. The provisions of FHWA 1273 included in this. Contract require that the Contractor insert the FHWA 1273 in each Subcontract, together with the wage rates which are _ part of the FHWA 1273. Also, a clause shall be included in each. Subcontract requiring the Subcontractors to insert the FHWA 1273 thereto in any lower tier Subcontracts, together with the wage rates. The Contractor shall also .ensure that this section, REQUIRED.. FEDERAL AID PROVISIONS, is inserted in each Subcontract for . Subcontractors and lower tier Subcontractors. For this purpose, upon request to. the Project Engineer, the Contractor will be provided with extra copies of the FHWA 1273, the applicable wage . rates, and this Special Provision. 1 -07.13 Contractor's Responsibility for Work 1- 07.13(4) Repair of Damage (August 6, 2001) Section 1- 07.13(4) is revised to read: The Contractor shall promptly repair all damage to either temporary or permanent work as directed by the Engineer. For damage qualifying for relief under Sections 1- 07.13(1), 1- .- 07.13(2) or 1- 07.13(3), payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.4. Payment will be limited to repair of damaged work only. No payment will be made for delay or disruption of work. 1 -07.15 Temporary Water Pollution /Erosion Control 1- 07.15(1) Spill_ Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures Plan (Special Provision) Section 1- 07.15(1) is supplemented with the following: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for the following bid item: City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 . Page 57 "SPCC Plan ", per Lump Sum 1 -07.16 Protection and Restoration of Property 1- 07.16(1) Private/Public Property (Special Provision)" `' Section 1- 07.16(1) is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall protect private or public property on or in the vicinity of the work site. He shall ensure that it is not removed, damaged, destroyed, or prevented from being used unless the contract so specifies. The Contractor shall not trespass upon private property and shall be responsible for all injury or damage to persons or property, directly or indirectly, resulting from . his operations in completing this Work. He shall comply with the laws and regulations of the Owner, County,; and ` State and Federal governments, relating to the safety of persons and property, and will be held responsible for and required to make good any injury or damage to persons or property caused by carelessness or neglect on the part of the Contractor or subcontractor(s), or any agent or employee of either during the progress of the Work and until its' final acceptance. Property includes land, utilities, trees, landscaping, improvements legally on the right -of -way, markers, monuments, buildings, structures, pipe, conduit, sewer or water lines, signs, and other property of all description whether shown on the Plans or not If the Engineer requests in writing, or if otherwise necessary, the Contractor shall at his expense install protection, acceptable to the Engineer, for property such as that listed in the previous paragraph. The Contractor is responsible for locating all property that is subject to damage by his operation. If the Contractor (or his agents /employees) damage, destroy, or interfere with the use of such property, he shall restore it to original condition at his expense.: He shall also, halt any interference with the property's. use. The Engineer may have such property restored by other means. and the cost from money that will be or . is due the Contractor if he refuses or does not respond immediately. The Contractor shall restore to a condition equal to the original condition improvements such as pavements, driveways, gravel shoulders, ditches, culverts, curb, curb and gutter, sidewalks, fences, pavement markings, mailboxes, traffic signs, traffic signal loops, landscaping, public and private utilities etc., which are damaged or removed (and not indicated to be removed) during construction, whether shown on the plans or not. All existing survey monuments and property corner markers shall be protected from movement by the Contractor. All existing markers and /or monuments that must be removed for construction purposes are to be referenced by survey ties and then replaced by a professional land surveyor registered in the State of Washington. All existing property corner markers disturbed or removed by the Contractor's operations which, in the opinion of the Engineer, were not required to be removed for construction purposes shall be replaced at the Contractor's own expense by a Professional Land City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 58 Surveyor registered in the State of Washington. Any of these monuments damaged must be reset to second order, first class specifications. Sprinkler irrigation systems found to encroach within the limits of improvements shall be modified as necessary to ensure satisfactory operation upon completion of the improvements. This work will include, but not be limited to, cutting and capping existing pipe, relocating existing risers and sprinkler heads new pipe heads and connections, and testing of the system. All work shall be done in conformance to acceptable standards. This shall be incidental to the contract. The Contractor shall contact the owners of any ditches, irrigation lines and appurtenances which interfere with the Work. The Contractor shall be liable for any damage due to irrigation facilities damaged by his operations and shall repair such damaged facilities to an "equal or better than" original condition. 1 -07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities (April 2, 2007 WSDOT GSP) Section 1 -07.17 is supplemented with the following: Locations and dimensions shown in the Plans for existing facilities are in accordance with available information obtained without uncovering, measuring, or other verification. The following addresses and telephone numbers of utility companies known or suspected of having facilities within the project limits are supplied for the Contractor's convenience: Comcast Cable Communication 4020 Auburn Way N Auburn, WA 98002 Attn: Tom Chrisman Century Link 23315 66th Avenue S Kent, WA 98032 Attn: Victor Novelo Lakehaven Utility District 31623 First Avenue South P. O. Box 4249 Federal Way, WA 98063 Attn: Wes Hill City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project Puget Sound Energy (Gas) 3130 S. 38th St. Tacoma, WA 98409 Attn: Anita Yurovchak Telephone: 253- 476 -6304 Puget Sound Energy (Power) 14103 8th Street East Sumner, WA 98390 Attn: Tom Quann Telephone: 253- 863 -0484 King County Traffic Operations 155 Monroe Avenue NE Renton, WA 98056 Attn: Mark Parrett Tel: 206 - 296 -8152 Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications RFB# 15 -014 December 2015 Page 59 1 -07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following: 1 -07.18 Insurance (January 24, 2011 APWA GSP) 1- 07.18(1) General Requirements A. The Contractor shall obtain the insurance described in this section from insurers approved by the State Insurance Commissioner pursuant to RCW Title 48. The insurance must be provided by an insurer with a rating of A -: VII or higher in the A.M. Best's Key Rating Guide, which is licensed to do business in the state of Washington (or issued as a surplus line by a Washington Surplus lines broker). The Contracting Agency reserves the right to approve or reject the insurance provided, based on the insurer (including financial condition), terms and coverage, the Certificate of Insurance, and /or endorsements. B. The Contractor shall keep this insurance in force during the term of the Contract and for thirty (30) days after the Physical Completion date, unless otherwise indicated (see C. below). C. If any insurance policy is written on a claims made form, its retroactive date, and that of all subsequent renewals, shall be no later than the effective date of this Contract. The policy shall state that coverage is claims made, and state the retroactive date. Claims - made form coverage shall be maintained by the Contractor for a minimum of 36 months following the Final Completion or earlier termination of this Contract, and the Contractor shall annually provide the Contracting Agency with proof of renewal. If renewal of the claims made form of coverage becomes unavailable, or economically prohibitive, the Contractor shall purchase an extended reporting period ( "tail ") or execute another form of guarantee acceptable to the. Contracting Agency to assure financial responsibility for liability for services performed. D. The insurance policies shall contain a "cross liability" provision. E. The Contractor's and all Sub Contractors' insurance coverage shall be primary and non- contributory insurance as respects the Contracting Agency's insurance, self - insurance, or insurance pool coverage. F. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency and all Additional Insureds with written notice of any policy cancellation, within two business days of their receipt of such notice. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 60 G. Upon request, the Contractor shall forward to the Contracting Agency a full and certified copy of the insurance policy(s). H. The Contractor shall not begin work under the Contract until the required insurance has been obtained and approved by the Contracting Agency. I. Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall constitute a material breach of contract, upon which the Contracting Agency may, after giving five business days notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately terminate the Contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the Contracting Agency on demand, or at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, offset against funds due the Contractor from the Contracting Agency. J. All costs for insurance shall be incidental to and included in the unit or lump sum prices of the contract and no additional payment will be made. 1- 07.18(2) Additional Insured All insurance policies, with the exception of Professional Liability and Workers Compensation, shall name the following listed entities as additional insured(s): • the Contracting Agency and its officers, elected officials, employees, agents, and volunteers The above - listed entities shall be additional insured(s) for the full available limits of liability maintained by the Contractor, whether primary, excess, contingent or otherwise, irrespective of whether such limits maintained by the Contractor are greater than those required by this Contract, and irrespective of whether the Certificate of Insurance provided by the Contractor pursuant to 1- 07.18(3) describes limits lower than those maintained by the Contractor. 1- 07.18(3) Subcontractors Contractor shall ensure that each subcontractor of every tier obtains and maintains at a minimum the insurance coverages listed in 1- 07.18(5)A and 1- 07.18(5)B. Upon request of the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall provide evidence of such insurance. 1- 07.18(4) Evidence of Insurance The Contractor shall deliver to the Contracting Agency a Certificate(s) of Insurance and endorsements for each policy of insurance meeting the requirements set forth herein when the Contractor delivers the signed Contract for the work. The certificate and endorsements must conform to the following requirements: 1. An ACORD certificate or a form determined by the Contracting Agency to be equivalent. 2. Copies of all endorsements naming Contracting Agency and all other entities listed in 1- 07.18(2) as Additional Insured(s), showing the policy number. The Contractor may submit a copy of any blanket additional insured clause from its policies instead of a separate endorsement. A statement of additional insured status on an ACORD Certificate of Insurance shall not satisfy this requirement. 3. Any other amendatory endorsements to show the coverage required herein. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -0-14 Project December 2015 Page 61 1- 07.18(5) Coverages and Limits The insurance shall provide the minimum coverages and limits set forth below. Providing coverage in these stated minimum limits shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from liability in excess of such limits. All deductibles and self - insured retentions must be disclosed and are subject to approval by the Contracting Agency. The cost of any claim payments falling within the deductible shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1- 07.18(5)A Commercial General Liability A policy of Commercial General Liability Insurance, including: Per project aggregate Premises /Operations Liability Products/Completed Operations — for a period of one year following final acceptance of the work. Personal/Advertising Injury Contractual Liability Independent Contractors Liability Stop Gap / Employers' Liability Explosion, Collapse, or Underground Property Damage (XCU) Blasting (only required when the Contractor's work under this Contract includes exposures to which this specified coverage responds) Such policy must provide the following minimum limits: $5,000,000 Each Occurrence $5,000,000 General Aggregate $5,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury, each offence Stop Gap / Employers' Liability $1,000,000 Each Accident $1,000,000 Disease - Policy Limit $1,000,000 Disease - Each Employee 1-07.18(5)B Automobile Liability Automobile Liability for owned, non - owned, hired, and leased vehicles, with an MCS 90 endorsement and a CA 9948 endorsement attached if "pollutants" are to be transported. Such policy(ies) must provide the following minimum limit: $2,000,000 combined single limit 1- 07.18(5)C Workers' Compensation The Contractor shall comply with Workers' Compensation coverage as required by the Industrial Insurance laws of the state of Washington. 1 -07.18(5)F Excess or Umbrella Liability City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 62 (May 10, 2006 APWA GSP) The Contractor shall provide Excess or Umbrella Liability coverage at limits of $2,000,000 per occurrence and annual aggregate. This excess or umbrella liability coverage shall apply, at a minimum, to both the Commercial General and Auto insurance policy coverage. This requirement May be satisfied instead through the Contractor's primary Commercial General and Automobile Liability coverage, or any combination thereof. 1 -07.23 Public Convenience and Safety 1- 07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic Section 1- 07.23(1) is supplemented with the following: (January 2, 2012) Work Zone Clear Zone The Work Zone Clear Zone (WZCZ) applies during working and nonworking hours. The WZCZ applies only to temporary roadside objects introduced by the Contractor's operations and does not apply to preexisting conditions or permanent Work. Those work operations that are actively in progress shall be in accordance with adopted and approved Traffic Control Plans, and other contract requirements. During nonworking hours equipment or materials shall not be within the WZCZ unless they are protected by permanent guardrail or temporary concrete barrier. The use of temporary concrete barrier shall be permitted only if the Engineer approves the installation and location. During actual hours of work, unless protected as described above, only materials absolutely necessary to construction shall be within the WZCZ and only construction vehicles absolutely necessary to construction shall be allowed within the WZCZ or allowed to stop or park on the shoulder of the roadway. The Contractor's nonessential vehicles and employees private vehicles shall not be permitted to park within the WZCZ at any time unless protected as described above. Deviation from the above requirements shall not occur unless the Contractor has requested the deviation in writing and the Engineer has provided written approval. Minimum WZCZ distances are measured from the edge of traveled way and will be determined as follows: City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December. 2015 ,. Page 63 limo ig eee ( M pe �Fp t 10 * 35 mph or less 40 mph 15 45 to 55 mph 20 60 mph or greater 30 * or 2 -feet beyond the outside edge of sidewalk Minimum Work Zone Clear Zone Distance (August 7, 2006) Lane Closure Restrictions Lane closures are subject to the following restrictions: See Section 1 -10.1 of these Contract Provisions If the Engineer determines the permitted closure hours adversely affect traffic, the Engineer may adjust the hours accordingly. The Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of any change in the closure hours. No lane closures will be allowed on a holiday or holiday weekend, or after 12:00 PM (noon) on a day prior to a holiday or holiday weekend. Holidays that occur on Friday, Saturday, Sunday or Monday are considered a holiday weekend. 1- 07.23(1) Construction under Traffic Section 1- 07.23(1) is supplemented with the following: Pedestrian Access The Contractor shall keep all pedestrian routes and access points (including sidewalks, and crosswalks when located within the project limits) open and clear at all times unless permitted otherwise by the Engineer in an approved traffic control plan. 1 -07.23(1) Construction under Traffic (February 14, 2005 NWR GSP) Section 1- 07.23(1) is supplemented with the following: Signs and Traffic Control Devices City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 64 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 All signs and traffic control devices for the permitted closures shalt only be installed during the specified hours. Construction signs, if placed earlier than the specified hours of closure, shall be tumed or covered so as not to be visible to motorists. (March 6, 2000 NWR GSP) Section 1- 07.23(1) is supplemented with the following: Traffic Blockage for Mast Arm Erection During erection of mast arm assemblies for the overhead lane use control sign, the Contractor may, with the authorization of the Engineer, block all traffic for maximum durations of five minutes between the hours of 8:30 AM and 3:00 PM. These five - minute blockages shall be separated by an interval long enough to allow the delayed vehicles to clear. (March 7, 2005 NWR GSP) Section 1- 07.23(1) is supplemented with the following: Signal Turn -On /Changeover Signal tum-on /changeover for rebuilt control equipment will be permitted Monday through Thursday, between 8:30 AM and be completed by 3:00 PM the same day. (March 7, 2005 NWR GSP) Section 1- 07.23(1) is supplemented with the following: During signal, turn -on and Overhead Sign Mast Arm Erection, the Contracting Agency will provide City of Federal Way police officer(s) to manually, control intersections. 1 -07.24 Rights of Way (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: Street Right of Way lines, limits of easements, and limits of construction permits are indicated in the Plans. The Contractor's construction activities shall be confined within these Limits, unless arrangements for use of private property are made. Generally, the Contracting Agency will have obtained, prior to bid opening, all rights of way and easements, both permanent and temporary, necessary for carrying out the work. Exceptions to this are noted in the Bid Documents or will be brought to the Contractor's attention by a duly issued Addendum. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 65 Whenever any of the work is accomplished on or through property other than public Right of Way, the Contractor shall meet and fulfill all covenants and stipulations of any easement agreement obtained by the Contracting Agency from the owner of the private property. Copies of the easement agreements may be included in the Contract Provisions or made available to the Contractor as soon as practical after they have been obtained by the Engineer. Whenever easements or rights of entry have not been acquired prior to advertising, these areas are so noted in the Plans. The Contractor shall not proceed with any portion of the work in areas where right of way, easements or rights of entry have not been acquired until the Engineer certifies to the Contractor that the right of way or easement is available or that the right of entry has been received. If the Contractor is delayed due to acts of omission on the part of the Contracting Agency in obtaining easements, rights of entry or right of way, the Contractor will be entitled to an extension of time. The Contractor agrees that such delay shall not be a breach of contract. Each property owner shall be given 48 hours notice prior to entry by the Contractor. This includes entry onto easements and private property where private improvements must be adjusted. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, without expense or liability to the Contracting Agency, any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary construction facilities, storage of materials, or other Contractor needs. However, before using any private property, whether adjoining the work or not, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written permission of the private property owner, and, upon vacating the premises, a written release from the property owner of each property disturbed or otherwise interfered with by reasons of construction pursued under this contract. The statement shall be signed by the private property owner, or proper authority acting for the owner of the private property affected, stating that permission has been granted to use the property and all necessary permits have been obtained or, in the case of a release, that the restoration of the property has been satisfactorily accomplished. The statement shall include the parcel number, address, and date of signature. Written releases must be Add the following new section: 1 -07.28 Communication with Businesses and Property Owners (Special Provision) The Contractor will be responsible for communicating all work activities with the property owners. The Contractor, along with the City's inspector, shall have one formal meeting with the property owners and/or managers of the business corridor. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to initiate and set up the meeting. Thereafter, the Contractor shall keep the businesses informed of their general work locations and activities for the upcoming two (2) months by distributing a monthly status/schedule memo to the businesses. The memo shall be approved by the Engineer prior to distribution. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 66 Payment for said meetings and communication shalt be considered incidental to the unit contract price paid for Mobilization and no additional payment will be made. 1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS Special Provision) Up to two (2) traffic signal turn -ons /Changeover per week shall be allowed. King County staff will provide for up to two traffic signal -tum ons /changeover per work week. Contractor shall notify King County traffic signal technicians at least five (5) working days in advance of signal turn - on/changeover. Add the following new section: 1-08.0 Preliminary Matters (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) Add the following new section: 1- 08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference (October 10, 2008 APWA GSP) Prior to the Contractor beginning the work, a preconstruction conference will be held between the Contractor, the Engineer and such other interested parties as may be invited. The purpose of the preconstruction conference will be: 1. To review the initial progress schedule; 2. To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated or affected by the work; 3. To establish and review procedures for progress payment, notifications, approvals, submittals,; etc.; 4. To establish normal working hours for the work; 5. To review safety standards and traffic control; and 6. To discuss such other related items as may be pertinent to the work. The Contractor shall prepare and submit at the preconstruction conference the following: 1. A breakdown of all lump sum items; 2. A preliminary schedule of working drawing submittals; and 3. A list of material sources for approval if applicable. Add the following new section: 1- 08.0(2) Hours of Work (December 8, 2014 APWA GSP) City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 67 Except in the case of emergency or unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the normal working hours for the Contract shall be any consecutive 8-hour period between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, exclusive of a lunch break. If the Contractor desires different than the normal working hours stated above, the request must be submitted in writing prior to the preconstruction conference, subject to the provisions below. The working hours for the Contract shall be established at or prior to the preconstruction conference. All working hours and days are also subject to local permit and ordinance conditions (such as noise ordinances). If the Contractor wishes to deviate from the established working hours, the Contractor shall submit a written request to the Engineer for consideration. This request shall state what hours are being requested, and why. Requests shall be submitted for review no later than seven (7) working days prior to the day(s) the Contractor is requesting to change the hours. If the Contracting Agency approves such a deviation, such approval may be subject to certain other conditions, which will be detailed in writing. For example: 1. On non - Federal aid projects, requiring the Contractor to reimburse the Contracting Agency for the costs in excess of straight -time costs for Contracting Agency representatives who worked during such times. (The Engineer may require designated representatives to be present during the work. Representatives who may be deemed necessary by the Engineer include, but are not limited to: survey crews; personnel from the Contracting Agency's material testing lab; inspectors; and other Contracting Agency employees or third party consultants when, in the opinion of the Engineer, such work necessitates their presence.) 2. Considering the work performed on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays as working days with regard to the contract time. 3. Considering multiple work shifts as multiple working days with respect to contract time even though the multiple shifts occur in a single 24 -hour period. 4. If a 4 -10 work schedule is requested and approved the non working day for the week will be charged as a working day. 5. If Davis Bacon wage rates apply to this Contract, all requirements must be met and recorded properly on certified payroll 1 -08.1 Subcontracting (October 12, 1998 WSDOT GSP) Section 1 -08.1 is supplemented with the following: Prior to any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor beginning work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a certification (WSDOT Form 420-004) that a written agreement between the Contractor and the subcontractor or between the subcontractor City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 68 and any lower tier subcontractor has . been executed. This certification shall also guarantee that these subcontract agreements include all the documents required by the Special Provision Federal Agency Inspection. A subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor will not be permitted to perform any work under the contract until the following documents have been completed.and submitted to the Engineer: 1. Request to Sublet Work (Form 421 -012), and 2. . Contractor and Subcontractor or Lower Tier Subcontractor Certification for Federal -aid Projects (Form 420 -004). The Contractor's records pertaining to the requirements of this Special Provision shall be open to inspection or audit by representatives of the Contracting Agency during the life of the contract and for a period of not less than three years after the date of acceptance of the contract. The Contractor shall retain these records for that period. The Contractor shall also guarantee that these records of all subcontractors and lower tier subcontractors shall be available and open to similar inspection or audit for the same time period: (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) . Delete the eighth paragraph and replace it with the following: On all projects funded with federal assistance the Contractor shall submit "Quarterly Report of Amounts Credited as DBE Participation" (form 422 -102 EF) on a quarterly basis, in which DBE Work is accomplished, for every quarter in which the Contract is active or upon completion of the project, as appropriate. The quarterly reports are due on the 20th of April, July, October, and January for the four respective quarters. 1- 08.1(1) Subcontract Work Completion and Prompt Pay of Retainage Section 1- 08.1(1) is revised to read: (August 4, 2014) The following procedures shall apply to all subcontracts entered into as a part of this Contract: Requirements 1. The Prime Contractor or Subcontractor shall make payment to the Subcontractor not later than ten days after receipt of payment from the Contracting. Agency for work satisfactorily completed by the Subcontractor, to the extent of each Subcontractor's interest therein. 2. Prompt and full payment of retainage from the Prime Contractor to the Subcontractor shall be made within 30 days after Subcontractor's Work is satisfactorily completed. City of' Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project ;. December 2015 Page 69 3. For purposes of this Section, a Subcontractor's work is satisfactorily completed when all task and requirements of the Subcontract have been accomplished and including any required documentation and material testing. 4. Failure by a Prime Contractor or Subcontractor to comply with these ' requirements may result in one or more of the following: a. Withholding of payments until the Prime Contractor or Subcontractor complies b. Failure to comply shall be reflected in the Prime Contractor's Performance Evaluation c. Cancellation, Termination, or Suspension of the Contract, in whole or in part d. Other sanctions as provided by the subcontract or by law under applicable prompt pay statutes. Conditions This clause does not create a contractual relationship between the Contracting Agency and any Subcontractor as stated in Section 1 -08.1. Also, it is not intended to bestow upon any Subcontractor, the status of a third -party beneficiary to the Contract between the Contracting Agency and the Contractor. Payment The Contractor will be solely responsible for any additional costs involved in paying retainage to the Subcontractors. Those costs shall be incidental to the respective Bid Items. 1 -08.3 PROGRESS SCHEDULE 1- 08.3(2)A Type A Progress Schedule (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: The Contractor shall submit $$6$$ copies of a Type A Progress Schedule no later than at the preconstruction conference, or some other mutually agreed upon submittal time. The schedule may be a critical path method (GPM) schedule, bar chart, or other standard schedule format. Regardless of which format used, the schedule shall identify the critical path. The Engineer will evaluate the Type A Progress Schedule and approve or return the schedule for corrections within 15 calendar days of receiving the submittal. 1 -08.4 Prosecution of Work Delete this section and replace it with the following: City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 70 1-08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of Work (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Notice to Proceed will be given after the contract has been executed and the contract bond and evidence of insurance have been approved and filed by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall not commence with the work until the Notice to Proceed has been given by the Engineer. The Contractor shall commence construction activities on the project Site within ten days of the Notice to Proceed Date, unless otherwise approved in writing. The Contractor shall diligently pursue the work to the physical completion date within the time specified in the contract. Voluntary shutdown or slowing of operations by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to complete the work within the time(s) specified in the contract. When shown in the Plans, the first order of work shall be the installation of high visibility fencing to delineate all areas for protection or restoration, as described in the Contract. Installation of high visibility fencing adjacent to the roadway shall occur after the placement of all necessary signs and traffic control devices in accordance with 1- 10.1(2). Upon construction of the fencing, the Contractor shall request the Engineer to inspect the fence. No other work shall be performed on the site until the Contracting Agency has accepted the installation of high visibility fencing, as described in the Contract. 1-08.5 Time for Completion Section 1 -08.5 is supplemented with the following: (March 13, 1995)'. This project shall be physically completed within 60 working days. (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP, Option A) Revise the third and fourth paragraphs to read: Contract time shall begin on the first working day following the Notice to Proceed Date. Each working day shall be charged to the contract as it occurs, until the contract work is physically complete. If substantial completion has been granted and all the authorized working days have been used, charging of working days will cease. Each week the Engineer will provide the Contractor a statement that shows the number of working days: (1) charged to the contract the week before; (2) specified for the physical completion of the contract; and (3) remaining for the physical completion of the contract. The statement will also show the nonworking days and any partial or whole day the Engineer declares as unworkable. Within 10 calendar days after the date of each statement, the Contractor shall file a written protest of any alleged discrepancies in it. To be considered by the Engineer, the protest shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of time disputed. By not filing such detailed protest in that period, the Contractor shall be deemed as having accepted the statement as correct. If the Contractor is approved to work 10 hours a day and 4 days a week (a 4-10 schedule) and the fifth day of the week in which a 4 -10 shift is worked would ordinarily City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide. Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project . December 2015 Page 71 be charged as a working day then the fifth day of that week will be charged as a working day whether or not the Contractor works on that day. Revise the sixth paragraph to read: The Engineer will give the Contractor written notice of the completion date of the contract after all the Contractor's obligations under the contract have been performed by the Contractor. The following events must occur before the Completion Date can be established: 1. The physical work on the project must be complete; and 2. The Contractor must furnish all documentation required by the contract and required by law, to allow the Contracting Agency to process final acceptance of the contract. The following documents must be received by the Project Engineer prior to establishing a completion date: a. Certified Payrolls (per Section 1- 07.9(5)). b. Material Acceptance Certification Documents c. Quarterly Reports of Amounts Credited as DBE Participation, as required by the Contract Provisions. d. Final Contract Voucher Certification e. Copies of the approved "Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid" for the Contractor and all Subcontractors f. Property owner releases per Section 1 -07.24 1 -08.6 Suspension of Work (Special Provision) Section 1 -08.6 is supplemented with the following: (January 5, 2015) Contract time may be suspended for procurement of critical materials (Procurement Suspension). In order to receive a Procurement Suspension, the Contractor shall within 21 calendar days after execution by the Contracting Agency, place purchase orders for all materials deemed critical by the Contracting Agency for physical completion of the contract. The Contractor shall provide copies of purchase orders for the critical materials. Such purchase orders shall disclose the purchase order date and estimated delivery dates for such critical material. The Contractor shalt show procurement of the materials listed below as activities in the Progress Schedule. If the approved Progress Schedule indicates that the materials procurement are critical activities, and if the Contractor has provided documentation that purchase orders are placed for the critical materials within the prescribed 21 calendar days, then contract time shall be suspended upon physical completion of all critical work except that work dependent upon the below listed critical materials: Overhead Signage Type II and 111 Poles and Mastarm Traffic Signal Controller & Equipment City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 72 Charging of contract time will resume upon delivery of the critical materials to the Contractor or 120 calendar days after execution by the Contracting Agency, whichever occurs first.. 1 -08.7 Maintenance During Suspension (Special Provision) Revise the second paragraph to read: At no expense to the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall provide through the construction area a safe, smooth, and unobstructed roadway, sidewalk, and path for public use during suspension (as required in Section 1 -07.23 or the Special Provisions). This may include a temporary road or detour. 1 -08.9 Liquidated Damages (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) Revise the fourth paragraph to read: When the Contract Work has progressed to Substantial Completion as defined in the Contract, the Engineer may determine that the work is Substantially Complete. The Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of the Substantial Completion Date. For overruns in Contract time occurring after the date so established, the formula for liquidated damages shown above will not apply. For overruns in Contract time occurring after the Substantial Completion Date, liquidated damages shall be assessed on the basis of direct, engineering and related costs assignable to the project until the actual Physical Completion Date of all the Contract Work. The Contractor shall complete the remaining Work as promptly as possible. Upon request by the Project Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish a written schedule for completing the physical Work on the Contract. 1 -09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. 1 -09.6 Force Account (October 10, 2008 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: The Contracting Agency has estimated and included in the Proposal, dollar amounts for all items to be paid per force account, only to provide a common proposal for Bidders. All such dollar amounts are to become a part of Contractor's total bid. However, the Contracting Agency does not warrant expressly, or by implication, that the actual amount of work will correspond with those estimates. Payment will be made on the basis of the amount of work actually authorized by Engineer. 1 -09.7 Mobilization (Special Provision) City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 73 Section 1 -09.7 is supplemented with the following: Obtaining a site for the Contractor's mobilization, field office(s), storage of materials, and other general operations shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All costs associated with securing sites shall be included in the other bid items on the project and no other compensation will be made for this item. The Contractor will provide City with copy(s) of agreement(s). Payment is made under the following bid item: "Mobilization' per lump sum The lump sum bid price for "Mobilization" shall include, but not be limited to, the following items: the movement of the Contractor's personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the project site; the establishment of the Contractor's office, and other facilities necessary for work in the project; providing sanitary facilities for the Contractor's personnel; obtaining permits or licenses required to complete the project not furnished by the Owner, and other work and operations which must be performed or costs that must be incurred. 1 -09.9 Payments (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Delete the first four paragraphs and replace them with the following: The basis of payment will be the actual quantities of Work performed according to the Contract and as specified for payment. The Contractor shall submit a breakdown of the cost of lump sum bid items at the Preconstruction Conference, to enable the Project Engineer to determine the Work performed on a monthly basis. A breakdown is not required for lump sum items that include a basis for incremental payments as part of the respective Specification. Absent a lump sum breakdown, the Project Engineer will make a determination based on information available. The Project Engineer's determination of the cost of work shall be final. Progress payments for completed work and material on hand will be based upon progress estimates prepared by the Engineer. A progress estimate cutoff date will be established at the preconstruction conference. The initial progress estimate will be made not later than 30 days after the Contractor commences the work, and successive progress estimates will be made every month thereafter until the Completion Date. Progress estimates made during progress of the work are tentative, and made only for the purpose of determining progress payments. The progress estimates are subject to change at any time prior to the calculation of the final payment. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 74 The value of the progress estimate will be the sum of the following: 1. Unit Price Items in the Bid Form — the approximate quantity of acceptable units of work completed multiplied by the unit price. 2. Lump Sum Items in the Bid Form — based on the approved Contractor's lump sum breakdown for that item, or absent such a breakdown, based on the Engineer's determination. 3. Materials on Hand —100 percent of invoiced cost of material delivered to Job site or other storage area approved by the Engineer. 4. Change Orders — entitlement for approved extra cost or completed extra work as determined by the Engineer. Progress payments will be made in accordance with the progress estimate less: 1. Retainage per Section 1- 09.9(1), on non FHWA-funded projects; 2. The amount of progress payments previously made; and 3. Funds withheld by the Contracting Agency for disbursement in accordance with the Contract Documents. Progress payments for work performed shall not be evidence of acceptable performance or an admission by the Contracting Agency that any work has been satisfactorily completed. The determination of payments under the contract will be final in accordance with Section 1 -05.1. 1- 09.9(1) Retainage Section 1- 09.9(1) content and title is deleted and replaced with the following: (June 27, 2011 WSDOT GSP) Vacant 1- 09.11(3) Time Limitation and Jurisdiction (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: For the convenience of the parties to the Contract it is mutually agreed by the parties that any . claims or causes of . action which the Contractor has against the Contracting Agency arising from the Contract shall be brought within 180 calendar days from the date of final acceptance (Section 1- 05.12) of the Contract by the Contracting Agency; and it is further agreed that any such claims or causes of action shall be brought only in the Superior Court of the county where the Contracting Agency headquarters is located, provided that where an action is asserted against a county, RCW 36.01.05 shall control venue and iurisdiction. The parties understand and agree that the Contractor's failure to bring suit within the time period provided, shall be a complete bar to any such claims or causes of action. It is further mutually agreed by the parties that when any claims or causes of action which the Contractor asserts against the Contracting Agency arising City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 75 from the Contract are filed with the Contracting Agency or initiated in court, the Contractor shall permit the Contracting Agency to have timely access to any records deemed necessary by the Contracting Agency to assist in evaluating the claims or action. 1- 09.13(3) Claims $250,000 or Less (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Delete this Section and replace it with the following: The Contractor and the Contracting Agency mutually agree that those claims that total $250,000 or less, submitted in accordance with Section 1 -09.11 and not resolved by nonbinding ADR processes, shall be resolved through litigation unless the parties mutually agree in writing to resolve the claim through binding arbitration. 1- 09.13(3)A Administration of Arbitration (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Revise the third paragraph to read: The Contracting Agency and the Contractor mutually agree to be bound by the decision of the arbitrator, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in the Superior Court of the county in which the Contracting Agency's headquarters is located._ provided that where claims subiect to arbitration are asserted against a county. RCW 36.01.05 shall control venue and iurisdiction of the Superior Court. The decision of the arbitrator and the specific basis for the decision shall be in writing. The arbitrator shall use the Contract as a basis for decisions. 1 -10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1.10.1 General (Special Provision) Section 1 -10.1 is revised with the following: Revise the first paragraph to read: If the Contractor opts to utilize traffic control plans other than those provided in these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide traffic control plans to the City of Federal Way for review and approval a minimum of ten (10) working days prior to implementation. These plans shall supplement Construction Staging Plans. The plans as provided by the Contractor shall include and not be limited to the following information: • Stop line locations with station and offset to verify safety of intersection turning radius for vehicles. • Minimum lane widths provided for vehicular travel. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 76 • Turn pocket Length, gap, and tapers in conformance with the City of Federal Way Standard Detail DWG 3-19A, and WSDOT standard plans. The Contractor shall provide flaggers, signs, and other traffic control devices not otherwise specified as being furnished by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall erect and maintain all construction signs, waming signs, detour signs, and other traffic control devices necessary to wam and protect the public at all times from injury or damage as a result of the Contractor's operations which may occur on highways, roads, streets, sidewalks, or paths. No work shall be done on or adjacent to anv traveled wav until all necessary signs and traffic control devices are in place. 1 -10.2 Traffic Control Management 1- 10.2(1) General Section 1- 10.2(1) is supplemented with the following: (December 1, 2008) Only training with WSDOT TCS card and WSDOT training curriculum is recognized in the State of Washington. The Traffic Control Supervisor shall be certified by one of the following: The Northwest Laborers - Employers Training Trust 27055 Ohio Ave. Kingston, WA 98346 (360) 297 -3035 Evergreen Safety Council 401 Pontius Ave. N. Seattle, WA 98109 1- 800 - 521 -0778 or (206) 382 -4090 The American Traffic Safety Services Association 15 Riverside Parkway, Suite 100 Fredericksburg, Virginia 22406 -1022 Training Dept. Toll Free (877) 642 -4637 Phone: (540) 368 -1701 1- 10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans (Special Provision) Section 1- 10.2(2) is supplemented with the following: The following minimum Traffic Control requirements shall be maintained during the construction of the project: City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December. 2015 Page 77 1. The Contractor shall maintain continuous two-way traffic along streets throughout the project site: The Contractor shall have the option, with the approval of the Engineer, of momentarily interrupting the continuous two -way traffic to allow one -way traffic. Such interruptions shall utilize qualified flaggers placed in strategic locations to insure the public safety and minimize driver confusion. A momentary interruption shall be defined as a period of time not to exceed two (2) minutes. Regardless of the period of time no queue greater than ten (10) cars in length will be allowed. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying all affected property owners prior to commencing the barricading of streets, sidewalks and driveways. 3. All business driveways shall remain open except as necessary to permit curing of construction materials or for short periods of time as required for excavations. However, at least one (1) driveway per business shall remain open to vehicular traffic at all times unless otherwise approved by the Engineer and affected property owner in writing. If a business has only one driveway, then that driveway must be constructed one -half at a time to allow the passage of vehicles. The amount of time that a driveway can be closed will be limited. Business owners shall be notified in writing at least 48 hours in advance of any planned driveway closures. 4. Signs and barricades shall be supplemented by Type C steady bum lights to delineate edge of roadway during the hours of darkness. 5. Any asphalt concrete pavement, crushed surfacing, or gravel base for maintaining traffic during the life of this contract shall be placed by the Contractor immediately upon request by the Engineer. In addition, cuts made in the traveled lanes or on walkways that are paved will be temporarily patched with hot mix and maintained daily until such time as a permanent patch can be made. Payment for crushed surfacing, gravel and asphalt will be paid at their respective bid items, as included in the contract. 6. Detours will not be allowed except as noted herein or Section 1- 07.23(2) as amended. 7. Drivers of motor vehicles used in connection with the construction shall obey traffic rules posted for such location in the same manner and under the same restrictions as provided for the drivers of private vehicles. 8. The Contractor shall, at all times throughout the project, conduct the work in such a manner as will obstruct and inconvenience vehicular and pedestrian traffic as little as possible. The streets, sidewalks and private driveways shall be kept open by the Contractor except for the brief periods when actual work is being done. The Contractor shall so conduct his operations so as to have under construction no greater length or amount of work than he can prosecute vigorously and he shall not open up sections of the work and leave them in an unfinished condition. See Section 1- 07.23(1) for additional driveway closure requirements. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 78 9. The Contractor shall provide traffic cones, barricades and drums, with warning lights in sufficient number and in good condition as required to protect the work and the public throughout the length of the job. Traffic Safety Drums with flashers in addition to temporary striping will be used to channelize traffic through construction zones. Opposing lanes of traffic will be separated by pylons when clearance for drums is not adequate. All signing and channelization shall be per current MUTCD standards. 10. Temporary paint striping, reflective marking tape, and /or retroreflective tubular markers shall be required for each shift of traffic control. The Contractor shall provide temporary striping, reflective marking tape, and /or retroreflective tubular markers as required at the direction of the Engineer. 11. The Contractor provided Traffic Control Plans shall lay out traffic control device spacing, tapers, etc., to scale, shall contain accurate dimensions and legends and shall be signed by the preparer. Special Conditions Traffic Requirements • Only one approach lane of traffic at a given intersection may be closed at a time between the hours of 8:30 AM to 3:30 PM. • During erection of mast arm assemblies for the overhead lane use control signs, the Contractor may, with the authorization of the Engineer, block all traffic for a maximum duration of five minutes between the hours of 8:30 AM and 3:00 PM. These five - minute blockages shall be separated by an interval long enough to allow the delayed vehicles to clear. 1.10.3 Traffic Control Labor, Procedures and Devices (Special Provision) 1- 10.3(1) Traffic Control Labor Section 1- 10.3(1) is supplemented with the following: The City shall reimburse the Contractor for the use of off duty uniformed police officers at the invoiced cost per Standard Specifications 1 -09.6 Force Account. The Contractor shall request uniformed off -duty police officers from the City of Federal Way Police Department, (253) 835 -6701. The request shall be made forty -eight (48) hours before the use of the off -duty police officers on the project site. A minimum of three (3) hours call out time shall be paid for each request for off -duty police officers. It shall be the Contractors responsibility to arrange a work schedule to minimize any additional costs incurred by the minimum call out requirement. No reimbursement of any portion of the minimum callout will be allowed where Contractor -made schedule revisions occur after an off duty officer has been procured. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 79 Off Duty Uniformed Police Officer will be required only when the signal system is in flashing mode or is not operational or otherwise approved by the project engineer. 1- 10.3(3) Traffic Control Devices Section 1- 10.3(3) is supplemented with the following: The following devices are deemed compliant with the crashworthiness requirements of NCHRP 350 and are approved for use on the project: Approved Category 11 Devices Type 1 & 11 Barricades Manufacturer WLI Industries Bent Manufacturing Bent Manufacturing Bent Manufacturing Eastern Metal Plasticade Products Plasticade Products Dicke Tool Company Traf Fix Devices, Inc. The Roadmaker Company Three D Traffic Works, Inc. Protection Services, Inc. Flex - O-Lite United Rentals Highways Bureau of Highway Safety The Cortina Companies Type 111 Barricades Manufacturer Bent Manufacturing Recycled Plastic Products Yodock Wall Company Cantel of Medford, Inc.. Davidson Plastics Corp. Approved Portable Signs and Stands Manufacturer Montana DOT WLI Texas DOT Reflexite /Eastern Metals Model Number Safety Cade Type 11 Unicade Waffle Barricade Type 11 Plywood or Plastic Panel Type 1 & 11 Barricades Fibercade Type 11 Plasticade Type 11 Type 1 Plastic Barricade Plastic Folding Type I Barricade Type 11 Plastic Barricade TD2000 Works Barricade Type 1& 11 Barricades Type I Barricade Type 1 & II Barricades Penn. Type lit Barricade Type I Plastic Barricades Model Number Type III Barricade Hollow Core Plastic Barricade Yodock 2001m Type 111 Barricade EZ -UP Type III. Barricade T3B Type III Barricade Model Number DWG# 618-02 (Plywood) SafetyCor Sign System (Plastic) Skid Mounted Sign Support (Plywood) DF 400 & DF 4700 TX (Endurance plastic) (Aluminum signs are not approved for use with the above listed stands at this time) Wood Sign Posts City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications RFB# 15-014 December 2015 Page 80 Use the below charts to determine post size for. Class A. construction signs. One Post Installation. Post Size Min. Sign Sq. Ft. . Max. Sign Sq. Ft. 4x4 16.0 ... 4x6 ._: 17.0 20.0: 6x6 21.0 25.0 6x8 26.0 31.0 Post Size 4x4 4x6 1.7.0 6x6 . 37.0 6x8 47.0 Two Post Installation (For signs 5 feet or greater in width) Min. Sign Sq. Ft. Max. Sion Sq. Ft. 16.0 36.0 46.0 75.0 * The Engineer shall determine post size for signs greater than 75 square feet. 1- 10.3(3) Traffic Control Devices Section 1- 10.3(3) of the Standard Specifications are revised to read as follows: All signs required by the approved traffic control plan(s) as well as any other appropriate signs prescribed by the Engineer shall be furnished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide the posts or supports and erect and maintain the signs in a clean, neat, and presentable condition until the necessity for them has ceased. All nonapplicable signs shall be removed or completely covered with metal, plywood, or an Engineer approved product specifically manufactured for sign covering during periods when they are not needed. When the need for these signs has ceased, the Contractor upon approval of the Engineer, shall remove all signs, posts, and supports from the project and they shall remain the property of the Contractor. All orange background signs shall utilize materials, and be fabricated in accordance with, Section 9 -28. All new orange background signs and all W20 -7a "Flagger Ahead" signs shall be fabricated with Type IV or Type VII. fluorescent orange sign sheeting: All post mounted signs with Type IV or VII sheeting shall use a nylon washer between the twist fasteners (screw heads, bolts, or nuts) and the reflective sheeting. There shall be no intermixing of signs with non - fluorescent orange reflective sign sheeting and signs with fluorescent orange reflective sign sheeting on the same sign post. Construction signs will be divided into two classes. Class A construction signs are those signs that remain in service throughout the construction or during a major phase of the work. They are mounted on posts, existing fixed structures, or substantial supports of a semi - permanent nature. Sign and support installation for Class A signs shall be in City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide: Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project... . December 2015 Page 81 accordance with the Contract Plans or the Standard Plans. Class B construction signs are those signs that are placed and removed daily, or are used for short durations which may extend for one or more days. They are mounted on portable or temporary mountings. In the event of disputes, the Engineer will determine if a construction sign is considered as a Class A or B construction sign. If it is necessary to add weight to signs for stability, only a bag of sand that will rupture on impact shall be used. The bag of sand shall: (1) be furnished by the Contractor, (2) have a maximum weight of 40 pounds, and (3) be suspended no more than 't foot from the ground. Payment for setup and take down of Class B signs will be limited to the labor cost to do the work described in Section 1- 10.3(1), and for transportation described in Section 1- 10.3(2). Signs, posts, or supports that are lost, stolen, damaged, destroyed, or which the Engineer deems to be unacceptable while their use is required on the project, shall be replaced by the Contractor without additional compensation. Traffic Safety Drums used to delineate driveways and access locations to private properties within the work zone shall be yellow in color: 1 -10.4 Measurement (Special Provision) 1- 10.4(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) Section 1- 10.4(1) is supplemented with the following: (August 2; 2004) The proposal contains the item "Project Temporary Traffic Control ", lump sum. The provisions of Section 1- 10.4(1) shall apply 1 -10.5 Payment (Special Provision) Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal: "Project Temporary Traffic Control ", per lump sum. "Off -Duty. Uniformed Police Officer", per force account. END OF DIVISION 1 City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 82 Division 2 Earthwork 2 -01 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND ROADSIDE CLEANUP 2 -01.1 Description (Special Provision) Section 2 -01.1 is supplemented with the following: Clearing and grubbing on this project shall be performed within the limits shown in the plans and limited to the minimum extends necessary for the installation of pole foundations for the overhead lane use control signs 2 -01.5 Payment (Special Provision) Section 2 -01.5 is supplemented with the following: Cost for clearing and grubbing shall be included in the lump sum contract price for 'Overhead Lane Use Usage Signs - ' and no additional payment will be made. 2-02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS 2-02.1 Description (Special Provision) Section 2 -02.1 is supplemented with the following: Removal of Structures and Obstructions The Contractor shall remove and dispose of luminaire pole and foundation shown on the plans and other minor items necessary to complete the work. The contractor shall review the plans, specifications and project site to verify other items to be removed. 2-02.1 Description (March 18, 2002 NWR) Section 2 -02.1 is supplemented with the following: Roadside Restoration The Contractor shall restore, repair or correct all portions of the roadside or adjacent landscapes that were unavoidably damaged due to the performance or installation of the specified work. Unavoidable damage shall be determined only by the Engineer. All materials utilized shall be in accordance with Sections 9-14 and 9-15 and other applicable sections of the Standard Specifications or Special Provisions, whichever may apply. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 84 All work shall be performed in accordance with Sections 8-02 and 8 -03 and other applicable sections of the Standard Specifications. T he Contractor shall review the work with the Engineer and receive approval to proceed prior to commencing roadside restoration work. 2- 02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters (Special Provision) Section 2- 02.3(3) is supplemented with the following: Sidewalk removal shall be limited to the areas indicated on the Plans for installation of overhead sign pole foundation. Sidewalk shall be removed to the nearest joint or by sawcutting full depth. No wastewater from the sawcutting operation shall be released directly to any stream or storm sewer system. 2 -02.5 Payment (Special Provision) Section 2 -02.5 is supplemented with the following: All costs for the removal of structures and obstructions shall be included in the lump sum contract price for `Overhead Lane Use Usage Signs - ' and no additional payment will be made. END OF DIVISION 2 City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 85 DIVISION 4 BASES 4-04 BALLAST AND CRUSHED SURFACING 4- 04.3(5) Shaping and Compaction Section 4- 04.3(5) is supplemented with the following: (March 13, 1995) The top surface of the final lift of surfacing material on each mainline roadway shall be trimmed using a trimming machine that maintains grade and transverses slopes automatically, through sensors that respond to reference lines on both edges of each roadway. The minimum width to be trimmed shall be the travelled way plus sufficient width for the treads of the paving machine. The trimmed surface shall be smooth and uniform with no chatter or ripples. END OF DIVISION 4 Division 8 Miscellaneous Construction 8-02 ROADSIDE RESTORATION 8-02.1 Description The first paragraph of Section 8 -02.1 is revised to read: This work shall consist of furnishing and placing mulch within the median for landscaping restoration in accordance with these Specifications and as shown in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. Mulch required for landscaping Restoration shall be included in the lump sum contract price for `Overhead Lane Use Sign - ' 8 -02.2 Materials This section is supplemented with the following: Bark or Wood Chip Mulch 9- 14.4(3) 8 -02.3 Construction Requirements Section 8- 02.3(1) is supplemented with the following: (Special Provision) At the conclusion of work, the Contractor shall remove surplus soils, materials, and debris from the construction site and shall leave the, project in a condition acceptable to the Engineer. 8- 02.3(3) Roadside Work Plan Section 8- 02.3(2) is supplemented with the following: The Roadside Work Plan shall be submitted to the Engineer one week prior to initiating proposed work. The use of chemical herbicides shall be considered on a case -by -case basis. The contractor must submit, as part of the Work Plan, the intent to use chemical herbicides to the. Engineer for approval prior to use. 8- 02.3(11) Bark or Wood Chip Mulch Section 8- 02.3(11) is supplemented with the following: Bark Mulch shall be placed within the median on S 348th St. (SR 18) around the overhead lane use sign foundation to a depth no Tess than two (2) inches. Bark Mulch shall meet the requirements of Section 9- 14.4(3) Bark or Wood Chips of these Special Provisions. 8-02.5 Payment City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project . December 2015. Page 87 (Special Provision) Section 8 -02.5 is supplemented with the following: Costs for Bark or wood chip mulch to restore the median and general site cleanup to original conditions shall be included in the lump sum contract price for 'Overhead Lane Use Usage Signs - ' and no additional payment will be made. 8 -14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 8 -14.1 Description (Special Provision) Section 8 -14.1 is supplemented with the following: The work shall also include the replacement of sidewalk in accordance with the City of Federal Way, Standard Drawing 3-12 at the locations shown in the Plans for overhead sign foundation installation. Sidewalk damaged by the contractors operations shall be replaced at no additional cost to the City. 8 -14.3 Construction Requirements 8 -14.4 Payment (Special Provision) 1 1 1 1 1 Section 8 -14.5 is supplemented with the following: Costs for Cement Concrete Sidewalk replacement shall be included in the lump sum contract price for 'Overhead Lane Use Usage Signs - ' and no additional payment will be made SECTION 8 -20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, ELECTRICAL 8 -20.1 Description Section 8 -20.1 is replaced with the following: (Special Provision) Work includes furnishing and installing all materials necessary to provide: 1. Modification to existing signal systems to include Flashing Yellow Arrow signal heads for left tum phasing and corresponding signal equipment upgrades at the following intersections o 11th PI S at S 324th Street o 20th Ave S at S 336th Street o SW Campus Drive at WinCo Driveway o 32nd Ave S at S 320th Street o 20th Ave S and S 316th Street o 21st Ave SW and SW 340 Street o 18th Ave S at S 288th Street o 23nd Ave S at S 317th Street o 20th Ave S at S 314th Street City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 88 1 1 1 1 1 o 26th Ave SW at SW 320th Street o 16th Ave S at SR 509 (S Dash Point Rd) . o 23rd Ave S at S 322nd Street o 23rd Ave S at S 314th Street . o 21 st Ave SW at SW 325th PI o 21st Ave SW at SW 334th Street o 9th Ave S at S 348th Street (N-S) o 16th Ave S at S 344th Street (E -W) 2. Advanced overhead lane use control signs at the following locations o SR 161 SB at SR 18 o SR 18 EB at SR 161 Including the installation of one type II signal pole with .mast arm and foundation and the replacement of a luminaire pole and foundation with a type III signal pole with mast arm, luminaire, luminaire arm and foundation. This work also includes the reconnection of the new luminaire to the existing electrical circuit. All work shall be performed as shown in the Plans in accordance with applicable Standard Specifications and Standard Plans included herein and the following Special Provisions. Work shall include the supply, testing, and installation of all traffic signal hardware including the communication cable and interface system, and when specified, the modification of such an existing system. The work involves, but shall not be limited to, the following: 1. Signal controllers and equipment 2. Signal cabinets and bases 3. Signal poles 4. Signal and pedestrian heads 5. Emergency Pre - emption equipment 6. Conduit and wire 7. Luminaires 8. Mast arm mounted overhead lane use signs Work shall include the supply, testing and installation of all traffic signal hardware including the communication cable and interface system, and when specified, the modification of such an existing system. The work shall include removing of the existing illumination systems. The existing traffic signal system shall be kept in full operation during construction until the new system is in place and ready for turn -on or switchover. This work will also include the installation of a complete, functional illumination system. 8- 20.1(1) Regulations and Code Section 8- 20.1(1) is supplemented with the following: (March 13, 2012 * * * * * *) Where applicable, materials shall conform to the latest requirements of the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries and Puget Sound Energy. 8- 20.1(2) Industry Codes and Standards City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project . December 2015 Page 89 (March 13, 2012 *** * * *) The following is added at the end of the first paragraph of this section: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC), Secretary NESC, NESC Committee, IEEE Post Office Box 1331445 Hoes Lane, Piscataway, NJ 08855 -1331. 8 -20.2 Materials Section 8 -20.2 is supplemented with the following: (March 13, 2012 ** *** *) Control density fill shall meet the requirements of Washington Aggregates and Concrete Association. Crushed surfacing top course and crushed surfacing base course shall meet the requirements of Section 9- 03.9(3) of the Standard Specifications. Bedding material shall consist of 5/8 -inch minus crushed rock free of any deleterious substances (Section 9- 03.1(5)A of the Standard Specifications). Requirements for signal equipment and materials are contained in Section 9 -29 of the Standard Specifications and Section 9 -29 of these Specifications. 8- 20.2(1) Equipment List And Drawings The first paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following: (January 26, 2012 * * * * * *) Within one (1) week following the pre- construction conference, the Contractor shall submit to. the Engineer a completed "Request for Approval of Materials" that describes the material proposed for use to fulfill the Plans and Specifications. Manufacturer's technical information shall be submitted for signal, electrical and luminaire equipment, all wire, conduit, junction boxes, and all other items to be used on the project. Approvals by the Engineer must be received before material will be allowed on the job site. Materials not approved will not be permitted on the job site. Section 8- 20.2(1) is supplemented with the following: Shop drawing for signal standards and lighting standards shall be provided in an electronic format, as well as complying with Section 6-03.3(7). Manufacturer's technical information shall be submitted for all poles, mast arms, luminaires, wire, conduit, junction boxes, control equipment, cabinets, fiber equipment, video detection system and all other items to be used on the Project. A material staging plan, should the Contractor propose Contracting Agency -owned property for staging areas, should be submitted before any materials are allowed on that site. Manufacturer's data for all materials proposed for use in the contract which requires approval shall be submitted in one complete package. All shop drawings for poles that are not listed on the WSDOT Pre - Approved plans shall be stamped by a State of Washington registered Civil or Structural Engineer. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 90 The Engineer shall have 14 calendar days to review information for each submittal that is made. The actual time required for approval is dependent upon the completeness and appropriateness of the Shop Drawings as submitted. Any deficiencies will require additional time for approval based on the degree of the deficiency and the additional review time required. If the Shop Drawings are returned to the Contractor to correct deficiencies, an additional 14 calendar days may be required for the approval process. Approval of shop drawings does not constitute final acceptance or guarantee of the material, but is solely to assist the Contractor in providing the specified materials. 8 -20.3 Construction Requirements 8- 20.3(1) General Section 8- 20.3(1) is supplemented with the following: (January 26, 2012 *** * * *) Signal System Changeover The Contractor shalt provide a detailed work plan for the signal system changeover to be approved by the Engineer. They shall not deviate from the work plan without prior written approval from the Engineer. The work plan shalt show the exact date of the signal system changeover. The changeover of the signal equipment shall commence after 8:30 AM and be completed by 3:00 PM on the same day. During changeover, traffic control shall be provided. The exact work.. plan and schedule for changeover shall be pre- approved by the Engineer. See Section 1 -10 of these Special Provisions. (November 14, 2014 * * * * * *) Delivery of Removed Items The Engineer shall decide the ownership of all salvaged signal materials. All salvaged signal, materials not directed by the Engineer to remain property of the City shall become the property of the Contractor, except the existing controller cabinet and all its contents shall remain as property of the City. Removed signal and electrical equipment which remains the property of the Contracting Agency shall be delivered to: King County Signal Shop Attn: Mark Parrett 155 Monroe Avenue NE Renton, Washington 98056 Phone: 206 - 396 -3763 Forty eight (48) working hours advance notice shall be communicated to both the Engineer and the Signal Technician at the address listed above. Delivery shall occur during the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. Material will not be accepted without the required advance notice. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide. Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 91 Equipment damaged during removal or delivery shall be repaired or replaced to the Engineer's satisfaction at no cost to the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall be responsible for unloading the equipment where directed by the Engineer at the delivery site. (January 26, 2012 *** ***) Contractor Owned Removals All removals associated with an electrical system, which are not designated to remain the property of the Contracting Agency, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the project. 1 The Contractor shall: 1. Remove all wires for discontinued circuits from the conduit system or as directed by the Engineer. 2. Remove elbow sections of abandoned conduit entering junction boxes or as directed by the Engineer. 3. Abandoned conduit encountered during excavation shall be removed to the nearest outlets or as directed by the Engineer. 4. Remove foundations entirely, unless the Plans state otherwise. a. Backfill voids created by removal of foundations and junction boxes. b: Backfilling and compaction shall be performed in accordance with Section 2 -19 09.3(1)E. Signal Display Installation Signal displays shall be installed no more than 30 days prior to scheduled signal tum on or changeover. Signal displays and reflectorized backplates when installed prior .to. signal turn -on or changeover shall be covered and not visible to vehicular traffic at any. time. (December 17, 2012 * * *** *) (IF King County Metro Fiber Optic Cable is to be affected) Fiber Optic Cable Service Outage Duration and Notification The allowable interruption to the operation of the existing joint City /County/WSDOT fiber optic cable service along is three (3) days, including testing. King County Metro and King. County Traffic shall: be notified two (2) weeks in advance of the proposed outage. Notification shall be sent to the following: Owen .Kehoe King County Metro Phone: 206 -477 -5811 Email: owen.kehoe @kingcounty.gov Jeffery Barnett King County Metro Phone: 206 -263 -7826 Email: Jeffery.Bamett@kingcounty.gov King County Signal Shop Attn: Mark Parrett 155 Monroe Avenue NE Renton, Washington 98056 City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications RFB# 15 -014 December 2015 Page 92 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Phone: 206- 396 -3763 Section 8- 20.3(1) is supplemented with the following: (May 15, 2000 WSDOT NWR) Energized Equipment Work shall be coordinated so that electrical equipment,, with the . exception . of the service cabinet, is energized within 72 hours of installation: (June. 20, 1995 WSDOT NWR) Pole Removal Poles designated for removal shall not be removed prior to approval of the Engineer. (October 31, 2005 WSDOT NWR) . Construction Core Installation The Contractor shall coordinate installation of construction cores with Contracting Agency maintenance staff through the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer, a minimum of seven working days in advance of proposed installation. The Contractor shall advise the Engineer in writing when construction cores are ready to be removed. (May 15, 2000 WSDOT NWR) Electrical Equipment Removals Removals associated with the electrical system shall not be stockpiled within the job site without the Engineer's approval. 8- 20.3(2) Excavating and Backfilling Section 8- 20.3(2) is supplemented with the following: (January 8, 2013 * * * * * *) The Contractor shall supply all trenching necessary for the complete and proper installation of the traffic signal system, interconnect conduit and wiring, and illumination system. Trenching shall conform to the following: 1. In paved areas, edges of the trench shall be sawcut the full depth of the pavement and sawcuts shall be parallel: All trenches for placement of conduit shall be straight and as narrow in width as practical to provide a minimum of pavement disturbance. The existing;. pavement shall be removed in an approved manner. The trench bottom shall be graded to provide a uniform grade Trenches located under existing, traveled ways shall provide a minimum of 24 inches cover over conduits and shall be backfilled with 21 inches of controlled density fill, vibrated in place, followed by either 3 inches minimum of HMA CI 1/2" PG 58 -22 , or a surface, matching the existing pavement ,section, whichever is greatest. The asphalt concrete . surface cuts shall be given a tack coat of . asphalt. emulsion (CSS -1) or approved equal immediately before resurfacing, applied to the entire edge and full depth of the pavement cut. Immediately after compacting the new asphalt surface to conform to the adjacent paved surface, all joints between new and original pavement shall be filled with joint sealant meeting the requirements of Section 9 -04.2. 3. Trenches for Schedule 40 PVC conduits to be located under existing sidewalks shall be installed to conform with the City of Federal Way Luminaire Electrical Trench Detail. Such trenches shall be backfilled with bedding material two inches (2 ") above and City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 93 below the conduit, with the remaining depth of trench backfilled with native material. If the Engineer determines that the native material is unsuitable, Gravel Borrow shall be used Sidewalks and driveways shall be 'removed and replaced as specified: 4. Trenches for Schedule 40 PVC conduits to be located within the right -of -way and outside'.: the traveled way shall have a minimum of twenty -four inches (24 ") cover over conduits.. Such trenches shall be backfilled with bedding material two inches (2 ") above and below 1 the conduit, with the remaining depth of trench backfilled with bank run gravel unless the Engineer determines that spoils from the trench excavation are suitable for backfill. 5. When trenches are not to be placed under sidewalks or driveways, the backfill shall" ' match the elevation of the surrounding ground, induding a matching depth of top soil, mulch and /or sod if necessary to restore the trench area to its prior condition. 6. Contractor shall use joint trench where possible. Backfill shall be carefully placed so that the backfilling operation will not disturb the conduit in any way. 'The backfill shall be thoroughly. mechanically tamped .in eight-inch (8 ") layers with each layer compacted to ninety -five percent (95%) of maximum density in traveled ways, and ninety percent (90 %) of maximum density elsewhere at optimum soil moisture content. Bank run gravel for backfill shall conform to Section 2.01 of the Standard Specifications. Bedding material shall conform to Section 2.01 of the Standard Specifications. All trenches shall be properly signed and /or barricaded to prevent injury to the public. All traffic control devices to be installed or maintained in accordance with Part VI of the Manual on Uniform Traffic. Control. Devices for Streets. and Highways, latest edition, and as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. (* *** * *) Underground utilities of record are shown on the construction plans insofar as information is available. These, however, are shown for convenience only and the City assumes no responsibility for improper locations or failure to show utility locations on the construction plans. The location of existing underground utilities, when shown on the plans, is approximate only, and the Contractor shall be responsible for _ determining their exact location. The Contractor shall check with the utility companies concerning any possible conflict prior to commencing work in any area, as not all utilities may be shown on the plans. The Contractor shall be responsible for potholing for conflicts with underground utility_ locations prior to determining exact locations of the overhead lane use sign pole foundations, Prior to construction, if any conflicts are expected, it shall be brought to the, attention of the Engineer for resolution:' The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for coordination with the utility companies and arranging for the movement or adjustment, either temporary or permanent, of their facilities within the project limits. If a conflict is identified, the Contractor shall contact the Engineer. The Contractor and City shall locate alternative locations for poles, cabinet, or junction boxes. The Contractor shall get approval from the Engineer prior to installation. The Contractor may consider changing depth or alignment of conduit to avoid utility conflicts. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 94 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Before beginning any work for foundations, junction boxes or conduit runs, the contractor shall confirm that the location proposed on the Contract Plans does not conflict with utility. location markings placed on the surface by the various utility companies. If a conflict is identified, the following process shall be used to resolve the conflict: 1. Contact the Engineer and determine if there is an alternative location for the foundation, junction box, vault or conduit trench. 2. If an adequate alternate location is not obvious for the underground work, select a location that may be acceptable and pothole to determine the exact location of other utilities. Potholing must be approved by the Engineer. 3. If an adequate alternate alignment still cannot be identified following potholing . operations, the pothole area should be restored and work in the area should stop until a new design can be developed. The Contractor shall not attempt to adjust the location of an existing utility unless specifically agreed to by the utility owner. 8- 20.3(4) Foundations Section 8- 20.3(4) is supplemented with the following: (December 18, 2009 * * * * * *) The foundation for the controller and service cabinets shall conform to the detail on the Plans. Conduits shall be centered horizontally except service conduit, which shall be placed at the side of the power panel. Foundations for the Type I traffic signal poles shall conform to Standard Plan J- 21.10. Foundations for the Type II and Type III traffic signal poles shall conform to WSDOT Standard Plan J -26.10 and details on the Signal Standard Sheet in the Plans. Foundations for the streetlight poles shall conform to City of Federal Way Drawing Number 3- 39 except that foundation depth shall be as noted on the Illumination Pole Schedule. Pole foundations within the sidewalk area shall be constructed in a single pour to the bottom of the cement concrete sidewalk. The sidewalk shall be constructed in a separate pour. Pole foundations, not within the sidewalk area shall incorporate. a 3 -foot by 3 -foot by 4 -inch- thick cement concrete pad set flush with the adjacent ground. Where the pad abuts a sidewalk, the pad shall extend to the sidewalk and the top of the pad shall be flush with the sidewalk. A construction joint shall be provided between the two units. 8- 20.3(5) Conduit Section 8- 20.3(5) is supplemented with the following: (March 16, 2011 * * * * * *) All conduit trenches shall be straight and as narrow in width as is practical to provide a minimum of pavement disturbance. When conduit risers are installed, they shall be attached to the pole every 4 feet and shall be equipped with weather heads. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 20.15 Page 95 Conduit for the service wires between the Puget Sound Energy pole and the service panel and all above ground conduit shall be hot-dip galvanized rigid steel. All conduits shall be clearly labeled at each junction box, handhole, vault or other utility appurtenance. Labeling shall be permanent and shall consist of the owner /type name and a unique conduit number or color. The owner name shall be approved by the Engineer prior to starting work. The recommended owner /type abbreviations are: PSE — Puget Sound Energy QWEST — Qwest COMCAST(AT&T) /C — Cable COMCAST(AT&T) /F — Fiber SIC — City Signal Interconnect City Spare — City spares Cobra — COBRA luminaire system The traffic signal interconnect along between shall be placed, where ever feasible, in the joint utility trench being constructed under this contract. This work shall be coordinated with the other utilities to ensure a 2" conduit is provided solely for the traffic signal interconnect Section 8- 20.3(5)A2 is supplemented with the following: (August 10, 2009 WSDOT NWR) Conduit Seal, Detectable Tape and Location Wire Upon installation of wiring, all conduits entering pad mounted cabinets, all conduit entering ITS hubs, and all ITS conduit 2 inches in diameter or larger shall be sealed with an approved mechanical plug at both ends of the conduit run. Installation of mechanical plugs shall conform to the manufacturer's recommendations. Upon installation of wiring at other locations, conduit shall be sealed with duct seal. Upon installation of the pull string, spare conduit shall be plugged. A pull string rated for 200 lbs. or greater shall be installed in all spare conduits. Section 8- 20.3(5)B is supplemented with the following: (March 16, 2011 * * * * * *) Conduit Type ; All conduits for signal . cable raceways under driveways shall be rigid galvanized steel or Schedule. 80 polyvinyl chloride (PVC). Whenever PVC conduit is used a ground wire shall be provided. Section 8- 20.3(5)E3 is supplemented with the following: (October 16, 2006 WSDOT NWR) Boring In addition to the requirements for boring with casing, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a pit plan and a proposed method of boring that includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1) A pit plan depicting: City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 96 a) Protection of traffic and pedestrians. b) The dimension of the pit. c) Shoring, bracing, struts, waters or sheet piles. d) Type of casing. 2) The proposed method of boring, including: a) The boring system. b) The support system. c) The support system under and at the bottom of the pit. The shoring and boring pit plan shall be prepared by and bear the seal and signature of a Washington State Licensed Professional Civil Engineer. Commercial concrete meeting the requirements of Section 6- 02.3(2)B may be used to seal the casing. 8- 20.3(6) Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes Section 8- 20.3(6) is supplemented with the following: (March 13, 2012 * * * * * *) Unless otherwise noted in the Plans or approved by the Engineer, junction boxes, cable vaults . and pull boxes shall not be placed within the traveled way or shoulders. All junction boxes, cable vaults, and pull boxes placed within the traveled way or paved shoulders shall be heavy -duty. Junction boxes shall not be located within the traveled way, wheelchair ramps, or driveways, or interfere with any other previous or relocated installation. The lid of the junction box shall be flush with the surrounding area and be adequately supported by abutting pavements or soils. Junction boxes, cable vaults and pull boxes which are placed within the sidewalk shall have slip resistant lids which meet the requirements of Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and Public Right -of -Way Accessibility Guideline (PROWAG). Approved products are: 1.) Mebacl (their most aggressive surface) manufactured by IKG Industries 2.) SIipNOT Grade 3- coarse manufactured by W.S. Molnar Company. All streetlight junction boxes not placed in the sidewalk shall be placed immediately adjacent to a sidewalk or curb surrounded by concrete (or asphalt if adjacent to roadway) to prevent the box from lifting out of the dirt. All streetlight junction box lids shall be welded shut after final inspection and approval by King County. Approved slip resistant surfaces shall have coefficient of friction of no less than 0.6 and have a proven track record of outdoor application which fasts for at least 10 years. Wiring shall not be pulled into any conduit until all associated junction boxes have been adjusted to, or installed in, their final grade and location, unless installation is necessary to maintain system operation. If wire is installed for this reason, sufficient slack shall be left to allow for future adjustment. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 97 Wiring shall be replaced for full length if sufficient slack as specified in Section 8- 20.3(8) is not maintained. No splicing will be permitted. Junction boxes Type 1 and 2 shall meet the requirements of WSDOT Standard Plan 3- 40.10 -01. Type 8 junction boxes shall meet the requirements of WSDOT Standard Plan 3- 40.30 -01. Junction boxes shall be inscribed based upon system per WSDOT Standard Plan 3- 40.30.01. Junction box lids and frames shall be grounded per Section 8- 20.3(9). Junction boxes shall be located at the station and offset indicated on the Plans except that field adjustments may be made at the time of construction by the Engineer to better fit existing field conditions. Junction boxes for copper and /or fiber signal interconnect shall be placed at a maximum interval of 300 feet and shall be inscribed with "TS" as described on WSDOT Standard Plan 3- 40.30-01. Fiber vaults shall be installed in accordance with the following: 1. All openings around conduits shall be sealed and filled with grout to prevent water and debris from entering the vaults or pull boxes. The grout shall meet the specifications of the fiber vault manufacturers. 2. Backfilling around the work shall not be allowed until the concrete or mortar has set. 3. Upon acceptance of work, fiber vaults shall be free of debris and ready for cable installation. All grounding requirements shall be met prior to cable installation. 4. Fiber vaults shall be adjusted to final grade using risers or rings .manufactured by the fiber vault and pull box manufacturer. Fiber vaults with traffic bearing lids shall be raised to final grade using ring risers to raise the cover only. 5. Fiber vaults shall be installed at the approximate location shown in the Drawings. Final location to be approved by the Engineer. 6. All existing conduits will need to be open and exposed for access within the vault. Care shall be taken to identify which conduits have existing cables. All conduits will extend 2 inches within the vault walls. At the 2 -inch mark the excess conduit on the existing structure will need to be removed and all cables exposed. 7. Once the conduits are located, excavate a hole large . enough to install the fiber vault. The vault shall have a concrete floor as indicated on the Drawings. The floor shall be installed on 6 inches of crushed surfacing top course. If a fiber vault is installed outside a paved area, an asphalt pad shall be constructed surrounding the junction box. Ensure that the existing conduits are at a minimum of 4 inches above the top of the. floor. 8- 20.3(8) Wiring Section 8- 20.3(8) is modified as follows: (March 6, 2012 * * *** *) The following is inserted between the 3rd and 4th paragraph of this section: Loop wires will be spliced to lead in wires at the junction box with an approved mastik tape, 3 -M 06147 or equal, leaving 3 feet of loose wire. Connectors will be copper and sized for the wire. Mastik splice material will be centered on the wire and folded up around both sides and joined at the top. Splice will then be worked from the City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 98 center outward to the ends. The ends will be visible and fully sealed around the wire. The end of the lead -in cables shall have the sheathing removed 8 inches and shall be dressed external to the splice. (March 6, 2012 ** *** *) The 8th paragraph of this section is deleted and replaced with the following: Fused quick disconnect kits shall be of the SEC type or equivalent. Underground illumination splices shall be epoxy or underground service buss/lighting connector kits. installation shall conform to details in the Standard Plans. (March 6, 2012 * * * * * *) The following is inserted between the 11th and 12th paragraphs of this section: City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 99 Field Wiring Chart (IMSA Standards) 501 +Input 508 Emergency Vehicle Preemption Vehicle Heads 502 503 504 505 506 507 Phases Orange (B+) Yellow (Call). Blue (BB) Red Orange Green Black White AC- AC+Lights AC+Lights AC+Lights AC+Control AC+Crosswalk 1 509 510 511 512-520 551-562 593-598 AC+Detectors AC+12 Volts Remote-Flash Remote-All Red Special interconnect Rail Road Preemption 2 3 4 5 6 581 584 587 582 585 588 591 583 586 589 592 631 641 651 661 671 681 691 601 632 642 652 662 672 682 692 602 633 643 653 663 673 683 693 603 634 644 654 664 674 684 694__604 636 646 656 666 676 686 696 606 7 8 A 590 B 611 621 612 622 613 623 614 624 616 626 (Common) Pedestrian Red (Hand) 711 721 Heads and Green (Man) 712 722 PPB White (Common 716 726 for Lights) Vehicle Detectors 731 741 751 761 771 781 791 701 732 742 752 762 772 782 792 702 736 746 756 766 776 786 796 706 Orange 714 724 734 744 754 764 774 784 794 704 ...(push IDutJoni_........._ Black (Common 715 725 735 745 755 764 775 785 795 705 for Push button.) ..._ Loo.p 1 811 821 831 841 851 861 871 881 891 661 ...Loop 1 812 822 832 842 852 862 872 882 892 802 Loo 2 813 823 833 843 853 863 873 883 893 803 -Loop 2 814 824 834 844 854 864 874 884 894 804 Loop 3 815 825 835 845 855 865 875 885 895 805 Loop 3 816 826 836 846 856 866 876 886 896 806 Loop 4 817 827 837 847 857 867 877 887 897 807 Loop 4 818 828 838 848 858 868 878 888 898 808 Vehicle Loop 1 911 921 931 941 951 961 971 981 991 901 Detectors/ Loop...1 912 922 932 942 952 962 972 982 992 902 Count Loops Loop 2 913 923 933 943 953 963 973 983 993_ 903 Loop 2 914 924 934 944 954 964 974 984 994 904 Loop 3 915 925 935 945 955 965 975 985 995 905 Loop 3 916 926 936 946 956 966 976 986 996 906 Loop 4 917 927 937 947 957 967 977 987 997 907 Loop 4 918 928 938 948 958 968 978 988 998 908 City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications RFB# 15-014 December 2015 Page 100 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section 8- 20.3(8) is supplemented with the following: (March 6, 2012 ** *** *) Cable entering cabinets shall be neatly bundled and wrapped. Each wire shalt bear the circuit number and be thoroughly tested before being connected to the appropriate terminal. Circuit conductors shall be standard copper wire in all conduit runs with size specified on the Plans. Conductors from luminaire bases to the luminaire fixture shall be minimum No. 14 AWG pole and bracket cable. (March 13, 1995 WSDOT NWR) Wire Splices All splices shall be made in the presence of the Engineer. (May 1, 2006 WSDOT NWR) Illumination Circuit Splices Temporary splices shall be the heat shrink type. 8- 20.3(9) Bonding and Grounding Section 8- 20.3(9) is supplemented with the following: (March 13, 2012 ***** *) At points where shields of shielded conductors are grounded, the shields shall be neatly wired and terminated on suitable grounding lugs. Junction box lids and frames shall be grounded in accordance with Department of Labor and. Industries standards, and shall be grounded so that the ground will not break when the lid is . removed and laid on the ground next to the junction box. All conduits which are not galvanized steel shall have bonding wires between junction boxes. Ground rods shall be copper clad steel, 3/4 -inch in diameter by 10 -feet long, connections shall: be made with termite welds. At points where wiring shields of shielded conductors are grounded, the shields shall be neatly wired and terminated on suitable grounding lugs. (October 23, 2014 * * * * * *) In addition to the two service grounds provided at the service cabinet each Type II, Ili, IV, or V signal standard shall have a supplemental ground installed per Standard Plan J- 60.05. Section 8- 20.3(9) is supplemented with the following: (August 21, 2006 WSDOT NWR) Junction Box Grounding Where shown in the Plans or where designated by the Engineer, the metal frame and lid of existing junction boxes shalt be grounded to the existing equipment grounding system. The existing equipment grounding system shall be derived from the service serving the raceway system of which the existing junction box is a part. 8- 20.3(11) Testing Section 8- 20.3(11) is supplemented with the following: City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide. Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014: Project December 2015 Page101 (March 6, 2012 * * * * * *) The signal including UPS equipment shall be put into operation by King County personnel. The Contractor shall be present during the tum -on with adequate equipment to repair any deficiencies in operation. The Contractor shall notify King County five working days in advance of any signal turn-on. Tum-on shall not be allowed on Fridays, weekends, holidays, or the day preceding a holiday. No more than two (2) traffic signal tum -ons will be permitted in the same week unless otherwise approved by the project engineer. 8- 20.3(13) Illumination Systems Section 8- 20.3(13) is supplemented with the following: (Special Provision) As shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall replace portions of the illumination systems on the north approach to the SR 161 -SR 18 intersection. Upon completion of the work the Contractor shall reconnect the existing illumination system on the north approach. The existing pole is owned by the City and shalt be removed by the Contractor as shown on the Plans. The existing lighting systems shall remain operational until the new systems are functioning. The Engineer may approve partial interruptions required because of staging. 8- 20.3(13)A Light Standards The 8th paragraph of this section is deleted and replaced with the following: (March 15, 2012 *** * * *) All new . and relocated metal light standards . shall be numbered per City of Federal Way Development Standard Drawing number 3 -39B. 8- 20.3(14) Signal Systems Section 8- 20.3(14) is supplemented with the following: (August 10, 2009 WSDOT NWR) Temporary Video Detection System Temporary video detection systems shall be completely installed and made operational prior to any associated induction loop being disabled. 8- 20.3(14)A Signal Controllers Section 8- 20.3(14)A is supplemented with the following: (December 18, 2009 * * * * * *) The new signal controller and cabinet shall conform to all of the sections and requirements within and under the Sections and Sub Sections of 9 -29.13 Traffic Signal Controllers within the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. The traffic signal controller and cabinet with all pluggables and all associated equipment shall be furnished by the Contractor and delivered to King County traffic signal technicians for a 30 to 45 day testing period at their shop located at 155 Monroe Avenue NE in Renton, Washington. The contractor shall deliver the controller and cabinet to the shop and shall pick up the units at the end of the test period, deliver to the job site, and install. The Contractor shall provide 5 working -days notice prior to delivery of the controller and cabinet. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 102 All field signal controller cabinet modifications and wire terminations shall be done by King County Signal Shop Representative. The Contractor shall be responsible for pulling wiring into the controller cabinet and striping the ends. 8- 20.3(14)B Signal Heads Section 8- 20.3(14)B is modified as follows: The first paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following: (March 13, 2012 * * * * * *) If the Engineer orders advance installation, the signal heads shall be covered to clearly indicate the signal is not in operation. The signal head covering material shall be of sufficient size to entirety cover the display. The covering shall extend over all edges of the signal housing and shall be securely fastened at the back. Signal heads shall be installed with flat black back plates. A two (2) inch wide strip of Type IX yellow retro reflective sheeting shall . be factory applied to the .outside border of the back plates. Section 8- 20.3(14)B is supplemented with the following: (March 13, 2012 * * * * * *) Alignment of vehicular and pedestrian signal heads shall be approved by the Engineer prior to system tum -on. All new vehicular and pedestrian signal heads shall be covered (sacked) completely including backplates . with a 6 mil black polyethylene sheeting until placed into initial. operation. The fitted covers shalt use adjustable straps. The fitted covers shall have a. one -inch hole for each signal display to flash out indications. The type of mounting hardware specified for the mast arm mounted vehicle signals may require modification at the time of installation to accommodate as built conditions. After the pole assembly has been installed and leveled, the Contractor shall measure the . distance between each mounting point on the arm and the roadway. A type of mounting bracket different from that specified on the Plans shall be provided and installed by the Contractor if necessary to achieve the following criteria: 1. Red indications shall be in as straight a line as possible. 2. The bottom of the housing shall be. between 16.5 feet and 19.0 feet above the pavement. Section 8-20.3(14)B is supplemented with the following: (April 3, 1993 WSDOT NWR) Optically Programmed Signal Head: The visibility zone of the optically programmed signal heads shall be set as directed by the KC Signal Shop Representative to the Engineer. 8- 20.3(14)E Signal Standards Section 8- 20.3(14)E is supplemented with the following: (December 18, 2009 * * * * * *) City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 103 Traffic signal standards shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the methods and materials noted in the applicable Standard Plans, pre - approved plans, or special design plans. After delivering the poles or arms to the job site and before they are installed, they shall be stored 1 in a place that will not inconvenience the public. All poles and arms shall be installed in compliance with Washington State Utility and Electrical Codes. Terminal cabinet(s) shall be installed on all Type II and Type III signal poles or where designated on the wiring diagrams in the Plans in accordance with the material requirements. of .. Section 9 -29.25 of the Standard Specifications. Terminal cabinets shall be installed at a height not to impede pedestrians. (December 18, 2009 ***** *) 1 8- 20.3(14)F Opticom Detectors New Section Opticom detectors shall be installed in a drilled and tapped hole in the top of the mast arm unless 1 otherwise shown in the Plans. They shall be tightly fitted to point in the direction shown in the plan view. Lead -in cable back, to the controller shall be GTT detector 138 cable, and shall have no splices. All lead -in cables shall be connected to terminals in the controller cabinet as shown in the wiring diagram. The shields shall be grounded to the grounding bar. 1 8- 20.3(17) "As Built" Plans Section 8- 21.3(17) is deleted and replaced with the following: (December 18, 2009 * * * * * *) Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall furnish an "as- built" drawing of the . intersection showing all signal heads, pole locations, detectors, junction boxes, Illumination system showing luminaire locations, miscellaneous equipment, conductors, cable wires up to . the signal controller cabinet, and with a special symbol identifying those items that have been I changed from the original contract drawings. All items shall be located to within one foot (1') horizontally and six inches (6 ") vertically above or below the finished surface grade. (March 6, 2012 * * * * * *) 8- 20.3(18) Removal of Existing Signal Equipment New Section (September 16, 2014 * *****) Where noted on the Plans, existing signal, illumination, and interconnect equipment shall be removed by, the Contractor. The Engineer shall decide the ownership of all salvaged signal, illumination, and interconnect equipment materials. All salvaged signal materials not directed by the Engineer to remain property of the City shall be the property of the Contractor. All other material removed shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of I off -site at a legal disposal site. Removals associated with the electrical system shall not be stockpiled within the jobsite without I the Engineer's approval. 8 -20.4 Measurement Paragraphs two, three and four of Section 8 -20.4 are deleted and replaced with the following: (August 21, 2015 * * * * * *) City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 104 "Traffic Signal System Modifications- ( ); Complete" shall be measured (per lump sum:.; per each intersection individually and no specific unit of measurement will apply) for the total of all items for a complete and operating .traffic signal system at the . intersection. All items: and." labor necessary to supply, install, and test: the conduit, service circuit breaker and connections;.;: battery backup system, signal/service /battery backup system foundation(s), vehicular and pedestrian signal heads, wiring, relocation of signal equipment; junction boxes, controller, pedestrian pushbuttons, emergency vehicle preemption, connections with existing conduit and junction boxes, mast arm, mounted traffic signs, restoring facilities destroyed or damaged during construction, salvaging existing materials, and all other components necessary to-make :: a complete traffic signal system shall be incidental to the lump sum item. Luminaires and luminaire arms positioned on signal poles will be incidental to the lump sum item. Removal of an existing signal system or existing signal components shall be incidental to the lump sum item': - . After construction is complete; it is Contractor's responsibility to adjust, relocate, and reposition . all traffic signal heads to their final position as shown on the Contract Documents, and shall be considered incidental to the lump .sum item. All painting of . components. shall be considered incidental to the lump sum item. Excavation, trenching and beddings, backfill of trenches, pavement restoration of trenches and conduit/junction box installations containing signal system elements, shall be included in the lump sum measurement for "Traffic; Signal System Modifications — ( ), complete ". "Overhead Lane Usage Signs- ( ), Complete" shall be measured per lump sum for the total installation .. of the signage and sign pole assembly. All items and labor necessary to supply and install. the signage, signage mounting, signage bracing, Type II and III:• signal standard and mastarm, pole foundation and all associated demolition and restoration of facilities destroyed or damaged during construction, as well as the removal, salvaging and hauling of existing street light and foundation and signage in conflict with the plans, and other components necessary to make.a complete overhead lane assignment sign assembly . shall be included in the lump sum measurement. After construction is complete, it is Contractor's responsibility to adjust, relocate, . and reposition all over head signs to their final position as shown on the Contract Documents, and shall be considered incidental to the lump sum item. All painting of components shall be . considered incidental to the lump sum measurement.,, 8 -20.5 Payment Section 8 -20.5 is deleted and replaced with the following: (August 21, 2015 * * * * * *) Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1 for each of the following Bid Items: "Traffic Signal. System Modifications (11th PIS at,S 324"' Street) Complete ", lump sum. "Traffic Signal System Modifications; (20th Ave S at ;S 336th Street) Complete ", lump sum. "Traffic Signal; System Modifications„ (SW Campus Drive at WinCo Driveway) Complete ", lump sum. "Traffic Signal System, Modifications (32nd Ave S at S 320th Street) Complete ", lump sum. "Traffic Signal System Modifications (20th Ave S at S 316th Street) Complete ", lump sum. "Traffic Signal System Modifications (21st Ave SW at SW 344th Street) Complete ", lump sum. "Traffic Signal System Modifications (18th Ave S at S 288th Street) Complete ", lump sum. "Traffic Signal System Modifications (23rd Ave S at S 317' Street) Complete ", lump sum. "Traffic Signal System Modifications (20th Ave S at S 314th Street) Complete ", lump sum. "Traffic Signal System Modifications (26th Ave SW at SW 320th Street) Complete ", lump sum "Traffic Signal System Modifications (16th Ave S at SR 509) Complete ", lump sum "Traffic Signal System Modifications (23rd Ave S at S 322nd Street) Complete ", lump sum City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014. Project . December 2015 . Page 105 "Traffic Signal System Modifications (23ro Ave S at S 314th Street) Complete ", lump sum "Traffic Signal System Modifications (21st Ave SW at SW 325th PI) Complete ", lump sum "Traffic Signal System Modifications (21st Ave SW at SS 344th Street) Complete ", lump sum "Traffic Signal System Modifications (9thAve S at S 348th Street) Complete "; lump sum. "Traffic Signal System Modifications (16th Ave 'S at S 344th Street) Complete ", lump sum. "Overhead Lane Usage Signs (SR 161 at SR 18); Complete "; lump sum The lump sum price for 'Traffic Signal System Modifications ( ), Complete" shall be full: pay for furnishing all labor, equipment, materials and supplies necessary or incidental to the construction to complete the work as specified and shown in the plans. This includes and is not limited to all work related' to the installation . of proposed signal equipment, relocation of existing signal equipment, foundations, wiring; conduit, poles; luminaires, mast arms, luminaire- arms, attachment hardware,' removal:: of existing signal equipment the installation of the temporary signal system, relocation; of temporary signal equipment (vehicle heads, pre- .: emption, pedestrian heads, pedestrian push buttons, video detection) to accommodate construction phasing throughout the project. The lump sum bid price shall include all cost, associated with the construction of the cement concrete pad and pedestal for the controller and . service cabinets as well as for the cement concrete pads around signal poles. All costs for installing signing on signal mast arms or temporary signal installations shall be incidental to the bid item(s) in this section and no additional compensation will be made. The lump sum price for "Overhead Lane Usage Signs ( ) Complete" shall be full pay for furnishing- all labor, equipment, materials and supplies necessary or incidental to the . construction to complete the work as specified. The lump sum price shall include all costs associated with making modifications to the existing systems as noted. This indudes and is not. limited to all work related" to the installation of proposed signal poles, mastarms ands foundations, removal of existing luminaire poles'-. and foundations, luminaire arms and:.. . luminaires and all work and equipment necessary including but not limited to wiring and conduit to tie in new functioning luminaire to existing lighting circuit per section 8-20 of these special provisions. The lump sum bid' price shall include all costs associated with the construction of the cement cement concrete pads around signal poles. All costs for furnishing and installing signage and bracing on signal mast arms shall be incidental to the bid item(s) in this section . and no additional compensation will be made. Restoration of facilities destroyed or damaged during construction, including private property, shall be considered incidental to the bid items included in this section and no additional compensation will be made. Coordination of service connections with Puget Sound Energy and any necessary permits and fees'associated with the service connections shall be considered incidental to the bid items included in this section and no additional compensation will be made. Coordination with communication connections with Comcast, Qwest, or other communication provider affected' by this project, and any necessary permits and fees associated with the communications connections shall be considered incidental to the bid items included in this section and no additional compensation will be made. All costs for painting shall be incidental and included in the bid items included in this section and no additional compensation will be made. Adjustment of junction boxes shall be incidental and included in the bid items and no additional compensation will be made. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 106 Restoration of facilities destroyed or damaged during construction shall be considered: incidental to the bid items included in this section and no additional compensation will be made. 8 -21 PERMANENT SIGNING 8 -21.1 Description Section 8 -21.1 is deleted and replaced with the following: (March 13, 2012 ** * * * *) This work shall consist of furnishing and installing permanent signing, sign removal, sign relocation, and the project sign installation and removal, in accordance with the Plans, these Specifications, the Standard Plans, MUTCD, and the City of Federal Way Standard Details at the locations shown in the Plans or where designated by the Engineer. Signs to be removed as shown on the Plans, shall be retumed to the Owner. 8 -21.2 Materials Sentence three is deleted and replaced with the followings: Material for sign mounting shall conform to Section 9- 28.11. 8 -21.3 Construction Requirements 8- 21.3(2) Placement of Signs Section 8- 21.3(2) is supplemented with the following: (December 18, 2009 * * * * * *) The City of Federal Way, 253 - 835 -2744, shall be contacted within 2 working days of completion of the permanent signing installation to inspect, inventory, and log all new and relocated signs. Other Signs: Refer to the currently adopted version of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) with Washington State Supplements. 8- 21.3(5) Sign Relocation Section 8- 21.3(5) is supplemented with the following: (December 18, 2009 * * * * * *) King County METRO and /or Pierce Transit personnel will remove and reinstall all existing bus stop signs and supports within the project limits. The Contractor shall contact King County METRO at 206 - 684-2732 or Pierce Transit at 253 -581 -8130 to coordinate sign work 2 weeks prior to the required sign removal or installation. A copy of the record of communication shall be forwarded to the City of Federal Way. 8 -21.4 Measurement Section 8 -21.4 is deleted and replaced with the following: (December 18, 2009 * * * * * *) Sign covering shall be incidental to other bid items and will not be measured. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014. Project December 2015 Page 107 8 -21.5 Payment (Special Provision) Section 8 -21.5 is deleted and replaced with the following: Payment will be incidental to contract price of "Traffic Signal System Modifications — ( ),Complete" and /or "Overhead Lane Usage Sign — : ( ), Complete" No additional item payment will be made. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page108 Division 9 Materials 9 -03 AGGREGATE 9 -03.12 Gravel Backfill (Special Provision) 9- 03.12(6) Pit Run Sand Section 9- 03.12(6) is a new section: Sieve Size 3/8" square U.S. No. 4 Sand Equivalent Percent Passing. 100 90 30 minimum 9 -14 EROSION CONTROL AND ROADSIDE PLANTING 9 -14.2 Seed (Special Provision) Section 9 -14.2 is supplemented with the following: Erosion Control Seed Mix Erosion Control Seed shall be composed of the following: 20% Dwarf Tail Fescue 30% Dwarf Perennial Ryegrass "Barclay" 30% Red Fescue 10% White Clover 10% Colonial Bentgrass Hydroseed shall also have a tackifier mulch. The seed mix must be certified at 99% weed -free and 90% viable seed by germination tests and by age specification by species. The hydroseed shall not contain pesticides or herbicides. 9 -28 SIGNING MATERIALS AND FABRICATION• 9 -28.1 General Section 9- 21.2(1) is modified as follows: Paragraph three is deleted and replaced with the following: (January 8, 2013 *** * * *) All regulatory (R series), school (S series), and warning (W and X series) signs, except for parking regulation, parking prohibition signing and signs of fluorescent yellow color shall be constructed with Type III Glass Bead Retroreflective Element Material sheeting in accordance with Section 9 -28.12 of the Standard Specifications. This sheeting has a retro reflection rating of 250 candelas /foot candle /square foot for white - silver sheeting with a divergence angle of 0.2 City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 109 degrees and an incidence angle of minus 4 degrees. This high intensity sheeting shall be Type sheeting or greater. All street name (D-3) sign sheeting shall meet this specification. The . reflectivity standard of supplemental plaques shall match that of the primary sign. All overhead signing, all regulatory (R series) of fluorescent yellow color and all school (S series) of florescent yellow color shall meet the specifications of Type IX Micro Prismatic Retroreflective Element Material sheeting in accordance with Section 9 -28.12 of the Standard " ' Specifications. This standard applies to all signs mounted above the roadway, on span wire or signal mast arms and all regulatory (R series) and school (S series) signs of fluorescent yellow color. The reflectivity standard of supplemental plaques shall match that of the primary sign. Motorist information and parking signing shall be constructed with Type I Glass Bead Retroreflective Element Material sheeting in accordance with Section 9 -28.12 of the Standard I Specifications. The reflectivity standard of supplemental plaques shall match that of the primary sign. 9 -28.2 Manufacturer's Identification and Date Section 9 -28.2 is deleted and replaced with the following: (October 23, 2014 * * * * * *) All signs shall show the manufacturer's name and date of manufacture on the back. 9 -28.8 Sheet Aluminum Signs Section 9 -28.8 table is deleted and replaced with the following: (January 8, 2013 ***** *) Maximum Dimension Blank Thickness Less than 30 inches 0.080 inches Greater than 30 inches, less than 48 inches 0.100 inches Greater than 48 inches 0.125 inches Section 9 -28.8 is supplemented with the following: (January 8, 2013 * * * * * *) All permanent signs shall be constructed from aluminum sign blanks unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Sign -blank minimum .thicknesses, based on maximum :dimensions, shall be as follows: All D -3 street -name signs shall be constructed with 0.100- inch -thick blanks. The Contractor shall install permanent signs which meet or exceed the minimum reflectivity standards. All sign face sheeting shall be applied to sign blanks with pressure sensitive adhesives. 9 -28.9 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Signs Section 9 -28.9 is deleted in its entirety. (December 18, 2009 ***** *) 9 -28.14 Sign Support Structures Section 9 -28.14 is supplemented with the following: City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 110 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 (December 18, 2009 * *****) Unless otherwise noted on the plans or approved by the engineer, all sign posts shall be timber sign posts. 9- 28.14(1) Timber Sign Posts Section 9- 28.14(1) is supplemented with the following: (December 18, 2009 * * * * * *) All ground - mounted sign posts shall use pressure treated hem fir wood posts unless approved . otherwise by the Engineer. All wood posts shall be buried a minimum of 30 inches below the finished ground line. Post backfill shall be compacted at several levels to minimize settling. All posts shall be two-way plumb. 9- 28.14(2) Steel Structures and Posts Section 9- 28.14(2) is supplemented with the following: (December 18, 2009 * * * * * *) Unless otherwise noted on the plans or approved by the engineer, all sign posts shall be timber sign posts. Approved Manufacturers for Steel Sign Supports The Standard Plans lists several steel sign support types. These supports are patented devices and many are sole - source. All of the sign support types listed below are acceptable when shown in the plans. Steel Sign Support Type Type TP -A & TP -B Type PL, PL -T & PL -U Type AS Type AP Type ST 1, ST 2, ST 3, & ST 4 Type SB -1, SB-2, & SB -3 Manufacturer Transpo Industries, Inc. Northwest Pipe Co. Transpo Industries, Inc. Transpo Industries, Inc. , Ultimate Highway Products, Allied Tube & Conduit, Inc., Northwest Pipe, Inc. Ultimate Highway Products, Xcessories Squared Development and Manufacturing Incorporated„ Northwest Pipe, Inc. 9 -29 ; ILLUMINATION ,. SIGNAL, ..ELECTRICAL 9-29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, and Outerduct Section 9 -29.1 is supplemented with the following: (June 5, 2000 WSDOT NWR) Conduit Coatings Conduit fittings for steel conduit shall be coated with galvanizing repair paint in the same manner as conduit couplings. Electroplated fittings are not allowed. Steel conduit entering concrete shall be wrapped in 2- inch -wide pipe wrap tape with a minimum 1 -inch overlap for 12 inches on each side of the concrete face. Pipe wrap tape shall be installed per the manufacturer's recommendations. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications. Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 111 (October 23, 2014 ***** *) Fiber optic cable conduit shall be supplied as a system from a single manufacturer providing all of the conduit, all required fittings, termination and other installation accessories; all in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9- 29.1(1) Rigid Metal Conduit, Galvanized Steel Outerduct, and Fittings Section 9- 29.1(1) is supplemented with the following: (August 10, 2009 WSDOT NWR) Conduit Sealing Mechanical plugs for cabinet conduit sealing shall be one of the following: 1. Tyco Electronics - TDUX 2. Jackmoon — Triplex Duct Plugs 3.0 -2 Gedney — Conduit Sealing Bushings The mechanical plug shall withstand a minimum of 5 psi of pressure. 9- 29.1(2) Rigid Metal Conduit Fittings and Appurtenances Section 9- 29.1(2) is supplemented with the following: (August 10, 2009 WSDOT NWR) Conduit Coatings Electroplated couplings are not allowed. (March 4, 2009 WSDOT NWR)) Surface Mounting Conduit Attachment Components Channel supports and all fastening hardware components shall be Type 304 stainless steel. 9 -29.2 Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes 9- 29.2(1)A Standard Duty Junction Boxes Section 9- 29.2(1) is supplemented with the following: (January 21, 2011 WSDOT NWR) Concrete Junction Boxes The Non -slip lid and frame shall be made of the following material: • Non -slip lid ASTM A36 flat steel • Non -slip frame ASTM A36 flat steel Both the non -slip lid and non -slip frame shall be treated with Mebacl (their most aggressive surface) as manufactured by IKG industries, or SIipNOT Grade 3- coarse as manufactured by W.S. Molnar Co. The non -slip lid shall be identified with permanent marking on the underside indicating the type of surface treatment ( "M1" for Mebac 1; or "S3" for SlipNot3) and the year of manufacturer. The permanent marking shall be 1/8 inch line thickness formed by engraving, stamping or with a stainless steel weld bead. 9- 29.2(2)A Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes Section 9- 29.2(2)A is supplemented with the following: (January 21, 2011 WSDOTNWR) Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 112 All Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes placed in sidewalks, walkways and shared use paths shall have slip resistant surfaces. The Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes steel frame, lid support and lid shall be hot -dip galvanized. The Non -slip lid and frame shall be made of the following material: • Non -slip lid ASTM A36 flat steel • Non -slip frame ASTM A36 flat steel Both the non -slip lid and non -slip frame shall be treated with Mebacl (their most aggressive surface) as manufactured by IKG industries, or SIipNOT Grade 3- coarse as manufactured by W.S. Molnar Co. The non -slip lid shall be identified with permanent marking on the underside indicating the type of surface treatment ( "M1" for Mebac 1; or "S3" for SlipNot3) and the year of manufacturer. The permanent marking shall be 1/8 inch line thickness formed by engraving, stamping or with a stainless steel weld bead. 9- 29.3(2)H Three - Conductor Shielded Cable Section 9- 29.3(2)H is supplemented with the following: (March 13, 2012 * *** * *) Lead -in cable back to the controller for preemption units shall be GTT detector 138 cable. 9 -29.6 Light and Signal Standards Section 9 -29.6 is supplemented with the following: (December 18, 2009 * * * * * *) Light standards shall be tapered round aluminum tube C -wall alloy 6063 satin brushed finish with Davit bracket arm, as shown in Federal Way Standard Detail Dwg 3-39, except that luminaire mounting height shall be as shown on the Illumination Pole Schedule on the Plans. Section 9 -29.6 is supplemented with the following: (August 6, 2012 WSDOT GSP) Traffic Signal Standards Traffic signal standards shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the methods and materials noted in the applicable Standard Plans, pre- approved plans, or special design plans. All welds shall comply with the latest AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals. Welding inspection shall comply with. Section 6- 03.3(25)A Welding Inspection. Hardened washers shall be used with all signal arm connecting bolts instead of lockwashers. All signal arm AASHTO M 164 connecting bolts tightening shall comply with Section 6- 03.3(33). Traffic signal standard types and applicable characteristics are as follows: Type PPB Pedestrian push button posts shall conform to Standard Plan J- 20.10 -03 or to one of the following pre - approved plans: Fabricator Northwest Signal Supply Inc. Valmont Ind. Inc. City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project Drawing No. NWS 3540 Rev. 2 and NWS 3540B Rev. 2 DB00655 Rev. J Sheet's 1, 2 & 3 Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications RFB# 15 -014 December 2015 Page 113 Ameron Pole Prod. Div. Union Metal Corp. West Coast Engineering Group KW Industries WA10TR -1 & WAPPBPBA TA-10035 Rev. R6 Sht. 1 WSDOT -PP -01 Rev. 1 10- 200 -PED -1 Rev. 7, Sheets 1, 2 and 3 Type PS Pedestrian signal standards shall conform to Standard Plan J- 20.16 -02 or to one of the following pre - approved plans::: Fabricator Northwest Signal Supply Inc. Ind. Inc. Ameron Pole Prod. Div. Union Metal Corp. West Coast Engineering Group American Pole Structures, Inc. KW Industries Type 1 vehicle signal standards following pre - approved plans: Fabricator Northwest Signal Supply Inc. Valmont Ind. Inc. Ameron Pole Prod. Div Union Metal Corp. West Coast Engineering Group American Pole Structures, Inc. KW Industries Drawing No NWS 3540 Rev. 2 and NWS 3540B Rev. 2 Valmont DB00655 Rev.J Sht. 1, 2 & 3 WA10TR -1 & WA10TR -2 TA -10025 Rev. R17 Sht. 1 & 2 WSDOT -PP -02 Rev. 1 WS -PP -03 Rev. 1D 10- 200 -PED -1 Rev. 7, Sheets 1, 2 and 3 shall conform to Standard Plan J- 21.15 -01 or to one of the Type II Characteristics: Luminaire mounting height Luminaire arms Luminaire arm length Signal arms Drawing No. NWS 3540 Rev. 2 and NWS 3540B Rev. 2 DB00655 Rev. J Sht. 1 2 & 3 WA10TR -1 & WA1 OTR -2 TA -10025 Rev. R17 Sht. 1 & 2 WSDOT -PP -02 Rev. 1 WS -PP -03 Rev. 1D 10- 200 -PED -1 Rev. 7, Sheets 1, 2 and 3 N.A. N.A. N.A. One Only Type 11 standards shall conform to one of the following pre - approved plans, provided all other requirements noted' herein have been satisfied.• Maximum (x) (y) (z) signal arm loadings in cubic feet are noted after fabricator. Signal Arm Length (max) Fabricator -(x) (y) (z) 65 ft. Valmont Ind. Inc. (2894) 65 ft. Union Metal Corp. (2900) City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project Drawing No. DB00625 -Rev. R, Shts. 1,2,3 &4 71026 -B86 Rev. R9 Shts. 1, 2, & 3 Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications RFB# 15 -014 December 2015 Page 114 65 ft. Ameron Pole Prod. Div. (2900) 65 ft. Northwest Signal Supply Inc. (2802) 45 ft. American Pole Structures, Inc. (1875) 65 ft. American Pole Structures, Inc. (2913) 65 ft. KW Industries 65 ft West Coast Engineering Group 65 ft. Maico Industries (2894) Type III Characteristics: Luminaire mounting height Luminaire arms Luminaire arm type Luminaire arm length (max.) Signal arms W3724 -1 Rev. J & W3724 -2 Rev.G NWS 3500 Rev. 4 or NWS 35008 Rev. 4 WS -T2 -L Rev. 8 Sheet 1 & 2 of 2 WS -T2 -H Rev. 8 Sheets 1 & 2 of 2 10- 200 -TSP -4 Rev.5, Sheets 1, 2, and 3 WSDOT -TS -01 Rev. 3 Sheets 1, 2, and 3 WSDOTMA Rev. 3 Sheets 1, 2. and 3 30 ft., 35 ft., 40 ft., or 50 ft. One Only Type 1 16 ft. One Only Type III standards shall conform to one of the following pre - approved plans, provided all other requirements noted herein have been satisfied. Maximum (x) (y) ..(z) signal arm loadings in cubic feet are noted after fabricator. Signal Arm Length (max) Fabricator -(x) (y) (z) 65 ft. Valmont Ind. Inc. (2947) 65 ft. Union Metal Corp. (2900) 65 ft. Ameron Pole Prod. Div. (2900) 65 ft. Northwest Signal Supply Inc. (2802) Drawing No. DB00625- Rev.R, Shts. 1, 2, 3 & 4 and "J" luminaire arm 71026 -B87 Rev. R11 Shts.1,2 &3 W3724 -1 Rev. J & W3724 -2 Rev. G and "J" luminaire arm NWS 3500 Rev. 4 or NWS 3500B Rev. 4 City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December.2015 Page 115 45 ft. American Pole Structures, Inc. (1875) WS- T3J -L, Rev. 11 Sheets 1 & 2 of 2 65 ft. American Pole Structures, Inc. (2913) WS- T3J -H, Rev. 10 Sheets 1 & 2 of 2 65 ft West Coast Engineering Group 65 ft. Maico Industries (2947) 65 ft. KW Industries WSDOT -TS -01 Rev. 3 Sheets 1, 2, and 3 WSDOTMA Rev. 3 Sheets 1, 2 and 3 and "J" luminaire arm 10- 200 -TSP -3 Rev. 5, Sheets 1, 2, and 3 Type SD standards require special design. All special design shall be based on the latest AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals and pre - approved plans and as follows: 1. A 90 mph wind loading shall be used. 2. The Design Life and Recurrence Interval shall be 50 years for luminaire support structures. 3. Fatigue design shall conform to AASHTO Section 11, Table 11 -1 using fatigue category. III. Component Identification Shafts for Type II and Type III standards and their component signal mast arms and luminaire mast arms will require identification tags. The tags shall conform to the detail shown on the ' pre - approved drawings with the addition of the manufacturer's production part number. Anchors bolts, complete with nuts, washers and plates shall be bundled and tagged with the signal standard identification numbers. All other components for each signal standard, including arm connection hardware, hand hole . covers and caps shall be delivered in a cloth ' bag that has been marked with the signal standard identification numbers. Documentation Approved shop drawings and certification reports, including mill certifications for signal standards, strain pole standards, high strength bolts and anchor bolts and non - destructive testing reports shall be submitted for each signal and strain pole standard and anchor bolt set. All certifications and reports shall be marked with the purchase order number, contract number and signal standard identification numbers. The purchaser and fabrication inspector shall receive copies of the shop drawings through the shop drawing approval process. The certification reports, including mill certifications and non - destructive testing reports and anchor bolt reports shall be sent to the fabrication inspector. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 116 Complete calculations for structural design, including: anchor bolt details, shall be prepared by a Professional Engineer, licensed under Title 18 RCW :State of .Washington, in the branch of Civil or Structural Engineering or by an individual holding valid registration in another state as a:. civil or structural Engineer. All shop drawings and the cover page of all calculation submittals shall carry the Professional Engineer's original signature, date of signature, original seal, registration number, and date of expiration. The cover page shall include the contract number;.. contract title, and sequential index to calculation page numbers. Two copies,of the associated design calculations shall be submitted for approval along with shop drawings. Details for handholes and Iuminaire arm connections are , available . from the .Bridges and ; Structures Office. Foundations for various types of standards shall be as follows: Type PPB Type PS Type 1 Type FB Type RM Type CCTV Type 11 Type 111 . . Type IV Type V Type SD As noted As noted As noted As noted As noted As noted As noted As noted As noted As noted As .noted on Standard Plan on Standard Plan on Standard Plan on Standard Plan on Standard Plan on Standard Plan in the Plans. in the Plans. in the Plans. in the Plans. in the Plans. 9-29.6(1) Steel Light and Signal Standards .. Section 9- 29.6(1) is supplement with the following: J- 20.10. J- 21.10 -04. J- 21.10 -04 J- 21.10 -04 J- 21.10 -04 J- 29.15 -00 (December 18, 2009 * * * * * *) Traffic signal standards and illumination standards shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the methods and materials noted in the applicable. Standard Plans, pre- approved plans, or special design plans. All welds shall comply with the latest: AASHTO. Standard Specifications for Support of Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals. Welding inspection shall comply with Section 6- 03.3(25)A, Welding Inspection. All traffic signal standards and arms shall be round tapered. After delivering the poles or arms to the job site and before they are installed, they shall be stored in a place that will not inconvenience the public. All poles and arms shall be installed in compliance with Washington State. Utility and Electrical Codes. Terminal cabinet(s) shall be installed on all Type II and Type III signal poles or where designated on the wiring diagrams in the Plans in accordance with the material requirements of Section 9 -29.25 of the Standard Specifications. Terminal cabinets shall be installed at a height not to impede pedestrians. Section 9- 29.6(1) is supplement with the following: (May 1, 2006 WSDOT NWR) City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications. Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014. Project . December 2015 Page117 Light and Signal Standard: Painting Galvanized steel Tight and signal standards shall not be painted. 9- 29.7(2) Fused Quick - Disconnect Kits Section 9- 29.7(2) is supplemented with the following: (March 13 ,2012 ***** Fused quick - disconnect kits shall be of the SEC type or equivalent. Underground illumination splices shall be'''epoxy or underground service buss/light connector kits. Installation shall conform to details in the Standard Plans. 9- 29.10(1) Conventional Roadway Luminaires Section 9- 29.10(1) is supplemented with the following: 1 1 1 (March 13 ,2012 ** ****) High - pressure sodium (HPS) vapor, 400 watts, flat glass luminaires shall be supplied and ' installed by the Contractor. They shall have an internal 240 -volt regulator -type ballast (high power factor) prewired to the Tamp socket and the terminal board. The terminal board shall have Tugs of a 240,volt 3 -wire power source. Terminals shall be labeled line- neutral -line. The neutral terminal shall be grounded to the metal housing of the luminaire. The refractor shall be a flat sheet of heat and impact resistant glass. The lamp socket shall be adjustable and factory. set to produce IES pattern M- C-III. The lamps shall be watt, HPS, and have a rated average life of not less than 24,000. hours: 1 Conductors serving the luminaires shall be copper of the size shown on the Plans and shall run to the service pole in separate conduit from the signal conductors as shown in the plan view.. IIII Fused quick disconnect wye cable connector kits shall be installed at the handhole inside the II base of each pole supporting a luminaire. Top conductors from the pole base to the luminaire.;. shall be a minimum No. 12 stranded copper. The grounding conductor• shall . be .connected to the neutral terminal in the luminaire fixture. Pole type and mounting heights shall be as specified in the Contract Plans and Standard Plans. 9- 29.11(2) Photoelectric Control Section 9- 29.11(2) is supplemented with the following: (December 18, 2012 ****" *) One photocell shall be installed for all luminaires in the same electrical service system. The photocell shall be located on the top of the luminaire closest to the electrical service. 9- 29.13(3) Traffic Signal Controller Section 9- 29.13(3) is supplemented with the following:` Equipment includes the following: • Quantity One (1) — NEMA TS2 Type 1 or Type 2 cabinet with 16 position load bay. • Quantity One (1) — TS2 Controller unit Econolite Cobalt. • Quantity One (1) — Type 16 Malfunction Management Unit EDI 16LE. • Quantity One( 1) — TS2 Detector racks capable of 16 channels. • Quantity One (1) — TS2 Power Supply. City of Federal Way Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits Project Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Page 118 RFB# 15 -014 December 2015. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • Auxiliary equipment so as to form completely functional eight phase plus four overlap phase traffic signal control cabinets. • Advanced Loop Detection Equipment. • Emergency Vehicle Preemption Auxiliary Panel • Fiber Optic Patch Panel - 24 fiber count • Fiber Optic Ethernet Switch(s) • Fiber Optic Patch Cords Documentation and Training Contractor shall supply complete technical information, shop drawings, schematic.. diagrams, photographs, circuit diagrams, programming and operation instruction manuals, and any other necessary . documents to fully describe the proposed equipment. Schematics & Manuals The cabinet(s). shall have a waterproof envelope with a side access attached to the inside of the door. At the time of delivery the envelope shall have two complete sets of schematics and manuals for all assemblies and sub - assemblies. In addition, the cabinet shall arrive with two sets of cabinet prints and one disk copy of the cabinet print in AutoCAD format including circuit schematics for each model of the following: 1. Controller 2. Conflict Monitor 3. Emergency Vehicle Preemption Equipment 4. Fiber Optic Communication Equipment The supplier shall provide a minimum of a one -day (8 hour) training session, given by qualified technical representative(s) of the manufacturer's firm. The sessions shall be conducted at the County and the training sessions shall be coordinated with the City Traffic Engineer. The supplier shall contact the City Traffic Engineer approximately three weeks prior to delivery of the equipment for the purpose of discussing the format and scheduling of the training sessions. The sessions shall be conducted within five (5) working days AFTER delivery of the equipment. The training sessions shall as a minimum meet the following requirements: 1. Session 1: Basic operation, detector programming, special configuration programming, and time of time of day operation. This would cover operator front panel instruction for each component (i.e., Controller, Malfunction Management Unit, and Detector). 2. Session 2: Preemption, telemetry, diagnostics, cabinet operation, preventative maintenance, computer software, and troubleshooting. Technical maintenance and troubleshooting instruction shall be the main focus. 3. Presentations shall be made by "factory trained personnel ". Supplier shall provide all necessary equipment needed for the training. The instructional materials provided with the training sessions shall include the following information: 1. Table of Contents 2. Operating Procedure 3. Theory of Operation 4. Maintenance and Troubleshooting Information 5. Circuit Wiring Diagrams 6. Pictorial Diagrams of Part Locations City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 119 7. Timing Sheet 9- 29.13(5) Flashing Operations Section 9- 29.13(5) is modified as follows: Paragraph 2, Item 2 is deleted and replaced with the following: (February 2, 2012 City of Federal Way) Police Flash Switch - The switch shall have two positions, "Auto" and "Flash ". The up position shall be "Auto" and result in normal signal operation. The down position shall be "Flash" and will put the signal into flashing operation and apply stop time to the controller. When the flash switch is returned to the "Automatic" position, the controller shall restart except when the conflict monitor has commanded flash operation. The effect shall be to disable the police panel when the conflict monitor has detected a malfunction and all controller and conflict monitor indications shall be available to the technician regardless of the position of the police panel flash. The controller shall restart with all -flash for a preset period of time. Section 9- 29.13(5) is supplemented with the following: (March 15, 2012 City of Federal Way) All cabinets shall be wired to flash red for all phases. Flashing display shall alternate between Phases 1, 2, 5, 6 and Phases 3, 4, 7, 8. 9- 29.13(2)A Traffic Signal Controller Assembly Testing Section 9- 29.13(2)A is supplemented with the following: (October 23, 2014 * * * * * *) Replace all references to "WSDOT Materials Laboratory", "WSDOT facility ", and "WSDOT" with "King County Traffic Maintenance ". 9- 29.13(6) Emergency Preemption Section 9- 29.13(6) is supplemented with the following: (March 13, 2012 * * * * * *) Emergency Preemption System (EPS) equipment shall be compatible with the operational requirements of the existing Opticom brand (GTT (formerly 3M)) emitters, detectors, phase discriminators and confirmation lights owned by the City. EPS equipment shall meet the following requirements: 1. Detector. The Contractor shall provide and install emergency preemption detectors at locations shown in the plans. The emergency preemption detectors shall be solid -state devices consisting of photoelectric cells and an amplifier mounted in weather- resistant housings. The detectors (GTT Model #721 or approved equal) shall be capable of detecting an optical signal generated by an Opticom brand emitter assembly (GTT). The detectors shall detect the optical signals from the emitter, amplify the signal, and transmit it to the phase discriminator. The detectors shall have a range control capable of being City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 120 adjusted up to a maximum of 1/3 mile. Detectors shall be installed in a drilled and tapped hole in the top of the mast -arm or street-light arm, unless shown otherwise in the Plans.: They shall be tightly fitted to point in the directiort.shown in the plan view. 2. Detector Lead -in Cable. The detector lead -in cable shall be GTT (formerly 3M) Opticom Model 138 shielded detector cable, or approved equal. No splicing will be allowed between the detector and the controller cabinet. All lead in cables shall be connected to terminals in the controller cabinet as shown in the wiring diagram. The shields shall be grounded to the grounding bar. 3. Confirmation Light. Mounted below the OPTICOM detector there shall be placed a white, 100 watt (minimum), standard screw socket, flood light which shall indicate, by being on, . when the preemption interval is in effect and the desired phase is being held . in a green display, unless otherwise noted in the plans. Indicator lights shall be actuated by utilizing the unused yellow output of pedestrian signal switch packs. 4. Multimode Phase Selector. The phase selector shall be GTT (formerly 3M) Opticom Model 764 capable of communication both IR and GPS based systems. Maintenance and operation manuals shall be furnished for all emergency preemption equipment to the City of Federal Way or its designated agents by the Contractor. 9- 29.13(10)A Auxiliary Equipment for NEMA Controllers Section 9- 29.13(7) is modified as follows: Paragraph 1, Item 1 is supplemented with the following: (February 2, 2012 * * * * * *) All flasher units shall as a minimum meet NEMA TS-2 1992, Section 6 requirements and shall be EDI Model 810. or approved equal. Paragraph 1, Item 2 is supplemented . with the following: (February 2, 2012 * * * * * *) All load switches shall as a minimum meet NEMA TS -2 1992, Section 6 requirements and shall be EDI Model 510 or approved equal. Paragraph 1, Item 3a is deleted and replaced with the following: (February 2, 2012 * * * * * *) A 50 -amp main breaker shall be supplied. This breaker shall supply power to the controller, MMU, signals, cabinet power; supply, and auxiliary panels:. Paragraph 1, Item 3b is deleted and replaced with the following: (February 2, 2012 * * * * * *) A 15 -amp auxiliary breaker shall supply power to the fan, light, and GFI outlet. Paragraph 1, Item 3c is supplemented with the following: (February 2, 2012 * * * * * *) Spare neutral buss bars shall be provided on the bottom left and right of the cabinet. Paragraph 1, Item 3 is supplemented with the following: City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014. Project .. December 2015 Page 121 (February 2, 2012 ******) g. A normally -open, 60 -amp, solid -state device, "MANUFACTURER ", "MODEL ", approved equivalent. h. The power panel shall be covered by an easily removable, clear Plexiglas cover. Paragraph 1, Item 4 is supplemented with the following: (February 2, 2012 ******) Inside the police door there shall be a flash switch, which shalt be the only switch on that panel. The switch shall have two positions, "Auto" and "Flash". The up position shall be "Auto" and result in normal signal operation. The down position shall be "Flash" and will put the signal into flashing operation and apply stop time to the controller. The switch shall be a general - purpose bat style toggle switch with 0.688 - inch -long bat. The switch shall have a protective cover, which must be lifted to operate the switch. Paragraph 1, Item 6 is supplemented with the following: (February 2, 2012 * * * * * *) Cabinets shall be equipped with a NEMA TS2 Type 16 Malfunction Management Unit. Paragraph 1, Item 7, sub - paragraph 1 is deleted and the section is supplemented with the following: (February 2, 2012 * * * ***) The detector interface panel shall support up to 32 channels of detection and four channels of preemption devices. Detector Racks Two vehicle detector amplifier racks and two detector interface panels shall be provided in each cabinet. Each rack shall support up to 16 channels of loop detection, one 4- channel preemption device, and one BIU. Paragraph 1, Item 8 is supplemented with the following: (February 2, 2012 * * * * * *) There shall be terminal strips for field wiring in the controller cabinet. The terminals shall be numbered in accordance to the field wiring chart included in these Specifications. A common buss bar with a minimum of 15 spare terminals shall be available after the cabinet is fully wired. In addition, a 15 terminal bar shall be provided for the pedestrian common and a terminal shall be provided for each signal head neutral. The buss bars shall be located on the left side wall of the cabinet. Only King County numbers shall be shown, as described in Section 8- 20.3(8). Pedestrian Detector Field Wiring All pedestrian detectors shall be connected between logic ground and their appropriate field terminal. The terminals shall be grouped together and located in the lower left side panel. Main Panel and Wire Terminations All wires terminated behind the main panel and other panels shall be SOLDERED. No pressure or solderless connectors shall be used. Printed circuit boards shall NOT be used on main panels. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 122 Field Terminal Locations Field terminals shall be located at the bottom of the backboard. Their order shall be left to right beginning with phase one and following the order of the load switches. Field terminals shall be of the Screw type per NEMA TS2 5.3.6. Paragraph 1, Item 9 is supplemented with the following: (February 2, 2012 * * * * * *) The cabinet shall be provided with a thermostatically - controlled (adjustable between 80 -150 degrees F) ventilation fan and shall be installed . in the top of the cabinet plenum. Paragraph 1, Item 11 is supplemented with the following: (February 2, 2012 * * * * * *) All Controller and Malfunction Management Unit cables shall be of sufficient length to access any shelf position. All cables . shall be encased in a protective sleeve along their entire free length. Color Coding All cabinet wiring shall be color coded as follows: Purple . = MMU Wiring Orange = Flash Color Programming Brown = Green Signal Wiring Yellow = Yellow Signal Wiring Red = Red Signal Wiring Blue = Controller wiring Gray = DC ground AC+ = Black AC- = White Chassis Ground = Green Paragraph 1 is supplemented with the following: (February 2, 2012 * * * * * *) 13. Main Panel Configuration The main panel shall be fully wired in the following configuration: a) Sixteen (16) load sockets. b) Six (6) flash - transfer -relay sockets. c) One (1) flasher socket. d) Two (2) main panel rack slots for BIUs 1 and 2. Two rack slots for Terminal and Facilities BIU's 3 and 4 which shall be wired to numbered terminal strips. e) Wiring for 2 detector racks and 1 Type -16 MMU. 14. Lightning Suppression - The cabinet shall be equipped with an Innovative Technologies Model HS- P- SP- 120A- 60A -RJ or approved equivalent surge arrester. 15. Convenience Outlets - One convenience outlet with a ground fault interrupter and a second convenience outlet without ground fault interrupter shall be furnished in the cabinet(s). The ground fault outlet shall be mounted one on right side of the cabinet, near the top shelf, and the non - ground fault outlet shall be mounted on the lets side of the cabinet, near the top shelf. No outlets shall be mounted on the door. The convenience outlets shall be placed on the circuit with the lamp socket which shall be protected by a circuit breaker rated at 25 amps. 16. Loop Detector Units: City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 123 (a) Cabinets shall be supplied with eight 4- channel loop detectors minimum or sixteen 4- channel loop detectors maximum as shown on the Plans. Loop detectors shall: meet TS2 Specifications. (b) Equipment and loop detection for advanced loops shall be as shown in the plans. 17. Telemetry Interface Panel - All cabinets shall be wired with a telemetry interface panel and telemetry connecting cable so as to work with the master cabinet. In addition, every cabinet shall also be wired for transient suppression (Mode! # EDCO PC642C -00-AD or approved equivalent). 18. Preemption - The cabinet shall be completely wired to accept and service calls from GTT (formerly 3M) Opticom, Model 764, phase-selector modules and their related optical - detector units. 19. Buss Interface Unit - Buss interface units (BTUs) shall meet all TS2 -1992 Section 8 requirements. In addition, all Bills shall provide separate front panel indicator light emitting diode (LEDs) for Valid Data. 20. Cabinet Power Supply - The cabinet power supply shall as a minimum meet all TS2 - 1992, Section 5.3.5 requirements. All power supplies shall also provide a separate front panel indicator LED for each of the four outputs. Front panel banana jack test points for 24 VDC and logic ground shall also be provided. 21. Fiber Optic Interconnect - The cabinet shall be fumished with equipment to accommodate the fiber optic interconnect cable including an IFS model 09130 fiber to serial modem or approved equal and RuggedCom brand Ethernet switch(s) including RuggedSwitch RS900G (fiber only), RuggedSwitch RS900L (fiber and copper) and/or RuggedSwitch RS930L (copper only) or approved equal(s). 22. Inside Control Panel Switches - Service Panel Switches (a) Power Switches: There shall not be a main power switch inside the cabinet(s) that shall render all control equipment electrically dead when turned off. There shall be a controller power switch that shall render the controller and Toad switching devices, electrically dead while maintaining flashing operation for purposes of changing the controller or load switching devices. The switch shall be a general - purpose bat style toggle switch with .688 -inch -long bat. The switch shall have a protective cover, which must be lifted to operate the switch. (b) Stop Time Switch: There shall be a 3- position switch located inside the cabinet . door identified as the Stop Time switch. Its positions shall be labeled "Norman (up), "Off" (center), and "On" (down). With the switch in its Normal position, a stop timing command may be applied to the controller by the police flash switch or the conflict monitor unit. When the switch is in its "Off' position, stop - timing commands shall be removed from the controller. The "On" position of the switch shall cause the controller to stop timing. The switch shall be a general - purpose bat style toggle switch with .688 -inch -long bat. The switch shall have a protective cover, which must be lifted to operate the switch. (c) Technician Flash Switch. There shall be a switch inside the cabinet to place the signal in flashing operation while the controller continues to operate. This flash shall have no effect on the operation of the controller or conflict monitor. The switch shall be a general - purpose bat style toggle switch with .688 - inch -long bat. The switch shalt have a protective cover, which must be lifted to operate the switch. (d) Detector Test Switches: All eight controller phase inputs shall have push button momentary test switches. Each switch shall be connected to the first channel of each detector card input to the BIU. All eight pedestrian phases shall have push button momentary test switches by phase. These switches shall be located inside the cabinet door and labeled by associated phase number. A see - through Plexiglas cover shall cover all detector disconnect/test switches. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15-014 Project December 2015 Page 124 (e) Preempt Test Switches: All Six preempt inputs shall have disconnect/test switches.. These switches shall have three positions labeled "Normal" (up) which shall connect the controller to the. Opticom output: "Off" (center) which shall isolate the controller' from the Opticom output: and "Test" (down) which shall provide a momentary true input to the controller. (f) Switches shall be in groups of eight (8), matching the phase groupings of the intersection. 23. The cabinet shall have a LED lighting fixture that shall be mounted on the inside top of the cabinet near the front edge. An on/off switch that is tumed on when the cabinet door is opened and off when it is closed shall activate the incandescent light. The lamp . . socket shall be placed on the circuit with convenience outlets which shall be protected . by a circuit breaker rated at 25 amps. An incandescent 150 -watt bulb shall be provided 9- 29.13(10)C NEMA Controller Cabinets Section 9- 29.13(10)C is modified as follows: Paragraph 1, Item 1 is deleted and replaced with the following: (February 2, 2012 City of Federal Way) Cabinet Construction A complete NEMA TS2 Type 1 eight -phase cabinet shall be supplied and installed by the. _ Contractor. The size of the cabinet shall be Type 6 (P 55 "). Cabinets shall meet, as a minimum, all applicable sections of the NEMA Standard Publication No. TS2 -1998. Where differences occur, this Specification shall govern. The cabinets shall meet the following criteria 1. Material shall be 5052 -H32 0.125- inch -thick aluminum. 2. The cabinet shall be supplied with a natural finish inside and out, unless otherwise specified. 3. The door hinge shall be of the continuous type with a stainless steel hinge pin. 4. All external fasteners shall be stainless steel. 5. The door handle shall be cast aluminum. 6. All seams shall be sealed with RTV sealant or equivalent material on the interior of the cabinet. Paragraph 1, Item 2 is deleted and replaced with the following: (February 2, 2012 City of Federal Way) The cabinet shall contain shelving, brackets, racks, etc., to support the controller and auxiliary equipment. All equipment shall set squarely on shelves or be mounted in racks and shall be removable without turning, tilting, rotating or relocating one device to remove another. Shelf Height The cabinet shall be supplied with two removable shelves manufactured from 5052 -H32 aluminum. The shelves must have the ability of being removed and reinstalled WITHOUT the use of hand tools. Paragraph 1, Item 4 is supplemented with the following: (February 2, 2012 City of Federal Way) City of-Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 125 Air Filter Assembly The cabinet air filter shall be a one -piece removable, noncorrosive, vermin- and insect -proof air filter and shall be secured to the air entrance of the cabinet. Paragraph 1 is supplemented with the following: (February 2, 2012 City of Federal Way) 7. Additional Panel Space - Adequate space shall be left open for the addition of a master interface panel and an AVI interface panel. Section 9- 29.13(10)C is supplemented with the following: (August 23, 2011 City of Federal Way) "Plug and Play" Cabinets are not acceptable. "Modular" Main Panels shall not be permitted.. 9 -29.16 Vehicular Signal Heads, Displays, and Housings Section 9 -29.16 is modified as follows: Paragraph 2, is deleted and replaced with the following: (February 24, 2012 ** * * * *) All lenses shall meet I.T.E. specifications for light output with 12- inch - diameter faces. All vehicular signal heads shall be dark green baked enamel and shall be equipped with 5" wide black - polycarbonate back plates and black- polycarbonate tunnel visors of a length equal to the lens diameter. All hardware for attaching visors and back plates shall be non - corrosive stainless steel. Vehicle signal head polycarbonate materials shall not be painted. A 2- inch -wide strip of yellow retro - reflective, type IV prismatic sheeting, conforming to the requirements of Section 9- 28.12, shall be applied around the perimeter of each backplate. 9- 29.16(2) Conventional Traffic Signal Heads 9- 29.16(2)A Optical Units Section 9- 29.16(2)A is deleted and replaced with the following: (December 18, 2009 * * * * * *) Lenses shall be of the color indicated, circular in shape, with a visible diameter of 12 inches, as specified in the contract, and of such design as to give an outward and downward distribution of light with a minimum above the horizontal. The lenses shall be standard red, amber, and green, prismed traffic signal lenses and shall conform to the specifications of ITE Standards (Standards for Adjustable Face Vehicle Traffic Control Signal Heads, 1977 edition). The lenses shall . fit into a red silicon gasket . in a manner to render the interior of the lens and reflector weather and dust - tight. Signal heads shall have hinged aluminum reflector rings. The lens and gasket shall be secured to the door with four noncorrosive Tens clips. City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 126 LED Traffic Signal Modules All traffic signal displays shall be the Light Emitting Diode (LED) type and shall be from one of the following manufacturers: Dialight Corporation 1913 Atlantic Avenue Manasquan, NJ 08736 Telephone: (732) 223 -9400 FAX: (732) 223 -8788 GELcore, LLC 6810 Halle Drive Valley View, OH 44125 Telephone: (216) 606 -6555 FAX: (216) 606 -6556 Precision Solar Controls, Inc. 2960 Market Street Garland, TX 75041 Telephone: (972) 278 -0553 FAX: (972) 271 -9583 Each LED signal module shall be designed to be installed in the doorframe of a standard traffic signal housing. The lamp socket, reflector, reflector holder, and lens used with an incandescent lamp shall not be used in a signal section in which a LED signal module is installed. The installation of an LED signal module shall not require any modification to the housing. The LED signal module shall be a single, self - contained device, not requiring on -site assembly for installation into an existing traffic signal housing. All red LED signal modules shall be manufactured with a matrix of AIInGaP LED light sources and green LED signal modules shall be manufactured with a matrix.- of InGaN LED light sources. The LED traffic signal module shall be operationally compatible with controllers and conflict monitors on this Project. The LED lamp unit shall contain a disconnect that will show an open switch to the conflict monitor when Tess than 60 percent of the LEDs in the unit are operational. . Each LED signal module shall conform to the current standards in Institute of .Transportation. Engineers (ITE) VTCSH Part 2 and a Certificate of Compliance with these standards shall be submitted by the manufacturer for each type of signal head. The certificate shall state that the lot of signal heads meets the current ITE specification. A label shall be placed on each LED signal module certifying conformance to this specification. The manufacturer's name, trademark, serial number and other necessary identification shall be permanently marked on the backside of the LED signal module. LED signal modules used on this Project shall be from the same manufacturer. A label shall be provided on the LED housing and the Contractor shall mark the label with a permanent marker to note the installation date. LED signals shall show no evidence of illumination for input voltages below 35 volts. LED signals shall supply illumination current (unregulated) for all input voltages higher than 45 volts (and conform to appropriate intensity requirements specified above 80 volts). City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 127 Optically Programmable Traffic Signal Modules All traffic signal displays of the optically programmable type shall be from one of the following manufacturers: McCain 2365 Oak Ridge Way Vista, CA 92083 Telephone: (760) 727 -8100 FAX: (760) 727 -8100 GELcore, LLC 6810 Haile Drive Valley View, OH 44125 Telephone: (216) 606 -6555 FAX: (216) 606 -6556 GE Lumination, LLC 6180 Halle Drive Valley View, OH 44125 www.lumination.com 9- 29.16(2)B Signal Housing Section 9- 29.16(2)B is supplemented with the following: (December 18, 2009 * * * * * *) The signal housing shall be designed to withstand winds of 80 miles per hour with a 0.25 -gust factor without permanent distortion or failing (torque at attachment of 6,000 pound - feet). 9 -29.17 Signal Head Mounting Brackets and Fittings Section 9 -29:17 is supplemented with the following: (December 18, 2009 **** * *) Mast arm mounting hardware for vehicle signal heads shall be clamp style plumbizer PELCO AB -3008, or approved equal, and shall be field installed by the Contractor. Fittings shall be painted with two (2) coats of factory- applied traffic- signal dark preen baked enamel. A. watertight seal shall be provided where the signal head mounting bracket attaches to the mast: arm or signal pole: Components for type D and type K mounting hardware shall be per Section 9 -29.17 of the Standard Specifications. All components shall be painted with traffic- signal dark preen baked enamel.:: . END OF DIVISION 9 City of Federal Way Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications Citywide Flashing Yellow Arrow Retrofits RFB# 15 -014 Project December 2015 Page 128 APPENDIX A FHWA 1273 REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FEDERAL -AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS 1. General II. Nondiscrimination Ill. Nonsegregated Facilities IV. Davis -Bacon and Related Act Provisions V. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act Provisions VI. Subletting or Assigning the Contract VII. Safety: Accident Prevention VIII. False Statements Conceming Highway Projects IX. Implementation of Clean Air Act and Federal Water Pollution Control Act X. Compliance with Govemmentwide Suspension and Debarment Requirements. XI. Certification Regarding Use of Contract Funds fora; • Lobbying ATTACHMENTS A. Employment and Materials Preference for Appalachian Development Highway System or Appalachian Local Access Road Contracts (included in Appalachian contracts only) L GENERAL 1. Form FHWA -1273 must be physically incorporated in each construction . contract funded under Title 23 (excluding emergency contracts solely intended for debris removal). The. contractor (or subcontractor) must insert this form in each subcontract and further require its inclusion in all lower tier subcontracts (excluding purchase orders, rental agreements and other agreements for supplies or services)...; The applicable requirements of Form FHWA -1273 are incorporated by reference for work done under any purchase order, rental agreement or agreement for other services. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor, lower -tier subcontractor or service provider. Form FHWA -1273 must be included in all Federal -aid design- build contracts, in, all subcontracts and in lower tier subcontracts (excluding subcontracts for design services, purchase, orders, rental agreements,and.other agreements for supplies or services).. The design-builder shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor, lower -tier subcontractor or service provider. Contracting agencies may reference Form FHWA -1273 in bid proposal or request for proposal documents, however, the Form FHWA -1273 must be physically incorporated (not referenced) in all contracts, subcontracts and lower -tier subcontracts (excluding purchase orders, rental agreements and other agreements for supplies or services related to a construction contract). 2. Subject to the applicability criteria noted in the following sections, these contract provisions shall apply to all work performed on the contract by the contractor's own organization and with the assistance of workers under the contractor's immediate superintendence and to all work performed on the contract by piecework, station work, or by subcontract FHWA- 1273- .Revised May 1, 2012 3. A breach of any of the stipulations contained in these Required Contract Provisions may be sufficient grounds for. withholding of progress payments, withholding of final .:. payment, termination of the contract, suspension / debarment or any other action determined to be appropriate by the. :. contracting agency and FHWA. 4. Selection of Labor: During the performance of this contract, the contractor shall not use convict labor for any purpose :... within the limits of a construction project on a Federal -aid highway unless it is labor performed by convicts who are on parole, supervised release, or probation. The term Federal -aid highway does not include roadways functionally classified as local roads or rural minor collectors. II. NONDISCRIMINATION The provisions of this section related to 23 CFR Part 230 are applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts and to all related construction subcontracts of $10,000 or more. The provisions of 23 CFR Part 230 are not, applicable to material supply, engineering, or architectural service contracts. In addition, the contractor and all subcontractors must comply with the following policies: Executive Order 11246, 41. CFR 60,.. 29 CFR 1625 -1627, Title 23 USC Section 140,•the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 USC 794), Title Vt. of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and related regulations. including 49, CFR Parts 21.26 and 27; and 23 CFR Parts 200, 230, and 633. The contractor and all subcontractors must comply with: the ._ requirements of the Equal Opportunity Clause in 41 CFR 60- 1.4(b) and, for all construction contracts exceeding $10,000, the Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction. Contract Specifications in 41 CFR 60 -4.3. Note: The U.S. Department of Labor has exclusive authority to determine compliance with Executive Order 11246 and the policies of the Secretary of Labor including 41 CFR 60, and 29 CFR 1625 -1627: The contracting agency and the FHWA have the authority and the responsibility to ensure compliance with Title 23 USC Section.140, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as • .. amended (29 USC 794), and Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and related regulations including 49 CFR Parts 21, 26 and 27; and 23 CFR Parts 200, 230, and 633. The following provision is adopted from 23 CFR 230, Appendix with appropriate revisions to conform to the U.S. Department of Labor (US DOL) and FHWA requirements. 1. Equal Employment Opportunity: Equal employment opportunity (EEO) requirements not to discriminate and to take affirmative action to assure equal opportunity as set forth under laws, executive orders, rules, regulations (28 CFR 35, 29 CFR 1630, 29 CFR 1625 -1627, 41 CFR 60 and 49 CFR 27) and orders of the Secretary of Labor as modified by the provisions prescribed herein, and imposed pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 140 shall constitute the EEO and specific affirmative action standards for the contractor's project activities under this contract. The provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.) set forth under 28 CFR 35 and 29 CFR 1630 are incorporated by reference in this contract. In the execution of this contract, the contractor agrees to comply with the following minimum specific requirement activities of EEO: a. The contractor will work with the contracting agency and the Federal Government to ensure that it has made every good faith effort to provide equal opportunity with respect to all of its terms and conditions of employment and in their review of activities under the contract. b. The contractor will accept as its operating policy the following statement: it is the policy of this Company to assure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during without regard to their race, religion, sex, color, national origin, age or disability. Such action shall include: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship, pre - apprenticeship, and /or on -the- job training." 2. EEO Officer. The contractor will designate and make known to the contracting officers an EEO Officer who will have the responsibility for and must be capable of effectively administering and promoting an active EEO program and who must be assigned adequate authority and responsibility to do so. 3. Dissemination of Policy: AU members of the contractor's staff who are authorized to hire, supervise, promote, and discharge employees, or who recommend such action, or who are substantially involved in such action, will be made fully cognizant of and will implement, the contractor's EEO policy and contractual responsibilities to provide. EEO in each grade and classification of employment. To ensure that the above agreement will be met, the following actions will be taken as a minimum: a. Periodic meetings of supervisory and personnel office employees will be conducted before the start of work and then not less often than once every six months, at which time the contractor's EEO policy and its implementation will be reviewed and explained. The meetings will be conducted by the EEO Officer. b. All new supervisory or personnel office employees will be given a thorough indoctrination by the EEO Officer, covering all major aspects of the contractors EEO obligations within thirty days following their reporting for duty with the contractor. c. All personnel who are engaged in direct recruitment for the project will be instructed by the EEO Officer in the contractor's procedures for locating and hiring minorities and women. d. Notices and posters setting forth the contractor's EEO policy will be placed in areas readily accessible to employees, applicants for employment and potential employees. e. The contractor's EEO policy and the procedures to implement such policy will be brought to the attention of employees by means of meetings, employee handbooks, or other appropriate means. 2 4. Recruitment When advertising for employees, the contractor will include in all advertisements for employees the notation: "An Equal Opportunity Employer." AN such advertisements will be placed in publications having a large circulation among minorities and women in the area from which the project work force would normally be derived. a. The contractor will, unless precluded by a valid bargaining agreement, conduct systematic and direct recruitment through public and private employee referral sources likely to yield qualified minorities and women. To meet this requirement, the contractor will identify sources of potential minority group employees, and establish with such identified sources procedures whereby minority and women applicants may be referred to the contractor for employment consideration. b. In the event the contractor has a valid bargaining agreement providing for exclusive hiring hall referrals, the contractor is expected to observe the provisions of that agreement to the extent that the system meets the contractor's compliance with EEO contract provisions. Where implementation of such an agreement has the effect of discriminating against minorities or women, or obligates the contractor to do the same, such implementation violates Federal nondiscrimination provisions. c. The contractor will encourage its present employees to refer minorities and women as applicants for employment. Information and procedures with regard to referring such applicants will be discussed with employees. 5. Personnel Actions: Wages, working conditions, and employee benefits shall be established and administered, and personnel actions of every type, including hiring, upgrading, promotion, transfer, demotion, layoff, and termination, shall be taken without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability. The following procedures shall be followed: a. The contractor will conduct periodic inspections of project sites to insure that working conditions and employee facilities do not indicate discriminatory treatment of project site personnel: b. The contractor will periodically evaluate the spread of wages paid within each classification to determine any evidence of discriminatory wage practices. c. The contractor will periodically review selected personnel actions in depth to determine whether there is evidence of discrimination. • Where evidence is found, the contractor will promptly take corrective action. If the review indicates that the discrimination may extend beyond the actions reviewed, such corrective action shall include all affected persons. d. The contractor will promptly investigate all complaints of alleged discrimination made to the contractor in connection with its obligations under this contract, will attempt to resolve such complaints, and will take appropriate corrective action within a reasonable time. If the investigation indicates that the discrimination may affect persons other than the complainant, such corrective action shall include such other persons. Upon completion of each investigation, the contractor will inform every complainant of all of their avenues of appeal. 6. Training and Promotion: a. The contractor will assist in locating, qualifying, and increasing the skills of minorities and women who are applicants for employment or current employees. Such efforts should be aimed at developing full journey level status employees in the type of trade or job classification involved. b. Consistent with the contractors work force requirements and as permissible under Federal and State regulations, the contractor shall make full use of training programs, i.e., apprenticeship, and on- the -job training programs for the geographical area of contract performance. In the event a special provision for training is provided under this contract, this subparagraph will be superseded as indicated in the special provision. The contracting . agency may reserve training positions for persons who receive welfare assistance in accordance with 23 U.S.C. 140(a). c. The contractor will advise employees and applicants for employment of available training programs and entrance requirements for each. d. The contractor will periodically review the training and promotion potential of employees who are minorities and women and will encourage eligible employees to apply for such training and promotion. 7. Unions: If the contractor relies in whole or in part upon unions as a source of employees, the contractor will use good faith efforts to obtain the cooperation of such unions to increase opportunities for minorities and women. Actions by the contractor, either directly or through a contractor's association acting as agent, will include the procedures set forth below: a. The contractor will use good faith efforts to develop, in cooperation with the unions, joint training programs aimed toward qualifying more minorities and women for membership in the unions and increasing the skills of minorities and women so that they may qualify for higher paying employment. b. The contractor will use good faith efforts to incorporate an EEO clause into each union agreement to the end that such union will be contractually bound to refer applicants without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability. c. The contractor is to obtain information as to the referral practices and policies of the labor union except that to the extent such information is within the exclusive possession of the labor union and such labor union refuses to furnish such information to the contractor, the contractor shall so certify to the contracting agency and shall set forth what efforts have been made to obtain such information. d. In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor with a reasonable flow of referrals within the time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreement, the contractor will, through independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment vacancies without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability; making full efforts to obtain qualified and /or qualifiable minorities and women. The failure of a union to provide sufficient referrals (even though it is obligated to provide exclusive referrals under the terms of a collective bargaining agreement) does not relieve the contractor from the requirements of this paragraph. In the event the union referral practice prevents the contractor from meeting the obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and these special provisions, such contractor shall immediately notify the contracting agency. 8. Reasonable Accommodation for Applicants / Employees with Disabilities: The contractor must be familiar 3 with the requirements for and comply with the Americans with Act and all rules and regulations established there under. Employers must provide reasonable accommodation in all employment activities unless to do so would cause an undue hardship. 9. Selection of Subcontractors, Procurement of Materials and Leasing of Equipment: The contractor shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability in the selection and retention . of subcontractors, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment The contractor shall take all necessary and reasonable steps to ensure nondiscrimination in the administration of this contract a. The contractor shall notify all potential subcontractors and suppliers and lessors of their EEO obligations under this contract. b. The contractor will use good faith efforts to ensure subcontractor compliance with their EEO obligations.. 10. Assurance Required by 49 CFR 26.13(b): a. The requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 and the State DOT's U.S. DOT - approved DBE program are incorporated by reference. b. The contractor or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT - assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the contracting agency deems appropriate. 11. Records and Reports: The contractor shall keep such records as necessary to document compliance with the EEO requirements. Such records shall be retained for a period of three years following the date of the final payment to the contractor for all contract work and shall be available at reasonable times and places for inspection by authorized representatives of the contracting agency and the FHWA.. a. The records kept by the contractor shall document the following: (1) The number and work hours of minority and non - minority group members and women employed in each work classification on the project; (2) The progress and efforts being made in cooperation with unions, when applicable, to increase employment opportunities for minorities and women; and (3) The progress and efforts being made in locating, hiring, training, qualifying, and upgrading minorities and women; b. The contractors and subcontractors will submit an annual report to the contracting agency each July for the duration of the project, indicating the number of minority, women, and non - minority group employees currently engaged in each work classification required by the contract work. This information is to be reported on Form FHWA -1391. The staffing data should represent the project work force on board in all or any part of the last payroll period preceding the end of July. If on- the -job training is being required by special provision, the contractor will be required to collect and report training data. The employment data should reflect the work force on board during all or any part of the last payroll period preceding the end of July. III. NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES This provision is applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts and to all related construction subcontracts of $10,000 or more. The contractor must ensure that facilities provided for employees are provided in such a manner that segregation on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin cannot result. The contractor may neither require such segregated use by written or oral policies nor tolerate such use by employee custom. The contractor's obligation extends further to ensure that its employees are not assigned to perform their services at any location, under the contractor's control, where the facilities are segregated. The term "facilities" indudes waiting rooms, work areas, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, restrooms, washrooms, locker rooms, and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing provided for employees. The contractor shall provide separate or single -user restrooms and necessary dressing or sleeping areas to assure privacy between sexes. IV. DAVIS -BACON AND RELATED ACT PROVISIONS This section is applicable to all Federal -aid construction projects exceeding $2,000 and to all related subcontracts and lower -tier subcontracts (regardless of subcontract size). The requirements apply to all projects located within the right -of- way of a roadway that is functionally classified as Federal -aid highway. This excludes roadways functionally classified as local roads or rural minor collectors, which are exempt. Contracting agencies may elect to apply these requirements to other projects. The following provisions are from the U.S. Department of Labor regulations in 29 CFR 5.5 "Contract provisions and related matters" with minor revisions to conform to the FHWA- 1273 format and FHWA program requirements. 1. Minimum wages a. All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work, will be paid unconditionally and not fess often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions 4 of paragraph 1.d. of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, That the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under paragraph 1.b. of this section) and the Davis -Bacon poster (W14-1321) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. b.(1) The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met (i) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (ii) The classification is utilized in the . area by the . . construction industry; and (iii) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (2) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (3) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Wage and Hour Administrator for determination. The Wage and Hour Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30 -day period that additional time is necessary. (4) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraphs 1.b.(2) or 1.b.(3) of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. c. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. d. If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. 2. Withholding The contracting agency shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract, or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally- assisted contract subject to Davis -Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work, all or part of the wages required by the contract, the contracting agency may, after written notice to the contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. 3. Payrolls and basic records a. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(bx2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis- 5 Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. b. (1) The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to the contracting agency. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(aX3)(i), except that full social security numbers and home addresses shall not be included on weekly transmittals. Instead the payrolls shall only need to include an individually identifying number for each employee ( e.g. , the last four digits of the employee's social security number). The required weekly payroll information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH -347 is available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division Web site at httpl/ www. dol. gov /esa/whd /forms/wh347instr.htm or its successor site. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. Contractors and subcontractors shall maintain the full social security number and current address of each covered worker, and shall provide them upon request to the contracting agency for transmission to the State DOT, the FHWA or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an . . investigation or audit of compliance with prevailing wage requirements. It is not a violation of this section for a prime contractor to require a subcontractor to provide addresses and social security numbers to the prime contractor for its own records, without weekly submission to the contracting agency.. (2) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance,* signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: (i) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided under §5.5 (a)(3)(ii) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, the appropriate information is being maintained under §5.5 (a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, and that such information is correct and complete; (ii) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations, 29 CFR part 3; (iii) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (3) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the ''Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph 3.b.(2) of this section. (4) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under section 1001 of title 18 and section 231 of title 31 of the United States Code. c. The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph 3.a. of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the contracting agency, the State DOT, the FHWA, or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the FHWA may, after written notice to the contractor, the contracting agency or the State DOT, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. 4. Apprentices and trainees a. Apprentices (programs of the USDOL). Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's ar subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly 6 rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits . . listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer. and Labor Services, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. b. Trainees (programs of the USDOL). Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to joumeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration, Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the joumeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding joumeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. c. Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR part 30. d. Apprentices and Trainees (programs of the U.S. DOT). Apprentices and trainees working under apprenticeship and skill training programs which have been certified by the Secretary of Transportation as promoting EEO in connection with Federal -aid highway construction programs are not subject to the requirements of paragraph 4 of this Section IV. The straight time hourly wage rates for apprentices and trainees under such programs will be established by the particular programs. The ratio of apprentices and trainees to journeymen shall not be greater than permitted by the terms of the particular program. 5. Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract. 6. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert Form FHWA -1273 in any subcontracts and also require the subcontractors to include Form FHWA -1273 in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5. 7. Contract termination: debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. 8. Compliance with Davis -Bacon and Related Act requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis - Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. 9. Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. 10. Certification of eligibility. a. By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). b. No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). c. The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. 7 V. CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT The following clauses apply to any Federal -aid construction contract in an amount in excess of $100,000 and subject to the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. These clauses shall be inserted in addition to the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5(a) or 29 CFR 4.6. As....:.:: used in this paragraph, the terms laborers and mechanics .. include watchmen and guards. 1. Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one -half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. 2. Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1.) of this section, the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each . individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1.) of this section, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (1.) of this section. 3. Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. The FHWA or the contacting agency shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally- assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same, prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be . necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (2.) of this section. 4. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraph (1.) through (4.) of this section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (1.) through (4.) of this section. VI. SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING THE CONTRACT This provision is applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts on the National Highway System. 1. The contractor shall perform with its own organization contract work amounting to not less than 30 percent (or a greater percentage if specified elsewhere in the contract) of the total original contract price, excluding any specialty items designated by the contracting agency. Specialty items may be performed by subcontract and the amount of any such specialty items performed may be deducted from the total original contract price before computing the amount of work required to be performed by the contractors own organization (23 CFR 635.116). a. The term "perform work with its own organization" refers to workers employed or leased by the prime contractor, and equipment owned or rented by the prime contractor, with or without operators. Such term does not include employees or equipment of a subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor, agents of the prime contractor, or any other assignees. The term may include payments for the costs of hiring leased employees from an employee leasing firm meeting all relevant Federal and State regulatory requirements. Leased employees may only be included in this term if the prime contractor meets all of the following conditions: (1) the prime contractor maintains control over the supervision of the day - today activities of the leased employees; (2) the prime contractor remains responsible for the quality of the work of the leased employees; (3) the prime contractor retains all power to accept or exclude individual employees from work on the project; and (4) the prime contractor remains ultimately responsible for the payment of predetermined minimum wages, the submission of payrolls, statements of compliance and all other Federal regulatory requirements. b. "Specialty Items" shall be construed to be limited to work that requires highly specialized knowledge, abilities, or equipment not ordinarily available in the type of contracting organizations qualified and expected to bid or propose on the contract as a whole and in general are to be limited to minor components of the overall contract. 2. The contract amount upon which the requirements set forth in paragraph (1) of Section VI is computed includes the cost of material and manufactured products which are to be purchased or produced by the contractor under the contract provisions. 3. The contractor shall fumish (a) a competent superintendent or supervisor who is employed by the firm, has full authority to direct performance of the work in accordance with the contract requirements, and is in charge of all construction operations (regardless of who performs the work) and (b) such other of its own organizational resources (supervision, management, and engineering services) as the contracting officer determines is necessary to assure the performance of the contract. 4. No portion of the contract shall be sublet, assigned or otherwise disposed of except with the written consent of the contracting officer, or authorized representative, and such consent when given shall not be construed to relieve the contractor of any responsibility for the fulfillment of the contract. Written consent will be given only after the contracting agency has assured that each subcontract is 8 evidenced in writing and that it contains all pertinent provisions and requirements of the prime contract. 5. The 30% self- performance requirement of paragraph (1) is not applicable to design -build contracts; however, contracting agencies may establish their own self- performance requirements. VII. SAFETY: ACCIDENT PREVENTION T h i s p r o v i s i o n is applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts. 1. In the performance of this contract the contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws goveming safety, health, and sanitation (23 CFR 635). The contractor shall provide all safeguards, safety devices and protective equipment and take any other needed actions as it determines, or as the contracting officer may determine, to be reasonably necessary to protect the life and health of employees on the job and the safety of the public and to protect property in connection with the performance of the work covered by the contract. 2. It is a condition of this contract, and shall be made a condition of each subcontract, which the contractor enters into pursuant to this contract, that the contractor and any subcontractor shall not permit any employee, in performance of the contract, to work in surroundings or under conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to his/her health or safety, as determined under construction safety and health standards (29 CFR 1926) promulgated by the Secretary of Labor, in accordance with Section 107 of the. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3704). 3. Pursuant to 29 CFR 1926.3, it is a condition of this contract that the Secretary of Labor or authorized representative thereof, shall have right of entry to any site of contract performance to inspect or investigate the matter of compliance with the construction safety and health standards and to carry out the duties of the Secretary under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C.3704). VIII. FALSE STATEMENTS CONCERNING HIGHWAY PROJECTS T h i s p r o v i s i o n is applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts. In order to assure high quality and durable construction in conformity with approved plans and specifications and a high degree of reliability on statements and representations made by engineers, contractors, suppliers, and workers on Federal - aid highway projects, it is essential that all persons concerned with the project perform their functions as carefully, thoroughly, and honestly as possible. Willful falsification, distortion, or misrepresentation with respect to any facts related to the project is a violation of Federal law. To prevent any misunderstanding regarding the seriousness of these and similar acts, Form FHWA -1022 shall be posted on each Federal -aid highway project (23 CFR 635) in one or more places where it is readily available to all persons concerned with the project: 18 U.S.C. 1020 reads as follows: 'Whoever, being an officer, agent, or employee of the United States, or of any State or Territory, or whoever, whether a person, association, firm, or corporation, knowingly makes any false statement, false representation, or false report as to the character, quality, quantity, or cost of the material used or to be used, or the quantity or quality of the work performed or to be performed, or the cost thereof in connection with the submission of plans, maps, specifications, contracts, or costs of construction on any highway or related project submitted for approval to the Secretary of Transportation; or Whoever knowingly makes any false statement, false representation, false report or false claim with respect to the character, quality, quantity, or cost of any work performed or to be performed, or materials fumished or to be furnished, in connection with the construction of any highway or related project approved by the Secretary of Transportation; or Whoever knowingly makes any false statement or false representation as to material fact in any statement, certificate, or report submitted pursuant to provisions of the Federal -aid Roads Act approved July 1, 1916, (39 Stat. 355), as amended and supplemented; Shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than 5 years or both." IX. IMPLEMENTATION OF CLEAN AIR ACT AND FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT This provision is applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts. By submission of this bid /proposal or the execution of this contract, or subcontract, as appropriate, the bidder, proposer, Federal -aid construction contractor, or subcontractor, as appropriate, will be deemed to have stipulated as follows: 1. That any person who is or will be utilized in the performance of this contract is not prohibited from receiving an award due to a violation of Section 508 of the Clean Water Act or Section 306 of the Clean Air Act. 2. That the contractor agrees to include or cause to be included the requirements of paragraph (1) of this Section X in every , subcontract, and further agrees to take such action as the contracting agency may direct as a means of enforcing such requirements. X. CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION This provision is applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts, design -build contracts, subcontracts, lower -tier subcontracts, purchase orders, lease agreements, consultant contracts or any other covered transaction requiring FHWA approval or that is estimated to cost $25,000 or more — as defined in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200. 1. Instructions for Certification — First Tier Participants: a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective first tier participant is providing the certification set out below. b. The inability of a person to provide the certification set out below will not necessarily result in denial of participation in this 9 covered transaction. The prospective first tier participant shall submlt an explanation of why it cannot provide the certification set out below. The certification or explanation will be considered in connection with the department or agency's determination whether to enter into this transaction. However, failure of the prospective first tier participant to fumish a certification or an explanation shall disqualify such a person from participation in this transaction. c. The certification in this dause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when the contracting; agency determined to enter into this transaction. If it is later determined that the prospective participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the contracting agency may terminate this transaction for cause of default. d. The prospective first tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the contracting agency to whom this proposal is submitted if any time the prospective frrst•tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. e. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "participant," "person," "principal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this dause, are defined in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200. "First Tier Covered Transactions" refers to any covered transaction between a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds and a participant (such as the prime or general contract). "Lower Tier Covered Transactions" refers to any covered transaction under a First Tier Covered Transaction (such as subcontracts). "First Tier Participant" refers to the participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a grantee or subgrantee of Federal. funds (such as the prime or general contractor).• "Lower. Tier Participant" refers any participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a First Tier Participant or other Lower Tier Participants (such as subcontractors and suppliers). ;- f. The prospective first tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower• tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency entering into this transaction. g. The prospective first tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include the clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility . and Voluntary Exclusion -Lower Tier Covered Transactions," provided by the department or contracting agency, entering into this covered transaction, without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier . covered transactions exceeding the $25,000 threshold. h. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant is responsible for ensuring that its principals are not suspended, debarred, or otherwise ineligible to participate in covered transactions. To verify the eligibility of its principals, as well as the eligibility of any lower tier prospective participants, each participant may, but is not required to, check the Excluded Parties List System website (https: / /www.eais.gov/), which is compiled by the General Services Administration. i. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require the establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of the prospective participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. j. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph (t) of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Govemment, the department or agency may terminate this transaction for cause or default. 2. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion — First Tier Participants: a. The prospective first tier participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it and its principals: (1) Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participating in covered transactions by any Federal department or agency; (2) Have not within a three -year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal; State or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property; (3) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (a)(2) of this certification; and (4) Have not within a three -year period preceding this application/proposal had one or more public transactions (Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default. b. Where the prospective participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. 2: Instructions for Certification - Lower Tier Participants: (Applicable to all subcontracts, purchase orders and other lower tier transactions requiring prior FHWA approval or estimated to cost $25,000 or more - 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200) a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective lower tier is providing the certification set out below. b. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective lower tier participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Govemment, the department, or agency with which 10 this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. c. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the person to which this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant leams that its certification was erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. d. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "participant," "person," "principal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, are defined in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200. You may contact the person to which this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a` copy of those regulations. "First Tier Covered Transactions' refers to any covered transaction between a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds and a participant (such as the prime or general contract). "Lower Tier Covered Transactions" refers to any covered transaction under a First Tier Covered Transaction (such as subcontracts). "First Tier Participant" ' refers to the participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds; (such as the prime or general contract